-ocr page 1- -ocr page 2- -ocr page 3-

iN.



T Th Ut


-ocr page 4-


iF’-



'XfM


^^^-


t-7

ll


h'

fc.;

ï-:-.



T';


^1

i- .


i




m






;-a







-ocr page 5- -ocr page 6- -ocr page 7-

DUBLIN

THE DUBLIN INSTITUTE FOR ADVANCED STUDIES 64-65 MERRION SQUAREnbsp;1944

-ocr page 8-

Instituut voor

Keltische taal —en letterkunde

der Rijlcsunive''?'^^''* ' i

-ocr page 9-

PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION, PUBLISHED 1906.

although this book, from the character of its origin, might /A appear to many to'be of merely local interest, neverthelessnbsp;I venture to express the hope that it may receive due attentionnbsp;from all students of Irish idiom.

It consists of about one-third of some three summers’ gleanings in the parish of Ring, Co. Waterford, one of the few parishes wherenbsp;Irish is still the every-day language of the entire native population,nbsp;of the men working in the field.s or trawling the deep, and of thenbsp;little children at play. In the spirit of reverence, with which 1nbsp;always approach the living speech of the people, I have refrainednbsp;from touching the winged word with desecrating hand, and havenbsp;set down, as far as was consistent with my personal limitations,nbsp;every expression in the precise form in which it passed the speaker’snbsp;lips. The omission of genitives or plurals in the list of nouns, ornbsp;of forms of similar importance in the lists of adjectives and verbs,nbsp;will, therefore, be ascribed to the fact that such forms have notnbsp;been heard. Similarly, the appearance of the same word in slightlynbsp;different .spelling will be explained by those divergences in pronunciation which are found in every language area, and whichnbsp;the faithful reporter should not ignore. The entire matter liasnbsp;been arranged in grammatical order, with notes appended, whichnbsp;may be of help to the student, or suggest to him new lines ofnbsp;investigation. As the book is intended for students who havenbsp;made such progress in their Irish studies as to be able to readnbsp;with ease the ordinary texts, it was not thought necessary tonbsp;give in all instances literal renderings of the Irish phrases. Innbsp;fact such literal versions, because of their approximation to thenbsp;English of the uneducated, would be unworthy to stand as thenbsp;equivalent of dignified and vigorous idiom. In any case, exactnbsp;translation is often well nigh impossible because of the almostnbsp;Tacitean elusiveness of the Irish turn of expression.

I would have the reader bear in mind that this book is by no means exhaustive of its subject. A mastery of its contents will,

-ocr page 10-

Vi nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION.

no doubt, place in his hands the key to the Irish of the district, but even one day’s experience will suffice to convince him thatnbsp;much still remains to be garnered. It would be difficult tonbsp;exaggerate the wealth and variety of the Irish of East Munster.

The speakers to whom I am chiefly indebted are lllaife Ilf (50 unéAtiafo 'Oia cyocAi^e Ay a Uatiaiii 1 Ay 5AÓ u-Aon), ConiAynbsp;Ó tlliityeApAig, CornAf aii CyAiiiCAC, lllAijyéAt) Graves, Üyignonbsp;Ilf ^eAyAitc, floyA tii Cniuéitie. To these and to many othersnbsp;whose patience I must have sorely tried, I desire to express mynbsp;gratitude.

The proofs have been read by Dr. Henebry, Mr. P. McSweeney, Fermoy, and Father O’Connor, C.C., Dungarvan.’'' Many of theirnbsp;suggestions have been inserted over their initials (Dr. H. or De H.,nbsp;McS., 0’C.). • My obligations to them for much valuable criticismnbsp;and for their promptness in returning the proofs cannot, I feel,nbsp;be discharged with a passing word. Sister M. Regis, of the Ursulinenbsp;Convent, Waterford, kindly gave me the English names of somenbsp;seventy plant-specimens which I sent her.’quot;’quot; Mr. Moore, Curatornbsp;of the Botanic Gardens, also gave me assistance. I should notnbsp;omit to mention that the Cto-CumAiin, who undertook to printnbsp;the entire work within a month, have honourably kept their word.

mice At Ó sfotCAin.

-ocr page 11-

PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION.

This edition has been prepared at the request of the authorities of Cot.óii'ce na Kinne. No alterations have been inserted exceptnbsp;at the suggestion of the best speakers of the district, nor havenbsp;any additions been made without their approval. The booknbsp;represents the speech of three generations ; yet I must say thatnbsp;it contains only a minute portion of the notes which I collectednbsp;during the years 1906-1922 ; these, I hope, will see the light somenbsp;day.

It was revised down to the smallest detail, with the help of llopa ni Cinnéme, in 1933. In the final preparation for the press,nbsp;during the last year or so, I have received valuable assistancenbsp;from kiAtn Ó niioUACAm, SeAn Ö Si'otóAin and IlioctAf Ö koriAin,nbsp;and I gladly acknowledge my great indebtedness to Ape 10 acnbsp;SpéAgótp without whose co-operation, as scribe and as verifiernbsp;of many points, the production of this work would have beennbsp;practically impossible.

tniCéAk 6 slotCAin.

-ocr page 12- -ocr page 13-

CONTENTS

Piommciation and Accent ... nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;...nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;...nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;...nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;1

Prepositions aj, 8; Ap, 10 ; Ap, 16 ; curi, 18 ; t)e, *00, 20 ; pé, 24; 50, 50 ¦0C1, 27 ; itiip, 27 ; in, 28 ; te, 30 ; 0, 33 ; poirh, 34 ; cAp, 35 ;nbsp;cpeApnA, 37 ; cpi, 37 ; tnn, 37

39

49

114

117

125

129

136

168

171

189

196

203

207

217

230

231

Prepositional Phrases Nouns ...nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;...

Nouns of Degree and Kindred Expressions Expressions for Time and Reckoningnbsp;Pronouns

Conjunctions. Conditional Sentences Verbs

Verbal Nouns Adjectivesnbsp;Adverbs

Phrases Unclassified ...

Plant Names

A Few Notes on Grammar Index to Wordsnbsp;Index to Points of Grammarnbsp;Index to Points of Pronunciation

-ocr page 14-


eTVJMTV'O^


«•.quot;.- 1'' ' nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;‘ Ml.u


•?r.- •(


gt;!r i'cy.i'üt;;

G lt;•gt;' ; gt;*■'. ,‘ij ,rr ; VV, ..’jt ri ; ■

: nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Tg,!'!»'nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;; V.


l



0.!-

Hf

ril

S£r



'T *''.i'iquot; ;; nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;: ' â– â–  !



1


. • .J* ^

-

ir-jfK-'--,


s'irj



;â– gt;''i';'


I


iM''



.m



-re

'rgt;»*






• xi



-ocr page 15-

seAti-CAinu riA tiT)éise.

PRONUNCIATION AND ACCENT.

A scientific account of the sounds of Waterford Irish wül be found in Dr. Henebry’s book on the “ Phonology of Dési Irish.”nbsp;In the present work the pronunciation has been mainly representednbsp;by writing the Irish word as it is pronounced. An ordinarynbsp;acquaintance with the sounds of the Irish letters is thereforenbsp;presumed.

{Note.—To assist the learner, the pronunciation of Irish words has sometimes been represented by rude equivalents according tonbsp;English spelling. These equivalents will help mainly towardsnbsp;illustrating the vowel sounds. The precise quality of the consonants,nbsp;broad or slender, must be inferred from the Irish spelling. Ghnbsp;represents the sound of C in bOC ; th, the sound of Ü in CAUC ;nbsp;dh, the sound of X) in ‘OORAS.

I. (1) The student should endeavour to acquire the exact sounds of the letters pronounced by the lips p, b, p, tu, and b or rfi, i.e.,nbsp;V and W when followed by broad or slender vowel. UnfamUiaritynbsp;with these sounds makes the learner fancy that the pronunciationnbsp;of the Irish speaker is indistinct or blurred. To pronounce thesenbsp;letters when slender the lips must be pressed close to the teeth ;nbsp;to pronounce them when broad, the lips must be thrust forwardnbsp;so that the lips can be actually seen by the speaker by lookingnbsp;downwards. Pronounce the words “met” and “moon.” Notenbsp;that the lips are thrust further forward when you pronounce thenbsp;second word “ moon.” In Irish, for broad m, they would benbsp;thrust still further forward, and for slender m would be drawnnbsp;further back than they are for the “ m ” in “ met.” The soundnbsp;of p may cause some difficulty. English “ f ” is produced bynbsp;laying the upper teeth on the lower lip, whilst Irish p is producednbsp;by bringing the lips close together and forcing out the breath.nbsp;In pronouncing p slender, some speakers touch the lower lip

-ocr page 16-

2 nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

with the upper teeth and force out the breath between the lips at the same time. The sound thus produced is more accuratelynbsp;described as bi-labial than as labio-dental. As an exercise innbsp;these sounds read aloud a page of Irish, taking care to give thenbsp;lips the correct position for each labial. The prayers “ Hailnbsp;Mary ” and “ Had, Holy Queen ” will be found to contain broadnbsp;and slender labials quite close to one another, and may thereforenbsp;be selected with advantage for this exercise.

(2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;C and u broad are pronounced, as explained in the ordinarynbsp;books, by pressing the tip of the tongue against the inside of thenbsp;upper front teeth. In pronouncing c and -o slender the tip ofnbsp;the tongue is raised and touches the hard flesh just over the uppernbsp;front teeth. C and n slender are not pronounced like the “ t ”nbsp;in “ tune ” and the “ d ” in “ duty.” We do not say tyir-im ornbsp;chir-im for cipim, nor dyee-ah or jee-ah for “Oia. The c and nnbsp;slender are produced by pressing so loosely with the tongue thatnbsp;some breath escapes during the contact. Outside Ulster many ofnbsp;our English speakers give an exaggerated form of this slender cnbsp;pronunciation to the final “ t ” in “ what,” “ that,” amp;c., so thatnbsp;these words sound almost like “ whass,” “thass.”

C aspirated is often pronounced like the C in toO. When such is the case it is written as C. C has this sound when it is precedednbsp;by a broad vowel and is the last letter of a word whose genitivenbsp;contains more syllables than its nominative, thus ¦oAt is pronouncednbsp;¦OAc because the genitive is -OAtA. So, too, ciiAt has cfACA asnbsp;genitive, and therefore is pronounced cpAó even in the compoundnbsp;cpACnutiA [cpACnóriA]. Uiot [pit], running, is pronounced pnicnbsp;because the genitive is peAtA.

(3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;A sound similar to that of the “ i ” in the English wordnbsp;“ mile ” is denoted by one or more capital letters, as cibi,

In strict accuracy, there are two varieties of this “ i ’’-sound ; in the word cibb, it is eh-ee, and in cAlll, it is ah-ee, both eh-eenbsp;and ah-ee being pronounced quickly. When the sound is eh-ee,nbsp;the consonant following the vowel is a capital, as in cibb; if thennbsp;the reader sees words printed like 01b)bi'n or cOTÓeAt, he knowsnbsp;that they are pronounced, eh-ee-leen, teh-ee-ul ; I cannot guaranteenbsp;however that the printer will succeed in getting in these capitalsnbsp;in every case.

I can help the reader in another way by the following general

-ocr page 17-

PRONUNCIATION AND ACCENT. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;3

rule ;—The ah-ee sound occurs, (a) when ai stands in capitals as in bAUt, cAUt, cAInc, 'oAltt ; (6) when the capitalized vowelnbsp;or vowels are followed immediately by m and a consonant as innbsp;btlImbéAt, flmptiAe, clmpe^tt, or immediately by m as thenbsp;last letter of a monosyllable as in gpeim, 1m, ftllm ; (c) whennbsp;the capitalized vowel or vowels are followed immediately by n asnbsp;in binn, cptllnn, pince. In all other cases, the capitalized vowelnbsp;or vowels are pronounced eh-ee.

There is a third sound akin to these, similar to that of “ oi ” in the English word “ boil.” It is heard in only a few words, suchnbsp;as, coinnte {koy-ing-leh), candles. Coinn {koy-ing), the propernbsp;name, Quinn, poirhe (roy), before.

(4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Another important vowel sound is that in such words asnbsp;cpAnn, tom. It resembles the sound of “ ow ” in toww, and willnbsp;be indicated by a curved line underneath the vowel, as conn. Am.nbsp;Like the “ i ” sound, it has two chief varieties, bom would be represented by leh-oom, and Am by ah-00m. The rule may be put asnbsp;follows :—If A, alone or with other vowels, followed by a liquid,nbsp;stand over the curved line, the sound is ah-00, e.g., cAm, ceAnn,nbsp;¦OAtt, mAtt ; otherwise the sound is eh-00, e.g., cAbAipc (the'~A isnbsp;not followed by a liquid), pott, conn, TiorhAn. There are twonbsp;exceptions :—(a) in Anonn ’p AnAtt, the word Anonn takes thenbsp;ah-00 sound to agree with the ah-00 of AnAtt, ; (b) 10, when markednbsp;with the curve, has the ah-00 sound in the following words ; opnbsp;cionn, pionn, cionncAt.

(5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Ö or o in close connection with the sound of n or m becomesnbsp;n or u, as nu, or ; gnb, business ; pinnitig [puinneóg], window ;nbsp;cünurii [conjnArii], help. Wherever this sound occurs, ó or unbsp;has been substituted, in almost all cases, for 0 or 0 in the text.

The pronunciation of o should not cause difficulty to English speakers in Ireland. This sound, as heard in “ sir ” quot; tub ”nbsp;“ repubhc,” has long been noted by competent English observersnbsp;as a characteristic Irish sound. It is intermediate between a backnbsp;and a middle (or obscure) vowel.1 Ö, being a back vowel, cannotnbsp;in strict accuracy be described as the lengthened sound of o.

(6) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;A vowel before or after ti or m is often nasalized ; many ofnbsp;our speakers pronounce tii, for instance, with a nasal sound which

1

English people try to represent our pronunciation of “ sir ” by “ sorr,” but they know it is only an approximation.

-ocr page 18-

4 nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

distinguishes the word from the English ‘ knee.’ Ask anyone in Ring, or indeed in almost any part of Munster, to pronounce Ia,nbsp;a day, and tArhA, hands, and you will distinctly hear the vowel anbsp;nasalized in the latter word.—^The fact that we give some syllablesnbsp;a nasal sound does not justify the statement that our Irish isnbsp;nasal; many Englishmen nasalize the vowels in “ all,” “ ball,”nbsp;“ laundry,” “ arm,” but would not be described as ‘ nasal speakers ’nbsp;for that reason. The description however applies to much ofnbsp;the Irish heard in Cork and Kerry, the speakers of which, as isnbsp;known all over Ireland, constantly employ the nasal quality ofnbsp;voice ; in so doing, they are undoubtedly adhering to what mustnbsp;be a very ancient tradition, and what in itself is by no meansnbsp;displeasing ; nor is their style of speaking marred by their freenbsp;use of high and low musical notes.

(7) In Irish the letters a, o, u, e, i serve a double purpose. They represent vowel sounds, and they indicate the quality, broad ornbsp;slender, of the consonant beside which they are placed. In thenbsp;first-mentioned use they are deservedly called vowels, in the secondnbsp;they should be called “broad-signs” or “ slender-signs.” In thenbsp;word Ajuf, A and u are vowels ; in the word cAimi'o, the first i isnbsp;only a slender-sign and is not pronounced as a vowel, for no onenbsp;says thawquot; im-eed but thawquot; meed. The learner is, therefore,nbsp;often puzzled to know when he is to treat the vowel as a vowel,nbsp;and when as a broad or slender sign. To help him, we omit suchnbsp;sign-vowels and insert a hyphen in their place, as in cA-rni-o, geA-cin,nbsp;gyah-teen. Furthermore, two vowels written together (a digraph)nbsp;like 01 may represent any one of several different sounds. Thus,nbsp;e.g., in fé cfioigte, “ six feet,” the pronunciation of cfoigce willnbsp;embarrass the beginner, but can be satisfactorily represented bynbsp;the spelling Cfv-ete, threhquot; heh. Here cf is separated by thenbsp;hyphen from e ; e is slender, therefore c|i is broad. So, too, if wenbsp;chose, we might replace the spelling cAoïticeAóAU, “ lamenting,”nbsp;by c-niquot;c-AóAu. Here \ is slender, therefore c, which is separatednbsp;from it by the hyphen, is broad. Similarly c is separated by anbsp;hyphen from a and is therefore slender. The rule is, then, thatnbsp;the consonant is opposite in quality to the letter from which it isnbsp;separated by the hyphen. (This device would probably be foundnbsp;serviceable in simplifying Irish spelling. It has been used sparinglynbsp;in this book, as any serious change of spelling often confuses thenbsp;learner. There are some words where its use is indispensable.

-ocr page 19-

PRONUNCIATION AND ACCENT. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;5

e.gf., the adjective boóc in the vocative case, a boc-c. Here the c is slender, hut the first three letters boc—neglecting thenbsp;aspiration of b—^are just the same as in pe^p bocc. ï)oiCc isnbsp;misleading, as it makes the ó slender).

(8) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Broad t is sometimes pronounced so deep as to sound likenbsp;¦o or 5 broad aspirated.

In reference to the pronunciation of 11. see introduction to Verbs

(2), pAt).

(9) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Read over the introductory matter to the different partsnbsp;of speech, as they contain many hints on pronunciation. Particularnbsp;attention is directed to the general introduction to the verb, andnbsp;to the special introduction to ca.

A note will be found at the end of book on some local divergencies in Deife Irish.

II. Some of the chief peculiarities of “Oéipe Irish are due to the influence of accent on pronunciation. For our purposenbsp;we must distinguish two kinds of accent (a) word accent, andnbsp;(b) phrase or sentence-accent. Word accent is the accent whichnbsp;makes one syllable of a word stand out more prominently thannbsp;another, thus in the word cApAtt the first syllable is morenbsp;prominent, because uttered with greater force than the second,nbsp;and therefore we say that the first syllable is accented. This wenbsp;indicate by putting a mark after it—cApquot;Att.

Just as one syllable of a word may be made more prominent than the other syllables, so one word in a phrase or sentence maynbsp;be made more prominent than the other words. Thus in the sentence,nbsp;rtiApA ¦ocujAtin cunbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;’ouic béiu, CAiCpi['ó] pé [aJtiuap ne tu,

“ unless you mind (pay heed to) yourself, he will throw you off ” (addressed to one on horseback), the emphatic word is of coursenbsp;CAitpit) or “ will throw.” This word will therefore stand outnbsp;more prominently than the others, in fact it becomes so prominentnbsp;that ’uuAf ne tu, though distinctly heard, is pronounced withnbsp;great rapidity. In the introductory or conditional clause [AiJpeAóApnbsp;is the important word and therefore carries the accent. Likenbsp;CAitpit) it overshadows the other words in its clause. Taking thenbsp;whole sentence together we say that cAitpit) bears the chief accentnbsp;and ’p^^cAf the secondary accent. Here is another sentence,nbsp;the words of a priest who comes to a house to say Mass and findsnbsp;the inmates in bed : “ A mbeAt!) bucAet) titpge ’gAm OAitpinn

-ocr page 20-

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

ifceAó teApAcquot;A [opJpAiü é,” “ If I had a bucket of water I would throw it into the beds on you.” The ernphatic word isnbsp;telt;)ipAlt;5quot;.lt;i, because it indicates the extreme measure which he isnbsp;prepared to take. The voice increases in force from the commencement and at LeApAóA strikes out the second syllable withnbsp;sledge-hammer force. The concluding words oppAiO (reduced tonbsp;’pdit) ornbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;é are treated as if they were a mere appanage to

tCApACA.

A similar effect is observable in single words and in phrases. CxiftiAri, thass-bawnquot;, is often reduced to ptiAii ornbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(and

even to fAti) ; t)eATinAcquot;A‘ó to b’eACquot;AP ; bACAóquot; almost to b’cACquot;. Take note of the phrase, jac aod pun, literally “ everynbsp;single thing.” An English speaker would emphasise “ single ”nbsp;and so do we, the result being that in 5AÓ the 6 isnbsp;touched lightly and reduced to a b sound. Furthermore, the tinbsp;of Aon (not because óf the accent) becomes assimilated to the p ofnbsp;put), or, let us say, is simply dropped. Thus the phrase becomesnbsp;5a’ bAo’quot; put) (guh’-haequot; rudh). Jac 6lnne similarly becomesnbsp;5a’ bélquot;nne (guh’-hyquot;ing-eh).

It was contemplated at first to mark the accented words in each sentence, but this was found to be impracticable. From thenbsp;illustrations already given the reader will understand that sentence-accent depends on meaning. Hence it is sometimes called “ logicalnbsp;accent,” that is, the accent which sound reason would prescribe.nbsp;[Dr. Henebry notes that, although this may be taken as a goodnbsp;working rule, it probably does not cover all cases. Certain soundsnbsp;like that of C broad seem to him to attract the accent.]

I. Words in square brackets [ ] are from Dr. Dinneen's Dictionary.

= Early Modern Irish forms.

Perfect consistency in spelling has not been observed. Wherever it was thought that the pronunciation had been sufficiently explainednbsp;or was known to the learner already from the ordinary books, thenbsp;common method of spelling has been employed. S5 was used innbsp;the First Edition instead of pc ; for convenience sake, this has notnbsp;been alter^.

Readers should pay particular attention to (7) in the preceding section on Pronunciation, as otherwise, they may not understandnbsp;the use of the hyphen in this book.

-ocr page 21-

PRONUNCIATION AND ACCENT. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;7

The different sections have been sub-divided, not always because of difference of matter, but to facilitate reference.

Observe that accent marks denote word accent, not sentence accent.

II. Learners of Irish should try to cast off what might be termed the refined 'pronunciation of English which they have acquired innbsp;school or college. When speaking Irish they should try to imitatenbsp;the tone of voice and general style of utterance which they have heardnbsp;from the plain, English-speaking people of their native district. Allnbsp;the ordinary folk of our country speak English after the Gaelic manner ;nbsp;artd this Gaelic manner is much the same everywhere except in partsnbsp;of the north and the south-west ; see preceding sect. (6).

-ocr page 22-

PREPOSITIONS.

The precise changes which the initial letter of a noun suffers, when preceded by a preposition, are set forth in the followingnbsp;sections.

It may be stated in general (1), that feminine nouns in the singular, beginning with y, preceded by the article and preposition,nbsp;are treated as if they were in the nominative case preceded bynbsp;the article, i.e., the y prefixes c ; (2), that nouns beginning with y,nbsp;preceded by the preposition without the article, often resist aspiration ; (3) that, if the noun in the singular begin with c or p,nbsp;and if the preposition and article form one syllable {e.g.

¦oe’n, yé’n) the c or p is usually aspirated. The rules given here and below are based on a very large number of examples, only anbsp;small portion of which can be quoted.

Ag.

As appears generally in the pronominal form, Aige (pronounced eg-ehquot;), which is contracted to ’ge, or reduced to eg.

As followed by the article and plural noun prefixes y to the article, a.g., ’ge ytiA ¦OAoitie.

Before verbal nouns beginning with a consonant it becomes a’, if the word immediately preceding it ends in a consonant, e.g.,nbsp;tA SeAn a’ T)ut, but if the word ends in a vowel the as oftennbsp;disappears, e.g., tA yé ¦out; before verbal nouns beginning with anbsp;vowel it becomes ’s unites with the verbal noun to form anbsp;single word, if the preceding word ends in a vowel, e.g., tA yénbsp;’5’ite ; but if the preceding word ends in a consonant it becomes eg,nbsp;e.g., cA SeAn eg ite.

As compounded with pronouns takes the following forms, AgAtnquot;, Aguequot;, Algequot;, AIC1quot;, AgAiunquot;, AgAiöquot;, Acuquot;, We should writenbsp;Ag-iTiuquot;, Ag-iOquot; to be quite accurate, but it was thought betternbsp;to avoid special forms of spelling in words whose pronunciationnbsp;is probably well-known to the reader. The initial a is frequentlynbsp;omitted.

Ag combined with possessive pronouns becomes ’ge-m, at my ; ’ge-c (before vowels), ’ge-’o (before consonants), at thy ; ’ge-u-Anbsp;or geA, at his, hers, theirs ; ’ge-u-Ay, at our ; ’ge-u-uy, at your.

8

-ocr page 23-

PREPOSITIONS. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;9

Ag, followed by the article and noun in the singular, eclipses. If the noun begins with c or p it aspirates, and, if with c or xgt;, itnbsp;causes no change. The phrase Ag An ¦oopA-p, is pronounced ge’nnbsp;A ¦oofAp, an A being inserted between the article and the noun.nbsp;Ag followed immediately by the noun causes no change.

fUAf

1. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;If beAg ACU tA AbAtc’ Afnbsp;a’ ngAotAinn no téigeArh (layquot;nbsp;uv).

'CA fé pófCA ’ci (or téite).

Üa fi in Aifigüe ’ge.

Cé ’ge p’Aipig c« é ?

2. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Ca fé in Atn AgAmnbsp;fgfi'[oï)An] CUgAC.

Ca fé in Ain ACU é fin a PeAUAt).

Üa fé in Atn ’ge nuinquot;-iginc [nuine éigin] neAóCAi'n [eineAC-CAin] rhAit no •óéAxxA'ö no fnAnbsp;“OAoïne boCcA (or Af).

3. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;ÜfeAff té ’ci-tiéin [aicinbsp;féin] é nA ’g éinn’ eite.

Sm é An CéAn UAif Alge.

4. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;’tté An [cAn é au] nïobAitnbsp;(b=v) Aé gAn AU cftAincenbsp;fo-rhAiC Alge.

“Oo flUbtAt) fé AniAé Af fUAin UA tiAice ’gAinn.

5. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Üa piAncA i m’ guAtAinnnbsp;Alge.

Üi All ofóCe Aféif fó otc -Alge Cun ceAéc.

6. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;ï)i mitt-An Alge offA gonbsp;fAbAnAf Ag imifc Af tAirii anbsp;téite ’uA óoinne.

llin-é An foCquot;AfAc Ague, or bin 1 An f.f.

Few of them are able to read Irish.

He is married to her.

She is engaged to him.

From whom did you hear it ?

It is time for me to write to you.

It is time for them to do that.

It is time for someone to do a good turn [service] to thenbsp;poor people.

She would prefer that she should have it rather thannbsp;anyone else.

That is his first time.

It would not matter only that he was not in very goodnbsp;health.

He used to take a walk about our place (Af n-Aice will not do).

I have pains in my shoulder from it (lit. it has pains, etc.).

He found last night too bad to come.

He blamed them for cooperating against him (for playing into one another’s hands to his disadvantage).

That’s your cold ruin (ethical ‘ your ’).


-ocr page 24-

10

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

Óin é lt;i Cürh4t\tA (rh nasal) That’s a proof for you that corhAfitA] Ague riA c-uepe fi she will not come at all (that’snbsp;-n Ao’ óop.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;your proof, lit., “ that’s its

proof ” the proof of it, viz. that she, etc.).

CuATJAp a’ péAóAitic a’ pi. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;They went to see the king.

All.

Ap (er) combined with the personal pronouns gives the following forms : opm or pom, on me ; opc, on thee ; Aip (er), on him ; uiptenbsp;(erquot;heh), also uiptt {erquot;hih) and uipti (er-hee), on her ; optAiminbsp;(ur”hing), on us ; opAit), on ye ; optA, on them. OpAtnn andnbsp;oppA, also heard.

Ap, followed by a noun without the article, aspirates. Some exceptions will be found in the second and third set of examplesnbsp;below.

Ap, followed by the article and a noun in the singular, eclipses. Sometimes a noun beginning with c resists eclipsis.

1. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;lluAip (wer) öi pé Ap anbsp;OlAtt.

“ riuAip A fteAt) {vech) pé Ap A pcui’oéAp, tii CuippeAA Gltinenbsp;’pceAé riA ’mAó [ipceAé tiAnbsp;AmAC] Aip.” ¦ “ 11a bi ’5 ’irniquot;nbsp;pine bpéAjA ’noip [Anoip] mAp

SeAtt Aip. peAp pCUI'OéAptA

ceApe peAt) é.”

ÜA An péip [peip] cuptA Ap scut.

2. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Hi pAlft Alnm Ap lAppAt» ACtl.

Cuip nA li-éAtiAige Ap bogAA (or mAotAt)), bei^'mi-o a’ ni-O^n Am^ipeAó.

t)i pé Ap binte ¦öéApg éugAc {chooth).

3. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;CAip intiui {ing-yuv) Ap

•olnnéAp CugAm.

When he was in his right mind.

“ When he was steady (of sound mind or sober), no onenbsp;would interfere with him in thenbsp;least.” “ Don’t tell lies. He’snbsp;a real steady man.”

The peip has been postponed.

They were not .short of a name.

Put the clothes a-steeping, we shall be washing to-morrow.

He was grievously annoyed with you.

Come and dine with me today.


-ocr page 25-

II

PREPOSITIONS.

t)i fé Afi ¦oeifve^'ó tie óuit) llionti cAÖAifi X3é 4tlt; bótaji.

Af cif ’f Af fAfquot;Ai5e

ÏV^'ffSe]-

Ca fê Af buAifCAtfi 50 ‘oc-ucpe 1'é A bAite.

Ca IIA pobquot;fAtA Af t10bquot;AfnA {libquot;-ar-TM or lyubquot;-).

Af bóf ¦o iiftAig.

Ca fé Af fcoit.

quot;OubfAigeAg (dhoo-reequot;iLg) [¦oubfA-ó] teif p’feAó [fuifeAó]nbsp;l'A mbAite Af corhAifte anbsp;AfeipéAf.

He was a long way behind (e.gr., behind others in amountnbsp;of subscription).

God’s help is always available {lit., always travelling, alwaysnbsp;afoot).

Ashore and afloat (the c and the f are sometimes aspirated,nbsp;but not by good speakers).

He is uneasy (troubled) to get home {lit., until he reachesnbsp;home).

The flowers are limp, drooping.

On board ship.

He is attending school (is being educated).

We never say, céiJeAnn fé Af fcoit 5AÓ Aoti tA meaning—henbsp;goes to school every day ; wenbsp;say célgeAun fé 50 ¦oct au

fCOIt.

He was told to stay at home under his sister’s direction.nbsp;(CorhAifte has a stronger meaning in : A pAifci, ¦oémijtnbsp;COltlAlfte AtAf ’f m.AtAf,

children, obey your parents.


In these examples, the words ¦oinuéAf, bótAf, cif, bófo have not their literal meaning; if they had, Af would aspirate the firstnbsp;letter of each, and Af -óiririéAf would mean “ on a dinner,” Afnbsp;tiotAf, “on a road,” etc.

4. ‘OtibAifc fé AH ¦OA AiffeAtin bonn Af bouTi.

ÖAiteAf é Cuf 1 T)cuifSinc quot;Do fOCAt Af fOCAt.

CÖTÓeAnn fiAX) a’ cuitteACquot;-ÓAItl Af a’ bfUAf [fO$rhAf].

He said the two masses without an interval (“ sole onnbsp;sole ”).

I had to explain it to him word for word.

They go off to earn money by harvesting.


-ocr page 26-

12

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

5. 1liri bAiT) UA ¦R-iriTie Ap ao’ CeAiiri Acu fou

Di fé iti A óéttiTiAije (rh, nasal) AurifAri, Ap a’ ag (or Apnbsp;A tJopAp) Oa’ gioppA {yir’’ah)nbsp;¦óiiinu.

Di pi Ap CeATiri ¦oe puA ¦oAoiue C’uu-c e.

Ca Dpix) Ap óeATiri quot;00 puA muA poti.

Ca pé Ap a’ cé ip gtoppA no’n ITlAIJ’oeAn (rn—mw) ^topttiAp.

None of those boats belong to Ring.

He lived there, in the house next ours or next door to oursnbsp;(fAn a5 also).

She was one of the persons who saw him.

One of those women is Brigid.

S

He is the person who is nearest to the Glorious Virgin.

In the last three examples may be regarded as a device to save cA from being followed by a noun predicate. “ Identicalnbsp;with ” will usually suffice as its translation. Dr. Henebry saysnbsp;that this is a corrupt phrase. But it is used and defended bynbsp;Father (later Canon) O’Leary, Cork Weekly Examiner, April 28,nbsp;1906.

6. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Ap A UpACA mé ne pAgAipcnbsp;Aurifo piAtti, rii pACA mé Aoiriuenbsp;ACA ip mu A Cim-ATIAt) Ó pUAnbsp;SApAUAIg ’uA ATI C-ACAip Önbsp;’OomuAitt.

Do CUipeA5[’ó] AU CAtAril Ap éeAiuc {hyant).

Ap A gc.-Aiuc [ceAiuc] {gyant) peAt) puAipeAp é.

7. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;ÜA ClmpeAt ciiig cp-ecenbsp;[cpoijte] Ap ¦ouiueAóc {dhinquot;-yocht, or dhing-quot;) [¦ooirhueACc]

AUU.

ÜA 'oeApü'o [¦oeApniAT), also pron. ¦oeApmA'o] mCip Aip.

8. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;luTuuï) (ing-yuvquot;) a tgt;i a’nbsp;ppoccA ’gAiuu oppA.

Sé Au -oeipeAA öeit) (veg) opc, UA Cl’ uA mboöc quot;oo XeAbAt)nbsp;CoutACA (chuV -ath-a) au Pa

¦DéAUAé.

Father O’Donnell kept more aloof from the Sasanaigh thannbsp;any priest I ever saw herenbsp;(ap=amongst).

The land was put up to auction.

I got it at the auction.

It is about five feet deep.

He is much mistaken.

To-day we had the fun at their expense.

Your end wUl be the poor-house ; it wiU be your place of rest on your dying day.


-ocr page 27-

13

PREPOSITIONS.

T)|\oc-bAinc {want) aca tiiofv öAiTieAj [bAineAt)] o’ti a

bun 1.

9. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;131 fCAT) 1 ¦ocfi bAic ofrrifA.

t)i jvOltlc nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;o-fvm.

lleATjA-p [hi veAtiA-p] cAt) aca Aiinpon (un-sunquot;) oppA ?

Ip peApp ¦oe nip) tA opc-pA 11A Ap An niA’opA (quot;oe ni-ó,nbsp;perhaps for •oe’n onieAt) ; seenbsp;Diet.).

10. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;t)puit ps’tAipeAóc Apnbsp;SeAn ?

Üa pé Ap A compópt).

11. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Ip peApp a’ cneAó [ceAn-HAC] acA Ap a’ pgu^oAn.

tA quot;ouAt) Ap An mbeitioó [beAcAijeAó] a ¦out 1 gcoinne a’nbsp;cnuic.

12. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;'Dio'OAp 50 téip Ap Aonnbsp;UÜ ArhAin jAipe.

“ t!)iT)i'p Ag jtAmAipeACc 1 SCürhiiAi [1 jcorhnAi-óe] •] biot)nbsp;cuiT) ’e pnA pAgAipc A b1 1nbsp;ntlAnn-gApbAn1 pA ¦opcAmAignbsp;^hPA 50 ¦OCI' CUAtJAp ’hanbsp;quot;DCAicigequot;.” “Cé CA cü Anbsp;p-At)? ” “ lAp5ApAi' HA quot;R-inne.”

13. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;ÜA pé ’migte (meh-quot;heh)nbsp;[miigCe] Ap pATDtiAn (or pAitti-göAn : see this word in thenbsp;list of Nouns).

14. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Ill -ó-ippeAt) (note broadnbsp;¦Ö) An pocAt Ap a’ nut pon.

It (i.e., the crop of corn) has not been well reaped ; it wasnbsp;not cut close to the ground.

I had to stop (to call) at three places.

I was in a bit of a hurry.

I wonder what is the matter with them there ?

You are of more account (your life is more precious) thannbsp;the dog.

Is John an educated man ?

He is comfortable, at his ease.

Herrings fetch a better price (than other fish).

The animal is labouring hard as it climbs the hill.

They were all in one roar of laughter.

“ They were constantly engaged in noisy wrangling.nbsp;Some of the Dungarvan priestsnbsp;used to be much annoyed withnbsp;them, until they grew accustomed to them.” “ Of whomnbsp;do you speak ? ”nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ The Ring

fishermen.”

He is gone to rack and ruin.

The word would not suit in that application.


1

T)omn gApbAn does not give the pronunciation, as the diphthong is ah-00, not eh-oo. Father (now Dr.) P. Power, Waterford, tells me that henbsp;had seen “ Downmore ” in a title-deed as a spelling of Dunmore. Manynbsp;of the old people used to say ¦Oun gamp;pbAn.

-ocr page 28-

14

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

cpeiquot;ce [cpeAbtA, ploughed],

The hay is suffering from the wet weather, (lit. “ it i,s wet asnbsp;regards the hay ”).

I would not contradict you in regard to that word.

He won’t behave himself no matter what I say to him (lit.nbsp;in regard to anything).

Very soon we shall not have light to see anything.

He is too imperious in matters affecting his own profession.

I was watching the cat in regard to the milk, i.e., to seenbsp;that it did not drink the mük.

In some respects they are as ignorant of Irish as they are ofnbsp;English (lit. “ in regard to somenbsp;of it ”).

That is what I want of you (question or request).

What more do you want of a man hut his best ?

The obligation of paying rates lies on the people generally.

I do not make too free with them—I do not wish, etc.

Ca fé 5-eice {gufeh) [jaBCa]

A-p (iumquot;-ei5iTic [cumA éijm] Ap A ÓOIf.

Por pron. of jAütA, compare c-eice (thefeh) [cojtA, chosen.]

15. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Ca pé ptiMó Ap a’ OpéApnbsp;(ö—v).

tli t-ucpAinn at) óoirine Ap a’ BpocAt (ï)=v) pon.

Tli lompApóé’ [lornCApoCAt)] pé é néin Ap Ao’ put) a -óeAppAinnnbsp;teip.

lp jAipiT) nA üeitj Aon c-potAp AjAinn Ap Ao’ pwo A 'ó’peipcinc.

16. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Ca pé pó-óg’OApApAé Ap Anbsp;Jnn [jno] néin.

iTiop A pAipe a’ ótnc Ap a’ tnbAinne.

Cait) énn (or Cu) [corn] xiAPt

pA ¦^AOtAlnn Ap ÓUIT) quot;Ol ’p CAIt) pA mtléAptA.

17. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Sin-é tA üuAim {wooquot;im)nbsp;[uAim] opc.

Cat) AtA buAic (wooquot;it) Ap ¦óuine aC a ¦óiteAtt ?

Ca ;An c-pp-eAt (thrah) Ap a’ jcoiciAncACc.

Min Aon ¦OAn-i-ACc AjAm oppA—ni niAit iiom Aon ¦OAn-i-Acc [¦OAnAi’óeACc] A PléAnAP)nbsp;OppA.

18. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Ap lompü (lompót)) nAnbsp;bAipe.

CaCc An cAc Ap An aic pin é.

Ca pé Ap a’ c-ptige (or cU) CéATinA Annpo.

His foot is caught somehow.

In the twinkling of an eye.

The cat killed it on the spot. It is the same way here.


-ocr page 29-

15

PREPOSITIONS.

You are cheating me, éipje-ftije, lit., an ambush.

They do not know when they wiU be called upon to face annbsp;emergency {lit. the day of thenbsp;turning of the ball).

Note that peAUAp has the preterite endings, because it means literally, “ I have seen,” and, therefore, “ I know.” The letternbsp;i above stands for Aije, a common lengthening of the verb stem.nbsp;[Compare woida in Greek, from stem wid.—De H.]

19. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“OuöAi-pc mé ,é fin étm énbsp;Cufv Afi A itiifneACquot;.

T)Aoine TiA pint Aon Cup ipceAC t-e quot;DéAn’ [a^ö] o-pfA.

tliop ónipeAtJAp Aon cóip Aip.

Til ü^ptngpA (Op = w) Aon «S'DApAf ¦00 énp Aip.

•Sé ï)i cpopcA. Til optriJ-pA óptjuijte ¦00 6up Alp.

20. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Cuip pé cAlnc opm.

Ca piAT) a’ tjeAnAt) t)óic-eAlAijte -óioB-péin Ap óvtv nA iTDAome eitei

21. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;quot;Oin pé eAnnócAinnnbsp;[AtntlA’ÓA'ó] Ap A bpACpÜn, CAnbsp;cpeiT)-üinc fhnp Aige pAnbsp;PAIpéAp'.

tA cti ‘oéAnA’ó eipje-pL'Je {iTe-eequot;Mee) opm.

22. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;111 peAT)Ap-lAT)Ap CAquot;coinnbsp;fc-ncpAp tA cApcA nA tiAtpoioenbsp;{le^-ar-hoquot; -deh) oppA.

I said that, in order to revive his courage.

People who are not to be meddled with.

They did not search for it.

He would not brook any dictation.

He certainly was cross. He would take no directions.

He addressed (accosted) me.

Making a boastful display with other people’s money.

He revived the patron-feast, and gets great praise in thenbsp;paper.


Hurry up.

Dress yourself quickly for outdoors, and come with me.

I never went binding for hire.

He said then that he would live by the spade amongst thenbsp;people.

The sea is quite close to me here.

Coppuig opc.

béipig opc 50 meAp Agup PUÖAt teAC.

Plop óua’ [Cuai-ó] piAifi a’ ceAugAt Ap mo pA.

‘OubAipc pé ATinpou 50 mAip-peAp pé Ap a’ pAu imeAp5 tia iiPAoine.

tA ATI pi.ite bUAitce pom [opm] ATinpo.

Note that, when we speak of time, we use be not Ap : e.g., tA 1-A TiA b-imipti (imipCe) buAibce biuti Auoip, our day to flit isnbsp;close at hand.

-ocr page 30-

i6

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

23. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;C«A [CuAi-ó] fé pé -óéinnbsp;fvu’oquot;-ei5iric Aif.

üöSAnri i'iA’o 1 [uiöe] Af\

eA'fV|\Ai[i’D].

Cu5 fé summons Aif.

24. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;UseAnn fé Aif üeit fó-

léif.

b^uifif A bAlnc offA juf fuóc ¦oiorhAom (rti=vw) iat).

25. ÜAiT) 1 bfAU (ftf=w) AtriAC ó-ri-A óéife AC iat) a tieit Afnbsp;Aoti c-ftoiiine AtriAin (ni = v).

Ca a tiAcA Af A teA’- ceAim Alge.

tli fA1t) m óf ATI bttATICA fA mbfeif Alge Aif.

He went to him in quest of something.

They take eggs in exchange for goods.

He summoned him.

He pretends to be too clever.

One can easUy know by them that they are a set of idlers.nbsp;('hAiric=Aicinc, a verbal nounnbsp;from root Aitne.)

There is little relationship between them except that theirnbsp;surnames are the same.

He has his hat on the side of his head.

He was not the elder by many years.


AS.

The pronominal forms are : AfAm (ass’m), out of me : AfAC {assquot;uth), out of thee ; Af {ass), out of him ; Aifce (ashquot;teh), outnbsp;of her ; AfAinn, out of us ; AfAib, out of ye or you ; AfCA, out ofnbsp;them.

When followed by the article and a noun in the singular, it eclipses. When followed by a noun without the article it causesnbsp;no change.

1. Sin ê An A1C Ab Af é.

Hé’n pAifc •oe pofcbAifge Ab Af CÜ 1

¦peAf Af A gCéAt) bUTDOAt) é {•óeA‘tgt;=yah) [bA eA-ó].

2. Ca fé go mAiC aica fé ntof fCAff (niof meAfA) Af.

Cl o ’cu {kyuhquot;oo or cé ’cu) ’gAinn AfAon if mcAf’ Af ?

That is the place he comes from (also au Af).

From what part of Waterford do you come ? (also An Af).

He was one in a hundred.

He is well oS—he is better (worse) off. (Irish followsnbsp;English idiom.—De H.)

Which of us two is worse off ?


-ocr page 31-

17

PREPOSITIONS.

3. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;/Af a’ bpiAt)óifeAlt;ic b’féfo-'f 50 mbfifpA Ati cupAti.

-Af meifge (or ót) a t«ic a Cl''-CAtU1Tiri firi xitTIAÓ.

”00 'ÓltieA’OAf ATI mAf5A'Ó Af mbUAtA-Ó Af fAT).

lil bfUAIfOAf Aon bfOAgfA [ffOA^fA] Af a’ teiCIf.

Af nA ceAócAifl 50 téif biof tAinig An pApéAf.

4. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;tAipOfig {hire-eh) fé 50nbsp;fAib pocA Aifgit) fé’n CfAnnnbsp;¦OAfAlje A bl A5 fAf Af A CUIT)nbsp;fêin, Ajuf lt;iiJA[ip] fé A'Snbsp;PotbAt) Af An cAiPbfeAtti {thyquot;-ruv).

CAffAing An coffAn Af a óoif.

Perhaps you might break the cup as a result of your fiddlingnbsp;(lit. ran-sacking).

That accident was due to drink (as a result of).

After (as result of) all their higgling (loud talk, etc.) theynbsp;came to terms.

I got no reply to the letter {lit. as a result of).

With all the messengers [i.e. as result of their exertions] (employed) the paper did not come.

He dreamt there was a pot of money (buried) under the oak-tree growing on his farm, andnbsp;he went to dig for it, as directednbsp;by the dream (according to thenbsp;dream, not as a result of it).

5. “ 111 feADAf bftiit DeifeA’O teif a’ bfeAftAinri fOf ? ” “ Ifnbsp;¦oOi’ tioni tiaC Af DO.”

Draw the sickle in the direction of the handle {lit., according to).

“ I wonder if the rain is all over yet ? ” “I don’t think itnbsp;{i.e., the weather) is done withnbsp;it yet.” Lit., “ I don’t thinknbsp;that for it {i.e., the weather)nbsp;there is an “ out of it ” {i.e.,nbsp;of the rain).”

Note that though Af and ¦do refer to words which are feminine they are put in masc. gender. This is dealt with under Nouns.

6. Ca An ^AotAinn Af Oije

J

Sé ; bi fé A fojtAm Af cofAó ; tiionn fé Af 1 gcnrhnAiDe.

He knows Irish from his infancy ; he was learning it fromnbsp;the start; he is always engagednbsp;at it.

(Af, except in the last clause of the three, means “ starting from,P “beginning with,” “reckoning from.” Compare Af fonbsp;¦AniAC, Af fo fUAf, henceforth, henceforward. For Af in the thirdnbsp;clause see the following four sentences.)

-ocr page 32-

i8

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

7. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;t)i tné Ai'Ac.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;I was importuning you,

annoying you.

a cap TiA rtiAnpAi Af They are setting the dogs at Au AfAt.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;the ass.

Ca ATI rriA’opA Ap ATioif. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The dog is after (at) him now.

“ Ea pit) 50 ¦oiATi AtiupAu.”— nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ You are hard at work there.”

tsm-ne. tli'ti Ann nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;a lieiCnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ Yes, nothing fornbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;itnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;butnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;to

Ap.” nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;keep pegging awaynbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;atnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;it.”

(Ap in these nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;examples meansnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ hanging on to,” attacking,nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;in

literal or figurative sense.)

8. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;t)AiTi mé ¦opo’viAicit Ap.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;I conceived a suspicion there

from.

[EiiCAtt, inference, hence ¦opot-tA., suspicion.]

Take what is reasonable (of drink), and do not go to violentnbsp;excess (do not be very wrong—nbsp;Ap a’ cptise, may be appMed tonbsp;any form of moral error).

If he catches the boy, he seizes him by the two ears andnbsp;lifts him off the ground (ofnbsp;punishment inflicted on a trespasser) .


ÜÓ5 CAitiöiteAóc •} UA bi 50 map Ap a’ cpti$e (or cti).


¦OéirieAriu pé An jApptin a epotAt) ö’n cAtArh Ap a’ X)anbsp;CtuAip, mA 5Glt)eAnn pé 5p61mnbsp;Aip.


cun.

The following are the pronominal forms :—CijAm=cu5Am, towards me ; óóac=6u5ac, towards thee ; cuige, towards him,nbsp;which we might write é-ije ; Cnquot;e-te (chooquot;eh-heh)=Cwce, towardsnbsp;her; óóinn (chooquot;ing)=inSAmn, towards us ; cüiï) (choo’iv)=nbsp;eugAiO, towards ye or you; Cii-te {chooquot;heh) = tncA, towardsnbsp;them. (Note difference in pronunciation of cuice and Ouca.)

Before plural nouns preceded by the article it is reduced to óu’ and the article becomes priA, e.g., óu’ priA pAi-opeAéA.

Except in the verbal noun construction, e.g., éun a’ CAtAiti {not cAbriiATi) ‘oo pAotApujAt), éuri is usually followed by thenbsp;genitive. Therefore, if the article precedes a masc. sing, nounnbsp;the initial letter of the noun will be aspirated (but not c or xgt;).nbsp;If the article be not used the initial letter suffers no change.

-ocr page 33-

19

PREPOSITIONS.

1. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;'Ca [a] AiTitn a’ H'UC [t^iot]

t)i fé a ceACc Cun mo üéit, CujAm.

tA ¦oiquot;teAnAf Cun a’ ct .dp d’ tAip, td fioppdCquot; 05 ’ndnbsp;¦oidig.

2. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;If cumd t,eó Cü-nü-öüdtdnbsp;[Cucd no udtd] é.

“Od fdgdt) fé Cui^efinquot; ¦oe.

If mmic d tócfdt) ¦ouine pux) Cuije tiéin 1 ndC Cuije dnbsp;öeifdi.

His name is on the tip of my tongne.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;, .

It (i.e., word or phrase) rose to my lips.

The mare is in a hurry to get to the house, she left anbsp;young foal there after her.

They don’t mind whether they get it or not.üi., “it,nbsp;coming to them or going fromnbsp;them, is a matter of indifferencenbsp;with them.”

If matters went to that pass. Lit., “ went to that of it ” {i.e.,nbsp;of the matter).

Many a time one might take a remark to himself, althoughnbsp;he was not referred to.


For form tócfdt) see under Verbs—^Pronunciation.

3. Sé mo gnu [gnó] é Cun It is my business or interestnbsp;cuin-drh [cuifhnedrh] dip.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(namely) to remember it.

In this and following example, it practically means “ namely.”

If mop dn boudpdit nd pedn-Cinn-fe Cun a belt dj jóitt [gdUditc] ¦oóib.

4. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;riiop tu5 mé mé iiéin Cunnbsp;potdif -ouic.

tliop Ciidf (or tüdf) [Cudtidf] •iun cAInce teif.

5. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;tlin do’ puT) eite Cunnbsp;rc-dfdtn 'oüinn dC’ d’ c-ftdince.

td dn CtoC fon Cun d Oeit ¦Atiudf don U.

It is a great nuisance to have to deal with these old articlesnbsp;(the reference was to old andnbsp;awkward implements).

I did not make myself visible to you, lit., “ to ” or “ towardsnbsp;light for you.”

I did not go and speak to him.

There is nothing else calculated (likely) to stand, to us so much as good health.

That stone is Ukely to fall any day.


-ocr page 34-

20

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

6. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;CAt) AtA cü Cu tl A TiCAUAt) What are you going to do

teif A fpttonu ? nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(for doing) with the fork ?

(In Waterford-English called a “ sprong”. It is a graip or fork with more than two prongs).

7. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Ca AuA-t)óit ’je ’ugAöAp The goat is very fond of

Cun fgöAóA [pjeAtA]. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;briers.

”00 5U15 [jufO] Au miutfcéip The minister prayed for fine Curt Almpip OpeAj uo ¦óAitc weather. That accounts for thenbsp;[¦o’fASAit], 1 if ‘ooc’ 50 b’é rain, I suppose,nbsp;fin If CtouucAC tetf a bpeAf-tAiun.

tAiuij m’focAt cun cfiCe. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;My words came true.

T)o tuis fé cuAtn. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;He attacked me.

8. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Ao’ fu-o Cun tjo totA.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Anything to please you.

¦Oe, “00.

t)o is often used for xgt;e. The -o of ne is frequently aspirated, getting a “ y ” sound, and as -Oe and ’ge (reduced and aspiratednbsp;form of Alge, i.e., Ag) have the same sound, it is not surprising tonbsp;find occasionally ’ge (unaspirated) used for ne.1 quot;Oe is also usednbsp;for -oo.

The pronominal forms of ¦oo are : ¦oorn or ¦ourhfA (dhoo''sah— rti nasal)j to me ; 'ouic (dhet), to thee ; uo or no, to him ; tu or -oi,nbsp;to her ; ¦otiinn to us ; ¦oiob, to ye or you ; -oOit), to them. Thenbsp;forms .no and ni are emphatic, and will be found combined withnbsp;the pronoun of emphasis, nO-fAn, ni-fin.

The pronominal forms of ne are: nioni, from me; nïoc, from thee ; ne, from him ; ni, from her ; niuu, from us ; nib, from ye ornbsp;jnu ; niob, from them.

t)o combined with the possessive pronouns gives now, to my ; non or noc, to thy ; nA or no-u-A, to his, her, their ; nAf, to our ;nbsp;n’tif or no u-’uf, to your. T)e similarly compounded gives ne-m,nbsp;ne-n or ne-c, nA, nAf, n’uf or ne u-’uf.

”Oo or ne, followed by a noun without the article, aspirates. Wheti followed by the article and noun in the singular, it eclipses.nbsp;If the initial letter of the noun be c or p, aspiration is more usual.

1

In Such expressions as ‘ it is time for me ’ (see under Ag, 2) Ag is probably used for no by a similar confusion.—De H.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;,

-ocr page 35-

21

PREPOSITIONS.

Masculine nouns beginning with f often either prefix c or, aspirate the f.

quot;Oo or -oe, followed by the article and a noun in the plural, prefixes r to the article.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;,

1. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;’SbAii [cAi'bAu] ¦oo’rinbsp;r^SA-pc é (i.e., ATI toe) •] bAinprónbsp;ré r?o-p [piojAip] riA cpoipe quot;Oe.

beipAp a’ bpifCAt) HA b-piniiiug

(b=v) attiaC ¦oe.

2. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;tAiTii’ [cAiTiig] -pé quot;óe fmbAtnbsp;ó’n cSeAHA-pobAt.

3. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ tDé AU C-AOf A ttieAfpA

(ttl = v) ¦öi-ftuquot; ? ” nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ nï peA’OAp.

‘ÖéAppAIUU 50 bu’ AOfCAV

{bway-stheequot;) 1 ua au beAu AUUfOuquot; tAtt.”

Üa cu uiof 510PPA ’ÓÓ ¦oe éui'o rnüp pA ‘oeipip—¦óe teAó-rti$e.

4. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;1p pA’OA ¦be tAeteAucAnbsp;SeAtA 50 öpeiceói’ (bp=v) cunbsp;Auufoquot; mé ’p’fb-

Ip pA^oquot;A-‘be btlAIICA Ó bl

pé Auupo.

COIciAp ¦o’aop a biO’OAp.

5. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;ï)AiupeA^ó (wanquot;och) pounbsp;piAp ¦oioc.

tA pé pu-ice [puoi^bce] ¦be puA cuAttiuA (rfi nasal).

6. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Ip mu [mo] bo’u ujAotAiuunbsp;tA A5 bAiuc te “ peipebj ” ua te

piciu.” Ip -oeipe be pocAt {yukquot;ul) é.

Show it to the priest and he will make the sign of ithe crossnbsp;on it.

They (indef.) are going to break out (new-) windows in itnbsp;(i.e., the house).

He came on foot from the Old Parish.

“ What age would you judge her to be ? ”nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ I don’t know.

I should say that she would be older than the woman overnbsp;there.” Also gupb AopcAi or 50nbsp;mbub AopCAi (mway-stheequot;).

You are much nearer to him—-you are nearer by half the distance.

It will be many a bright day before (tUl) you see me herenbsp;again.

It’s long years ago since he was here.

They were a fortnight old.

That might delay you.

He is very emaciated, he is worn to the bones.

“ Teipeos ” is a more Irish word than “ piciu.” It is anbsp;nicer word.


(feipebj means a pullet, not therefore the same as chicken. See Dictionary, under eipeóg,. and for initial p compare peibueAunbsp;ifie-nawn), ivy, piotAp (fyuVar), an eagle, for eibue^u, lotAp).

-ocr page 36-

23

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

7. ï)l' AH céAt) fÓ-fAT)A 1 Öi fé loe óAo [cAoi] ’se’n AfAtnbsp;ATI c-AfOA^T (ar-oorquot;) -ó’ite (eachnbsp;syllable very short).

amp;. Ca ATI cotATnötT CTi’ (or éun) bneAg ‘o’iAfg A’f vi. fAnbsp;öpAtiAije [öpAitTiTge] {öp=vw).

Ca fé óü’ 5^ot)AtA(5 ¦o’feAfT [«’peAfi, X) broad] A’f a geótjfAnbsp;(yoh-faw).

ï)i fAJAfC 'Oe Th AC Al Cl.

t)ti’ öfeAg teAc öeic aj êlfceACc téite Ca fi óü tieAf

fOTI Tie CAITlCeÓtf.

9. 11i ¦ÓéATIfAt) a’ fAOjAt quot;óe AÓ TTlAf AtA fé.

The rope was too long and the ass got his chance (opportunity) to crop the com.

The hake is as fine a fish as there is in the sea.

He’s as homely (common) a man as you could find.

She had a son a priest.

You would like to listen to her, she speaks so well.

Nothing could make him different from what he is.


(There is a kind of “ o ” sound between the deep “ t ” of fAojAt and the following -oe.)

Hill tné TiéATiAt). ¦ofoó-feAf

tie.

Cat) a tiéATifAf ¦oet) ttiAC ?

Ha T3ém ao’ put) ’om [•oom] óAItic.

’OuöAifc fé TiA beAt) fé TltilTIAITIC TIA hUAIfe, AÓ 'OO

•óiTieAf TieAThni {nyav-nee”) -oe.

‘O’A'ÓTnAT) A ¦ÓITieAg lAT).

’Óe fin A -ómeAnAf atcaC juf ciifA bi Ann.

10. b’féfoif 50 bfuittm fA c-ftige ¦Ó1.

“ ’üé éölf [cATTé A CÜIf] ¦OUIC lompót) ifceAó Af An bféAf,nbsp;A’f gAn f’fCAÓ [fUlfCAC] fAnbsp;éofAn ? ”—“ t)i mé Ag finöAtnbsp;Af a’ c-ftige Tiuic, [a] ACAif.”

I am not trying to represent him as a bad man.

What is your son going to be ?

Don’t mind what I am saying. I am not in earnest.

He said he would not be a minute (in coming), but I madenbsp;light of his words. {Lit., madenbsp;nothing of him).

They were made of wood.

From that they inferred that it was you who were there.

Perhaps I am in her way.

“Why did you turn on to the grass, instead of staying onnbsp;the footpath ? ”—“ I wanted tonbsp;make way for you. Father.”


-ocr page 37-

23

PREPOSITIONS.

11. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;tiiof ¦ö’aiim’ mé }AiAtti cat)nbsp;•* öiotiti 'oo-ti-A teitéfo.

Sgitling fA tó ¦oo’n fsLAöDiTie (t)=v).

tlin Aon ctllm [c-ftnm] T)o’n iAf5 fon, Aguf ¦oéineAnn fé nAnbsp;WoncA 5An rfiAit.

12. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;^AT)A TiO-fAtlquot; ’nAnbsp;f-ASA^C.

1f pAT)A ‘Ól-finquot; CUfCA.

13. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;feAi^ T)o’n Ainm fin—Tio’nnbsp;c-^t,oinne céAonA.

Ui T)o’n c-ftoinne fin a ¦ö’Ainmni5e”Ann nA TiAoïne iat).

I never heard what (salary) such people receive. {Lit., tonbsp;their like).

A shilling a day is the labourer’s hire.

That fish is considered worthless, and it destroys the nets.

He has been a priest this long time.

It is a long time ago since she was buried.

A man of that name—of the same surname.

That is not the surname by which the people call them.


Note that ptoinne aspirates or prefixes c.

14. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Il’pcA-oAip mé é pin •omc.

Sa tAinc ¦OÓ1Ï).

15. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Ca pé -ó’Ainm Aige.

t)i mé a’ péAóAinc AmAC ‘oo PAtl.

quot;Oo npAit pé 50 pAiO mé [as] CAÜAipC lAppAÓC ¦00.

16. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;CAT) bn’ éop T)uicnbsp;Annponquot;?

Pé puT) ip cop T)ninn.

OpoiT) (thred) AmAC T)uic béin

ê.

17. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;CuAtiAp én’ pAT)A te P.nbsp;lt;iun SAot Tjom.

Pa pé 1 TDCuipsmc t)uic Anoip. Ip mAips T)’ó [t)ó ó] énip pénbsp;bopACquot; Aip nAp óuip pé -oeipeAT)nbsp;teip.

I cannot answer you that question.

Whilst they were talking.

He has the reputation, name, of it.

I was looking out for that, on my guard against it.

He noticed that I was making a cut at him (of speech).

What happened you then ? How did you fare then ?

However we fare (or shall fare).

Fight it out yourself.

I went as far as B. to (see) a cousin of mine.

You understand it now.

As he began it, it’s a pity he did not finish it [lit., it’s anbsp;woe for him since, etc.].


-ocr page 38-

24

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

18. Ui Alc é fiTi ¦00 'óuine ceAóc -pAn-i-tiun [fA-n oi’óCe

AtlTl].

C’-péif (CA|\ éif) twge ‘óotn, ciarn -oorn óo'otA’ó.

That is not a place to which anyone should go at night.nbsp;(Sentence accent on 1.)

After going to bed I fall asleep.


Tê.

The following are the pronominal forms ;—quot;pum, under me ; ¦pvt:, under thee; pé, péig, pétje (fayquot;yeh), under him;nbsp;{fooquot;heh), under her ; yutA, under them.

The possessive forms are :—pé-m, yé-n or fé-c, pé-ti-A, fé ti-A-p, pé öp or pé u-ép.

pé, if followed by a noun without the article, aspirates. When followed by the article and a noun in singular it eclipses, butnbsp;aspirates if the noun begins with c or p. When followed by thenbsp;article and a noun in plural, it prefixes p to the article.

pé is used both as a preposition and as an adverb. The common way of saying “ before the post-man comes ” is either pé tAjATiunbsp;or ¦ocAjAuu peAp a’ poipc {fwisht), or pA’OA tAgAnu peAp a’ poipc.nbsp;Many prefer the latter form. Sut Ap tAgAun is heard, but notnbsp;often. pAt) UA is also used.

1. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Üi' mo éeA-nii prim.

Til pAit) pum UA tApm aC é CAPAipc tiom.

Ap’o-igi pé.

2. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;pé éCAuu gAipi'o.

pé óeAuu 1 üpA’o. pé jcuippeA’o 1 ppA’o ¦oiom.

pé riiAi’o’u (m=w).

3. pé Uli-ÖAOÓAp nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(ft —vw)

[bui’óeAóAp] A ‘óimti’ pé.

Tlïll AOU pAp pé ¦ÓA’OA AU

Aimpip peo.

I was ashamed.

I had no alternative but to take it with me.

Raise your voices (of singing).

Very soon, after a while. (Lit., before a short while. Wenbsp;may also say put uaC pA’OA.)

Before long.

Before I go far, or before long (before I put a longnbsp;distance from me).

Before morning.

He left (his situation) on bad terms (with his master), feelingnbsp;that he owed no thanks.

There is no growth in .anything just now.


-ocr page 39-

35

PREPOSITIONS.

ITIa tA '00 fuite cinn, l,Af An tumgeAl. {chi7igquot;ul) OeAnnAigtenbsp;¦pntA cfi nttAife T tig [teig] a’nbsp;¦di-caCquot; [¦oeACAC] pé fnA peAöti-ÏAóA 1 ót c-pi ï)0'Lquot;-A5umnbsp;[bot-jAm] 'o’uifge ha CAfCA.

quot;Do tAf mé cuingeAt beAnn-uigte pé’n bpeAp cinn a ¦ö’éipje.

CuipeAj pé gni An pobAit é.

4. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Til mé hém pé Teic aC ja’nbsp;li6lnne Ap puATo a’ p’póipce.

Ca An éipquot;T)in püinn néin Anoip,

5. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Oa pé pé’n cuAipim pin.

TeAp mAiC pé tA CApAitt.

tAini[5] pé go ¦oei OAnn S^^pbAn pé fAite.

6. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;lÖAgAS [o’pAgA-ó] Annbsp;c-ACquot;ApAnn pé-n-A p-At) Cun énbsp;foepü [pocApugAT)]. Sé p-AP)nbsp;¦A Piin pé eAcquot;oppA nAó noécnbsp;11-ACpA tAÖAipC do’n C-peAnA-beAn 1 péAp ‘óA bó -j An peAnA-tig. Cua[i’ó] pi óun cüitinAigtenbsp;béite péin pA cig -] Annpon binbsp;•An c-piocóAin déAncA.

7. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ ÜA mé A p5p1 pé monbsp;¦öópne ” [dopn]. “ Tiluipe, üAnbsp;CU in lüit do’n dAtt, *01A ’dnbsp;beAnnAC''Ap) ! ”

tA mé a’ püA-t (two syllables sharply distinct, oo-ah) [puA-gAip] pé mo dOpne.

tA pé pém lAppAid.

If your eyes are sore, light a blest candle for them threenbsp;times, allowing the smoke tonbsp;play upon the eye-lashes, andnbsp;drink three mouthfuls of Easter-water.

I lit a blest candle for the recovery of the sick man.

The prayers of the congregation were asked for him.

Not merely myself but everyone in the parish.

We have the kitchen to ourselves now.

He is of that opinion.

(He is) a good man as regards lending a horse for a day.

He came to Dungarvan for the seaside (lit., in connection withnbsp;the sea).

The dispute was left to his decision. He decided that eightnbsp;acres be given to the old woman,nbsp;grazing for two cows and the oldnbsp;house. She went, to live bynbsp;herself in the house, and peacenbsp;was made.

“ I am writing, guided solely by my fingers ” (i.e. withoutnbsp;light). “ You are as clever asnbsp;(a match for) a blind man, Godnbsp;bless you ! ”

I am sewing in the dark.

It is here if I could only find it.


-ocr page 40-

26

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

pé.

He win not be dismissed until somebody comes to griefnbsp;(because of his incompetence).

You must bear the burthen of its payment.

No one suffers like the man of the spade ; other men havenbsp;some comfort, something tonbsp;show for their labour (health).

See Poems of Donnehadh Ruadh, p. 68,line 326: “ip a’ tou^ bAp) ¦itieApA 6uti pcAcA blot) pAé quot;Oe.”—-péige may not be a compound

Ap

txi CU1-0 ’e friA óüfVfA An cfeAócAin feo.

8. Cu5 An mA’OfVA An pneAb fon pé-n-A i’jófnAó.nbsp;tugAS [coSA*] pé.

Cug fé ]:o0a péij.

9. SmeA^ [fmeA-pAig] -pé ’n •poó [pot], mAp ceipmigeAnn anbsp;c-iAppAn te piopfA (rissquot;ah) [mp-eApöA] 5An An pmeApA a órni-At)nbsp;téite.

PéAt Ap An ¦OÏAt [¦OlAftAt] ’f An p-nC [pit] AtA pé, ’A cnpnbsp;m'op pÏA piop nA mAp aca pi.

Ha bi a’ jAipe püni.

Öi An-itnteACc pé piAp.

ï)i AnA-pAobAp [anquot; air)

10. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;ï)i An jAtün tAn pé piuipnbsp;{hyure) Agup An cubAn Ag cup

tAp(A) bAppA.

11. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;ÜÓ1S An 5Atün aitiaó pé’nnbsp;TnbópT).

12. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;’SiA-o nA ¦oAome boócA ipnbsp;mü cA pél ge teip {fayquot;yeh)nbsp;[pé -óe].

tli óuippAp AniAó é go tnbei-ó •ouin’quot; eiginc péige (pé te).

CAitpi-o cupA belt pé-ge é ¦óiot.

Hm Aou pCAp péige uac peAp uA pAmne ; ca pAopgAio ’genbsp;gA’ bAon peAp ei te, cA itu-oquot;-eiginc oe bAppA a ptAmce ’cu.

Some of the priests are on retreat this week.

The dog made such a spring at his throat.

He was attacked (in word or with violence).

He made a dash at him.

Grease the wheel, as the iron part of it gets dry otherwise,nbsp;héite refers to pot g. poite,nbsp;which is fern, with us, but masc.nbsp;in Diet.

(Said very impolitely of a minister running to a woman’snbsp;funeral. Cuip is sometimes usednbsp;for cup).

Don’t be laughing at me.

He went over (west) very rapidly. (Of a horse.)

He was going at a great rate. (Of a horse.)

The gallon was fuU to the brim, and the tub was flowingnbsp;over. See Diet, citiip.

Take the gallon from under the table.

The poor people it is who are most afflicted (oppressed) by it.


-ocr page 41-

37

PREPOSITIONS.

of pê and ¦oe but a word in itself. The Diet, has nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ weak,

¦Worn, run down ” ; our word however has two syllables.

50, 50 ¦oci

5o is used with nouns not preceded by the article, but is often replaced by 50 ¦oci. go ¦oci, usually reduced to ¦oi, is the regularnbsp;form before nouns accompanied by the article, and is often treatednbsp;a simple preposition causing eclipsis when followed by the articlenbsp;and a noun in the singular, e.g., Cua’ fé 50 ¦oci ah mbAite-mup,nbsp;he went to town; but causes aspiration, if the noun begins withnbsp;c or p. If the noun is not preceded by the article, therenbsp;is no change. When followed by the article and noun in plural,nbsp;It prefixes p to the article. In pronunciation the 50 is usuallynbsp;omitted, nothing being heard but ui. Another form, jup or gup 50,nbsp;still survives in expressions for time : see under Time and Reckoning.nbsp;Note also that in the common expression, Sé uo OeAtA pA 'oêtAignbsp;I'co, the word pA stands for gup ah (50 pah).

“ Shall we have more rain ? Not till morning.”

A peApCAIHH optnjml-o A

50 U.”

1. tribei’ pé

Apipc ? ” nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ PI,'

*H'tteAquot;ó quot;Oe

So-nci-po. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Up to the present.

(All pronounced as one word, accent on 1'. Note po. Do not peo.)

'Ö’ópa'ó pé bpAOH meióg 50 quot;Oei pe cOlCCi’óeAp aó hïh aoh

1H 'OAT)’ AHOlp Alge.

5o -oei ie jAipiu-óquot;, bi pé AHnpo.

2. mbecó pé tlmp-ui 50 t)cï IcaC a’ rfiévo pin ?

pé “DéAncA AgAHi 50 ¦oci Hiél'O plH.


He used to drink a little whey up to a fortnight ago, but henbsp;cares for nothing now.

He was here up to recently.

Will it be up to about half that amount ?

I have finished it except (all to) that piece. (Of a plot ofnbsp;ground).

Ninety-eight (one hundred aJl to two).


CêA'D

50 ¦ÓA CeAHH.


It) 111.

'•quot;oip is usually contracted to ¦oip which is pronounced -oep. quot;I'he pronominal forms are eA'o''opAiHH, eA-oquot;opAit), cAc'foppA.

-ocr page 42-

28

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

’“Oef A üeiÈ ’tiA rhAjAt) (rh=w) ’f tiA ¦óAi-pi’oe (or ¦öAit^ï-pe).

“ ’Oé-]1«’0-é (cAT) é ATI JTUT) ó) ‘ ¦o-ü'OA^nAoït ? ’ ”nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ ’OefT a

üeit l-T» ÓO’OtA'Ó Y l-T) 'ÓÓIf-oaCc.”

“Oen f-AttifA Y geittl|\eAt).

tA fé 'oe|vquot;-A-tiieit ti-eAcquot;otTT'A.

Half joke, half earnest.

“ What is ¦o. ? ” “ The state betwixt sleeping and waking,”nbsp;i.e. dozing or nodding.

Both summer and winter. It is between them itnbsp;(they are much the same).

18


in.

The following are the pronominal forms : iotiauiquot;, in me ; iouac, in thee ; Ann (un) or Ann, in him, there ; ince {inquot;teh or ine-teh),nbsp;in her ; lonAinn (in-ingquot;), in us ; lonAiO {in-ivquot;), in ye or you ;nbsp;loncA (occasionally AnncA), in them.

When followed by a noun without the article, it eclipses. In pYóifce. nA Tl-inne is heard as well as i bpYóifce. In wordsnbsp;beginning with a b, both the ni and b are often heard, e.g., i mlDéAptAnbsp;is pronounced im-bayquot;or-lah.

When followed by an article and a noun in the singular, it eclipses ; if the noun begins with c or p, it aspirates, e.g., fA biop,nbsp;fA óuAti, pA pAipc, fA pott. When followed by the article and nounnbsp;in plural, it prefixes f to the article, e.g., i ptiA cfAInn.

(rn=vw) iéite

1. Ca cA'AngAt) ofm 1 (or Af) ¦oo tfiobiom (hrib-lodequot;).

IHof rnuf belt louAm.

tli fAib Ann ceACc a bAite.

trAimiT) a’ tAbAlfC nA Ainne ó bi lonAinn.

2. ÜA mé ’n-A cA'^ugA-ó (or ’n-A Aitfquot;eACAf) nAf TOin ménbsp;CAitigequot; (tha-heequot;) ne pgfi nAnbsp;jAetinne m'of ctiifge.

I sympathise with you in your trouble. Also expressednbsp;by saying, mo bfOn-fA tio bfOn-fA, “ your sorrow is mine.”

She wanted to overreach me (in a bargain), lit., “to be innbsp;me.”

He was unable • (physically unfit) to come home.

We have been speaking Irish since we were able (to speak).—nbsp;lAbAifc is understood beforenbsp;lonAinn.

I am sorry that I did not practise writing Irish soonernbsp;{lit., “ in its sorrow,” the “ it ”nbsp;referring to the remainder ofnbsp;the sentence “ nAf t)in,” amp;c.).


-ocr page 43-

29

PREPOSITIONS.

111' mi3f [moil] ¦0U1C fgiAri a mboAt) coif ¦Oiib luce cvm AjAit)

¦OO tAbAlfC Af fAltlAltC.

3. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;TIaO üncAó [longAncAO] a’nbsp;feAf é •] é belt fAii Aoif fori ?

Ca ctATin Aici-fin in Aoif a

bpOfCA.

Ca flAO A CAbAlfC cioncAC

Annfon.

4. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;'O’féAó An mA-ofA ofm aCnbsp;iiiof Cuif fé mofAn eife ftiime,nbsp;{or A tuitte ftiime) lonAm.

in’feAóquot; guf CAtArh mAic é, ni fAgAt) fé fA f-uo'Yon [oifeAtinbsp;foin] Aifigio ; bi fé in cfinbsp;ééAT) pünc fA oeife.

$eóbfA fpAfAf fA ciof At ni öptli;^fA Aon fp^fAf o’n c-ff-eAt.

5. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ Cunquot;AfCA tA cu, Anbsp;teAn bote ? ”—“ tiluife, tA ménbsp;1'A fCfAcquot;A1feACcquot;.”

lifUlt fé fA fCCAttAP 1

SctirhnAige ?

HA5quot;-miT) fA tof5 Anoif.

You require a black-handled knife to face a ghost.

Is he not a wonderful man considering that he is at thatnbsp;age ?

She has children old enough to be married.

They hold him responsible for (guüty in) that.

The dog looked at me, but did not take much further noticenbsp;of me.

Only that it was good land, so much money would not havenbsp;been bid for it; in the end, itnbsp;stood at three hundred pounds.

One can get a respite in payment of rent but not innbsp;payment of taxes.

“ How are you, poor woman ? ”—“ Just strugglingnbsp;along,” lit., in the dragging.

Is it stiU pouring down ? (Of rain).

We will go {or let us go) in quest of it now.


(In the last three examples the preposition denotes that the action expressed by the verbal noun is continuous.)

They are people who keep themselves aloof.

He was of a bashful disposition {lit., in himself, i.e., in his ways).

If he found him doing any

6. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“OAoirie loncA fém lAT) fon.

ï)i fé mAucA Aun Uéiu {un-hanequot;).

7. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;ÜA bftHgeAp fé in Aonnbsp;¦oomAifce é, óuifpeA-ó fé An damage he would summon him.

¦Dtige Aif.

He was there, Ul of fever.

Hi fé Ann fA bflAbjiAf {veequot;ar-Us),

-ocr page 44-

30

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDEISE.

10. tA •oaVB.

CAtOITI A Belt) có ’tiap BpAgAITlC 1

ÜA AD cnoc ’nAp fSAó [pgAt]. t3e[i’ö] ft 1 5A0 [1 5CA01] A1Cnbsp;n« pope A PaiBc [¦o’pAgAit].

pe

t)i mé a cu-p •pcu-x)éApA fA c-feADA-BeAn.

8. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Ca fé 1 tigiopivAéc pAipcenbsp;¦óuic.

9. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“Oo Bi 'opoC-tAicit AgAmnbsp;Atin.

tieit) riA cofquot;‘OAifi Ap tiA p’pÓlpquot;ceAÓA 50 téip, ja’ tlAOtlquot;

(5A6 Aon) ppóipce ’n A óaiUaCc héirt.

’tl-Ap BpAjAinc

I was trying to pacify the old woman.

It’s only a field away from you.

I presaged evil from it ; [cacaLL, omen, inference].

The expenses will fall on all the parishes, each one contributing according to its resouree.snbsp;(lit., quality).

He is leaving us as wise as we were.

When will you be leaving us ?

The hiU hides us from view.

She wül be qualified for a place or position.


be.

be becomes Beip before the article. When followed by a possessive pronoun beginning with a vowel, be., the pronouns a, his (hers,nbsp;theirs), Ap, ours, [B]üp, yours, it inserts an n between itself andnbsp;the pronoun ; when followed by a possessive pronoun beginningnbsp;with a consonant and ending with a vowel, be., mo, my, no, thy,nbsp;it unites with the pronoun and makes a new form :—le-m, withnbsp;my ; Be-’o, te-c, with thy ; observe that the consonants m, -o, cnbsp;remain broad.

The following are the pronominal forms :—tiom (lyum), with me (occasionally pronounced Biom in prayers, songs and somenbsp;few expressions) ; Bcac, with thee ; Beip, with him ; Bétte or Bét,nbsp;with her (the former is more emphatic) ; Brnri (ling), with us ;nbsp;BtB, with ye or you ; BeotA or Beo, with them (the former morenbsp;emphatic).nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;'

betp, followed by the article and a noun in the singular, requires eclipsis of initial consonant of noun. If the noun be not precedednbsp;by the article, and if its first letter be a vowel, ti must be insertednbsp;between Be and the noun, or else a slight pause made to separatenbsp;the vowels. If the first letter be a consonant, there is no change.

-ocr page 45-

31

PREPOSITIONS.

1. leif An nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;a t:uaih It’s of fever he died.

ré bAf.

1)1 mé rsöll^ltijte (ah-ee) te r-eAjtA 50 mbAinreAt) 'oa’oa’óo.

riin ¦oeifeAt) AjAm te-m r5t'bm5t''‘’‘éc (rsfiiöTieóireAóc).

2. ó fé a’ cArfiAinjc teif (or

a’ CArfAingC Af ATI CfiOfAI-

tieAéc).

t)A5Alr teAC ATI C-AfAt.

I was terrified lest anything might happen him.

I have not finished writing.

He is dying—drawing near to eternity.

Drive on the ass.


he is used in this way in all parts of the country. It denotes that the action of the verb is to be continued. AbAip teAc, talknbsp;on ; teATi teAC, foUow on ; it teAt, eat on. Sometimes it is likenbsp;“ just ” in English—“ just run down to your mother and say, etc.,nbsp;“ Uiot teAC flop 50 oci ¦00 rfiAtAip .nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;.”

old.

is.

up

Di s’tiéij [50 pélt)] teAC béin. tl’AipijeATin cu teAC mé ?

3. Ip pATiA 50 mbe-ofA [beAO-Pa] ja’ titnte btïAin téite.

Di 50 teop tiom-Arhquot;tA.

4. Di pAb'pAtA puAp teip A

ïlpAttA.

tAjAt) pé teip An X)amp; AippeAnn.

t^mi’ pi te n-A bAp 50 tgt;Aite nA PriónA 50 ceApc.

5. til pAib Ao’ put) te out oe.

tZi. An ct-i [ctAiOe] pin te belt AnuAp Aon tA.

Sin é An méio jpéine aca te belt Aip.

AbAip CÜ15 pAioip te b-lnncinn An |!)ApA.

Go slowly, please. (Of speech or other movement).

Do you not hear me speaking to you ?

Long till I shall be as year for year, as shenbsp;(Emphasis on buite.)

I had many like me.

Flowers were growing against the wall.

He used to come to say the two masses.

It was surely to meet her fate she came to Bade na Móna.nbsp;(Death awaited her there).

Nothing could (was likely to) escape him (his observation).

That ditch is ready (liable) to fall any day. (So also Cun innbsp;this sense.)

That is aU the sunshine it is destined to get.

Say five “ Paters ” for the Pope’s intention.


-ocr page 46-

32

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

6. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;TIaó niüi\ ATI c-üricAfnbsp;[longAticAf] teAC é fin ?

’Alt) teAc.

t)! Aifquot;e5-ut) ’tiA CA-pne (j)l. of cA^vri) ’cu 1 ni f\Aiï) Aonnbsp;teó Atin.

t)ti’ nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;t-eAC péAóAinc o-pixA.

tliot' ¦ÓAÜA tlOm ATI ÓU1tgt; eite -óe’-n AlTnfi|\ (mbocAf).

7. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;’A 5Cuifii:Ai‘öe piot'

¦pAipéAp teótA, tii óMiitiTieó-t)ïp A|\ Aintn a’ pAipéip.

8. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;t)i pé ’s ’obAip te-ti-Anbsp;óéipti (but more frequently Ap a

óéipti).

pé’p pA tlOTflAU A tléATl-pAimi'pc teip AU obAip, fcA-tuit) a’ pOtlAp ÓUU a’ bïtl.

9. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;ÜA AU jAOC [SAOt] 1 AUnbsp;peApÈAiuu te-t) Cüt.

SlAt) UA tIAOlUe gAOtlAtAOA óuip péAUAt) t p5piop teip Anbsp;UgAOtAIUU. lp Acu-pouquot; A bï 1nbsp;óim-At).

be-ru óuiruue -| te cuirhue 6luue.

10. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;fUAip pi A COpA télte AUnbsp;lAppACC pou.

ï)t teip a’ tA pou.

bioA teAC Auoip.

“ ÜA tiom.”

Don’t you consider i that wonderful ?

As you might think (’ait) for

tiAp).

They had piles of money and thought little of it.

You would like to look at them.

I would think the remainder of the time (or journey) of nonbsp;account.

If they were sent for a paper they would not remember itsnbsp;name.

He was working at his trade.

No matter how we do our work, we are in a hurry (lit.,nbsp;trotting) to our meals.

You have got both wind and rain to your back.

It was the common people who banned and extirpated thenbsp;Irish language. They had it innbsp;their power to preserve it.

As long as I or anyone remembers.

She got free on that occasion (of a rabbit).

He escaped on that day.

“ Off with you now. You are free ” (said to an animal justnbsp;untethered).

“ I have succeeded ” (of success achieved more by goodnbsp;luck than good management,nbsp;said by a man lighting hisnbsp;pipe—A5 -oeApsAA au ptopAnbsp;¦óó).


-ocr page 47-

33

PREPOSITIONS.

are

11. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;b.din An fjgiAn teif ornbsp;TiA bAin t,eif teif An fgiAn.

ï)iof A cuf bAftntinif (bawr-diquot;hin-ish) [bAff-xieiteAnAif j teif.

12. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;5eoquot;-mi’o cüriigAf anbsp;'óéAnA'ó te 5óitc [gAüAit] Annbsp;CofAln feo A 'ÓIAffACC Af Anbsp;¦Das 1 beitniT) féig ge-n-Anbsp;Ii-oóc A Ctog 1 fé.

“ IjfUlt CU [Ag] pUfAlg'-eACC le-t) cuiT) bA ? ”nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ VA mé [a^]

fUfAi5quot;eAéc teif ua bA, -] uaC otc a’ ceAfc UAC tl om lAt) ? ”

Ca nA cfi féipêit A góitc [^AbAlt] te b-AOn C-fAgAfC

ArfiAin.

13. Hi feicpA coif téiti a’ tiAinc teif a’ ¦ocAtAiti.

“ CAT) AC^ Af no ÓAfÓlJ ? ” “ If fiA muinifcte téi ’ua Annbsp;ceAnn eite.”

Don’t touch it with the knife. I was making all haste with it.

We can make a short-cut by taking this path to (towards)nbsp;the house and we shall benbsp;ready (for work after supper) bynbsp;eight o’clock or before it.

“ Are you minding your cows while they graze ? ” “I amnbsp;minding the cows, but is it notnbsp;an injustice that they are notnbsp;mine ? ”

The three churches assigned to one priest.

You would not see either of her feet touching the groundnbsp;(of a dancer).

“ What is wrong with your coat ? ”—“ One sleeve is longernbsp;than the other.”


Ö.

The following are the pronominal forms :—DuAim {wooquot;im)*, from me ; buAic, from thee ; buAig, from him ; buAice {woo”i-heh),nbsp;from her ; buAinn, from us ; buAib {wooquot;iv), from ye or you ; buAtA,nbsp;(wooquot;a hah), from them.

Ö is like T)o in regard to the aspiration and eclipsis of nouns, and like te in the insertion of n and b ; o does not aspirate the c ofnbsp;Ci§ when the latter is followed by a noun in the genitive, e.g.,nbsp;Ó Cl’ m’ AtAf ; Ó, forming one syllable with the article, usuallynbsp;aspirates the noun in the singular beginning with c or p.

1. Ca fé Ó ¦óOlriféAf—ó nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;He is out of dangef now.

’^-^ojAt—(b=vw) Anoif.

Ca fé Ó f5-eit [fsoit] Anoif. He is not in school now (left

for a time, or permanently).

Sometimes tn broad.—McS.

-ocr page 48-

34

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

Cuift fé letati 611^15 nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;4

f-At) . nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;.

2. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;bu’ thAiü ó’n rtiAigifceA-pnbsp;{moyshquot;tur) é -óéAnAt).

t)u’ rilAlt UA1C üeAÓC.

biotitl ATI C-At1A-^eACAf [Al^e] ö’ti tnbAi-ntie óun nA géu^ióó |'é.

3. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;bi jlAlï) AOtl C-fAgAflC óti’nbsp;pATTA Ó-Tl-A JCmteACCA [cUIT)-eAÓCA],

lp rriAlt a’ CAITIAtt Ó Ó-1T1 [poin] Atioip ó tAini[5] pé Tici atinbsp;A1C peo.

tóiccA [or tócpA, i.e., tö^pA] é öeit ’tiA pAjApc p’póipce

CAtTlAfL bUAIC.

He sent a letter saying . . .

It was kind of the teaeher to do it.

It was good of you to come.

Milk requires great care to prevent it from turning sour.

No priest kept more aloof from them.

It’s a long time ago now since he came here.

You might mistake him for a parish priest when some distancenbsp;away from you.


•ROirh.

¦Roitti (roy) or poittie {rivquot;eh) compounded with personal pronouns, takes the following forms :—•Rtim=porhArTi, before me ; püc=porhAc, before thee ; poirhe or pOlg, before him ; puimpe ornbsp;p01fnpe=poimpe, before her; ptiAiTin=póftiAiun, before us;nbsp;porhAit), before ye or you; pompA=pómpA, before them. Thenbsp;West Munster form poimip is never heard.

¦Roirfi, followed by a noun without the article, makes no change. ¦Roirn, followed by the article and noun in the sing., usuallynbsp;eclipses ; but often aspirates if noun begins with c or p.

When followed by the article and noun in plural, the article takes p.

¦Oé’-n ’ait) 0 jtATiAg pOIttl {rye) pin lAt) ?

Ip ‘Oóc’ 50 pAIÖ 1Tltipquot;cAp [mópcAp] müp 1 gCopcA’nbsp;pOlltl’n (rine) pi.

”00 óAitCAp btüipin -oe peAnA-U'on ¦00 CAiteAtfi AntiApnbsp;AP UA pottipAtA te eAgtA pOltilnbsp;pnA rtiA’opAi’óe.” “ Ö, pin cóipnbsp;rfiAit CofAncA oppA ! ”

How long before that were they cleaned ?

I suppose there were great doings (decorations, etc.) in Corknbsp;to receive the king.

“ I had to throw a piece of old netting over the flowers fornbsp;fear of dogs.” “ That’s a goodnbsp;way to protect them ! ”


-ocr page 49-

35

PREPOSITIONS.

.dn ófoi’óe dn c-lm dóe Cdjdnn uï) (not oov but uv)nbsp;cit\ce fOlttl (roy).

tli -pdiü (reh) fé mdit {roy).

Butter gives ease, to the heart, but a hen-egg do^^ more.

He had not been well previously.


tAR.

This preposition is pronounced tedp, rhyming with pedp. Combined with the personal pronouns, it has the following forms :— tedpquot;nm = tedpm, beyond me ; cedpquot;uc=tedpc, beyond thee ; gt;nbsp;tdipquot;if, beyond him ; toipne, tóipp'oi=tdipfcei' beyond her ;nbsp;tedpdinn or teipquot;inn=tdpdintl, beyond us; tedpdiï)=tdpdiï),nbsp;beyond ye or you ; tofod, tópfcd=tdpfd, beyond them.

Üdp, followed by a noun without the article, does not aspirate (according to Tlópd ni Cinnéme) if the noun denotes an objectornbsp;place by which one passes, e.g.^ dg góitc fcdp jedcd, cdp tndód ;nbsp;tdp always aspirates, when it means “ far surpassing,” e.g.,nbsp;Seirnped* tdp geirhped-O, a winter exceeding all others in severitynbsp;so too, when it means “ over ” : dj téim tdp ótdine ; when followed:nbsp;by article and noun in the singular it eclipses,

1. Cud[i'ó] fé tdp cedt.

He went beyond the usual time.

(Of one who was a long time appears to mean “need” ornbsp;cedt, a glass too much.)

CudOdp dtndc tdp (or dp) bdite.

2. tTlA Oionti c« d goitc [SdO^dit] tdp bpdi-o [Opd$d, ƒ.,nbsp;the neck, bosom ; front of house,nbsp;as here] d’ ci [cije] inmu, jtdo-gnbsp;dp tno Opógd.

til $eópd ifcedó óujdm ’p cu ^ Soitc tdp bpdin [bpdjdi'o].nbsp;rii tfiópdTi (rh=v) dipmp •Otuc é.

Sb’ pé [$db pé] Cdpm.

preparing for a profession. Cedt “ proper amount ” ; jtome tdp

They left home.

If you happen to be passing the house to-day, call for mynbsp;boots.

You wouldn’t call in to see me, although you were passing.nbsp;by the house. It meant no longnbsp;journey for you. ,

He passed me by.


-ocr page 50-

36

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

3. Ati ótoó TiA beitiitnit),

fSAoïUmit) tAf\|VAiTin u

C«5 fê téim AfnAó a gcl-i [ctdi'öe].

4. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;An quot;OorhnA f o ’meig teijnnnnbsp;[imcig CAittinn].

Ca fi CAp AOt)' A pÓfCA.

Tli pAib tjut tAipip fin A1C1.

5. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Siuc tAj\ oiAée.

Utpse tA)i oiAóe, An c-uifge ceAj\c óun cé 'óéAnAP.

ÜA nibAA é {muK'yay) An pAgA-pc béin [péin] é, bïonnnbsp;ininn [nieon] niof 'oetpe ’5enbsp;cwiT) Acu Af\ bpeip cAj\ A óéibe.

6. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;CAjAifiiAnn [cAgpAijeAnn]

pon *00 pnA pAgAipc 1 nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;[’oo]

bpeif tAp éinn’ eite.

7. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“Oa nibeAA a peAóc n-ipiDnbsp;[n-oipeA-o] fAiti^e [foiti$e]nbsp;Ajjuf miAfA Ap, An. mbóT't) pAn Apnbsp;ntAirom püpi, léipe.oéAinn üApmnbsp;lAt) 1 ngioppAóc Aimpip[e].

Cüipi’ pi [éottiAipig pi] tóipp'oi nA pA5AipcA;öi pA Tlinn te cpinbsp;ptófo btiATiAtn.

Let us dismiss a topic on which we do not choose tonbsp;speak Qit. let us pass by anbsp;stone we do not take up).

You have skipped (omitted) it.

He leaped out over the fence.

Last Sunday.

She is beyond marriageable age.

She could get no further than that (of story-telling or literally).

Frost that has lasted over night.

Water that has been kept standing over night is the propernbsp;water for tea.

Even amongst priests there are differences of temperament.nbsp;Some are of gentler dispositionnbsp;than others.

That applies to priests more than to anyone else.

Though ever so many more, cups and dishes were awaitingnbsp;me on that table in the morning,nbsp;I would clear them all off {lit.nbsp;clear them past me) in less thannbsp;no time.

She named {lit. counted), one after another, all the priests whonbsp;had been in Ring within a periodnbsp;of sixty years.


toippm in the last example expresses the idea of a series, as though the priests passed across her mind, one after another.

-ocr page 51-

37

PREPOSITIONS.

Second-hand clothes (clothes already handled or used).

Hand-stacks and knee-stacks.


8. éA'OAije tAf tAirh {or Ait-CAitce).

SCACAÏ CAfl iAirh AgUf fCACAÏ StMTl.


The hand-stack is made without a ladder by the hand alone, by “ handling ” ; the knee-stack being higher is completed by anbsp;man kneeling above and receiving the sheaves from some onenbsp;below.

cneAsriA.

See under Compound Prepositions for some important phrases.

C'peAfUA UA CAtuTi [cAtrhATi]. Across the country.

Hi ttic-pAt) fé ct'eAi'TiA offA. He would not interrupt (interfere with, contradict) them.

cnf.

The following are the pronominal forms ciAiom, through me ; c^ioc, through thee; c^iT), through him; cpite, through her ;nbsp;cnirm, through us ; cfiO, through ye or you ; cf^iotA, throughnbsp;them.

Cfii followed by the article and noun in singular becomes cfvit).

He would interrupt my story with another.

The earth produces every kind of herb.

To put dripping on it (of


ÜAiffiTigeóC’ fé fgéAt eite Cfi-o AH fséAt A öéitm a ’-nifiric.

t)iouTi 5A-riAonquot; fófc tuig [tuio] a’ fAf Cfixi a’ ¦OCAtAfh.nbsp;SótAC A Ctlf CflT).


vegetables).

um.

Rarely heard except in a few phrases. Af is used instead to translate, e.g., ‘ he put on his coat,’ étiif fé a óAfós Aif.

[ÜA mé A5 cuif 1-mumquot;, or A5 cuf umumquot;, I am putting on my clothes—similarly for other persons, the quality of the first letternbsp;in prep. pro. varpng according as the speaker uses cuip or cu-p ;nbsp;thus we have lomucquot; umucquot;, Impe oimpe, imij; uimij, and so

on.—0’C.l

-ocr page 52-

38

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

tlfn tjvdttióTiA, at evening; tim C^ifg, at Easter; utn tlo’otaig, at Christmas (sometimes curiously pronounced em-ruVlug*) ¦,nbsp;iLeaO ’mA teAó=half and half—an important phrase, ’rriA—um a,nbsp;half on its half ; ’mA tuAice {looquot;a-heh) : ja’ tiAon freAp ’mA tuAitenbsp;Ap tuipge A mbeAt) quot;oeipeAt) Aige teip, every man making allnbsp;haste (at his swiftest) to see who should be finished with it first.nbsp;(The explanation of teAC ’tnA teAC has been taken from Dr. R.nbsp;Foley’s edition of Fitzgerald’s Poems)*’’'.

Note.—^The reader should make a list of the prepositions which, when combined with the article, form one syllable and- aspiratenbsp;initial c or p of a noun in the singular.

* Dr. H. attributes change to the influence of n, and compares gpii for gtió, and, as an instance of the opposite change, -omiire for npiiipe.—I havenbsp;heard cpuic for cmuc and CoppACCAC for CotiuACCAc.

** Also editor of Donnchadh Ruadh’s Poems referred to at foot of

p. 26.

-ocr page 53-

PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES.

ATItl, AS : If fOAff Aim iia

¦Af é.

Ve, tAmiS : nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;111' be-T)-fA

Atm fé TtA tAlfIf.

Better to have it than to be without it.

I will not be there before or after.


The following phrase headings are arranged in alphabetical order :—

In that way they would be really right (in their opinions,nbsp;conduct).

A place for a bell.

For the day.

A^AIt!) : Sm é rtiAf a Ueiuif Af A n-A$Ai-ó {nye) tiA óeAfc.

Aic te it-AgAit) (^ee) ct-15.

be tli [UAgAlp] ATI tAe.

(When AjAvó is preceded by a possessive pronoun, mo, -oo, etc., it is pronounced eye : e.g., te m’ AgAit) {lem-eyequot;), “ for my purpose,nbsp;to suit my purpose”—te ri-Af u-AgAit) (len-awr-nighquot;) “for ournbsp;purpose.”

It is pronounced ee, only in te tiAgAitgt;.

Cao te n-A AjAi-ó é ? nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;What is it for ?

t)AA •0015 teAc guf te ti-Af You’d fancy it was just for u-AjATó CAmig Au fioc.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;our convenience the frost came

(sarcastic).

Airit)eÖ111 : t)i CÜ A f-uC [^it] 1 c-mitim [1 -D’AUToeom].

If gAifit) 50 gcAitfijt)] mé é hAiteAtti [nJuAim T)om-mitim.

b6quot;li-A1S : “ TIa fAiö fiof quot;00 bAojAit AgAc ! ”nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ niiotmA é

pu, if -ooC ? ” nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ “Öé ttiuife,

¦oé AU éifCAóc é tequot;n-Aif miomi-5 eite ! ” (or caoi te, i.e., caoO te,nbsp;also feoóAf).

You were running in spite of yourself.

I shall very soon have to lay it aside in spite of myself.nbsp;(1 m’mmm, will also do.)

“May you not know the length, or .character, of yournbsp;life ! ”nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ That’s a curse, I

suppose.” “Ah, what is it compared with others ! ”

the

(be riAif means “beside” or “near to,” coif-cAoO also bears

same meanings. We do not say 1 u-Aice tia ceme, but te

cme.—Note that in te tiAif the

HAif tia cme or coif cAoti accent is on the te).

39

-ocr page 54-

40

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

1 ï)A1Tl ? “Oé ATI [cAt) é ATi] iieAfTc AtA 5e’ri teAnü Ai-p nuAijrnbsp;TiA cuiireAim cü i OAi-p (ï)=v) ai^tnbsp;é ?

“Oa öptllji-oif -p-tiT) [oineAt)] te püinciri biopAin ne ftAóA|Tnbsp;[fAtAóA-ir] Ap A gceipce, óui|t-piTTif 1 OAi-p tiipp’ é {eh-ray”).

¦Ru’dquot;-él51 tic a bi -pé a óup

1 bAip

¦pé ï)tlT1 ; T\a jApptUTi ti. Of {ass) ctoTiri pe'-btiAptiA-béASnbsp;nti fé Ti-A bTtri.

CÓ15 fé Bttri 00 óiifAim é.

1 jCCAnn : nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;1 gceAtiri ha

feAéquot;cAiTie.

tteni tiA bfógA féfó (ray-ig) ASAtn Tiuic 1 sceAtin cfi t-i.

t)i ft 11A fufóe Af tAifftnn ATI ¦Otltflf [oofAlf] Af ITIAfo’n ;

1 sceATiTi HA boniée {heequot;heh), bi fi c’f étf bAif.

t)i mé tfcig 1 ‘oo óeAHH.

Ah T)orhHA bi ’ha Coahh CAf fé AbAite.

tluAif bCAp Of o’ Almfif ’n-Af gceAHH.

Culf HA fUOAi beAgA fOH 1

SCéAHH A ééite.

How can the child help it, since you do not caution himnbsp;{lit., put it as an obstacle onnbsp;him).1

If they found as much as a pin’s-point of dust on theirnbsp;clothes, they would find faültnbsp;with her for it.

Something which he was warning them against.

Boys over sixteen years or under.

Disinterest yourself in it (or him). The opposite idea is expressed by jtAC ctifAm ahh ornbsp;¦oéAH CtifAm ¦oe.

By the end of the week.

I will have your boots ready for you in three days.

In the morning she was sitting on the threshold ; by nightfallnbsp;she was dead.

I was in (came in) immediately after you.

The following Sunday he returned home {lit. “ the Sundaynbsp;approaching him”).

When bad weather would be coming (“ approaching us ”).

Put all these little things together.


1

Probably same as 1 bpAtc, see first sentence, first of Maynooth Sermons.— •M-C S.—See Diet, pit ; but bAtp or bpïif may really come from Englishnbsp;‘ aware.”

-ocr page 55-

41

PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES.

Car CeATItl : nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;mbeA-ó

(fhriss) mo rhAtAif 1 ’a mbe^t) fi é belt c^b^^t^nbsp;’ci, tAbAf^Ainn tAfi A ceAtiri é.

OS Cionri : m iiAib ré ’ha

éo’obA'ó or (ass) cioriTi a óotriA.

tlin Ao’ rwo A ¦otib or ciotiti meAbquot;rAó ortA AÓ r^S-AT'bnbsp;béArtA quot;oo •óreircmc Ar ahnbsp;o-c-tóir [also obcóir or Atcóir]-

ÜA mo CtAHH 50 béif A5 imteAóc bUAim [uAim] ; tA r^nbsp;¦01AH mA bioHH élHHe ’ch ornbsp;CIOHH mo élHH AH bA ‘OéAHAé.

CtlR Cirin : tA ré •oeió

rS'bblHJ ’r •OAtA‘0 éUH CIHH 1 mbtiAHA 1nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;['oo] breir ¦^r

AHUrA[lt)].

1 gcoititie: tA AH sr’^Ti '

ScoiHHe ¦00 fiiite.

’tiA éoiHHe r’n Arirc.

OS coirine: or («««) a

éoiHiie, or or (ass) a tomAir-

'OeAbltlCA [1 ¦oceAHHCA] : quot;DeAHHCA HA ITIAirce.

T)eAHHCA HA bAice r^o. quot;OeAHHCA AH eA'o''orrA.nbsp;“OeAHHCA AH C-Am rO (tgt;o)nbsp;bblAIH.

If my mother were bound (by vow, or otherwise) to makenbsp;a pilgrimage, and if she failednbsp;to do so, I would make it onnbsp;her behalf.

He was not asleep over his body, he was wide awake (of anbsp;sharp-witted man).

Nothing passes their comprehension so much as to see an English-speaking priest atnbsp;the altar.

My children are all leaving me ; it wül go hard if there benbsp;even one of them to stand overnbsp;me, looking down at me, andnbsp;lamenting me, on my dying day.nbsp;La 'oéAHAó may refer also to thenbsp;wake or to the day when thenbsp;coffin is about to be closed.

He has improved on his proceeds (contributions, amp;c.) ofnbsp;last year by fifty shillings.

The sun is in your eyes.

Again, on the other hand.

Opposite to him, or in his presence.

About Tuesday.

About this neighbourhood. About dinner time.

About this time of year.


(This must be carefully noted. It is very common. It is the same as the following, and means “ close to,” as if from verbal

-ocr page 56-

43

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

noun ce^iitiATi, “ to stretch.” The phrase then means “ in a tight pressing with,” i.e., “ close to.”)

CuipeA-Oxip 1 gcóip 1 ¦oceAnticA They arranged amongst them-


’céite.

pé n’OGA'R ; tiiop tug mé pé Ti-oeAf fó-óptllnn i.

quot;OO ’O6AS5A ; ÜU5 féiopeAf {issquot;thus) [ofOAf] ¦oo’fi mbitütiAónbsp;1 eubpAigeAexip gup eo ¦óeApjAnbsp;lopeAf no t.dt!)Aipc ¦oo’ri npe^pnbsp;fon gup tié [supö é] bu’nbsp;•óioncAó te-n-A öa [bAtiAp)].

1 ti’OIATÓ or AS quot;OlAlt) ; ip .AttltA[l'ó] A PSpiAp Atl teicip peonbsp;a6 imteACu 1 rieiAi5 {neequot;ig)nbsp;mo ólfin.

“ hélg AU pAieip ¦ÓéATlAÓ.—

Hi bi pit) 1' AÓ ATI ceAtm ’tia TnAig {deequot;ig) pin Apipc.”

1 m'A’n Aippinn [1 nniAiP)] TieipcAp An pAiepin.

Ap (or Aip) eiAiA A óéite.

tjpuit An J^otAinn a’ eub 1 TmiA[iA] eeipit) ?

selves.

I did not observe her very closely.

He gave hospitality to the scoundrel, and they said thatnbsp;his getting drowned wasnbsp;attributable to his having donenbsp;so.

I wrote this letter without stopping to think (headlong).

“ Read the last prayer.—No. That’s not it. The one afternbsp;that.”

The Rosary is said immediately after mass. Tap éip means after ” but not immediatelynbsp;after.

In succession.

Is Irish decaying ?


(Note.—If noun referred to be masculine, the -o of neipit) ¦should be aspirated.)

t)ionn A gcinmne [aj] ¦oni 1 Their meinory (i.e., the ¦nniA A sent.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;memory of old people) is ever

going back to the past.

ÜAR ’ORUim or xgt;e ¦óptnm, see Nouns ¦opuim.

éA($)tTlA1S : This word has the following forms for the different persons :—T)om éAgmAip, without me ; tioc é., without thee ;nbsp;•04 bé., w. her ; X)a é., w. him ; -oAp n-é., w. us ; -onp n-e., w. you ;

-ocr page 57-

EP


43

PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES.

*da n-é., w. them. Instead of éAiriAif in the plural forms, UAp n-tmif, -outv n-u., are more common ; i Ti-imip=iu a tmip is alsonbsp;Used for “ without, besides him,” aU these are from longnAip,nbsp;u distinct word.

CApAp [cAitpAp] pocAt. eite Ueit Ann ua unip pin.


There must be some other word instead of that.


This place is in need of many

©ASTIAth : Ip nui pun tA’n CApnAtfi (na8squot;itmv) Ap An aic things,nbsp;peo.

He is dead, has just died.

He was ordained priest a

LAR éis : La pé c’p’éip ÖAip {(3= w or v).

Xgt;o tnn-Aj [-oeineA-ó] pAgApc ¦De bti'Ain c’p’éip pAjApc AcaiiaP year after me.nbsp;t)5om-pA.

Irish is wonderful after all.

Ip üncAó i An ^AotAinn c’p’éip S^-tiAoquot; -put) [5AÓ Aon].nbsp;t)’éip is also used

All pGAO : Ca pi aua- She is very friendly as far as a

UiUinceAptA (rh=vw) Ap peA['ó] casual conversation is concerned, cicim ipceAó A5 (no óun) cAIncnbsp;têite.

1 é'pei’Óm : nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ ‘Ouipig An “ The dog started a rabbit.”

uiATipA coinin -) no p-u6 [p-ut] “ Did he succeed in catching

nA ui-ij [t)iAiti].” “ Ap ÓUA him ? ” nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ No.”

[cuAip] pé 1 üpGlm [peiftm]

Alp ? ” nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ tiiop ÓUAI5.”

I am constantly compelling


’O’friACAlD : t)im


A cup A


¦öiAóAip {ijeequot;oGh-ur) [u’piAéAib] (at its putting of obligation on


him) him to speak Irish.


Alp 5. t)0 tAbAIpC.


1 OTOCAIU : ÜU1C a’ piopAipe The piper fell down the cliff ; f-eip A OpAItt ; 1 bpoóAip é öa he was killed as well as drowned.

[b^pAp], rnAipi5equot;A5 [tfiAipbig-éAp] é.

(Instead of 1 üpoóAip tiom, amp;c., say i-m pocAip, amp;c.)

-ocr page 58-

44

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

AR pUAIT) : SiAT) tiA pfVAC-i 1f peA'PT' Af\ ptlAIT) TIA ll^lc’ lAT),nbsp;tA fVAOt a’ ÓtoC A-fV a’ mApjAt)nbsp;O'Pt'A.

“Oo ÓUAI5 ATI ÖACAóquot; A|\ pUAIt) TIA ¦ocigte.

They are the best potatoes about the place, they are sixpence a stone in the market.

The beggar went from house to house.


(t)ACAó meaning a lame man or a beggar accents its last syllable, but in the genitive bACAig the accent is on the first syllable ; ïiacaónbsp;when used as an adjective, meaning lame, also accents in thenbsp;same way).

ï)i AppCiTi ep-te [uippi] TiipeAe ITIAp A beAt) fi Ap pUAIT) A Cl.

She wore an apron just as though she were in (going about)nbsp;the house.


“ lAppAimi'o Ap A ‘oüijeApuA pülueAp [puAirfiTieAp] pioppAitie -j pAtlApC UA OptAlceAf no tAbAipC ¦o’AUArn ttlAipO, ppUJATIOipeACCnbsp;ATI -ooniAin -] 50 pó ppeipiA-tce d’AnAtTiACA a’ rhU Itictp {tti=w)nbsp;AtA Ap puAi-o A p-itij {rillig) peo -] no 5AC u-aoti a ftpuit pé n’nbsp;eit)ti5-.5iin oppAiTiTi 5iii-óAiuc oppA.”

(Prayer said at Mass before making the announcements).

jeAtb : CAn iTiAp geAti Ap a’ rriAnpA a JeAttAip nom 1

TIa bi A nut Ag lApACc Ap élnne WAp geAtt Ap a beAgAn anbsp;PAbAppA Ap CeATIU.

t!)i pé. geAtt te beiü cicim.

“ An pAib CÖ gopcigte ? ”—¦ “ t)A geAtt teip nom.” {or, ui

pAlb AUU AÓ pou.)

AR 5^'A'Ó : Ap gpAn lAn A Pup ’n A pcAn.

IT) llJIb : npuit cu iu luit éuu nut A bAite ?

TIi pAib pé in lüit Ap téim a CAbAipc.

ÜA An eópnA in niiit Ap 1 ceAngAt.

What about the dog you promised me 1

Don’t go borrowing of anyone for the sake of the little younbsp;should have to pay for one.

He was on the point of falling,

“ Were you injured ? ”—“ I had a narrow escape.”

For the sake of stopping them (in their quarrel).

Are you ready to go home ?

He was not able to jump.

The barley is fit for binding ; capable of being bound.


-ocr page 59-

45

PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES.

(Note that in itiit Cun means ‘ capable of.”)

Cuippinn in itiit no.

tun

pAoipinin n’BIpc-Atc.

V/dlTl Lamp; [tAiiti te] : nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;pé

tAin te Oeit cpAijce.

bAtAlU : ï)i fé 1 tAtAip nA gt;1-UAÓCA [unACc].

t)iof 1 tAtAip nA cAince pin.

tinil ; t)i pé Ap tinn nut

tgt;u’ rhAit é te tinn ppAinneAó.

(Ap tinn means “ at the time tinn means “ during the time.”)

Ap Linn nom péin öeit aj 6^1pi [éipje] puAp.

Ap tinn ’p pinn Ag ©Ipi [êipje] puAp nüinn.

Ap tinn nA tiuAipe pm.

Ap tinn nA gpéine nut pé.

Cuip 1 5c4p, cu tteit je’n ‘tpoióeAn Ap tinn ’p anbsp;t-AippeAnn a’ cupnti, pénbsp;quot;tcpoippA An péipéAt, beAt) Annbsp;tcAOAp Aipquot;cpAi5Ce {ashffhrah-heh).

ï)i pé Ap tinn ceAóc a öAite.

Ap tinn A nA Ouitte néAg.

Ap tinn ’p c 4 nAitc [P PAgAlt].

tllAIC© : t)t Ap rhAite te tmn Acu -| Ip nói teó [nóignbsp;'quot;to] gup a’ coóApAip Ap nonbsp;‘^tipcUn tiéin A tJeinpA.

“ready to,” and in niit Ap,

I would let him know. (As a threat).—See Diet. undernbsp;inneAitiAit and mt.

It is almost low water.

He was present when the will was being made.

I was present at that conversation.

He was just in the act of going to hear confessions.

It might be useful in time of need (often in sarcasm).

,” or “ at the first moment”; te

At the time when I was growing up.

At the time when we were growing up.

At that time.

At the time of sunset.

Suppose you were at the bridge just when Mass wasnbsp;commencing, before you couldnbsp;reach the church, the booknbsp;would have been changed.

He was just about coming home.

Just at twelve o’clock.

Just as he was in the act of getting it (at the very moment).

Some of them, though you mean well by them, imaginenbsp;that you are trying to bringnbsp;grist to your own mill (windingnbsp;on your own spool).


-ocr page 60-

46

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

ge

¦oo

lieATlC : Üi, All c-iApfiATin 5tveAX)-l.AfCA Le neA-pc ceipquot;-meAó T1A tiAimpipe.

Ca cuitci Ap TiA bóitpe TieApC TIA peAptATinA.

ni öpUIJnn'fc ATI copp Cup be neApc pïACA cpAtin.

¦Réin : togA-OAp -o’péip ¦o-eAtAT) [-oaCat)] peipeóg quot;óenbsp;bAppA (0=w) riA btiAtiA po.

tl’peip rtiAp A beiPpA A p-Ap ‘ A-O-U ’ beAP PO ptjp Anbsp;CAotujAP ; 1 miAip A üeiPpA anbsp;p-Ap ‘ e-1,’ üeAp ¦oo teATijAnbsp;’5’ Ap’OUgAp Óuri ¦00 ÓApAbAlt.

Iliti Ao’ pluc pbAÓAip pATl [eJópriA tA ’5e ; tA pi geAt ;nbsp;tA A rheACCAin itice -| cuige X)Anbsp;péip ; pUAip pé ATI büA[ó] ip TtlÓnbsp;Tlippi.

CPOt) : OiPCe jélltlpiP coip CAob TIA ceine.

ll’peA’OAp Ap [iTijnip Tné Puic 1 PEAoï) A temp A Puip pé Apnbsp;a’ bpAipéAp 1

The iron is mad-hot owing to the extraordinary dryness ofnbsp;the weather. (The reference wasnbsp;to a hot axle).

The roads are flooded owing to excessive rain.

We could not bury the corpse (i.e., dig the grave) owing tonbsp;the great tangle of tree-roots.

They reared up to forty pullets as this year’s produce.

When pronouncing ‘ a-o-u/ the opening of the mouthnbsp;becomes smaller and smaller;nbsp;when pronouncing ‘ e-i ’ thenbsp;tongue rises by degrees towardsnbsp;the palate.

His barley is quite free from weeds ; it is white and heavy,nbsp;with straw in proportion ; he gotnbsp;the top price for it.

A winter’s night beside the Are.

I wonder if I told you about the letter he had in the newspaper ?


(1 ¦ocAob, like 50 ¦oci, is treated as a simple preposition, and may take an accusative case.)

’Tie cuppAi geApAiTi tA ’5e cAo’ teip TIA nAoiTie bpuit anbsp;gCUIT) Apüip [ApbAip] CAiCCe Apnbsp;a’ C-pp-eA [ppAlt] ACU ?

What reason has he to complain in comparison with those whose corn is lying in thenbsp;swath ?


-ocr page 61-

PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES.

Üiof AtiA-öAoC [bui'óeAó] quot;oe

' 'DCAot) ATI nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;A üeit A5Arn

peAg [tl] tiA ViuAife A bi fï ÖUAim [uAitn],

‘Oao (dhay) [i ticAoü] rriAfi

Ca mé caoi [caoö] teif. tli öé [ö’aoti] i^ut) é I'm caoinbsp;oitióe tiüriAt) ATI rhifmm.

“Oé ATI tii-riAit (ïgt; = v) riAó i

¦öAo [i TicAot)] te ceAtin ArfiAiTi (rh=v).

111 Cuifpit) fé AmAé ¦OAO teif ¦ATI méno fiTi to.

¦Oé (i tiCAoïtt) ÓIAK Oe : VUlgpA é f-A’ó Of monbsp;'^ottiAif ; 5ATI A belt A f-A’ó tiénbsp;^'Af -olom ?

tltnC6/Al,t : timpeAt aii c-Am fo tó.

47

I was very thankful to him for being allowed to keep {Ut.^nbsp;for having) the book whilst Inbsp;required it. (For fem. pronounnbsp;referring to leAbAp, sae introduction to Nouns).

According to what I hear. (But probably ¦oao is here anbsp;contraction of •00 péip).

I am beside it.

That was nothing compared with the night of the closing ofnbsp;the mission.

It would not matter only that she is depending on one alone.

He won’t send you away depending merely on thatnbsp;amount.

Could you not say it in my presence 1 Why do you say itnbsp;when my back is turned.

About this time of day.


(C. often takes the accusative.)

11a curhpfAin timpeAt opfAiun. The neighbours round about

us.

ERaSIIA [thrassquot;-nah) : t)u’ A rhAit Póib ’a mbeA’ónbsp;*^OfATI te CpAfTIA A -OlAppAtCnbsp;UA Cl gee.

Ca CtApAtA te epAfUA 1 ’'^opAp bpipce AmAó Aip.

It would be a great advantage for them if they had a pathnbsp;across the breadth (of the field)nbsp;leading to their houses.

There is a wooden partition, and a door has been broken out.nbsp;(in the room).


-ocr page 62-

48

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

'CA nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;cAUfUMTigte te

C^fTlA ATI C-feAtrijVA Anti.

t)i' tine óAitce Aft pAfo An uittAi|t ipur-lawrquot;) Aguf tinenbsp;eite te ctiAfnA Aifv.

There is a screen (drawn) across the room.

There was a chalk line along the length of the floor, andnbsp;another across the width.


{Note ;—citeAfnA, without te, is used with verbs of motion ; te cfteAfnA is used with verbs of measurement and in cases suchnbsp;as the above where the meaning is “ corresponding to the widthnbsp;or identical with it ”).

-ocr page 63-

NOUNS.

DECLENSIONS.—-As a general rule, the cases in the singular . are the same as those found in the ordinary grammars ; but innbsp;the second declension, the dative is frequently used both as nominative and dative, e,.g., coif {kush), cfoif {krish), cig, instead of cof,nbsp;Cfof, ceAó ; muic for muc is heard in D^ite ua ugAtl but notnbsp;elsewhere in our district; less frequently perhaps the nominativenbsp;Is used for the dative, as ¦oeoó for ¦015 ;—-note also similar instancesnbsp;m other declensions, such as 00 for bom, beAu for mnAoi, CAtArhnbsp;for cAtrhAm.

In the plural, the nominative often takes an extended form, which is used for the other cases also, e.g., p^iipcpeACA, cAirhAiucinbsp;(from pAifc and cAtAiti) ; when the nominative has its ordinarynbsp;form, so too has the genitive, but bA as gen. pi. of bo is a remarkablenbsp;exception (o’ ua mbA instead of o’ tia mbó) ;—feAf, gen. pi. isnbsp;regular, though the nom. fCAfAib is not.

GENDER.—few nouns are masculine in the nom. and feminine In the gen., e.g., cAtArii iuaiC, bAffA ua CAtrhAU,—¦otige iuaic,nbsp;cofoAf UA ¦otige,—^Au erne ¦oaouua, Af you ua ciue quot;oaouua.

Personal pronouns do not always follow the gender of the nouns for which they stand. beAbAf, pAipéAf, AfbAf are masculine,nbsp;yet pronouns referring to them are feminine. We say of corn,nbsp;ca 50 teof f’bACAif luce, ‘ there’s a lot of weeds in it,’ or of anbsp;book, ¦00 fCfAC fé Au bt-og Aifce, ‘ he tore the leaf out of it.’nbsp;Amipip, although feminine, takes a masculine pronoun; tAnbsp;teA-ptAiuu go teop néAncA Aige—pAu go uibei-O au ciu6 [ciot]nbsp;tou cAitce Alge—-’a -pAgAt) AU gAot poip Aip. In these examples,nbsp;the weather appears to be identified with a personal agent; innbsp;the last example the wind appears to be represented as gettingnbsp;rgt;ut of his control, ‘ if it should turn east on him.’ We also say,

c-éAu ti’im-Oig Ap ‘DO Dopu, ip DiocAip bpeit uipti, although ^Au is not feminine.

ApAC, a dwarf.

gen. ADAII, pi. Abu-iuCA {ownquot;yuch-ah), f. a river.

For pi. cf. couu.

^^bAITlTI, the sacred host.

49

D

-ocr page 64-

50

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

At)tÓ11lT: [AüAt-jofc], an orchard. (tlOAVt is an apple ; AüAlt, an apple tree.—De H.).

[ACfAtin], entanglement, close connection ; ca AóApAnn teif An njAotAinn aC nin Aon $eAt-A jpAt) Aige quot;öi,nbsp;he is deep in Irish (is saturated with Irish) but he has nonbsp;affection for it; ua ¦oc-ucpAt) fé óun AóAfAinn ¦ouic, if henbsp;were to fall foul of you.

ACpAlfltl1 (p silent), means, resources, strength : ua m’Acpuinn ¦oom é (rn’=rnbut)), if I could afford it; nin pé Ap [a] Acpuinn,nbsp;he cannot afford it (it is not according to his means) ; niopDnbsp;AcpAinn ¦oom cAitteAttiAinc teip, I could not afford to lose bynbsp;it ; óua’ mé tAp m’ ACpAtnn téite, I went beyond my meansnbsp;with it (said by one who has overworked a sore eye) ; Cua’ pénbsp;Cap [a] AcpAinn, he strained himself.

ACtATl, a disaster, catastrophe, as in following : 11a bi a’ oeAUAii Aon AótAin oe, do not try to make it out a great loss ; ipnbsp;mup a’ c-ACti.n é, it is a serious mishap ; oo béA-ö “ AótAn,”nbsp;oA mbéA’ó An c-ApAt aj obAip Ap tpi cop (usually coip),nbsp;“ AótAu ” would arise, if the ass were working lame. (OCtAn,nbsp;a cry, weeping.—De H.).

AC-nfquot; [ACCuinge], favour : -ö’iApp An c-CApbog a. Aip, the bishop asked a f. of him.

ACIIA, advantage; acquot;apaC, useful.

ACC, arrangement, agreement: pin é An c-aCc acA ’cu, that is the contract between them.

At) Ape, pillow; bAp te b-AAApe, death in bed and without violence (a rare expression—It will be found in Keating).

A'ÓmA’D, wood : bAin a. Ap, pick a meaning out of it.

A'ÖpSAinc (eyequot;skirt), competition, contention : nA cAlDp in a. teip. DiouAp in ADpcAipc, Ap rhuttAi Cinn Ap a Ceite, theynbsp;were engaged in a scrimmage.

AeK (almost ire), the atmosphere, the heavens : CA ah pé Ap An Acp. Good speakers say that ppéip cannot be applied to thenbsp;sky at night. Spéip is the sky illumined by the sun. (“ Ilfnbsp;bfonn Aon ppéip Ann pAn oiAóe,” as a woman said to me).nbsp;ÊA nA péittfni Ap in Aep, ‘ the stars are in the sky ’—^The

1

Many speakers when pronouncing AcpAinn, AcpA, acc, Amup and AiiAtn

seem to use a sound which is mid-way between the “ a ” in “ what ” and

the “ a ” in “ that.” In CAppAins, SApAtiA, 'OAp and the prefix atia-, a is

sounded as in “ that.”

-ocr page 65-

51

NOUNS.

word is used, not merely of wind, but also of imprisoned air, as the air in a bicycle-tube, and also of the air as the causenbsp;of physical change ; nin aon rhmt Opion nump ^ CuAit) ahnbsp;SaoC cpit), the wine is useless, since the air has got at it; so,nbsp;too, of the air drying corn or hay. See tAHATi.

A5Ö, a mischievous interpretation : péACquot; a’ c-ajo a Cuip pé pA pSéAP, look at the “ harm ” he put into the story, (50, a lie).

AlCe.: bAp IT) Aice riA ptAince, death near to health, i.e., jati mOpAn tuijeACAin no beit Ap An ¦otnne, without being long in bed.nbsp;Coip or coip CAob, followed by genitive, or caoD te, or bwAitcenbsp;Ap, or jAipin no, or te tiAip are used more generally than innbsp;Alee to express the idea of nearness.

AlCiT), pi. -i, a serious disease.

Al^tie, mind : bi pé Ap Aijne ceACc, he intended, resolved to come.

Al^tlOAS, quarrel: nA mbéA-ó pé a’ cup AiJnjp Ap Auine eite, if he were picking a quarrel with another.

AlbT16ACC {awlquot;ochth) : ni -o’lApppAinn Aon a. aC é n’peipsmc Annpo Apipc, I would ask nothing better than to see him herenbsp;again. Also AitineACc.

Altl-CeAKC (anna hyarih), wrong: bioA An ceApe nti An c-Ain-CeApe AgAm, whether I am right or wrong. (Except in this word and a few others—e.g., Ain-OAp, “ suicide ”—the negativenbsp;prefix Ain is usually pronounced Ann, as in Ain-ppiopAiX), annbsp;evil spirit.)

Aimm, name (vapl. Ainquot;inieAóA or Ain''inie, the n and m are sometimes transposed, so too in verb Ainimni:5 we often hear Aiminig).

AinmneAÓAS, mention. t)i' AinmneAéAp cpi cCao Ap a’ bpAipéAp, there was mention of three hundred in the paper ; the papernbsp;spoke of three hundred as being present.

A1UC, greed, voracity : bi Aipc An ocpAip Aip, he was ravenously hungry.

Altlt) : ip iTiAit UA bpOgA pA pAtfipAt) lAO, AC nin Aon Aipo oppA PA ngeitilpeAt), they are good boots for summer, but they arenbsp;thought nothing of for winter ; ni pAib tA in Aipo ö Coin, therenbsp;has not been a day’s luck since ; ni belt) uAip a Ctoig Aiponbsp;oppAinn ó’n uAip a bUAit An peAp pon ptnnn, we shall not havenbsp;an hour’s luck from the time that man met us.

-ocr page 66-

52

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

[AIJKCACAS, heed : caüaih ’feAóAf ¦ouic tiéin ; ca mé ’5 tveAóAf HA mquot;t)A, I am minding the cows ; émnpeA-ó i'é ja’ tiéinne a-jxnbsp;A AifeAéquot;Af, he would make everyone mind himself (be on hisnbsp;best behaviour). The noun Aife is akin to AineAéAf ; the verbnbsp;pAi^e has a similar meaning : Biot) fi A-p a pAipe yéiri, she usednbsp;to watch herself. Ap pou, with the proper possessive pronounnbsp;is stronger than any of these ; Aoiuue a BuAitpit) teAuB tiom,nbsp;Biot) pé Ap A poti, let anyone who strikes a child of mine looknbsp;out for trouble.

A1Squot;amp;AC [AipeAg], vomiting : Cuip pé A5 AipeAc me. Some say that AipeAc should be used only as a noun ; and that the verbnbsp;is uipteACAin.

ATttieÖquot; [ah-vyohquot;), revival; tA ah c-AitBeó ¦ocahca ’5e, lie has safely passed the crisis (of sickness); tAinig ah c-Aic-Beo ahh,nbsp;he rallied.

AlCtie (ahquot;hin-eh), aequaintance ; Aitne a tup Aip, to make his acquaintance ; ip mu topAt) a tABAppAinip Ap pcpAupéip hanbsp;¦oume AitHeAt)iiil (ah”-nidh-oo-il), they would think more of anbsp;stranger than of one whom they knew.

Alt'HeACAS, sorrow, regret: BiooAp h-a a., they were sorry for it.

Ate, socket, ankle : Ca m’Atc Ap iohac), I have put out my ankle ; 5a’ bao’ puT) ’h Ate hém, everything in its proper place ; jAénbsp;Ate mAp A coitteAS, lit-, every joint as it was deserved, i.e.,nbsp;served you right, said to one who has deservedly got a goodnbsp;beating. (Uoittim, I fit, see Diet.). A popular form (no longernbsp;understood) of the old proverb ; gach ealta mar do h-oihadhnbsp;(or mgr oiltear).

ATT), time : ¦oé ah c-Am -ouic ceAóc AHoip ? what time is this for you to come ? ip mAit a’ c-Am a CaihiJ cu. You came just innbsp;time (or opportunely).

AtTIAS : tA AH mAopA a’ pAip’ ope 50 Bptll^eAt) pé AmAp ope, the dog is watching you to take advantage of you (e.g., to runnbsp;on before you so that you cannot turn him back).

AinpbA [AmpAtt], a voracious appetite ; Bi AmptA éigmc mee ; she had some kind of ravenous hunger. Adj. AmptAt.

AltluAtt, a song, singing ; Bi pé A5 AmpAU, he was singing (not a’ gOitc Aitip^m) ; AitipAHAiPe, a singer (b’peAppA PoiB coaCcnbsp;pé 50 Bog, it would be better for them to take up the songnbsp;gently ; pgAoit pé te h-a $uC 50 bpeAj bos, let liie voicenbsp;go forth fine and soft). AmpAn is pronounced eh-oo-rawn, asnbsp;if written aBpah.

-ocr page 67-

53

NOUNS.

suspicion : Ca rn’ .dtfi|ilt;sf clt;utcè ^5^ni t)i|ipi, my suspicion has fallen on her.

.AtMOlUquot;©, suicide (Ain-Oif also used).

ATTRÖ [11 nasal, cf. ArmtAnn], misery, affliction.

AOTUX)©, gen. Aoip^oeAC, rise, height; tjo féip Aoip’oëAó ua caIüati a’ ¦out A ¦óiAppACc Aif, according to the rise of ground goingnbsp;towards it.

AOtlxSC, pi. AOiicAiJequot;, fair : cA au c-aouaC po Aipirhte Ap ceAuri •oe pTiA AoucAiJequot; ip mu pA mUtiA'öAiu, this fair is Considerednbsp;one of the most important in the year.

AOS, age (also, Aoip) ; ¦oé ah c-Aop aPA ’guc ? how old are you ? PA AU ¦oeAttiAu Ap AU Aop pou, that is a marvellous age.

ASTIA (assquot;nah), rib : CuippeA-O pé pAItt Ap c’ApuAi'óequot;ACA, it would put flesh on your ribs.

AÜ-rSAbATIII, second salt or pickle ; PA au peóit iu AP-ppAtAun (ahquot;thol-in) ajaiuu, we have the meat in second pickle.

AÜ-SITltlAltlOAth (ah-smweenquot;uv), a second-thought, afterthought, change of mind ; PAiutjeAp Ap AP-pmuAineAui, I changed my mind.

t3AÏ)CA, a turn, time ; used as well as uAip ; bAttpA-piop-’oipeAC, a step-dance.

t)ACquot;AbbA(intl), the arms held to embrace or carry.

l)A’OAe'Rquot;ACC, boating.

t)A1b, a blessing, a joy: bAit ó Uia opc (common salutation). We do not say PA pu a’ péAóAiuc 50 uiaiP, bAit ó Uia opc, butnbsp;quot;OiA A’o ï)eAuuACquot;A'ó, which is the form used to emphasise allnbsp;such remarks. We may use bAit ó Uia Aip, if we refer to annbsp;animal or to one who is not present. “Oia a beAuuAóAA may benbsp;used whether the person referred to is present or not. It isnbsp;not used of animals. Siu é a mbAit, that is their delight, whatnbsp;they delight in; PA au peAp boPc gAu mopAu bAit Aip te mi,nbsp;the poor man has not been at all well for the last month ; uinbsp;pAib mopAn bAit Aip au uAip piu, he was not at all well at thatnbsp;time.

t)A1be, pi. bAitci, a home, townland, district, the position of anything; bAite mtip, a (large) town, pi. bAitci mtipA ;nbsp;bAite beAg, a village ; PA pé pA mbAite, he is at home ; PA pénbsp;pA mbAite mup, he is in town ; Cuai'O a bAite, he wentnbsp;home ; CuAiii pé ’¦oci au mbAite mUp, he went to town;

-ocr page 68-

54

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

bu’ rhAit A’pïof’ ó. öAite a öeitt4 i te^’ a ÓI015, you would have done a good piece of your journey home in half an hour ;nbsp;pó-fAt)A 0 öAiLe ó 5a’ bAon CAob, too far from everywhere ;nbsp;A’b’iAnuAp yoc^uUiii be^jAxi Cun a bane Ouige, seeking tonbsp;give him little hits ; tA mo futte utof tAib-pe t\a yuibe mbéAlt;)nbsp;•pAóA-tvc 1 bpAt» ó bAtbe 10TICA, my eyes are stronger than eyesnbsp;of long sight. See under the word sAipfo. (Ciiip a bAite é—nbsp;of one driving home a nail.—^McS.).nbsp;t)A1 tnp6quot;lSf, socks, vamps.

t)xMT1C1t6AÏ)AC (bwinequot;tir-och), gen. bAiticpje (bwinequot;tree), pi' bAincfieAbACA {bwinequot;troch-ah), a widow or widower : zSnbsp;cofóiti tiA bAlucpige ’ci, she has the crown of widowhood.nbsp;(A spiritual reward for a young widow who does not re-marry).nbsp;t)A1fieASbAh [peAppA ’f bApp], the remainder (money, food ornbsp;in general), like piiigteAC : bi' Ati bAipcApbAt AgAm, I got thenbsp;remainder. (t)AppA fpAptA, “ the spare end ” De H. PioO anbsp;ti. AgAc.) Early Modern Irish/earas barr.nbsp;t)A1HC1t1tl [bAppuinj] : cAimin Ap Ap mbAiptinn {morquot;hing)nbsp;Auoip, we are all right now, “ on the pig’s back.”nbsp;t)A1SCe, baptism ; iiAipce uptAip, baptism by a layman, alsonbsp;bAifce cuACAitje ; tCAbAp ua mbAipci, the baptismal register,nbsp;“the book of the baptisms.”

bAbb, pi. bAIbb (b=bw), m. a member (sometimes used of Member of Parliament) ; bAtt cpopsAtti (also pron. bAt), an article ofnbsp;furniture ; Ap a bAtt, by-and-by ; Cuip pê at\ b. Aip, he gotnbsp;the upper hand of him.

t)A1b, a better one ; 111 pAib a bAp (b=w) te pAitc, his superior could not be found. (Aspirate or eclipse the b of bAp accordingnbsp;to pronoun used.)

bAllAIICAS CUATbOAlJCe, a search warrant.

ÜAKÜAb (b=w), a drake (b, 0’C.).

bATltlA, pi.—1', top, crop : ca tia ppACAt pé bAppAbtAÓ [btAt], the potatoes are topped with blossom.nbsp;t)A1b1bA-bf11, pi.—ci or -i, fern., a sheet. E.M.I. bra lin.nbsp;bACAf btl1bl5, wooden cross-bars to keep a door correctlynbsp;fastened. bACA beAt) ó cAob cAob cpApriA teip An tiopAp.nbsp;bA''CAbAt15, ƒ•) damage, disaster.

bACA blA bACquot;Albb6, a crozier. (bAóAtt alone does not appear to be used).

bAC-f-b’IOTTlATlA'O {yumquot;ur-ah), oars.

-ocr page 69-

55

NOUNS.

bCAÓ, gen. beiCe {behquot;heh), pi. be.Alt;iA, a bee ; beAó éApAitt, a wasp also, pnAlg-beAó (citeAbAfi is the small horse-fly): tA fénbsp;Cu’ jAfCA beif iiA beAóA, he is as ’cute as the bees. UcaCnbsp;also means a scolding : ATjeiium teAc 50 n-Aipeóip-pe beAó,nbsp;I tell you, you’re in for a wigging.nbsp;béxSb, mouth : 1 mbéAt iiA jAoite, exposed to the full force of thenbsp;wind ; béAt riA pAinpje, the open sea ; iia ctirhApfAiu Ca 1nbsp;¦mbéAt a’ 'ouipif ASAinu, the neighbours who live oppositenbsp;us (on whom our door opens).nbsp;beAn im’ is bAinne (b=w), a dairy-maid.

beAlltl, heed, dependence : ip cumA -Ouic cunquot;ApcA féicpig ffémpiA] AU ^GIItlpeA-ö, ui'u aou beAuu Ague Aip, you neednbsp;not care how the (storms of) winter wül blow, you are independent of it (them).nbsp;beATltlA, ƒ. pi. beApuACA, a gap.

beATUltÖIR, a captious person ; tAimi-o a’ Tiut Cuu cAiuce te b. Auoif, uA ciceA-ó AOU pocAt bos buAic, we are going tonbsp;talk to a sharper now, take care that you make no mistake innbsp;speech. (This is a common way of expressing the idea “ tonbsp;misuse a word.” ’DeAptfiAo is somewhat overworked.)nbsp;beAtA, life, crop ; cAtArh mAit Cuu beACA tAbAipe, good landnbsp;¦ for crop ; CA ja’ UAo’puo a’ ccaCc 1 bpAbAp (or A-p pAbAp)nbsp;{fawquot;vur) uA beAtA, everything is turning out favourably fornbsp;the harvest.

blllfri {bin-eenquot;), a little woman.

blOtICATl {vinquot;thor—Eng. “ venture ”) : Cuai’ mê pA bioucAp teocA, I went to share in their danger and to. rescue them ;nbsp;uA cAPbp pA bioucAp teip, do not risk yourself to save him.nbsp;blOTliag, heard once or twice as follows ; tuj pé au biouüjnbsp;(vin-oogquot;) pou Ap a CAbAib, he made a sudden spring (out ofnbsp;his body), [bouuój].

blUÓ, a quality, good or bad ; uaC gpAuuA a’ biuC é Ap ¦óuiu’ uApAt mAp é ? Is not that an evil quality in a gentleman likenbsp;him ? Ip otc a’ biuC quot;o’ A teitém beiC bpéAgAó, it is a lownbsp;quality in such a man to be a liar.nbsp;blAb, a splash, sudden burst: tA pé pïop oe btAb (b=v), henbsp;is down (to hell) with a splash ; Cuip pé au oopAp ipceAC oenbsp;bLAb, he pushed in the door with a burst (pbAb, 0’C.).nbsp;bbAbSgia Atl bAIS, a rally before death, the last flare up ofnbsp;the candle of life. [btopcA’O].

-ocr page 70-

56

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

ti’l-ÓS [gt;3ottó5], loaf : b’tóg rhitif, a large cake (usually currant cake), b’tós ’^aiu, a loaf of bread (the initial a of At^AUnbsp;is not heard even when article precedes au c’p^n, the bread).nbsp;t)’b-05 [biteoj], a leaf or page of a book.

t)O’0AK.lt;5.11, a tambour-shaped vessel with sheepskin bottom used in winnowing, a dildorn.nbsp;bCTClTteAll, dried cow-dung.

bOV'JxXC, rti. smaU-pox; no JeApfAig au ¦ooCcuip au botgAO lu-oiub, the doctor gave vaccination to-day.nbsp;bOtlTI, 'pl. bOluu (distinguish from bluu), sole of foot: ó tfiutnbsp;A Ó1UU 50 ¦0C1 bouu A Cop, from the crown of his head to thenbsp;soles of his feet. (The sing, bouu was used, though cop isnbsp;grew. pl. of cop.)

bllAtlTlTlA (uu nasal) bpAjAn, collar-bone. bftéAC, a fish in general, bpic JeAtA pl. of bpeAc jeAt appearsnbsp;to be used for fresh-water trout. (Fr. Dinneen says bpeAcnbsp;is applied to any fish taken with hook ; I have heard it appliednbsp;to a fish which I saw in the mesh of a net).

ÜUêA^-Atl, a toy ; cAbAip b. quot;oo’n pAipce ua béAt) pé a’ 50b, give something to the child to keep him from crying.nbsp;bUéAbACAII, a bird just hatched, anything small, small apple, etc.nbsp;tïKamp;AÜ, g. bpeAtA, ƒ. barm.

tiFent: ï)i pé AUA-CotgAC, bi bpeitt Aip, he was very angry, his cheeks were swollen with passion (like a turkey-cock),nbsp;bpeitt was defined as pttiic (plik) lut'ipA Ap tiobApuA, heavynbsp;hanging cheeks. [t)peitt-rnéApAC, having lumpy fingers—nbsp;from bpcAtt].

bltö [bpó, a great wave], a large number ; TiubAipc pé 50 pAib bpö Acu (i.e. lApj) Auu, he said there was a great shoal ofnbsp;them there.

t)HOb, g. bpuib, pl. bpobuA : b. péip, a blade of grass ; b. ciiije (thee), a wisp of straw.nbsp;t)TlOCquot;A111 AS, refuse, rubbish.

t)tl Ab, talents : ca buAA ö biA Aige, God has given him exceptional talent.

btlAIC : nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;AU ‘DÏOU pou cuptA 50 tUAit ; aC ca au buAic (5=v)

50 bote, 1 pi AU bUAlC a’ CtllT) ip 11111 o’obAlp a’ ¦OiOUA'OOpA, that thatch is well laid, but the top ridge, which is the mostnbsp;important part of a thatcher’s work, is done badly.nbsp;btJIcélR, (white-airquot;), pl. -i, coast-guard. Eng. “ tide-waiter.”

-ocr page 71-

57

NOUNS.

bun, bottom of ; pé Umi (ïi=w) riA pAitte, at the bottom of the cliff; pé üun tia teAptAii, underneath the bed; -pé ti-A Pun,-under or below (of a number less than another); i mbun a’nbsp;Unit), engaged about the chUd ; 1 ftpeigt a’ tinib, impliesnbsp;rather the idea of watching. C6l$ip AtriAó i mbun tia gceApc,nbsp;go out and see after the hens.nbsp;t»uni3C [burióc], fern., infant.

CAÏ)Alb, Tió Au óotAiiu, body.

CAt)A1K, g. CAamp;jiA, ƒ., help, advantage : beAn óAbpA, a midwife ;

UÏ pAlb Ao’ ÓAbAip AU C-IApg A belt AUU, UUAlp UA pAlb Ao’

óóip AUU A itiApbóó’ (b sUent) iat), the presence of the fish was no advantage, since there was no apparatus at handnbsp;to catch them ; ip .beAg a’ óAbAip ¦oo-pAuquot; -out ’’oci S. 11.,nbsp;little use for him to go to America.

GAt)quot;t61’OT, caulcannon {cob-ledquot;dy, farther East).

CA*0501’Ol {kyquot;gudee), beads—the large beads marking the five decades—¦oubAipc pi go gcAiteAuu pi ua cAPgoïui quot;oonbsp;rhcAbpugAA, she said she has to watch the beads (lest shenbsp;might go astray in the number of prayers). From cAogA-o,nbsp;fifty. ^nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;^

CAIbICtn, blindness : piu é geApppAt) ua ruéApuA Ague gAU C., that is what would cut the fingers off you with a clean sectionnbsp;{or with no mistake) ; tug pé buAig gAu t. é. he delivered itnbsp;(a song or recitation) without the least mishap, a-óuia-o gtAunbsp;gAu CAiticiu, timber without flaws.

CAInCftl, nose (used slangwise as an alternative of ppiiu).

CaUITU, a speck or mote in the eye. Caiuïu tgt;o beAp Ap c’ fuit ; also, a small quantity, [c^ituiu].

CAlug, talk, speech : biouu ¦OAoiue a’ pAt) ua gcA1ucquot;eAuuA pou, people make use of those expressions. 11i tAiucpeAP pi tioui,nbsp;she is not on speaking terms with me.

CAipCquot;1ST : bioA pou Aige ¦] ’geA (or ’ge u-a) óAipéipi, let him take that, himself and his testimonials (said on failure ofnbsp;some one to get a situation). From English, copies.

CAbtlAff, (cAb-tiup or cAb-tup) : c., o’ uiup gAU cpupgAu, a c. is a large house unfurnished (pcpAbAitip expresses a similarnbsp;meaning; uaC üucaó a’ p. rnup cige é ?)

CATlAltlAin {cah-nooquot;in), dialect.

-ocr page 72-

58

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

C-A11CAS, txSiT) ^5 ’oéATiA'ó cAticAii' onjiAinn, they are tantalizing US, showing something which we desire but shall not get fromnbsp;them ; rtiAti CAticAi' ofc ! (said by a child who shows a sugar-stick to another).

CAnncnAlb, dispute.

CAO {hay) [caoi], way, means, readiness for action ; tA cao iiuteAóc (or éAtugAt)) Aije, he has a means of escape. (See undernbsp;1 5CA01).

CAOt)A0, something large and clumsy. Ilin aoti pAó [pAt] Ap a’ gcuAn ó’n uAip CAitn^ au cAobAó pon, the harbour has hadnbsp;no luck, since that hulk came. (A reference to a ship wreckednbsp;in the bay).

CAOItie [cAopA], pi. same, g. plural cAopAC, ƒ. a sheep (the c of sing, has a broader sound than c of pi., so that the word innbsp;sing, sounds like cti-Aoipe ; pcAp ua jcaopaC, “the man ofnbsp;the sheep,” a sheep-stealer. (One of the very few words, notnbsp;second deck, with distinct form for gen. pk). It is pronouncednbsp;CAopA in districts outside An ttmn.

CAOK, a great ball of fire. tDo bi An C15 in aoii óAop AitiAin, the house was in one mass of flames. Probably cAop-teine.

CApAkk, horse : nA Tiéin pAimp óApAitt ne, do not make the , story too long ; tA a’ c. a gAp-oAipiAm, the horse is cantering ;nbsp;tA pé a’ fonAp, he is trotting ; fcAinig a’ c. 1 n5kln''cpeACA,nbsp;niAp A béAt) pppAInntini Ap coiceAn, the horse came at anbsp;gallop, the flashes from its shoes like sparks flying from anbsp;house on fire. [jUnn].

CAUAt)Ak [cApbAtt], palate.

CAIlkl, pi. cApne, a heap, a large number ; puAip cApn TiAoine bAp ó’n uAip A bi-óip Annpo tCAUA (Coaiia), a great many peoplenbsp;died since you were here last; bi biA* ’nA dApne ’cu, they hadnbsp;food in abundance ; also cApAinn in this phrase.

CAIl'lIAk [cApbAi], pi. cApüAtAóA, a disquisition, an article in a newspaper.

CAS, pi. CApnA, twist, mannerism ; nin ao’ óApnA Ann At a rnAtAip, he is just like his mother in all his little ways.

CAS, gen. cAip, masc. bird-cage.

CAS, a case, plight, trouble. riAó boCc a’ cAp -oom é ? Isn’t mine a sad plight ? (Am I not to be pitied ?) t)i mé in jAlAp-riA-gcApnbsp;Ap CAT) bn’ itiAit Aom a AéAnAA, I was in sore straits as to whatnbsp;was advantageous for me to do. iVpeAAAip cu cAtoin a

-ocr page 73-

59

NOUNS.

tiocirATi fé 1 rnüeA-pc a gCAf ati (in?) {or 50 n-) oifpeA-O fê ¦óme, you do not know when a conjunction of circumstancesnbsp;might arise in which it might suit (serve, help) you ;—-(anothernbsp;and perhaps better speaker says : tiocpAó a tteApe 1 jcAf 50nbsp;n-oippeAó fê -óuic; a ['oo] UeAfc 1 gcAf would be translatednbsp;“ by a turn of fortune.”

^^¦ASCÖIU, •omne beAó aj cAfcóipeAóc, casting up unpleasant things at others.

CeACC, a paragraph, a statement: 1 ivoeipe ja’ Iiaou óeAóc a óéAffAó SeAu . . ., at the end of each statement made bynbsp;John (a description of a dialogue).

CéACCA, plough ; fgtAtAn, lit., wing, mould-board.

CeAT), leave, permission, vocation : niop óuip fé ’ua jceAó é, he did not do it with their permission.

CeAbV'AinATI, large sum of money : tti c. ceApe Aije.

CGA1111 A1$6ACU ; CuVa’ óeAnriAigeAócA ipeAó i, it is a readymade suit; A11 cutA’ triTiA cije 1 no cutA’ CeAunAijeACcA ? Is it a home-made suit (lit. a suit made by a housewife) or anbsp;shop-suit ? Also cntA’ éeAnnuijte.

CélLe, companion, wife or husband : beAti mic -\ niAtAip céile, daughter-in-law and mother-in-law ; tA au cnAiti a’ nut in anbsp;Céite, the bone is knitting ; nin fiof AgAm aC niAp a óéitenbsp;teif a’ teAnb a CmpeAg (or tAinij) Ap a’ fAo$At Apéip, I knownbsp;no more than the child that came into the world last night;nbsp;in A1C A óéite beiómi-o a’ nut óun cinn ince (i.e., ah ^AotAinnnbsp;•00 fspi), uin in ao’ pun aó a’ cAitije, we shall make a gradualnbsp;improvement, practice is everything; ntn flop aj éinnenbsp;Annfoquot; At niAp a óéite tiom néin, no one here knows any morenbsp;than I do (an important phrase) ; t^in A néAUAó 1 gceAiin anbsp;óéite, they are making one heap of it; Af óia’ a óéite, innbsp;succession, óa omóe Af ¦oia’ a ó. ; itiaiü 1 gcóip a óéit’ iaó,nbsp;they are a good match for one another, well met; cOlctijeAfnbsp;{hy-keequot;u8) te-n-A óéite a bi'onAp a’ góitc quot;oo, a fortnight innbsp;all they were engaged at it; Af a óéite fib, separate, stop,—nbsp;to fighters.

Ceib-UTl [ceiteAftpAn] : ni n’iApfAó féifin ceAó nA ceit-üp, he would not ask leave or licence, (lit., farewell, a blessing on hisnbsp;going) ; ni ftfuAip fé ceAó nA c., he got neither leave nornbsp;licence.

-ocr page 74-

6o

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

ceiflt {her-eequot;) pl. same, piaster, poultice : A-p ¦óin pé ao’ pu-o óuu a’ toe tjo óneAfugAt) ? “Oo óuip pé c. teip. Did he do anythingnbsp;to cure the sore ? He put a poultice to it; ceipi miti poip (risk),nbsp;a linseed-meal poultice ; cuip ceipi neAtti-puime teip, justnbsp;forget it.

CeöIhSf, a musician.

CeoÜttIRAtI (kyoh-frawnquot;) [ciotitiAp, showery.—0’R.] light fog, mist.

Cl'Af-ACAII [céAtACAii from céAt) tougAt) ?], morning fast. 1p pA-OA All c. aCa Aip, his fast before breakfast is very long ;nbsp;tAimg pé Ap ciAtACAu, he came, fasting.

C1Abb, sense, reason : “oé au óiAtt •outc é pin tio PiéAnAt) ? What was your reason for doing that ?

CTATHJJ) a farthing : ui pAiP c. te gtAobAC aici uippi, she has not a farthing’s claim on her.

Clquot;ATlSt3-K, a kerchief, handkerchief.

C1ftl6lquot;Tie.A [1 chimaera], an attractive vision, a mirage ; tA c. luCip a’ Paiuc teip Au AipgeAT), money is a sore tempter;nbsp;M a’ cup c. Ap uA ¦OAoiue, he was dazzling the people withnbsp;false hopes ; ttioTiAp a’ cup gA* uaou pópe cimélpeA Ap uanbsp;¦oAoiue, they were holding out all kinds of allurements to thenbsp;people.

Clfltl-lretXUAItltl (king-ar''ing), headlands, strips of unploughed lands at the ends of the furrows.

ClOtl {kyun), a share, love : Ca aua-öiou AgAiu opc i tamp; ’p Ague é, I am very fond of you and you know it; éuAit) pi aiuaC go •oct

bAUTIAlU, ’Alt) [t)Ap] télte go UUéAUpAt) A UlAC C10U lUClpeAtCAUA

t)i, she went off to London in order that, as she fancied, her son might support , her ; Pi ciou rhAit itiAipeAóCAUA Aige, he hadnbsp;a good living.

CIOtltlCA, fault, blame : uiop CuipeAg éluiie auiaC a6 tiAoiue te u-A gciouucA iiéiu, no one was evicted except throughnbsp;his own fault.

C10SA, edge ; Ap óiopA {hyissa) ua pé, on the edge of the moon (a reference to the figure of Our Lady standing on the crescentnbsp;moon) ; ’ge ciopA ua cAoiue, at the brink of the sea. (Thisnbsp;word may translate “ margin ” of a page.) E.M.I. ciomhsa,nbsp;pl. of ciomhais {ciumhais).

-ocr page 75-

6i

NOUNS.

ClOCAt. (kyithquot;ul), kettle ; ti. ati c. Ag Arii-pAn (or ci^óriAti), the kettle is singing ; Opuit ah c. a’ piuCAt) póp 1 lliri pé i OpAt)nbsp;UA15, is the kettle boiling yet ? Almost; Ca ah c. a’ cup auiaC,nbsp;the kettle is boüing over.

ClOCAHAItlll [cioc-tuppAiug] {kithquot;ar-ing), masc., an accident to man or beast, causing injury or death. Do not use this wordnbsp;of accidents that do not cause physical hurt; “I pulled thenbsp;door by accident and shut myself out ” would be translated,nbsp;“ tAppAiug mé Au X)opup 5AU cuirhue A5UP 01 au gtAp Amu’nbsp;opm ” ; instead of jAn cutmne, we often say cpi •OeAptriAT) ornbsp;50 ¦oeApriiA'OAO : “ The wrong book was given to me by accident,” CUJAg ATI teAOAp Ouu op ClOnU •oom Cpi •OeApttlAt).

CT1I [clop], g. cipe or cipeAt, the teeth, the cud : Ca cip rhAit piActA ’5e, he has a good set of teeth ; a’ cogAinc a cipe or cIpeAC,nbsp;chewing the cud (chewing her cud). Cip means also a bird’snbsp;comb ; and since the comb reddens with anger and is an objectnbsp;of attack, the word in its diminutive form can be applied tonbsp;persons ; a teitém ne Cipin ’p -oo 01 uippi CujAm, such annbsp;angry face as she turned on me ; “ ’a moeinn-pe auu,” Ap pAnbsp;Cic ttlOp, “ OAt) jAipm 50 möéinn in ACpAun pA Cipin aicinbsp;piuT),” (the corresponding vulgarism in English would be,nbsp;“ I’d have been in her wool ”).

CbAÜKAII, a small potato.

CbAlDlll, latch : ApnAig a’ ctAiOln, nin An stAp Ap An nopAp, lift the latch, the door is not locked.

CbAtnp/Alx, deceit, attempt to over-reach in business or play; nlop •ö’éipig An ctAmpAp teAc, your deceit did not succeed.

CbAlltl, ƒ., g. ctoinne, a family : au mup ctoinne Aige ? how many children has he ? (or) ati mup mUlncip Ca Aije ? Illnnbsp;Aon céAgAp ctoinne ’5e, he has not a large family.

CbATl, pi. ctApACA, 1 m., a board, a plank, a part of the eye : OuAit An CAinIn ipceAC Ap CtAp ua puit’ opm.

CbATl, pi. ctApACA, level surface, a board : 50 ctAp CAtilAn, to the level of the ground.

CbeAÜAÓ(A) ; nin pé ipci$ pé CteACAC(A) a’ cige, he is nowhere within the house, (pi. of cteAt) ; probably pé does notnbsp;mean “ under ” in this case but rather “ under the protectionnbsp;of ” as in pé müip An a$e (miip=wall).

Cbeice, pi. cteicl, feather, fin.

-ocr page 76-

62

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

CLeiCïn, eaves. pAn nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;ö fittest) ’ti óteicin, keep out of the

dripping of the eaves.

Ctl/AÓ [ctiAt], g. ctéite, pl. ctéite, a harrow, a hen-roost: üa ctiAó Alge ’f fé a’ puippe ua cAtüAn, he has a harrow andnbsp;is harrowing the ground ; -OA óté [ctiAó ?], two hen-roosts ;nbsp;t)AppA TiA ctéite, top of the roost. puppA also means hen-roost,nbsp;and sometimes jestingly “ a bed.” “ Anoip tAinij cupA ¦oennbsp;öpuppA ? ”nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ Is it only now that you’ve got off the perch ? ”

E.M.I. foradh.

ChOC, gen. ctoiée, pl. ctoóA, stone, often used of the shore in speaking of fish : niop CAIT115 a’ c-iApg 50 ¦oci An étoó póp,nbsp;the fish have not left deepwater yet; no teip An pAippg’nbsp;opAinn, no péAn a c-iAp5 a’ CtoC, the sea has failed us, thenbsp;fish have shunned the shore ; ctoiC-pneAócA, haU-stones.

ChClCin : nA bi a cup ao’ Ctóicini Anoip Aip, do not try to palliate it now.

ChtlAS or cPuAip, the ear : nA pAii 50 ncuicpi-O An oitiCe AnuAp Ap no CtuAip, do not wait until the night comes down overnbsp;your eyes.

CttlASATÓB, a listener: ctuApAi-óeAóc, listening (usually of furtive listening).

CtUttl (rh nasal), coat of animal, hair, plumage.

C’TIAC [conAó or conpAn], g. CAnquot;Ai5, madness, rabies : pAoiteAp 50 niAnp’ é pAib An c’nAó Aip (or 50 tUAnpA CAnquot;Ai5 é), Inbsp;thought it was a mad dog ; bi pé Ap c’nAó 1 ncAoti é p-Atgt;nbsp;teip, he was raging mad because of its being said to him ;nbsp;teitéin ne ó’nAó binte ’p no Oi Aip, he was in such a tearingnbsp;rage !

Ct1A5quot;A1l'nAC, a crackling noise, as of sinews or joints : a teitéin ne CnAgApnAC ’p no bAineAn Ap a rhéApAnnA.

CtlAISt)© (knash-deh) rail of a bedstead: bionn An coiteAt ceAnjAitce ’ge cnAipne ua teAptAn (a precaution considerednbsp;necessary when the corn is ripening); ne would imply thatnbsp;the cock was glued to the bed-post.

CriAttl, pl. cnArhnA, bone (in cnArii, rn=v, in plu. silent, but gives cnA a nasal colour).

CT1APA11, a lump (in flesh or otherwise) : cnApAn suAit, a lump of coal.

-ocr page 77-

63:

NOUNS.

ClIOxXU, pi..A, a wound : ie mup-CneAttA -j piAiicA, with great wounds and sufferings. Cne^'Oxj pronounced cneA in the oldnbsp;prayers.

COintie, expectation, hope : ti. mé Uéiu 50 mAit 1 tA coinne ’jAm 50 Upmt Au ptro néAnuA te p-A-ó Ague tiéin, I am wellnbsp;and hope that you can say the same for yourself.

COintieAh (kingquot;yal), pi. cOlutiLe {koyquot;ingleh), candle ; cOInnteoip (koyquot;inglyore), candlestick.

COintlheAC, stubble : fiuOtAig Ap a’ 5c., walk on the stubble. “ quot;Oo jeApupAt) uA coinnUni tv,” neAppA te ¦ouitie copnot-CAigte .1. T)A fiuUtóé opCA ; coiuriUnf, ribs of cut stalk..

CÖtR, apparatus : c. óeóit, musical apparatus ; c. Aiquot;cipif, phonograph (name invented by one of the speakers on hearing the instrument; the cylinder-record he called au Uui-oéAt) ; c.nbsp;A teAfCAiJeAuu, necessary apparatus ; cOip ‘óó[i5ce], a burnernbsp;for a lamp. (This is the word used instead of jiéAf.)

CÖ1STR, ƒ. 2, banquet; 1 rroeiprO ha cóipipe, at the end of the feast.

cobp A [a bullock] : ip puAfiAC a’ cotpA é -] öiiAitpeAt) pé AmAó All peAp ip peApp Acti Ap Aon oUAip in a CAppAfOe é, or Aonnbsp;obAip A CAppAiPe Aip, though he is a miserable little creature,nbsp;he would beat the best man at any work to which they putnbsp;(turn) him ; cé gup fuApAó au cotpA mé, niop tgt;’ pAg Aoinnenbsp;piArii piAp mé, in Aon oUAip in Ap CApAt) mé, miserable thoughnbsp;I am, no one ever outstripped me in any work I was put to.

COtilgATl {coonquot;gur—rh nasal), a short cut; ^eotmr) An c., we’ll take the short cut; coPiquot;5ApAC, convenient, near to. Ao’nbsp;pwo Ip corngApAC ¦otiic, anything that you find convenient.

COtnitA’OA, comrade : tA compAuA Ague, mipe, you have a comrade in me—it is just the same way with me. Alsonbsp;compAuAi.

COfYI'Q'RCAS, comparison : ni comiipcAp ¦ouic-pe é pin, his case and yours are not alike.

COUAC, an increase (usually of good increase) : óonAó pon opc, more of that to you ; conAC a’ tuAftAit {deequot;il) tmiAe pm oppA,nbsp;an increase of that devilish luck to them.

COU1lA1$e''ACC ; pice punc a’p coppAigeACc, twenty pounds and something over. The word c. is more often put first: c. a’pnbsp;piCe pane. From coppA, odd.

COtltlAtl, pi. coppAin, a hook, a sickle. (Cpc'in, a sow, has pi. cpAin-cA.)

-ocr page 78-

64

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

C0S-ACC''AC, cough.

COS.Ani.AK: nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;potato-skins.

COStlKS [ctiApnós], wild hees’ nest.

COSquot;ZAS, pl. cofquot;cAifi, cost, expenses : Oi neió fgittiTige cofCAif «ifpi iri iüu.Aif TiA fpeACA, she was at an expense of ten shühngsnbsp;(law costs) apart from the rates.

CKAtDIlAS, annoyance, affliction ; tug pé c. ¦oom, he gave me annoyance; bu’ ée^pc ¦oüiun pome cpApTiAip ¦oo tAb^npenbsp;¦o’ap gcottiA, we should subject our bodies to some mortification.

CKA’ÓSCAt, reluctance, apprehension ; ca cpAPpcAt opm peApAui AnufAn A1T1AÓ Ap AgAit) uA fjeipne, I shudder at the thoughtnbsp;of having to stand out there fronting the terrible blast; tAiuignbsp;cpAppcAt opAmti Au copp A CogAinc Af ATt uifje, we shudderednbsp;at the thought of having to take the dead body out of the water.nbsp;CpAppcAtAC, adj. shuddering, with apprehension.

CKATITl-COfhAIS : fm é rno C., that is my opinion, the guess I make; “An mbAmpeA mo ó. ¦oiom ? ”—“ Tli bAmpeAt).nbsp;Caic •do c.” “ WiU you let me guess ? ”—“ I wül ” {lit. “ Willnbsp;you deprive me of my guess ? ”—“ No. Give your guess.”).

CKAIItl, an original idea ; cuip pé epAun Aip, he first thought of it, he first conceived the plan of the work; a lot, i.e., means ofnbsp;deciding by chance : CAitpimi’o cpAinn (no epAnn) Aip, let usnbsp;cast lots on it.

CKAOt), g. same, pi. epAobóA (b silent inpZ.), a bough. (The people seem to prefer sêAj to epAob when speaking of the sectionsnbsp;of an organisation.)

CRAO'KC, or cApAepe, driver.

CKCAGAK, horse-fly ; wood-cock ; hay-cock.

CKCACatI, a small potato (not so small as cbAbpAu).

CKCTOCAtil pé tnm [con], hypocrisy, concealment of one’s belief.

CK-ib6lS, masc. recreation, amusement; cp-itéipeAó, sportive, merry (of persons or things).

CKToC, the end (the last two letters often not pronounced) : pé cpi mo pséit -ouic 50, amp;c., the end of my story for you is that,nbsp;amp;c.

CK10t.dTI, trembling : bio’ó c. Ann, he used to be trembhng.

CKOt), pi. cpobAnnA (b=v), also cpoOnA (crown-eh), the hand with the fingers and thumb bent, claw-like ; hence the appropriateness of epob éin, epob cipce, bird’s foot, hen’s foot.

-ocr page 79-

65

NOUNS.

CUOin''A'OA, stooping posture : m pénieAnTi fé Uom UeiC Ap mo Cpom/i-oA, a stooping posture does not agree with me ; cpomA-ó,nbsp;a finger-length (a measure).

CKOÜ, lit. a shape, appearance ; Oi cpoc peACA Ap a cot^un, his body had the appearance of running ; cpoc often used asnbsp;follows : CAitpit) cu cpoc 00 Cup opc liéin, you must bracenbsp;yourself up, show energy.

C1xl3[’0], pi. cpuice {krit-eh), a horse-shoe; cf. cu'i, a tongs, ph cluice.

C11111C-Ü5, anything hive-shaped; c. PeAc, a beehive (ci’ riA fflbeAC also used).

CUtllC, ƒ. a stoop : tA cpomAt) cpuice a’ coaCc Aip, he is getting stooped (optUuu is a hump, for ¦opoun).

Cl3, pi. cuince, hound; pi., also com.

CUfUlteAC (b süent), ƒ., a band, a fetter : ca au C. pó-öog a^ac Ap UA puuquot;AuuA, you have put too loose a band round thenbsp;sheaves.

CtUT) (rhymes with good), g. coua, property, daily bread : pé 00 ¦ótceAt [’oiceAti] mA gBlUeAuu cu ¦00 cum ném uippi iA ’unbsp;AOUA15, it will go hard with you to make your own by her onnbsp;the fair-day. Ca bpuAip cu ua cupAin upiiCcA ?—Ipcig 1 jcumnbsp;rriuipiopA [rh=v]. Where did you get the little mushrooms ?—On Morrissey’s land. (tTluipipmu, a large mushroom). Uiouu piofpA [uipeAfbA] coo’ opm 50 mmic, I amnbsp;often in want of daily necessaries ; ip beAg a’ Cum OeAupAOnbsp;é, very little (money) would be required to do it; ca pocAitnbsp;Acu OA jcum iiém, they have peculiar words of their own ;nbsp;CA beipiugAO coo’ mtice, her temper is hot enough to cooknbsp;a meal; cum ua b-oit)Ce, supper.

CttPOUeAltl [cAiopeArh], acquaintance : ui pAib ao’ CumpeAtti AgAm Aip, I was not acquainted with him ; cumeAptA, tame,nbsp;friendly : Ca au c-Cau po au-C., this bird is very tame. E.M.I.nbsp;coidreabh and caidreabh.

Cfilg, a trick (perhaps from card-playing) : niu ao’ CÜ15 auu, he has no tricks about him, he is an honest man ; Ca ja’ Iiao’nbsp;CÜ15 lonipAijce Alge, he has tried every trick ; cuigiteAit,nbsp;cheat at play.

CUTttine (m silent) {keenquot;eh), memory, thought, expectation (like comue) : o’Clpig au eopuA gAU aou Cuirhue, the barleynbsp;straightened up quite unexpectedly (comue would not be

-ocr page 80-

66

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

accepted here, cuiitine is for cuiriineArfi, i.e., without any-thinking, without anyone thinking that such would happen— see further down) ; bu’ Ctllltlin tiotn é p-At) tia ngniorh, Inbsp;remember him reading the acts (of faith, hope, and charity);nbsp;cuipeAtin fé pin i gcuirrine ¦óuic tiaC pocAt féittÏAtCA (ö=v)nbsp;é, that (i.e., some attendant circumstance) suggests to younbsp;(not reminds you) that the word is used impolitely ; nA bi a’nbsp;cuirhneArh (keequot;nuv) Anoip, do not guess (said to a child atnbsp;lessons), lit. “ thinking ”—i.e., as distinguished from “ knowing ; ” Ti’peA-oAip mé aó cturiirieArh Aip, I do not know exceptnbsp;to make a guess.

CÜItine, pi. cinnnf or cóintiiAóA, a corner : tuóc cuinnf ppAi-oe, corner-boys. Cüititie also means a spell of rest; a field-labourer says to his comrades, bpiogitiApuigi tib (breeve-ar-eequot;- ghee liv) Agup bAinpimf-o ciiintie AmAó ’5e bAppA, quickennbsp;your speed and we’ll cut out a spell of rest when we reachnbsp;the top of the field ; ’ge bAppA is for aj bApp tiA pAipce.nbsp;CüinriéipeAóc is the verbal; peAp mAcAucA ip ca-ó é, ni bionrvnbsp;Aori éttinnéipeAóc tiAig, he is an honest man, he doesn’t wantnbsp;any loafing during his working hours.

Cl3lTtse, plan, purpose : Ap a gcuiupe piu tAiuig mé, I came with that object (heard only in this form).

Cff'iptfn, twins (may also be applied to lower animals).

Ctll'Rex^'O, an invitation : tAimg pé jau étiipeA-ó, jau lAppA-ó, he came uninvited, unbidden.

Cfli, the back : -ooipc Ap Cut ua cine é, pour it out at the back of the fire.

CtlbA[lÜ], suit of clothes, harness ; 50b (ft=v) au cApAtt -oom—¦ cuip An CutA Aip, get the horse ready for me, put on the harness.

CUITIA, way, appearance, airs, affectation, like ^oCaï : peAp jau ao’ CumAi Ap ¦oorhAn Aige ; bi cumA An gAipe ’nA béAt 1 gcüriinAi-óe,nbsp;he always wore a smiling appearance ; Cuip pé cumAi mupA Aipnbsp;béin Cun peAptAnA intnub, it had all the appearance of rainnbsp;to-day.

CtfltlAbttTI (rh nasal) [coirfitionót], a crowd.

CIJttlxJkTlSAn AÓC : bi cpi cigte c. 'Ann, there were three houses there close together.

CtiTtl nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(rh nasal) [corhAipigeACc], a friendly agreement

for mutual help : Coinng [Congbuig] mé puAp mo C. teip, I kept up my c. with him ; cutfiAppAin a tucpAp Cun cpuAC a

-ocr page 81-

67

NOUNS.

¦óéAiiA'ó, 111 üeA’ó Aon i5a ¦öóiï) ac c. a Beit acm a^i a óéite, neighbours who would come to make a rick w.ould receivenbsp;no pay, but there would be a c. between them ; “ céiUp -|nbsp;¦oéin c. teif.” “ X)é Cuip a pAjAinri 50 quot;oci é 1 Tli tA meAifinnbsp;¦00m é, ni tA •oéATiAt) ctmquot;Ai5te [cpuAiCe] ‘oom é, ni CAruAttnbsp;¦00 óApAtt ¦oom é, 1 quot;OA péip fin nin aoii oibtig-Ai'o A156 opm.”nbsp;“ Go and help him.” “ Why should I go to him 1 It isnbsp;not a case in which I should give a day’s work at the machine,nbsp;nor at making a rick, nor a loan of a horse, and thereforenbsp;he has no claim on me.” (That is, it is only iii these casesnbsp;that I am bound according to our agreement.)

Cl3ltl5ATl [comsAji] ; c. coppAirh, arrangements for waking a corpse, candles, amp;c. ; c. pCfCA, arrangements for celebratingnbsp;a marriage (stéAp understood, but not used in this connection ;nbsp;in fact it is rarely used at all).

dSttlUA (rn nasal) [córhpA], coffin.

Ctinx)i)r.AS, canvas.

CtiflUAS, pi. cuncAifi, mformation; Bi AiiA-CüncAipi ’5e ajv a c-peAn .Almpip, he had a lot of interesting information aboutnbsp;old times.

CtlK/AtT), care, one’s family or concern, anxiety : 50 Bpaja’ ‘Dia Of cionn ¦DO CtifAim tu, God spare you over your family;

cii a’ oéAUA'ó AiiA-óófAim ‘DO ituiincif HA BAice peo 1 SCürtinAi-óe, the people of this place are always interested innbsp;you (inquiring for you, anxious about you); Ca aii tCAptijA-Onbsp;A [¦oe] óófAm ’pAinn Atioip, the manuring (of the land) isnbsp;engaging our thoughts now ; Bi AriA-CtipAm acu Ann, they werenbsp;very much concerned for him (a sick man); jah éinne Beitnbsp;’ha CtipAm, without anyone to look after him.

Ct1KU.lt;X(!:quot;, g. cup''pAi5, bog, marsh ; tiipje cuppAij, boggy water :— cupfAigte, adj., boggy, t^ tiAntip cnppAigce Ann (the landnbsp;is of) a boggy nature.

CtlTlSbk, a course, retreat (see under pé 7), occasion ; ni Bao’ CnppAi jAipe é, it is no laughing-matter; 1 jctippAi, in regard tonbsp;(very common) ; 1 gcüppAi puipeAC Ann coiciAnCA, ni Bba’ónbsp;fénbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;teïf, as regards staying there constantly, he

would not be very pleased. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;•

TiATiA : ni ¦oa'oa é pin, that is nothing. “ Cao At^ vv a -óéAn’ Annpon ? ”nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ ’Oa’oa.” “ What are you doing there ? ”

“ Nothing.” “ Ip BeA5 a’ Cui’o é pm, a mic ó ’’ ivik-yo), “ Ihat

-ocr page 82-

68

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

is not much, my boy.” 11i fAiö •oa’da 50 •oï Atf\ 50 'oct aii tA fou, there had 'been absolutely nothing the matter with himnbsp;until that day (-oi for -ocT ?) ; if fui TjAnA niAnfA niAic, anbsp;good dog is worth anything ; riA ¦oéin OAriA -óe fin, don’tnbsp;mind that, treat it as nothing ; tAtiAff Ainn ¦oa'oa -ótm: Afnbsp;JfAt) é teijeAf, I would give you anything for the sake ofnbsp;curing him. ’Oa’oa .1. An fCAnAn a tjionn tfcig r^cteice ém.

¦OXMtilCftl {dhy-heenquot;), a tub, a little vat.

’DAbA or uAttA, likeness, parallel; also (as prep.) regarding, in the matter of, to return to. 11i tié mo tiAtA-fA ’5e, his case isnbsp;not on all fours with mine (the subject of if is understood innbsp;the prep. pro. Aije, “ what he has is not my case ”) ; UAtA sa’nbsp;Tiélnne, just like everyone else ; xiAtA An fgeAt ó ciaha,nbsp;referring to the story (told) a while ago, (-o. as prep, commonlynbsp;takes accusative) ; ¦oipeAC ¦daIa nA nibfAitfe iiéin, exactlynbsp;like the friars themselves ; fin é ¦daVa *00 fgeAi fo, that isnbsp;the parallel of your story ; fé au -oaLa ceAtuiA ’ge ’n feóit é,nbsp;the same applies to meat; fin é Af nuALA 50 téif, that is justnbsp;like us all, that is the way with all of us ; fin é ¦OAtcA ja’nbsp;uao’ f uu, that is the way in all cases ; fin é UAttA ah c-f aoJaiI,nbsp;such is life.

’OAbbAITIAtÖ5 [¦OAttAmtóg] : no ónif fé An n. Af nA ¦OAOine, he befooled the people.

“OAnAlT) (dhan-eedquot;), a loss, a sorrow: if ¦OAnAin wjinn An c-feAnA-beAn, we miss the old woman very much ; bu AAnAinnbsp;Aóib é belt A5 imteAéc, they felt it very much that he wasnbsp;about to leave.

’OAOfÓeACC (connected with nAoi) ; nA bi a’ motA-ó ua tiaoi-¦OeAccA (dheequot;öch-tha), do not praise what is worthless ; ni béinn Ag inotAt) nA n. be n-Aoinne, I would not praise anyonenbsp;who had no good points.

¦oeACquot;A11ieACü, difficulty (although the adjective is niocAtf, dyukquot;ir) : 6uif fon 1 n-oeACAifeAóc riitif mé, that puzzled menbsp;very much.

¦OCAS- (prefix meaning good, pron. ncA or né or dye) : neA-tiAome, the good ; né-óürhAifte, good counsel.

’oeAtS» ®'' fborn : fAgAig nA ¦oeitquot;i5ini cfion CofA, the thorns will prick your feet.

-ocr page 83-

6g

NOUNS.

’OGAItlUA [¦oeAttfArii], ƒ., good appearance, resemblance : anoip, A gApftiiri, cA An T). opc, now, my boy, that’s something likenbsp;it; nin Aon t). Ap An tipocAt pon, that word is no use, does notnbsp;sound well; nin Aon rni--óeArhpA Aige teip, he is not unlikenbsp;him ; ip mu [’oe] -oeAttipA ’5e te pAot nA pgittmg, it looksnbsp;more like a sixpence than a shilling ; ip mn 'oeAttipA a Puip ah Panbsp;intnuO Aip néin, many is the appearance this day wore, thisnbsp;has been a very changeable day ; tA pon xgt;e AeAriipA Aip,nbsp;he has that appearance ; “ lopAT) tii, ” AppA An ppiopAi-o.nbsp;“ Ua pé ‘06 -oeAriipA opc,” AppA An peAp, “ I’ll devour you,’'nbsp;said the ghost to the man.—“ You look as if you would,” henbsp;answered. (Note that pppio does not give the correct pronunciation of ppiopAio, because the p is broad) ; oeArh''pAó,nbsp;like caio AiiA-OeArhpAó te-n-A Céite, they are very likenbsp;one another ; 'oeAtfipAijeAtin pé 50 ö’eA'ó, it seems so.

’OGATIAltlRC {danquot;a-hirt), pi. -i, a flea. [’OpeAncAi'o not

heard.]

’OeA'RAS'dll, bream.

¦OeATinA, palm of hand: cpoi-óe a’ -oeApnA, the centre of his palm ; cpoiOe oeApnA -ónine.

“OGACACquot;, g. oeA'cAij, smoke (c for initial o also heard).

‘OGipiRl’ÓGAÓC or -oeipip, g. ¦oeiquot;pipeAC, ƒ., difference ; n’péi-oip nA pAit) plop nA TieipipeAC (or ‘oeipipiAeACc’) acu, perhaps they didnbsp;not know better (the difference).

¦OGlTfC : bn’ 'óéipc ‘oó pAn, it was high time for it.

“OGlRlIin (merely the English word “ daring ”) : bn’ AÓ1’ teAc 50 ‘oéAnA'ó 'oêipinn opc a bemip, you would imagine that theynbsp;were trying to challenge you. “ Ha -oéin é pin.” “ 'OéAnpA’o,nbsp;mApA, niA’p ‘oéipinn opc é.”nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ Don’t do that.”—“ Indeed I

will, if it daunts you.”

DGOC. When asking someone in the house to bring us a drink of water we say : cAbAip ’m [¦oom] neoe ’nn uipce, give me anbsp;drink of water (the ’un is for “oen—the article is used becausenbsp;the reference is to the water-supply in the house, An uipce aCanbsp;ipci5 aca) ; the article would not be used if there were anbsp;contrast with another kind of drink, e.g., ci’ aca ¦oeoC uipce nonbsp;¦oeoó tcAunA tug cti ijO ? ; nor would it be used, e.g., by someone out in the fields who asks for a drink from a well, cAbAipnbsp;¦oeoc uipce CujAm, he would say. Note that in the followingnbsp;list, all the initial letters should probably be aspirated : -oeoC

-ocr page 84-

70

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

öAiTine, • T). nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;¦o. DeofAó, t). menise, T). fAite, X).

‘oi\i3óca, xgt;. ïiiocAite, t). pioTiA.—It might be thought that, in ¦oeoc ’tm uifce, the ’tin is simply the article An, without ¦oe,nbsp;hut the doubt is removed by the following example ; ni Dónbsp;yon A tug mé An Deoc’«n tnyce aóc do n-A DyiCAiy. (llófAnbsp;tli ÓinnéiDe),

“OlAlDAl., devil. The following sentences, though worth noting, would not be used by anyone with a name for good manners ;nbsp;tA DiAöAt mnA Aije, he has an awful wife ; ca DiAöAt De tteAtinbsp;Alge, he has a wonderful wife ; so too, WAttAy cApAiti, a mostnbsp;wicked horse ; diaUaI, ne cApAyy, an amazingly good horse ;nbsp;D. is also used as an intensitive like “ devilish ” in English ;nbsp;If DiAOAy byoAg An Dtnne é.

quot;OIAC (a euphemism for DiAóAy) : “ foyyA ’yioD ye mimVciy.”— “ 1y DÓÖA 50 n-ioypAD mimyciy a’ diaC do.” “ You wouldnbsp;eat as much as a minister.”—“ I suppose a minister wouldnbsp;eat the deuce’s own lot of it.”—Hap é a’ diaC Dom é, mo tignbsp;DO D’yAgAinc Ap tog m’AtAiy 1 mo mtóAiy mé Aim (last twonbsp;words very short—meh-un) ? Is it not the deuce’s ownnbsp;hardship on me to leav^e my home where my father and mothernbsp;reared me ?

“OTCBAI, [ó=t], one’s best : ly d. dó, mA tA yé yA möAiye-müy yóy, he is hardly in town yet; DióeAyAó, adj., may take thenbsp;place of the noun in preceding phrase ; ui BytllgeAD mo DiteAynbsp;1' D’fAiye, though I were to do my best I could not watchnbsp;her ; iy d. dó, m^ ca yé ciiptA uyiAiu A’y cyi yiéiD, the mostnbsp;he can be is a couple of years and three score ; óiiai’ yé óunnbsp;mo Ditiy oym é DéAtiAD, it put me to the pin of my collarnbsp;to do it; rhuiye, riAy yoopAig Ay uDiteAt i ! may our greatestnbsp;efforts fail to stop her (from going away)—said in bitternessnbsp;of one whose departure means no loss.

’OTCélbie (final e often omitted), nonsense, Dicéiy’ yeAD ah oUAiy yiu Ay yAD, that proceeding is quite nonsensical; uiiinbsp;Aim aC Dicéiyye, it is nothing but nonsense, foolishness.

quot;Olrig, a wedge : do ómy yé d. teiy, put a wedge under it ; pi. DlugyeAóA.

DlriE1U''inT, indentures : tA Ati céAymA cAitce Aige, tA yé c’y-éiy A D. Do tAyyAiugc, his term is up, he has drawn his indentures.

’OnlHA-’ÓGAttlflA : ï)i gA’ Uao’ yuD ’ua DitiyA-DeAmyA, buD i yiti mAibiti a’ c-yeó, everything was in utter confusion, thatnbsp;was a terrible morning.

-ocr page 85-

71

NOUNS.

*01Üquot;tlACAS, sensation of “ pins and needles : ” fé pun é -onipACAf tiaC bu’ ¦ÓÓ1’ teAC so mbéAt) biopAin An ppuicAt), n. givesnbsp;rise to the belief that pins are pricking you. See 5^1 pin.

‘Oilje, pi. ¦otisce (dlifteh), a law ; put) or nuine a Cup Ap tAirh HA tJtige, to bring a case or a person before the law ; biot)Apnbsp;) nnv^e te-n-A bétte, they were at law with one another.

T)11t1SG, authority : né au cup ipceAó aca ’sue opiu ? Tlti t)é au Tttiupe tamp; ’sue opm Cuu a beicA’ bAiuc pApAiru nioni ? Whatnbsp;right have you to interfere with me ? What authoritynbsp;have you over me that you try to get satisfaction of me ?nbsp;[utisiupe, authority, jurisdiction—Diet.]

*00 in phrase b’otc-A-nó [b’otc au tiois, it was a bad arrangement] : n’otc-A-uO s’ap CAicticeAc A tuic pé, it was a pity, a misfortune that it (the mishap) befell a Catholic. (The phrasenbsp;is very common, no other form of it than b’otc-A-uó is heard.)

¦D0i;gCeACC, a burning, often figuratively : 1)0 béAt) ¦oóiSceAóc opc, you would feel vexed and annoyed.

“OOntlTIGACC {dhin”yochf), depth : -oé au n. tA pAu uipse ’5e ’u pfopA ? What is the depth of water at the pier ?

‘0-0mquot;ACtl01“Óe : tA -o. opm mAp JeAtt Aip, I am grieved, downhearted, because of it. (’OonimA-O, poverty ; pouimA-O, wealth, O.I.—De H.) “o-omACpoiAeAC, adj.

‘001T1quot;AtAS [¦oombtAf], gall; n., fiu-é au pun ip peipi [peipbi] Auu, that is the bitterest thing in the world.

'OOTtlTlAC CASCA, Easter Sunday. *0. ua ):Aitquot;ime (T=f, not fw) [pAitme], Palm Sunday. CéA-OAoïu a’ ÜpAit, Spy Wednesday.nbsp;“OeApnAoiu UA CumAoiuquot;eA6, Holy Thursday. Aoiue aunbsp;CéApcA, Good Friday. SAtAipu CApcA (sahquot;-har-un), Holynbsp;Saturday. SeACcAiu UeAuuAigte ua pAipe, Holy Week.nbsp;’OéAp’OAoïu UA b-AbtAiuue, Corpus Christi.

quot;OOUAS, gen. sing, nuipip, pi. noippe, a door, also figuratively : 5a’ béiuue a’ cup a’ uutteAiu ó-u-a tiopAp béiu, everyonenbsp;trying to shift the blame from his own shoulders.

*OOTin, pi. -oópue, fist : Iau noipu (dhirn), a handful; cuip Pau no ¦óoipu ne pAtAuu pA CopcAu -| belt) AUAipte mAit Ague, put anbsp;handful of salt into the pot and you will have good s.oup ;nbsp;bi a’ pAu [pAtuAu] ’ua nopu Alge, he had the spade in his hand.nbsp;(“Oopu is the hand closed on itself, or closed around a barnbsp;or stick.) “Ö1U pé au nopu nub opm, uiop A’pAj pé ppAcAnbsp;UA uieACAU AjAm, he dealt dishonestly with me and left me

-ocr page 86-

72

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

neither potato nor parsnip, (cAipéio, pl.—i, a carrot) ; niop ¦óin fé ¦oopn •ouü tuppi ón tA a óeAtigAt fi é, he did not treat hernbsp;unfairly since the day she married him. (t). ¦out) refers tonbsp;a “ black swop ” between children.)

t)UeAC-C111, stanza : AbAip ¦opeAó-ciii eite, pé ’p 'oorhAn -oe, sing another stanza at all events.

¦OUeip-tlTl, g. npeipeAp, pl. ¦opeip-iup or ¦opeipéApAóA, sister.

’ORÖ [¦oopujA], pl. quot;opo-ci, ƒ., a fishing-line ; also. pl. 'ouipigte.

’OltO’tl AIÜII, \or tAcAt] ; t)Ain mé xt. Ap, I conceived a suspicion of him, or therefrom.

¦DTI 111111, possession : Ca mé Amu’ -oe Apuim a aje Aige, he has deprived me of possession of the house {or tA mé cupcA ¦oenbsp;Opuim An cige Aije) ; bevó au peAp boCc CAp ¦ópuim au cijenbsp;1 mbtiA'ónA, mA tA pé CAp éip beiti’óig 00 óAitteAtfiAiuü,nbsp;the poor man will be evicted this year, if some of his cattlenbsp;have perished.

¦O HAT) At A 1^6, a stupid person : ac {ath), a -OuAOAtAije ! get out you stupid man !

¦OtiAIg, a dark recess by the road-side.

T)tlAb5AS, pl. -btiAtsAipi, obligation.

T)t1A11 [ouftAu], a fishing-hook (dhoo-an”). Distinguish the pronunciation from the following.

T)tlA11 {dhoo quot;un), a poem (only as follows) : ni bpuAip pi pgéAt uA otiAii 0 tom UA15, she got neither tale nor tidings fromnbsp;him since.

T)VIAllAb''bA [oubAii-AttA], spider; ip ciirhAptA mtip o’AImpip bpotAtAó, UA ouAnAtquot;tAi belt ipcig in Aóquot;ApAnn 1 scüinïAéAnbsp;nA bpAttAi (b=w), spiders in the crannies of walls are a surenbsp;sign of sultry weather ; tcAbA ouAnAttA, a cobweb.

“OtllT), a listening attitude : Tiiii-o, cpoc ¦ouine a béA-ó A5 éipceAéc teAc 1 SAii plop ‘DU1C, ¦o., the attitude of a person who listensnbsp;to you unawares ; péAó a’ ¦oui’o aca Aip, see how he listens ;nbsp;•otiiT)ipe, such a person, cf. ctuApAi-öe.

¦01311111 (very common), reluctance : Üa ¦otiinn opc ¦out a -OeAii-A-Ó, you are unwilling to do it.

¦OIJ11111111 [¦ooipnin], the handgrip of a scythe. The shaft is cpAnn UA ppeite.

T)H111AS or mAp tiümAp pretending : tA 50 teóp minipcéipi Ag imteAóc mAp pin, mAp ¦óOmAp 50 ivoAttpAi'oip nA ¦oAoïne,nbsp;some ministers go about, dressed in that way (i.e., like priests).

-ocr page 87-

73

NOUNS.

as though they could deceive the people ; Oiot) beAn a’ cije Ag gtAoC ’ruf [ap uóf] a’ (io)tquot;i$, ¦otirriAf 50 ö’é a’ coiteAcquot; anbsp;OéAt) a’ jLaoO 50 jCMippeAt) fi ua peipiOipig ’tia pui’óe, thenbsp;mistress used to call like the cock, pretending it was the cocknbsp;crowing, so that she might make the servants get up.

’OÜtltlA'tl'xM'Ó©, ‘ouirie “otip téip.

T)13Ca[1$] ƒ., country, district; tA péApA ua 'oütA f.abAtcA aó mo óuiTi Uéiu, the hay-crops of the country-side, with thenbsp;exception of mine, have been saved.—(Note that péAp, bAiune,nbsp;pAitiBpeAf and a great many other words may take a pluralnbsp;form, if there is reference to different owners or differentnbsp;lots : CA bAiuui a’ OAite peo Ag X)ul, 50 ’oci ci ’u tiAócAip,nbsp;all the milkings of this townland go to the creamery ; öAittgnbsp;UA pAignmipi (side-oorquot;ee) pAiObpeAfAi {sevquot;russ-ee) ua cAtpAC,nbsp;the soldiers gathered up all the various treasures of the city;nbsp;tA uipgi Au nouiAiu Ag éipge pA pUAb piu, ever so many differentnbsp;watercourses arise in that mountain. (See under eopuAnbsp;below).

tDlJtCx^S, nature, nativity : t)’é au aic peo ¦00 bAite-’óüttAip ? Is this your native place ?

é/dUAIb, booty, prey, advantage ; ip cpopcA au éATiAit iatd, they are very cross things (a common word applied to turkeys,nbsp;dogs and other animals) ; tp mAit au éAtiAit aCa cu -o’ pAitc,nbsp;UA bAiuimin au Aium te’u btouAg ! a nice bargain you arenbsp;getting, let us not take the good name from the lard ! ;nbsp;¦opAe nAbc Aip gup mAit au éAnAit tü, the mischief a doubtnbsp;about it but you are a nice piece of goods. (“OpAe is frequentlynbsp;heard :nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ ’vé’n pcéAt AtA Ague ? ”—“ Au quot;opAe pcéAt,”

“ What news have you ? ” “ Not a scrap.”—quot;OpAe, au quot;opAC are corruptions of -oon pé, a harmless equivalent ofnbsp;¦0011 -OlAbAt).

eAt)quot;01xt:A [eAOAppu-ó], dinner, dinner-time : tA pé ’n ’cA-ooptA, it is dinner-time ; bi-oip Ag imteAtc 1 bpotAip cuitquot; eAtCAUnbsp;[cui-oeAtcAu] c’péip cAnoptA ’OoitiuAig, they used to go innbsp;company with others after dinner on Sundays.

6A11, pi. éAutAóA, u silent, bird.

(ÏAUÜA [AptA, O.R.], a charm ; tA e. ua ppeite ’ge tiAoiue, some people have a charm for the scythe (do not need to sharpennbsp;it); a’ cup cAptAi, setting charms.

-ocr page 88-

74

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

eASA-1l, g. eAf|VAó, ƒ., litter, bedding ; fi lt;5,n nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;i|'nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;a

jeópA i, tA ¦oottiAT) ¦oe’n BpéAf cfite, it is the best bedding you could get, there is a great deal of grass through it.nbsp;'©ASpobÖI’D [abfotóiT)], absolution. (For interchange of consonants compare Afbat, ocLóip.)

'eAquot;üAbA or iquot;-tALA, fl. CAtAtAi, haggard [lottAuu, g.—Aiuue, ƒ.]. 'é1T)e, vestment: éi-oe tamp;tAt, no éine -ouV), black (mourning)nbsp;vestments.

‘ÖipeACC, importance, significance, value : ¦oé an éipeaCc ati c-AifceAp fou Afi cApAtt peoCAf. coipróce ? What is thatnbsp;journey to a horse in contrast with pedestrians ?

¦élbeAltl, a claim, or claiming what is due ; ftpuit ao’ pun te héiteArii Alge opm ? Do I owe him anything? Sin peAn-éiLeAtfi Ac^ pé A gtAoc opni, that is an old debt which he isnbsp;claiming from me.

OlblgélK, a finishér, plasterer or slater ; eitigéipeAcc, trade of plasterer. (Apparently from some English root, perhapsnbsp;“elegant.” Like boic-Ait it may have come from an earlynbsp;English form.)

a tall, streelish woman ; bean Apt) nA béAti a cum èAtiAig cptlfnn uippi peat) eitic, an e. is a tall woman untidy in hernbsp;dress. By sarcasm, from eitic, a fawn, or doe.nbsp;€nneACCquot;A1T1tl, a good turn, benefit : eineAóCAinn no néan’nbsp;oppA, to do them a good turn, confer a favour on them.

(*Ve-eequot;)-pti5e, cheating: cA cu a’ néanan éipge-ptige opin, you are cheating me. Also of a treacherous attack.

'éf-tl-blS, earnest (money) ; ap óuip cu éi-p-tip ann ? Did you give earnest ? [lapiaip].

refusal : cAbappait) pé an c-eiceaóquot; (tyit-ochquot;) noni,. he will refuse me.

eiC11t, a sandbank, a bare patch in a field ; the pi. eicpeaóa is applied to a cloud divided up into parallel rows ; tA bpeagnbsp;paifipait) óïpeA UA tieicpeaóa Ap ati aep ; b’péinip te peApcAiunnbsp;Ciocpaini'p, AÓC bpéinip eite tiaó ean, acc te bpotatt ; beintpnbsp;map A bean ppaiCeAutiA i bpAipc péip no pA-bpi pa ngainirh,nbsp;like swaths in a hay-field, or like the ridges in the sand ofnbsp;the sea-shore. (FA-bpi can be used also to describe a corrugated-iron roof).

-ocr page 89-

75

NOUNS.

lt;iÖLAS, knowledge of the road, address (of letter) : nin êinne in nil no’nnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;ac a rtitUncifi .a ftjruit eótAj' a’ óoi’Ain acu,

no one is able for the strand but those who know the path ; Cé tog méAp Ap eólAf ‘ouic Ap An mbotAp pon (or 50 'oci Annbsp;Cl’ peo), who gave you precise directions to this road (or tonbsp;this house). (Said in astonishment to one who was notnbsp;expected to find the way.) ITléAp-Ap-eötAp is the Irish description of the figure of a hand, painted on a wall, with the index-finger outstretched to show the way.

€01I11A, pi. eóp-ntoncA, barley {pi. denotes the crops of different owners) ; similarly, coipce, pi. coipci or coipcioncA ; ApöAp,nbsp;pi. Apüinci).

quot;PAIC, gen. pAice, ƒ., a bit, a scrap : nin pé a’ néAnAt) pAice teip, he is not doing any harm to him. Pron. fwgck.

VAIg, pi. pAige, a prophet: pAigniit, indulging in wild ravings : tA pé a’ p.

¦pAIbhl^GAll (fwal-eequot;an) [for pAittéAn=pAi‘o-téAn, long sorrow, woe or disaster I, abandonment: ti’pAs pé Ap p. é, he leftnbsp;him in the lurch ; geAtPAitn ¦otnc 50 öpuit p. Aip Anoip, Inbsp;promise you he is done for now, there is an end to him. (Heardnbsp;several times). ’O’pAg pé Ap p. An c-ApftAp Ap An ngopc,nbsp;he let the corn rot on the ground ; p. m ótit or pmAt in ént,nbsp;destruction to your hair.

I'AlllhGÖS (n=t) a swallow.

paralysis : tAinig p. on öpuAéc lonAin. üa p. lonncA.

pAlültT), a seam : coca jau p., a seamless garment.

pAhlSAOU, g.—A, palsy, trembling fit, convulsions ; neurasthenia ; ¦o’oibpi’ pé AmAó pA öpAttpAop, he worked into convulsions ;nbsp;ni pAit) Aon pAPtpAop Alin, he did not suffer from nervousnbsp;weakness.

pAtl, wandering : A5 imteAóc Ap p., to go off a homeless wanderer ; uAip pAii A tAgAt) pé, he used to come an odd time ; pAUAé,nbsp;adj.; tA uA ci$ce pauaó pA SeAUA-pobAt, the houses arenbsp;few and far between in Old Parish ; An ppAitpin pAnAt, thenbsp;labourer with no fixed abode.

PAIIAIUG, a wandering man, one without a comrade ; often also pAnAipe=pó-t)uine; Pin Aon J^otAinn pA pApóipce pinnbsp;Ate ’5e pAnAipe, in that parish, it is only an odd person (onenbsp;here and there) who knows Irish.

-ocr page 90-

76

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

f. Alt' fA féipéAt, he the cows are gone

pAT1quot;CA1S, faintness (phantasia) : tAimg fainted in church.

¦pAOlbftI [pibin] : ca ua bA imijce a [Af] p. gadding.

p.^SAC, a desert, a wilderness, an empty place : ca An ci’ feo ’nA pAfAó, this house is unoccupied (so too of bare patches innbsp;tilled field).

pACAt) ; bi -pACA’n jAife ’ua béAt, a faint smile was on his lips. PAtA15amp;quot;AC [fAtAC], a giant.

peAtJAS, improvement : nin ao’ piuc pcAbAif a’ ¦out Aip, he is not getting a whit better. (See under ¦out.)nbsp;pGAbt, pity, disappointment; uac; miif a’ peAtt é ? Is it notnbsp;a sad state of affairs ? CiufpeA'O pé pcAtt ope beic anbsp;péAèAinc Aip, to look at him would make you feel sad (if thenbsp;reference is to a man, epuAj is preferred); -OmeAg peAit Aip, pênbsp;’cu bu’ cioncAé, i béin nö au peipibipeAó, he was mishandled,nbsp;whoever was responsible, the mistress or the servant (of anbsp;sick man unfairly treated).nbsp;peAH, ff. pip, pi. peApAib, a man.

pCAU/dtlAC, an animal that grazes ; ca au peipm ticigee [teijce] ArtiAC Alge Cun péApAnAó, he has let out his land for grazing.nbsp;pGIt!)!, see under bun ; [used as a verb : itncig i pei'ót uanbsp;bA, go and mind the cows : bpua ua bA pBIntte Ague ?nbsp;A’paii pé a’ pGIPt (nti i bpei’ót) An cige, he stayed to mindnbsp;the house. The verb oititn, to nurse or tend, wiU furnishnbsp;the other tenses as required. 0’C.]nbsp;pélbeAC.5l1, butterfly.

pélUftl, a present; ip otc a’ péipïn aca Aige (said of one with a toothache).

peiRTtI, g. peipmeAc, ƒ., a farm ; ci’ ua peipmeAC, the farm-house ; peipm-uip or peam-Onp, a farmer (No i-sound heard after ni,nbsp;hence hyphen), ipeig i -ocig peipm-üpA, in a farmer’s house ;nbsp;cig UA niuinape, dwelling house.nbsp;pGÖIb, ff. peótA, ƒ., meat, flesh : Ag ite ua peótA puAipe, calumniating ; nin ao’ piuc *oe’n bpeóit rhApb Aip, he has no lack ofnbsp;vitality.

pBOlRbllltl, a farthing.

p601CTie {fyunequot;eh), a puff of wind ; ni pAib p. gAOite Ann, there was not a puff of wind.

-ocr page 91-

77

NOUNS.

VI'. a curse; óuif fé p Af, he gave a curse. [From ¦oAf fiA*.

p. is an old name for God.—DeH.] piAC, pi. fiAóA, debt. The phrase Ti’fiAóAiï) is pron. a ¦óiACAif.nbsp;Tii -óéAnfAt) fé ao’ put) ac a’ pun a üéAt) a -óiACAif Aif, henbsp;would do nothing except what he was obliged to do ; Uu -óói’nbsp;teif tiA ¦DAoitie 50 öfuitim 1 BfiACA Ague, people might thinknbsp;I am in your debt.

piACAIh, pi. fiActA, a tooth ; UAtiifinif gpeim piAct’ AfAc, they would bite you ; ¦00 Cuif fé a fiACAit in Acquot;AfAnn Ann, henbsp;put his tooth into him.

piAgAltDe [fiA-OAitie], pi. fiAgAfOte, a huntsman. pfAIICAS [fiA-oAncAf], wildness ; ca numuf'cA fi'AncAif a’ bAincnbsp;teif All A1C feo, this place is too wild,nbsp;pith (fyle) pi. fUtiAéA or fIttini {fy-leequot;nee), a wrinkle (in cloth),nbsp;a fold. The verb is fittim, I fold ; -ó’f lit {yile) fé, he folded.nbsp;The verb. n. is poitteAti or fittcAt) ; ¦oéin au c-éATiAt a ti’nbsp;foitteAt) Agtif cfom A ctif Aif üAf oitiCe, fold up the clothnbsp;and leave a weight on it over night.nbsp;plthClACA or fi'tciAóA, weeds, pi. of fiAtiAite, ƒ. : if otc Annbsp;fi-ite An puf-feAó bui-óe, charlock is an ül weed. puf-fCAó or pfA-feAó or pp-fCAc gives the pronunciation fairlynbsp;well. The first syllable has the R-vowel, and is like thenbsp;second syllable of “ supper ” as pronounced in Ireland :

sup’r.’

pill 1135. a window. pltlSItig, an ash-tree.

(Note.—p slender in last two words.)

piOS, g. peAfA, knowledge : beAn peAfA, a “ wise woman,” one with secret lore : beiA piop beipte nü cAUtce AgAin, I wülnbsp;know whether I have lost or gained ; ca piop bpeit no béAfCAmnbsp;Anoif AgAm, I know whether I’ve won or am going to win ;nbsp;CA piof bpeic no béAptAtn Anoif aca, they know now whonbsp;has won or is going to win—“ bpeic no béAftAm ” seems to benbsp;a fixed phrase, and is used of all persons and numbersnbsp;though strictly it refers to first person plural. t)i gA’ Uaoiinbsp;piof AIC1, she knew everything ; bi piof gA’ uao’ pun Aige, henbsp;knew everything ; b’pn'i -óoib piop a belt acu Ap gA’ bAo’ pópenbsp;tuig [tuib] A -o’pAfAnn cpi-o a’ ucAtArh, it would repay themnbsp;to know every herb that grows.

-ocr page 92-

78

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE

p’tAIR [putAi-p] ; Tii ü-p’tAif ¦ouic nü öi cu rnUtce, it was well for you or you were ruined (that you were not ruined) ; titnbsp;Op’tAin ‘OÓ An CApAtt iAp|tAinn a Beit Atge, it was well fornbsp;him that he had his bicycle. ¦p’LAip stands for pop Ait—nbsp;see Dinneen’s Diet.—which means “ too much,” ni BputAijtnbsp;would then mean “ it was not too much,” i.e., it was notnbsp;in excess of the needs of the case,” “ it was well ” : compare ntnbsp;mop -oom ; the people always translate it into English asnbsp;above) ; tli y’tAip no ip cApAtt mAit é, it must be a goodnbsp;horse ; tli p’tAip no Ba itiaiC An peAp é nuAip no Bi pé Ó5,nbsp;he must have been a good man in his youth. (Instead ofnbsp;ni p’tAip no, the verb cAitim is freely used—^less elegantly,nbsp;I dare say : cAitpit) pé Beit in a OApAtt mAit ; óAit pé Beitnbsp;111 A peAp mAit ; “ Bi' pé éeitpe pióm BtiApAin”—CAit pénbsp;Beit A tuitteAP, mAp Ba éuimn’ teip An ¦opoó-fAojAt,” “ Henbsp;was eighty.”—“ He must have been more (than that) ; henbsp;remembered the famine times.” Note another common usenbsp;of CAitim : cAitpiP mé An pcéAt pAn a Beit 50 epuinn AjAm,nbsp;I must learn that story exactly ; cAitpiP cu BpOig rhAit Beitnbsp;AgAc 1 5CÓIP nA ppoO-Aimpipe, you must have good bootsnbsp;for the bad weather.

pb0b,t, pi. pLeAtAnnA, fern., a shower accompanied by heavy wind : tA pteAc rinlp a’ ceACc, CAp pA Bpuitint (Bpu pronouncednbsp;like vw), a shower is coming, take shelter. Ca pug An pteAtnbsp;oppAiO ?—puAipeAmAip ¦out 1 psaO coip {thir).Where didnbsp;the shower overtake you ? ”—“ We managed to get undernbsp;the shelter of a bush.”—(See Diet. ptAióe, a blast of wind.nbsp;¦pteAt, used also in North Connaught, is related to Eng. “ flaw ” :nbsp;the skipper “watched where the veering flaw did blow”).

poJtK, a quick rush : a’ •ocABAppA p. Am'Ap AmAipeAé ? Wül you take a run over (i.e., from west to east) to-morrow ?nbsp;D’péipip 50 PcABAppA pogA 0 PeAp óugAm, perhaps younbsp;might come southwards to see me. DAinpeaP pé p. Ap, henbsp;would have a dash at him (said of a big dog that attacks andnbsp;shakes a little one just for an instant and then lets him off.)nbsp;pogA itiAgAip : fit pé p. rh. po BAinc AfAinn, he tried to pokenbsp;a bit of fun at us. See pó-pï below.

pOl^Tl© or pOi;5i'o (fwinequot;-yeh, fwide), patience ; Bi peipeAp ua poigne cAitce ’gAm, what remained of my patience evaporated;

-ocr page 93-

79

NOUNS.

n1 üpUljeA-ó i'é poigneArfi (fwine-yuv) teócA, he cannot have patience with them, put up with them ; cA pé pó-rhï-pOlJueAónbsp;{vee-inequot;-yoch), he is too impatient.nbsp;pOUAS, depth, foundation : Cuai-ó pé CAp a popAp -] ‘oo üA-OAg é,nbsp;he went beyond his depth and was drowned.nbsp;pO'Rquot;'mA’0, envy : Piot) ua jeAppóAiU a’ popmAn Pe n-A óéite,nbsp;the girls used to vie with one another.nbsp;pORÜACCquot;, power, freedom : urn aou popcACcquot; CAiuce ’5e, henbsp;has no power of voice.

pÓ-Sf, a man or an animal without stamina, i.e., ua Pca-O pcAptfiAO in pAu obAip ; ni pAib Ann aóc pogA pó-pi, he was capablenbsp;of a spurt and no more.

pUAItTI, g. puAime, ƒ., a sound, pronunciation ; nAC tincAó An puAim AtA ’cu ? What a strange pronunciation they have !nbsp;ptlISTlélS [pAipnéip], information, a search for information : nAnbsp;CAbAip Aon puipnéip ¦oóib, give them no information ; cAnbsp;piAT) a’ puipnêii—a’ topg cuAipipge mAp ua piteApp, theynbsp;are making inquiries—seeking for information like the police.nbsp;pvilCITIU, shelter : cAp ipceAó pA Ppuitinc, come into the shelter ;nbsp;belt) pOInc p. ajaui ó pnA ctAiquot;CeACA, the ditches will affordnbsp;me some protection. (Note pi. of ctAitie, so cpAiquot;teAóA isnbsp;pi. of cponSe).The gen. potquot;AnA, though not used afternbsp;pome above, is often heard, e.g., Agup 50 pAib An c-AnAninbsp;boóc Ap tAob nA pocAnA AgAC, A CigeApnA, and may younbsp;bring the poor soul, O Lord, to the region where there is shelternbsp;from woe {lit., may you have it—or keep it—on the shelterednbsp;side).

pi3Tl’0A11Tl6A‘0 (foonquot;-yah-made) (Latin, fundamentum), nt bptlijinn Aon p. “oo bAinc Ap, I could give no explanationnbsp;of it, pick no meaning out of it.

5Ab, pi. gAtnA, illness : bi'onn gAt beAg ’n-A tuAig Ainquot;AnnA •oe’n mbtiAin, he gets somewhat unwell at times during the year ;nbsp;fcA 1 ¦ocAitige gAitin beAg A buAbAt) An c-Am po bUAnA,,nbsp;he is accustomed to a little bout of illness at this season ofnbsp;the year.

5Ab.dT1 or geAtAn, a burst of sunshine : tA g. bpeAg gpéine Anoip Ann, there is a fine burst of sunshine now ; geAtAn, the whitenbsp;of the eye.

-ocr page 94-

8o

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

gAttlAltl, jAtfiriA, ƒ., a yearling.

SATTlAtt, a soft, foolish person.

5AOh, relationship ; jAot i OpAn AtriAC tA ’ge téiCe, he is only distantly related to her; tA pOInpeAit gAoit ajaiti teAc,nbsp;there is some trace {lit. a rinsing) of kinship between me andnbsp;you. On how to translate “ first cousins ”, see end of book,nbsp;“A Pew Notes on Grammar.” (Verbs, 5).

5ATIA1, pi. 5Apquot;-e-te, field of potatoes ; gopc is generally used for other tillage, pAipc for grassland. Still pAipc eópuA,nbsp;pAipc ApftAip are quite common. (NaturaUy, because youngnbsp;corn is like grass.)

5 AC A [sa], a gaff.

5eAhACquot;,- g. seAtAigequot;, ƒ., the moon. 5- is used of the moon as a giver of light. quot;Ré is the moon as a measurer of time.nbsp;must be used when referring to the rising or setting ofnbsp;the moon, or to its phases. Ré is also used of the moon asnbsp;a disc, Af CiopA uA pé, on the edge of the moon ; pé uuaP,nbsp;pé tAU, tA ATI pé Ag Cipge, CA AU pé Ag out 1 UT)eipquot;lueAéC.nbsp;We may say : Ca au pé Ap au Aep, or Ca au geAtAé Ap au Aep,nbsp;but apparently in the latter case we are referring to the light ofnbsp;the moon rather than to the time of night which its presencenbsp;in the sky would indicate. I have been corrected for saying,nbsp;t)i Au pé Ap Au Aep Au oipóe piu, when I meant that therenbsp;was moonlight that night. (“ Ca au geAtAé Ap au Aep,”nbsp;incorrect according to flopA 11 i Ciuuéme ; she uses geAtAénbsp;only of brightness or light of moon, and would say Ca (au 1)nbsp;geAtAé Auu). Ca au pé Ag ¦out ciiige, the moon is setting.

gamp;tVhh, gen. and pi. gitt, m. wager : Ca au geAtt goice {gut-eh'i [gAöCA] AgAui I have won the wager; cuippm mé geAttnbsp;teAC, I wül make a bet with you ; ui éuippiuu mo éeAuu 1nbsp;ugeAtt teip, I would not stake my life on it; óuipeAt)Ap geAttnbsp;te u- A ééite, they made a wager ; bAiuquot;ig1 piAp AfAib péiu,nbsp;UI a’ pioé Ap pou gitt aCa piD, slacken your speed, you arenbsp;not running for a wager ; geAtt te, equal to, same as, like ;nbsp;b1 pé geAtt te beiC cicim, he was on the point of falling ;nbsp;“ Ap Cic pé ? t)u’ geAtt teip no.” “ Did he fall ?

“ Almost.” ’OubAipc pé, aou aic ua buAitcAp au ctog uaC geAtt te ceAmpAtt iu ao’ éop é, he said that wherever thenbsp;bell was not rung, it was not like a church at all.

-ocr page 95-

8i

NOUNS.

geAtilAH, green blade (of corn or any crop) braird: ca ati c-ApuAft ’riA JeAriiAp Anoip, the corn is up now; tamp; manbsp;cupriAipi a’ jeAtripugAt), the turnips are showing a greennbsp;top over the ground.

5 ©Aftquot;ACAC [^eAppcAC], an unfledged bird; if gcAt reip au öpiAó ‘OUÖ A g. petu (the English equivalent is, “every crownbsp;thinks it’s own young the whitest ”).

SCAU-CiJIS, cleverness, sharpness: Ca cu a’ ¦out 1 ngéAp-ciiip opm, you are using too much subtlety against me ; adj. géAp-CUipeAC, keen-witted.

JCAUUAU, cut : If niAiC a’ tuig [iuio] é. fin Cun 5eAftAi’óequot;ACA ¦oo tC1$eAf, that is a good herb for curing cuts.

geiU, a start: öAinfeA-ó fé geic AfAc, it would startle you ; geicmrhAlt, adj. : ca au CApAtt AnA-geicmrhAit, the horse isnbsp;very flighty.

SISlC-US (gigquot;ul-us), a tickling: g. oo Cup Ap Ouine, to tickle a person.

510bbA {gyuV'ah), a driver: giottAi'öequot;ACc or giotiAO, driving; giottAO, to drive : m üfuigeA-ó pi Cinne a oeAUfAt) é giotlAt)nbsp;•Ö1, she could not get any one to drive him for her ; cApAequot;penbsp;[cAippéApAi-óe] also means “driver.”

JIOKIIA’OATI, a sore swelling : mo gioppAOATl cu, you are talking nonsense, lit. “ you give me a pain ! ”

510TlTlATlAlb [gioppA auaPa], shortness of breath.

Jl-ttACquot; [gipp-fiAO], gen. same, pi. gi-pquot;-igce, a hare.

5bAtt1xMTl© {glawquot;mir-eh), peAnnfup 00 OeAO Ag UAinc feóóAOAn Af ApüAp, a tongs or pincers for picking thistles out of corn—nbsp;from gtAmAt), to clutch at (in local English, people say, e.g.,nbsp; he was glawming at me in the dark ”). gpcAmAipe is anothernbsp;name for this instrument.

5bA1TlA1Tie {glomquot;ir-eh), a brawler ; gt.AmAipeACc, brawling.

5b.dniAT1 (m=v) [gtAiu, a murmur], complaining, grumbling : biouu CÓ fA ugtArhAu 1 gcótfiuuitie.

5bAS, gen. gtuif, a lock : Cuip au gtAf Ap au Tiopuf, lock the door ; cuipfip au pminéip gtAf Ap au -oopuf ¦oüiuu, thenbsp;carpenter will put a lock on the door for us ; cia Cuip au gtAfnbsp;ifceAC 'oib ? AU fióiuéip, Who fitted on the lock for you ?nbsp;the carpenter.

^beACAlUe, a trickster.

-ocr page 96-

82

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

5t,eiCeAKAri (glehquot;har-au)n), hurry, bustle (a favourite word) : ï’i 5-nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;S-^’ uélnne, cé bu’ fcüifge be^t) a’nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Aije,

every one was working feverishly to see who would have his corn saved first ; Almpip jbeiteAp^uAt, Airnpip au pojrhAip,nbsp;harvest is a busy time : ueArii-jteiüeApAriAé, not too busy,nbsp;moderately busy.

511115111 [giinciri], a man with the giddy ways of a boy.

5l10inACquot;, pi. 5l,eAiTiquot;-Ai5, lobster.

50t)AT1, a calf’s muzzle, often used figuratively : tiaó é au céATgt; jobAu A óuipquot;eA5 ’uA béAt é ? Is not that the practice tonbsp;which he was accustomed from childhood ?

5011quot;seAC {goylequot;shuch), an earwig.

501116, proximity, nearness ; ioppAt) pé tü ’a pA5tA ’ua joipe, he would devour you if you went near him ; au ua Pa ’p anbsp;tuAippib cii TiA cAp 1 mo 50ipe, long as you live and for twonbsp;days longer do not come near me.

50IÜ [gocA-ó], Ap Jolt éigiti, somehow or other.

5011A’0, a fit of illness, lit. a roasting ; puAip pé 5. müp 1 nibtiAriA ; PA5auu (p=fw) pé jopAi' beAgA or bioun gopAi bcAjA ’tiAnbsp;¦ÓIA15, he gets little turns of illness. [C05 5. ¦oe’u ceiue, take anbsp;heat of the fire ; a’ cup puAp 5., said of heating iron whitenbsp;for welding.—0’C.]

511A’0, love ; ip mti pwo a ¦oeipimi-o 1 ujpAt) belt a’ cAlrit, many a thing we say just for the sake of talk. 5t'^t)rhAp (graw'xor),nbsp;generous, loving, good-hearted.

51IAIC, ƒ., a shout (of rage) : óuip pé jpAit Ap, he gave a shout (of rage); “ cotiAc a’ ¦oiAbAii (dee”il) piu oppA ”, AppA pi ; bu’nbsp;cumA PéiCe aC au JpAit piu ‘oo Cup Aipce, “ an increase ofnbsp;that devilish luck to them,” said she ; she merely wanted tonbsp;let off steam.

51l©1in, grip, stitch : tA pi a’ pjAoiteAt) ua ujpeAmAUUA, she is taking out the stitches ; a’ cup speAtuA, putting in a stitch,nbsp;doing a little sewing ; pAu 50 rubéApAiJ pi Ap a jpeAuiAuuAnbsp;(of a fire) wait tUl it catches up its stitches, wait tUl it is wellnbsp;alight, (c/., pAU 50 mbéApAit) mé Ap mo JpeAmAuuA, “waitnbsp;till I get steam up—get into my stride—get into full workingnbsp;order ”).

51115111, stagnation of the blood : cobtAb Jpipiu, “ pins and needles.” See ¦oiupACAp.

-ocr page 97-

83

NOUNS.

5T110S.AC, the red embers, the gleed : .dii a nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;on the

embers ; also what is cooked on the gleed, as tamp; j^iofAC ceitie Alge.

5TttJC [stmt], curds : Gi Ati c-lm ’tiA jfitió, the butter was in curds.

5Tll3ltlAquot;in (rh=v ; ó nasal), cockles (sheU-fish).

(1) gCÜtiAUpAt) (Gi:=w) : ni óui|tpiTiri mé tiéiri 1 5ctiTgt;AGpA-o teifgt; I would not compare myself to him, would not compete withnbsp;him (said contemptuously) ; Oi fé amp; geut' 1 5- teif a’ cffoftiAi-ó-eAéc, he was comparing them with eternity.—The word isnbsp;pronounced 1 geü-o 1 üpAn (it may be a compound with com).

gtllUe, guitjce (ghit-eh) and gui-OeAuriA, ƒ., a prayer, a good wish : cuip pé guróe au pobAit é, get him prayed for at Mass ;nbsp;“ CogAf, A TIahó, ATI Gpuiginri {a wye-ing) pAimp pé teiC a

pAt) 'DO PAIT) ? ”-“ éipe, A OeATI. TIa UAUAip ATI gUltre ÓUtflATlg

go ¦oeo ACC ATI gui-óe pAippiug 00 puA mAipO go téip,” “ TeU me, Nano, is it right for me to say a prayer for Pat alone ? ”nbsp;(Pat was her late husband) “ Nonsense, woman. Never saynbsp;the narrow (restricted) prayer but the broad and generousnbsp;(universal) one for aU the dead.” The proper answer wouldnbsp;have been ; geoöcA, Aéc att pAtorp pAipping a pat) in a niAit).nbsp;gvii'óe or gui’óeAóATTc is the verbal noun.—meansnbsp;an evU wish, a curse ; verbal noun, guineAnoipeAdc : tia bi Agnbsp;gtii'óeA’oóipeACc, stop cursing ; ni tuicpit) a óuto pin gnitieAnnAnbsp;opcmquot;pA, Ms curses wiU not fall on me ; nA gac te n-A cumnbsp;pin gintieAnnA, pay no heed to her curses ; ip lincAC An peApnbsp;gtn-óeAnnA (no gintice) é, he is much prone to cursing.

lAbb, gen., éiite, pi. i''AttAéA, ƒ., shoe-lace ; a leash for greyhounds,

It^TTRACC, an attempt, a throw, a stroke : tug pé lAppAóc ne Ctoé ¦oó, he gave him a blow of a stone ; tug pé lAppAócAinbsp;mupA -óóib, he made several cutting remarks to them : anbsp;¦o’lAppAt) lAppAtcAi mAgAit) bAinc ApAC, trying to flick younbsp;with ridicule ; cAbAip lAppAéc Aip, attempt it (same as bain

CpiAlb Ap).

lASgtMUeACC, fishing : tAin Ag 1.

ItniRCf, (im-ir-heequot;), ƒ., removal, migration, (imipge variant of imipCe, cf. comAipCe : comAipge) ; ta ’te IPuipe na n-imiptinbsp;the 25th March reckoned as New Year’s Day in former times,nbsp;the day on which annual tenancies expired and new engage-

-ocr page 98-

84

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.'

ments were made with labourers for twelve months’ service. (The ordinary name for the Feast of the Annunciation is tA ’tenbsp;[t4 félle] nim|\e tT14fCA, and for the Assumption 14 ’tenbsp;¦mutpe. móp fA tjTojttiAp).nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;ii-élfigit) {nire-eequot;) c’lmipci

leAC, may your change of dwelling be a prosperous one ; tio Gio’OAp Ag.-DéAnArh imipce, they were moving out.

llTlónfOttl [im-in-eev), concern : ni a gnu a’ ¦DéAiiA'ó An-i. no, he was much concerned about his work. InifnioriiAccnbsp;(im-an-eevquot;-ocht) [imfniotfiAó, industrious], industry ; fé a ii-i.nbsp;Uéin A mn Tn é, it was her own industry that did it for her.

ItlClTin {inquot;-a-hing), gen. -e, ƒ., brains.

IllT1 ©Abb {ingquot;yul), pi. Innte, a trap ; Ap inneAtt, in good form for work, “ ready to spring.”

Incinn, intention : Ap An incmn pm a tAini’ mé, it was with that intention I, came.

lOlllAlt) (umquot;ah), rivalry, competition : ni pAjAinn m iomAi-ó teip, I would not compete with him.

fOtilA (m=«) [totfiAig] gen. same, a statue, image. The word is sometimes heard as lotfiAn ; the final n has come from thenbsp;article or from riAotn which often follows ; i. nA ITlAignine,nbsp;i. llAorii pAnpAig.

lOllAT) (i-nAu), place (for something) ; loiiAn age, site of a house ; ioha-o coip •omne, a human footprint (piAn c. n. also) ;nbsp;lonAt) -oo Coipe, the mark of your foot; Oi lonA-o comne AgAmnbsp;leip, I bad an appointment to meet him. The phrase in ion At)nbsp;is rarely heard, in aic is used instead. feAp lonA-o tie pp a’nbsp;ucAtAni, God’s representative in this world, Christ’s Vicar onnbsp;earth. (The phrase sounds like peAp-nu-o-Aequot; Ap a’ ‘ocAiAtti.)

lOllJA {ung-ah), pi., longnAt (ung-a-nee or ing-a-nee), finger- or toe-nail: tA cup pé longAin opm, I am suffering from a whitloe.nbsp;longA also means a hoof.

lOllgA^UnA, a wonder (like UncAp, the i is usually heard after article) ; ip beAg a’ c-iUnA go mAippeAA nA tJAoine i ttpAt)nbsp;Annpo, little wonder that the people live a long time here.

10T15A11CAS=UncAp : pin é An c-UncAp a bi opm, that was what astonished me.

lOSCATl {issquot;cur) [opcAp, a bound, a leap] : nin lopcAp meAOpAó (or céille) Aige, he has not a particle of understanding (ornbsp;sense). It represents upgAp, opgAp, a jewel or opgAp, a bound,nbsp;a leap. For pronunc. compare lopuAp for opuAp.

-ocr page 99-

85

NOUNS.

fl. lofgAi-oi, back of knee : W tn’io]*5Ai’oi a’ tub^tniA 1 mo gtüriA a’ cnocAit (of one who remains kneeling too long),nbsp;my knees were bending and knitting—my knees were wobbling.

tAUAK, g., tA-óAife, ƒ., the hand with the fingers held apart for clasping ;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;poGpa bunch of flowers.

bAlthtlG, pi. tAirhm' (lavmquot;yeh, lawn-yeequot;) [tAiminti],¦ a glove. E.M.I. Idmhann, ƒ.

bAll, a filling, contents : cmupit) mé An tAn acA Anni'o ctn'oc, I will put the contents of this (gun) through you ; t. meansnbsp;also a cartridge.—For bAn as adj. see cAome.

bditlATI, a bladder, the inner tube of a bicycle (I have heard pucog for the cover) : CAitpAp An tAn^n a tioiiAA 1 Annf on a rhuinéAtnbsp;A -ó’-p^pgA-ó 50 T)Ain5eAn -j cóp’o[a] a Cuia Aip óun nA béAAnbsp;Aon pAgAitc ’ge’n gAoC piué AmAó ; ’a piuCpAp, béAA fénbsp;’nA tiobAp (description of how to fill a football. Note thatnbsp;5A0Ó, not Aep, is used of the air in the bladder). Some speakersnbsp;use tAUAn for tAn, a cartridge, but it is generally rejected innbsp;this sense. See Aep.

bATlgA, ling (a fish). Ling, a kind of heather, is ppAoó nA loótAnnAó.

bAT15quot;A1’Oe (lwongquot;id-eh), spancel. [Same as tAnj-pecep in Cormac’s Glossary, “ long fetter,” for npCAtt pA-oA.—De H.]

bA'nquot;C'RélTl (or tAncpéit), a lantern.

I.A0[5], g- and pi. tAoi[5], a calf.

lAS-TR, pi. tAfpACA, a flame.

LASÖ5, a flame, anything that lights up of a sudden : ca ah a’ in Aon tApoj AriiAin, the house is all ablaze. Pron. tupog.

b At AIR, a plot (in a graveyard) ; a flower bed ; place for threshing corn.

beAt)A, g. tCAbtAn (b=p), pi. teAbtACA (lap-ochquot;uh), a bed ; ’a mbéA-ó bucAet) uipse AgAm, cAicpinn 1 pnA teAbtAé’ [opjpAibnbsp;é, if I had a bucket of water, I would throw it on you in bed ;nbsp;ctiinAi teAbtAn, bed-clothes ; tA pé pA tcAbAiP, he is in bed ;nbsp;tA pé Ap An tCAbA, he is ill abed ; teAbA-tuije-peotcA {holequot;-thah), childbirth : tA pi in a t., she is in confinement; (Ca pinbsp;c’péip teAnb A belt aici, she has had a child. t)peit is usednbsp;as a rule only of the lower animals : Ap pns An bo ? Uonbsp;pug.—Has the cow calved ? Yes ; tA An bo beipte, thenbsp;cow ha.ï calved).

-ocr page 100-

86

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

LeAC, g'en. tice, dat. tic, pl. Icaca or teACjiACxi, ƒ., a flagstone : teAc All nige'-ciAin, the washing-stone ; OAin Af a’ tic ¦oó énbsp;(pronounce -oó é here to rhyme with go ’way), or caiC fA ticnbsp;¦OÓ é, have it out with him, show him that what he said aboutnbsp;you is false (people used to ring a coin on a flagstone to seenbsp;if it were good or bad, and hence the above expression maynbsp;be translated, “ ring his story on the flagstone cf clear evidencenbsp;and prove to him that it is counterfeit ”) ; ctnp Ap a’ tic oónbsp;é, have a clear understanding with him {e.g., as to the termsnbsp;of a bargain you have made with him)—In the first editionnbsp;of this work bAin Ap a tic oó é was translated “ make himnbsp;pay on the nail ” (f.c., make him give you immediate satisfaction) and this was adopted by Dr. Dinneen (see Diet.) but 1nbsp;am now inclined to doubt its accuracy.nbsp;beAC [LeAt], a half, beit is used in such phrases as ÓÜ15 piiigenbsp;(fingquot;-eh) 50 teic, five-pence ha’penny. LeAt is a commonnbsp;prefix. ieA’ bpog, aii odd boot, and so of all things formingnbsp;a pair. beAt followed by an adjective usually becomes teA’,nbsp;and aspirates the first letter of adj., except when it beginsnbsp;with c. With nouns, when it is used as an adjective, thenbsp;same rule applies : teA’ rhite, a half-mile (half is an adjectivenbsp;prefix ; we do not mean “one half of a mile ”) ; tea’ ótoó,nbsp;a half-stone (weight) ; Ica’ comiA, a half-ton ; Iba’ c’póiminbsp;[teAt copóm] a half-crown ; tea’ pitigin, tea’ piuge, a halfpenny ; tea’ fobpan (havquot;ran) a half-sovereign (but teatnbsp;pobpaiii is much commoner) ; tea’ •oopap, pronounced tea’nbsp;copap ; néanpAi-ó ceami tea’-fajap an 5110, a half-size onenbsp;will do. On the other hand, when teat is a noun it isnbsp;pronounced tead and followed by the genitive : bi teaCnbsp;ptiatAioe 1 mo lAiiti, the half of a needle was in my hand.nbsp;If we said tea’ puatai-o, it would mean a small but completenbsp;needle.

teACb-f, pl. teaót-iatia, [teat-taiAeJ a shaft of a car (as if teat-dtaiAe). Insome Déipe districts boin (vode) is heard instead of t. beA’-pbd’Öce {lah-flikequot;-eh) [pteiAce, a stump], a half-foolishnbsp;or silly person : t. oa ea-o é, he was half-simple.nbsp;bBASUjAl!), manure ; cuipeann pé an aoipoe pin teapaijte apnbsp;a’ ¦ocatam ga’ baon btiain, he puts that depth (indicatingnbsp;amount) of manure on the land every year.nbsp;béITlB, pl. téinepeaCa, a shirt.

-ocr page 101-

87

NOUNS.

tcice, g teiceAn, ƒ., porridge, stirabout.

teiÜélT), s. ƒ. 2 ; A teitéTo CéA'ouA AgAui-fA, I have one of the same kind ; -oo jAt) a teitéi-o flop a’ botAp, a certainnbsp;man went down the road. A teitéiT) peo is used in beginningnbsp;a conversation, and appears equivalent to “ I wish to speaknbsp;to you on a certain matter ” : “A teitém peo, Ap n’Aipijnbsp;CÜ CAT) A bAiri 00 SeAu ? ”nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;‘1 By the way, did you hear what

happened to John ? ”—“ tli peAnAp mé, a AtAip, aóc a teitém peo t)’ AipiJ mé,” “ I don’t know, Father, but I heard somethingnbsp;like the following .nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;. ” ca a teitéiv) -o’pocAt atiu, there

is such a word ; teitém tia bovóée Auoéc (on) a night like this (on such a night as this) ; leitém a’ tA lu-oniO (on) anbsp;day like this, also teitém au tAe inmu.nbsp;bGICITl [ticip], g. teicquot;ipe, pi. teicquot;peAóA, a letter : t. quot;oo óup pénbsp;CüucAp, to register a letter ; Ca tbA piugiu ¦oeipquot;ipeAé Ap teicipnbsp;aCa pé éüucAp, a registered letter costs twopence extra.nbsp;tG1ÜÓ5, plaice.

beötl [teAitiAu] (lone), a moth : Ca mo Cuit) éAiDAig 50 téip iCce ’5e puA teóiu, all my clothes are moth-eaten. (beAttiAu,nbsp;an elm-tree, m=v.)

1-ÏAS [téAp], corn-stalk. Cf. -oiAp, gen. oéipe. biTI6, pi. tiuci, a clutch : tiue 00 Cup pé CeApc 5uip, to put anbsp;clutch under a clucking hen ; peo ceAuu coppA te coip uanbsp;tiue, take this odd egg to go with the setting—(the settingnbsp;contained a dozen).

LTOtl : t. cije, all the members of a household. bfOtlAtl [sea-weed], water-moss ; au cobAp tAu ne tiouAunbsp;uAiCue, the well is full of dark-green moss,nbsp;bios, gen. teApA, pi. tiopuA : beAu a’ teApA, the fairy mistress ofnbsp;the fort.

bfCIS, a bright white colour : Ca au pAippge Cu’ geAt te ticip, the sea is as bright as t., i.e., shining like silver. I havenbsp;also heard tiocAip : ip jeAtt te tiocAip é, it is like t.nbsp;bnJUAlUe, nuiue ¦oiorhAoiu jau riiAit, a listener, an eavesdropper :nbsp;¦ouiue beAC) X)é [1 -ocAob] piAp Tiioc Agtip aj éipceAóc teACnbsp;1 5AU hop 0010 ; tiiiOAiCieACc, act of so listening.nbsp;bl1üTlA1$ [tiujpAC], act of shouting : po'CApAm -] tiupAig i cupnbsp;A bAite, noise and shouting and general uproar.

-ocr page 102-

88

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

LoCAt) : niAinif^ te “o’ CuiTi-fe quot;óe, if AmiArii cü i. ó«t' tocAt) as far as you are concerned you seldom pressed it onnbsp;them; uiop fitufeAt) rriAp toc^t) optu é, answer to “ Did younbsp;get your dinner there ? ”—“ It wasn’t offered to me,” lit.nbsp;“ I wasn’t pressed.”—A5 tocA-ó bó, forcing the cow to yieldnbsp;more milk.

tÖCAn, chaff ; tA pé óu’ TiiocAip {dyukir, ¦oeACAip) ¦o’peAp pAiAftip ¦out 50 ‘oci fUA piAiquot;tif te lUAtA tóóAiu f^AoiieAt) teif Annbsp;njAot 1 é ftAiUujAt) tAp n-Aip Apipc, it is as hard for a richnbsp;man to go to heaven as it is to gather up a hag full of chaffnbsp;after tossing it to the wind.

hOCC, fault; todcujAt), finding fault with : ni A toócugA-ó Ac,Jim : I am not finding fault with him.

hOtTIAD : ‘0111 pé a’ toniA’ó-tuAin ceApc opm-pA, he made a clean sweep of all I had. The phrase comes from the song, Sca^aiinbsp;Ö *Ouiï)ip.

h'UA[C], (old form PuajU, cf. the doublets togrhAp, buAóriiAp) price, value : CAftAip ’um Pua’ 'óa pm^in ne coIdac Agup Iua’ cipcitinnbsp;¦o’ p-^n, give me twopence worth of tobacco and fourpencenbsp;worth of bread ; ip rtiAiC a Iua’ Aipgi-o é pin, that is a finenbsp;price ; teAó-A-tuA’ [teAt], half price. (beAC-cpeApgAipc isnbsp;used of reduced rate ; puAipeAp ceAnn Ap teAó-cpeApjAipc,nbsp;I got one at a reduced price).

btlAITlÜeATl [tuAitpeAn], heavy dust (of the road), lit. ashes : tA nio Cui-o éA-OAig miuce ’5e t. a’ üótAip (0=vw), my clothesnbsp;are spoiled by the dust of the road.

bUASjAri or iops^n (deep p), a frog. (This word has been heard several times ; it does not appear to be in use elsewhere.)nbsp;[O.I. tuA^. The frog is not indigenous.—De H. ApApAunbsp;also used.—McS.]

bl3D, gen. tüibe pi. tubA, ƒ., a loop ; adj., tübAó : peAp tübAó,. tAimp, a man, strong and supple; tübAipeAóc, tricking;nbsp;tA An t. in A epoitie pmo, peAóAin é, he is a trickster to thenbsp;core—be on your guard against him.

btiC, gen. Pinóe, pi. tuCa, ƒ., a mouse.

biaC (very deep i) [pfit] ; nin Aon tnt ’n-A tnArhnA, he has no activity in his bones ; he is stiff in his joints, tüó meansnbsp;also the inner side of each of the three joints of the finger;—nbsp;each of the three sets of lines across the inner side of the fournbsp;fingers and the double set on the thumb.

-ocr page 103-

89

NOUNS.

ttlCAISUe (deep t), an abatement, a saving, discount : puAipeAf tucAifce fA óiof, I got a reduction of rent; nu’ riiup a’nbsp;t«c.4ifce ¦oorhfA (dhooquot;sa—ni nasal) ’A pAgA-ó pi a’ bAiuc uanbsp;TieAnuog Arm, it would be a great lessening (of labour) fornbsp;me if she were to cut down the nettles there ; cAbAip tucAipcenbsp;¦óom 50 rmiotpAit) mé tia mucA, extend my time for paymentnbsp;until I sell the pigs.

bU15 [tuib], pi. tuibeAimA {lee-quot;an-ah), a herb, btnge [tAg], weakness : tuippmif 1 tuige tu, they would makenbsp;you faint. buigeAóquot;Ap, weakness. See pAncAip.nbsp;btll5equot;0ATl, a lying in bed ill: uaC gAipm a’ t. a fii Ap a’ bpeApnbsp;boCc ! how short a time the poor man was confined to bed !nbsp;riA pAib ’ato pm -oe t. btiAii’ opc ! may you not be ill a-bednbsp;for that length of time during the year ! (Said by a beggar ;nbsp;the ’ai-o pin refers to the length of time the mistress was innbsp;getting the alms for her ; ’ai-o ’p a bi beAn a’ cige a’ pineA-ó nAnbsp;pingne óun beAii ua -oéipce. The btiAu’ is for bUA-ónA, gen.nbsp;case).

rriAC, pi. iTiAcne [see Did. tuAicne], a son ; niAc peo, a comical character, a “ play-boy ” ; ingeAu peo is also heard—tTlAcne,nbsp;c- broad and n- slender, cf. mApnéAtAó below. tPAcne is notnbsp;said of brothers (ctAun itiAc) but of the sons of differentnbsp;parents.

ITIAC A, farmyard.

mAUTlAl gATlia [gApbA], dog-fishes, coarse fish of the shark species, also called pcAitpIni. This seems a corruption ofnbsp;“ sculpion,” but the fish is not the sculpion.

TbAgAt), mockery : ni teAbAp mAp itiAgA-O é pm *00 téigeAtn, that book is “no joke” to read; ni b-obAip mAp itiAgAAnbsp;•out -oe pmbAt Ap pA-o go -oci Aip-o ttlóip Ap po, it is no jokenbsp;to walk all the way from here to Ardmore.nbsp;niATO’n, g. same, pi. mAi-oniAóA, ƒ., morning ; 1 p-uC nA mAi-o’n,nbsp;in the course of the morning. (The -o’n is sounded like thenbsp;“ -den ” in “ wooden,” “ wood’n.”)nbsp;niAI^ISCnAS (my-ish,-fhrawquot;us), pi. mAlgipcpApAtA, mistress.nbsp;ITIAITlg, woe, trouble : gAn Aon rriAipg (rh=w) opc ! Not a bitnbsp;of trouble to you ! (said to a singer at end of song) ; ip mAipignbsp;¦0Ó OuipeAnn é béin pA p-uócA pon, ni -ö’pAcpA-ó pé it’n biA

-ocr page 104-

90

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

TiA fiuöAt TiA ftije lotiAtn ; it is a shame for him to work himself up into that excited condition, he would make menbsp;lose my appetite and my power of walking (a reference tonbsp;a public speaker).

TnAIUIACC [meipöeAóc], listlessness : tA m. oprn te ceAp ua tiAImpipe, I feel listless owing to the warm weather.

ITlAIRItl Cbftirh, or triAitiu Ctünti, black, furry caterpillar; also known contemptuously as ftlAipm ctAiriie (cloy) ; ctAime=nbsp;mange. The generic word piAfc is also used.

TTIAISO, ƒ., good appearance, beauty : uaC iriUp a’ riiAipe Aip au mein pin ? Is not that amount (of weeding and tidying up)nbsp;a great improvement to it (i.e., the garden) ; ip mop aunbsp;rriAipe Ap feAu-öpóig bttcPA, a buckle is a great set-off to annbsp;old shoe ; ni pAitt Aon riiAipe ’nA Cum oibpe, his work w,asnbsp;slovenly ; mAipnnt, handsome, comely, presentable (persons ornbsp;things).—iriAipe means also decency, honourable behaviour :nbsp;'DioniAp CAiPtce teip An ocpAi—bA rhAic a’ niAipe ó beAn Annbsp;age ; teAg pi Ap bopn CugAinn méite bi inneAriiAit non pi,nbsp;we were dead from hunger, but the beAn ah age rose to thenbsp;occasion, and served us a meal fit for the king ; (o beAn Annbsp;age=(the behaviour that came) from her ; bA niAit a’ rnAipe=nbsp;was a good kind of decency). bA tAg a’ riiAipe ó beAn Annbsp;age nAp n’piApptni; ninn An pAtb béAt opAinn, the mistressnbsp;showed up poorly, as she never asked were we hungry.

TnAISbin mAnpA, a saucy little dog.

IT) Alt or mAitCAp, ƒ., goodness ; no pm a’ tAinnmb mAit An norhAin, this day has done a lot of good ; né [An] riiAic (tti=w) beiC a’nbsp;CAinc ? What good is talk ? Ip mtip a’ rfiAit gAn Aonnbsp;pcoipm no teACc, it is a great blessing that no storm hasnbsp;come ; ni béinn a gcocugAn Ap a mAiteAp, I would not supportnbsp;them for all they are worth ; bn’ tnti niogbAib a nm pe uanbsp;niAitCAp, he did more harm than good.

TDAlAlUC, exchange, something different : ni bpUlgeAn pe belt ’uA itiAtAipc, he could not be otherwise ; nin Aon neAttpAnbsp;nA ifiAlAipc, there is no appearance to the contrary ; bemnbsp;pib peApb go teop ne tip mAtAipc, you will be sorry enoughnbsp;for your change (of people going to America) ; néAnpAn mAtAipcnbsp;Ap mo pgiAn te-n Cop, I wül swop my knife for your top ;nbsp;néAnpAn mAtAipc mo pgine Ap no top (same) ; néAnpAnnbsp;mAtAipc pgine teAc, I Will swop knives with you ; uaC neAp

-ocr page 105-

91

NOUNS.

piAtTiAfAó é ¦] A ttiAtAt|\c fiti ifcig Alge, IS he not nice and complimentary, although his real sentiments are quite thenbsp;opposite ; rn'ri aou niAic ’tia niAtAipc, nothing else is any use ;nbsp;uiu pi Of ’a rriAiAipc acu, they know nothing else (nothingnbsp;better) ; tA a niAtAipc ¦oe ctipAm opm, I have something else,nbsp;something quite different, to trouble me ; ca-o ip uiAtAipunbsp;bpóiu Ann ? mei-óip, what is the opposite of grief ? mirth.

niATlA, ƒ., a sign, presage, omen : tA lUAnA Aeoip opm—tA cocAp im püite, my eyes are itching—that means I am in for a boutnbsp;of weeping; ca uiaua piubAit optn—tA cocAp ini lopgAiT)nbsp;(itching at the back of the knee, sign of a journey ; tA tuAn’nbsp;aó-AUaipc opm, a sign portending a change of bed {lit. pillow)nbsp;[Aó-A-óAipc=At-A-óAipc, and usually pronounced wronglynbsp;AtlAtiAipc] ; lUAii’ AipcpnijAt) teApAn (tCAbtAn), same asnbsp;preceding; tA niAUA cpenn cnArh opni, beip peoit Anoccnbsp;AgAinn, I have a feeling which means the picking of a bone ;nbsp;we’ll have meat to-night. (In the last two examples, thenbsp;kind of cocAp is not stated).

111-Atl11C, ƒ., space left by removing a piece : tA iu. rhup Aige Aipce, he has made a good gap in it (the barley) ; a gap innbsp;the teeth : tA m. auu, he is gap-toothed, he is a m-AuucAtAinbsp;or a m-AuucAipe.

111Aflquot;A5A'0 [rriApsAt)], pi. mApAjAiPe, market.

IllAUCAIjGACü, a “ lift ” : bi m. a^atu ‘oem tuin béiri, I had a lift (*.e., a car) of my own. Sb^Af is often used for this wordnbsp;in tiAite 11A ugAti. With tuApcAigeAcc the name of thenbsp;animal is often inserted, cAbAip ’um m. Ap a’ gcApAtt ponnbsp;or Ap All ApAt pou, which need not mean give me a ridenbsp;on that horse,” but “ give me a ride in the car drawn by thatnbsp;horse ” ; likewise, bi pé ipcij Ap ApAi means he was sittingnbsp;(or driving) in an ass’s cart.”

111 AUtlêAbAÓ [niAiptiéAtAc], a sailor. Note that p- broad is followed by u- slender ; so too cApue for cAipue pi. of cApu,nbsp;Apue (a sloe) for Aiprie and several other words ; compare alsonbsp;the spelling of cApcéin for cApcAou, a few lines further down,nbsp;p- broad followed by c- slender.

lIlGAÏIAItl, ƒ., g. meAbpAó, mind, intelligence : tiAó mup a’ rheAbAip é pm ? Is not that very clever ? 11i meAbAipnbsp;téite pm 5AT1 A belt ’ua CApcém Ap pA-o, she does not like,nbsp;is not satisfied, unless she is the commander-in-chief (in her

-ocr page 106-

92

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

own house). Hence ; meAï)fU''iSini, notice, observe : itie.dOt'ócA ’n -peAf ’quot;oen quot;óa to-p, fiu é a CuipcAp i jcofiitAcc uuAip anbsp;tiioun AU oi'óóe a’ acirn, you could notice a man betweennbsp;two bushes—that is the comparison used when the night isnbsp;falling (when there is reference to the night approaching)nbsp;but with enough light to distinguish a man from a bush.nbsp;tneAHTlAtl, a megrim, dizziness in the head.

IDGAt) (mdh), ƒ., scales; CAÜAip ’um a’ rheAt) 50 meAApAi’ mé Au peoit, give me the scales till I weigh the meat; Oip mcAAnbsp;Ap itieAt), you were vacillating (’¦oep Aa CürhAipie) ; rheAApAtuunbsp;CAA A CA^Apóó’ fé AO, I could estimate, form an opinion ofnbsp;what he might refer to (a is short in noun, long in verb.nbsp;meAAAim ; its past part. meAAce often=adj. cpom).nbsp;tTieA'Rquot;AÜVIb [mcApOAtt], a wandering of mind : lii pê a acahaAnbsp;meAfcAu meApAtuit no, it was making him confused ; éuAi’nbsp;pé éuu meApAtuit pA tuimpeAui, CuAig meApAcut pA éüirhpeAmnbsp;Aip, he went wrong in the count; b’péiAip gup meApAtutnbsp;A üAiu AO, perhaps he made a mistake ; bioAAp Ap meApAtut,nbsp;they were confused in their minds ; tA coauu AUA-meApquot;-AtAtAó AgAm, ui peAAAip mé cA teAgAim aou puA Ap mo tAim,nbsp;my mind is very confused, I don’t know where I put anything,nbsp;tnélbe, pi. méitciAóA, m., a meal; ip auu a Caicia a 5CUIAnbsp;méitcïAóA, it is there they take their meals.

1Tieibl1Tlin©AC [meitm-], a crafty and close-fisted person ; Aunie curhAU5 (coong) ’ua cpoiAe peAA meitimiueAó, one of narrownbsp;heart. Also peitimiueAó.

meitfri, a spade worn down small; caa tA mute aóc meitiu, she is but a shriveUed-up little creature,nbsp;ml, g. same, pi. mtouA, m., a month.nbsp;miCOltlG or miccipe [mAC cipe], pi. miccipi, a wolf.nbsp;tnibbGATI, blame : bi m. aici Ap a mAC 50 pAib pé a’ p^AipeAAnbsp;A coAA, she blamed her son for wasting her property,nbsp;¦nitflll [meou], mind, disposition: tA miuu gAtAutA Aige, he isnbsp;a man of honourable feeling.

tnOIbb {mwile), ƒ., g. moitte (mwill-eh), delay: tA mé a cimeAA moitte opt, a’ bAiiit moitte ApAt, I am delaying you ; cimeAAnbsp;AU Clot (cyuch) moitt opm, the shower delayed me ; óimeAAAgnbsp;AUA-riioitt opm, I was kept waiting ever so long ; ut öAinpiAnbsp;mé mopAu moitte ApAt, I wUl not detain you too long.

-ocr page 107-

93

NOUNS.

ItlOl-xX, same word as niutlA, lit., nave of wheel : m. ati uiö {iv), the round end or top of the egg (ceAtin ah tun, the pointed end).nbsp;mtiniTn [iTmimgiri], confidence, hope : ni ttpVlIJirA Aoti riiumitinbsp;(m=vw) A öeic Ague AfCA, you cannot trust them ; uin aounbsp;rhuiTiiu ’ge h-a’ noCcuip Af, the doctor has little hope of him.nbsp;ini3l11C-A11 [moiuceAu], rough, boggy land.

ITItlttA [deep t—miittAó], top ; foip (hir) Ap pAt) Ap rhut’ (tti=w) a’ ciuu, in the extreme east on top of the headland ; Ap rhup’nbsp;All c-pPéiöe (tlay), on the top of the mountain ; CuAig ahnbsp;mA-opA ’iiA rhuttA, the dog pounced on him (the kitten) ;nbsp;¦óéAppAit)e “ ’tiA riiuttA te h-Aori pun jeoGAP) au niAnpA pénbsp;n-A ï)«u ; a6c aou pun öeAn op a Ciouu néAppAi-óe “ OuAinnbsp;AU tUAnpA 1U AÓpAUU AUU.”

1TltlT1quot;A1Tlüte, pi. niuuquot;Aipcti, a sleeve ; cpuiuu'bg no rhuuAipcUquot;, fold up (tidy up) your sleeves, also cpiopAit no rh.

ITItlUATl [luuipeAp], family, household ; Ca uiupAp rntip Aip, he has a large family ; tA mupAp mup a cupAm opc, you havenbsp;a large famUy (to look after).

inuuCAti, great hardship, adventures. The word is really a man’s name, Morrogh of the Burnings, and has becomenbsp;synonymous with dire calamity : see Dictionary ; C’uuic pénbsp;mupóAn, Agup AU Cum eiPe n’eA (yaw) CuitteAccA, he passednbsp;through dreadful adventures ; CAöAppAn pé cAluc no’unbsp;c-ptuA’ TtlupcAin, he would speak to the host of Morroghnbsp;(said of a child), i.e., he is over-talkative and forward.nbsp;inuilCAb, 1 m., fleshiness: ua6 ioujaucaó (oonquot;thoch) au mupcAtnbsp;AtA pA teACAuóg pou, what a weight of flesh that broad lowsized man is carrying ! The genitive, mupcAii, is used asnbsp;an adjective : péAó ua nAoiue müpA mupcAit a Cujauu aunbsp;bAp teip, see the great stout people that death carries off ;nbsp;CA piAn AUA-rnupcAit, they are over-burthened with flesh.nbsp;niUquot;tAb [uiocAtt, 1 m.], a heavy cloud ; m. ruup nub.

TieAT), pi. ueAnpAóA, nest; aj ueAnugAn, nesting. néATh, a wink of sleep, a mad fit : uiop óonAiti5equot;Ap uéAPt tenbsp;peAécAiu, I did not sleep a wink for the last week ; cajauunbsp;uéAtt (or pit) luce, a sudden fit of madness seizes on her.;nbsp;lieAltl-PlPÓ (nyav’nee), nothing : biouu au tA ’ua ueAui-uin,nbsp;uuAip A biouu pgpiuiüipeAéc i téitóipeAóc néAucA ’guc, thenbsp;day is reduced to nothing by the time you have finished withnbsp;your reading and writing.

-ocr page 108-

94

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

IIGARC (often of excess) ; m'n ao* óofAn Ann ’5e neA^xc T'AocA-pugA'ó, there is no path owing to excessive tillage ; te ncApc cipceAccnbsp;Aijne A -Oin fé é, he did it because of his conscientiousness.nbsp;The genitive is used by some after neApc.

niOSSOlT) [neAfCoi-o], boil (sometimes without n) : ¦00 Opir Ap An n., the boil broke.

T1 Ifj’OAK-neA'OAU : 61' fé Af ninoAf-neA’OAf Af é cAüAifc üuaij, he was hesitating in a silly fashion about giving it. Fromnbsp;neotjAf, neuter; the phrase means “ going neither way,’^nbsp;“ being neutral.”

HO’ObA15 {nuV'ig), p. llonlAg, ƒ. Christmas. (The n is sometimes omitted) : go -ocusAi tiiA ’o^otAi^ niAic ¦Omc, a happy C.nbsp;to you. See under prep. uni.

TllJtn AITIC, a minute, an instant, esp. in phrase nuniAinc ua tiuAipe ; Af nuniAinc nA tiuAipe Oi fé cAf éif öAif {Xi—w), in a secondnbsp;he was dead ; ua bi ntiniAinc nA tiuAipe, do not be an instant;nbsp;tA fé ÖÜ15 nüniAinci Cun a cf1, it is five minutes to three ;nbsp;f-uCfATolf fUAf 1 miniAinc nA nuAipe, they would grow upnbsp;in a very short space of time : fAn nuniAinci'n, wait an instant.nbsp;(The latter word might do for “ second.”)

ÖTIT1AÓ [óf-fnAc], gold embroidery : ópnAc, btonn Ap éine au cfAgAipc .1. An obAip liionn Aip, gold embroidery is seen onnbsp;the priest’s vestment; nAC potufriiAp An c-OpnAC ¦00 bt Ap aunbsp;éi-oe fin, how brilliant was the embroidery on that vestment !

ÓRIIATO, a house luxuriously furnished, flashing with ornaments : opnAm fCAt) An C15 Ap fA-o, or tA An 015 fé ópnAiT) Ap fA-o.

p.d1flC, wish, affection. t)i AUA-pAipc Aige te “Oiin-gApbAn.

pAIUClOCC, partnership : tA ua peApAib t bp. te n-A Céite, the men are in partnership ; bAt) rhAit tiom rno p. in bpón anbsp;Cup in luit nuic, I would like to express my sympathy withnbsp;you in your sorrow (or more briefly ’pé mo bpón-f a no bpon-pA).

1DA1SC6, pi. pAifCAi, patch, spot of ground.

p’tlÖISCC, pi. p’póifciste, a parish.

petVCtX, a sin, pi. peACAi.

peACACquot;, a sinner, pi. peA'cAij.

P6ATISA, ƒ. a person, face : tA Aitne peAppA A5Am uippi, I know her to see her ; ip neAf a’ peApp’ eAjtAip’ é, he is a nicenbsp;clergyman (Clashmore.—This corresponds strictly to “ parson ”nbsp;according to etymology).

-ocr page 109-

95

NOUNS.

peA-Uquot;lReACC {patquot;ir-ocht), petting [peAcAipe^Cc] : cApAp AtiA-p. ¦00 •èéATiA'ó peótA, they have to be tended very carefully,nbsp;to be humoured (of things hard to rear, or corn hard to save—nbsp;teotA means, “ when dealing with them ”). ip rriAiC teipnbsp;Ati 5CAC p. A ‘óéAuA’ó Aip, the cat likes to be petted.

petLlUlt, a pillow.

piAUClRGACC {pee-adh-) [péA’oóipeAóc] : Ca có a’ piA'oóipeACc te ja’ tiAo’ pu'o, ui iicpA Ao’ pu-o tApc, you are meddling withnbsp;everything, you can’t let anything escape you ; ip UncAc a’nbsp;piA’ooip é jAU Aon pcui‘oéupquot;Ann Aon aw, how mischievousnbsp;he is, he is never at rest.

pTA'R’DAIh (peer-dhawl), ransacking, putting one’s hands into everything ; piAp-oAtAi je, one who ransacks.

pitéAll, a pillar, p’téip is a bullet.

pittfn, a cloth folded in a circle, and placed on the head when one is carrying a pitcher.

ping 1111 (pingin-eequot;) : p. An cije, house-money; ftio’O pi aj obAip Ap CutAic pio'OA pA mbtiAiu Ajup nA pinjini CücpA’ónbsp;[CorhA'opAt)] An jAppfin a’ ‘out 'oci An pjoit, her year’snbsp;wages were a sük dress and her boy’s school-expenses.

pfopAtl, m. spout.

pfOSA, a piece, a small portion : bup é pu-o é ua piopA wajaiP, it was just a bit of fun.

pfOÜAH, 1 deel., a periwinkle (shell-fish). Cipcin is a kind of small tapes ; jüjau, a kind of large sea-snail, the shell is aboutnbsp;three inches long, and one and a half wide at the mouth, thenbsp;“whelk.” pioCAn oip is blue, and has a flat top, shiningnbsp;like mother-of-pearl. CottAn, the sand-mya. See undernbsp;pjiAn.

p 113PAll {pyuvquot;ar) [piobAp], pepper.

pitlC [pioc], a tittle, a piece : nin piuc pA Ctoó pAn uaC ctoC Aippe-1Tlüipe, that stone is in every respect the same as thenbsp;Ardmore stone.

pbAlC, fern., bald patch on head.

pbAlCftl, knee-cap. [Also, bald patch on the head.—De H.J

pbAtl’DAOH, planter, settler : peAUA-ptAnpAop, au cé mbeAp a pInpeAp piAni Ann, a p.p. is one whose ancestors have beennbsp;always in the place.

-ocr page 110-

96

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

pt-AOSC, pl. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(plweeshg), a shell, the skull; au i:ouu aCa

ofc 50 ¦ocicint) Au oi’óce auua)' fA ptAofc opc ? Do you wish the night to come down on you ?

ptlAÜA or ptéACA : p. uiAit gAoite, a good gust of wind. For bpéACA .1. English, “ breath.”

pOllU, g. puipc, a heap or bank ; pope peAujAU (shing-awnquot;) an ant-heap; p. ua uaöauu, the river-bank. A word ofnbsp;precisely the same form means air or tune.

POUCATI, crab.

pÖSAt), pi. pópcAi', a marriage. Also wedding-feast, Oi pofAt) uiop oppA, there was a great wedding-feast in their honour.

pose, the post: ci’u poipc {tin fwisht), the post-office ; peAp a’ poipc, the post-man ; pspig tAp u-Aip CtigAui Ap a’ bpopcnbsp;céA-ouA, reply to me by return of post.

pUAltin, g. ppAiuneAó, necessity, need (a common word) : ui'u Aou ppAiuu AIC1 Auoif teip, she has no need of it now ; ¦oanbsp;mbut) p. ‘DO é ; if he should need it ; ppAiuueAó, adj. : aou awnbsp;bu’ ppAiuueAc tiow, DéAupAiuu é, I woxdd do it at any timenbsp;I should think necessary.

ptlAISeAC (p’r-shockquot;), g. ppAip'^e, thin porridge or gruel: ti. AU ppAipeAC beipijCe, the gruel is boiled ; tApAp a’beipiujADnbsp;UA ppAipje, the gruel is being boiled. (Note the differencenbsp;in pronunciation).

ptlltlAltie (w nasal] [pouAipe], beans.

ptlTlquot;ATl, g. puuAiuue, pi. puu'AuA, fern., sheaf.

pUC (c silent), ƒ., a puff ; breath ; put Dow auAP, a puff of my breath ; bi au put DéAUAó cAppAiugte Aije uuAip a tAiuijnbsp;a’ pAjApt, he had drawn his last breath when the priest came ;nbsp;uit put gAoite Auu AU0ÓC, there is not a breath of wind to-night.

•RA5quot;A11ine, nervousness and fatigue resulting from sleeplessness or from keeping late hours : cajauu p. Ap ’pioppA codpacanbsp;(cuV-ath-eh), p. arises from want of sleep ; tA wé Ap weApquot;AtuLnbsp;’5e pAgAipue UA boiDCe, my head is confused through thenbsp;night’s dissipation.

¦RA1SG {rashquot;-eh), a sudden fit of excitement or anger : uuAip a tIUepAD AU p. Aip.

UAtlgADdilb {rang-ah-vawlquot;), gibberish.

-ocr page 111-

97

NOUNS.

UOACCAÏ (roch-thee), fits (of laughter) : üï gA Uéinne i ftiA feAóCAi SAifie -pOiriTi, everyone was in fits of laughter at us ; Ot feACcAinbsp;gAifve a’ ceAóc Ai-p, he was falling into fits of laughter.nbsp;Plural of fuoCc, |teAöcA, m. See |uu6c below.

¦RGATTlxMlt© : neAniAit^e ctoiCe or pi^i, a large heavy stone or man.

T16ASC, g. feAifc (rasht), rest: Tiéiu ¦oo fOAfc, rest yourself; duu cArtiAtt feAifc quot;00 tAt)AiTic 'oo, to give him a spell ofnbsp;rest ;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ if peAt'pnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;ó “Öia ’nA •óA -peApc ó -pei^meoifv ”

¦odAppAimif, uuAip Tio Oi'mif aj ceAugAt Agup 50 ¦oaucpAt) Clot peAptAfluA, “ The one spell of rest from the hand ofnbsp;God is better than two given by a farmer ”—that’s what wenbsp;would say when a shower fell while we were binding.

fie/ACA [peite], a ram.

¦RB-t), liking : üa AUA-pe-T) AgAm teif pm, I have a great wish, liking for that; -oo Oi AtiA-pe-t) Aije teip a’ gcpeiTDeAtti,nbsp;he had a great desire, inclination for the faith. (Ru-o meansnbsp;sorrow : see this word further on).

rGI’OLSI {rile-sheequot;) : tA p. ’ri jAppuiu auu, he has a boy’s giddy ways (said of a man).

rGI'ÓRS© [pei-ópe], plenty, abundance, “ lashings and leavings ” :

tJi p. ACU.

RéniCGAC, settlement: Ap jpA-o ati péi’ócij, for peace sake.

Rêim, sway, power, renown ; ip müp au p. a Oi putA.

R6IR, will : ip ‘oiocAip péip tiA tfiAipcip (ni=v) tio TieAUAT) ca ’uA uütTiAiT) [uAttiA-o], it is hard to do the wül of two mastersnbsp;who are enemies.

RéiceAC [? piüeAó], a fit of passion or enthusiasm; uuAip a tUCpAT) ATI pélCeAC Alp, TujbAtAtpAT) pé A teAUJA ’uA béAt,

when he got excited he used to make his tongue wag with double speed ; ’a Tic-ucpAT) ati p. Aip, ui bpeApp teip pu-o anbsp;¦óéAupAT) pé UA Au ceAuu A óApAT) tiioO, if the mad fit seizednbsp;him he would ask nothing better than to twist off their heads (ofnbsp;hens trespassing). Note that ceAuu not cinn is used. Alsonbsp;as an epithet; péiCeAó boóc T)’ AipeópAitie peAóc mite ónbsp;bAite, a poor, simple, noisy man who could be heard, shoutingnbsp;and talking, miles off.

RéiÜeAC for péi-óteAó, though pronounced the same as the preceding, has no connection with it; it means the straddle-chain of a cart.

G

-ocr page 112-

98

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

mt)©, a single hair or blade of grass ; viciousness, frenzy : uaC puAf ATI tube Atamp; ACA fOTi ! What vicious weather thosenbsp;men have to endure (out in a row-boat on such a day) ! Canbsp;An t'lbe Aif, it’s bitter weather (for Ait» instead of mtitquot;, seenbsp;the note on gender at-the beginning of this section).

¦R-ltlTIce, dance, spinning (of top) : tio óuip fé au cop a’ pibnce, he set the top spinning.

¦RIUCC [pioóc], shape, condition : bi pé 1 p- fgoïtce a’ gAipe, he was fit to burst with laughter {or bi pé i pioóc pgoitcijte Aipnbsp;te gAipe) ; i p. mnócA, on the point of suffocation ; bi pé inbsp;pioóc A CiAtt A CAitteAtfiAinc, he was in danger of losing hisnbsp;senses.

¦ROjA, a choice (often in foU. phrases) : a pojA é belt ’ua CeApc no gAu A belt, in either alternative {lit. its choice) whethernbsp;it was right or wrong ; a po$A Po é p’pAjAinc no gAn énbsp;p’pAgAinc, whether he left it or not; péin po pogA pup, tA ménbsp;A p’pAjAinc pé p’ toit, do as you please, I leave it to yournbsp;discretion; geóbAP pé é tAbAipc po-n-A pogA puine, he cannbsp;give it to whom he pleases ; geobAP-pA put i mo pogA aic,nbsp;I can go to any place I like.

¦rOItirc, a portion,/.: bi pOInnc piquot;tinip opm, I was in somewhat of a hurry : ni pdib Aige aó pOInnciACc pocAt, he knew onlynbsp;a few words.

¦ROItbOAtl {ril-awnquot;), a riddle, a kind of sieve, usually spelled pitteAn (lt;pipteAn). The same word or a similar one isnbsp;pronounced rile-hawn : p. mop ceine, a very large fire (onnbsp;the hearth).

RtlASAITIU, rout, routing : CuipeAPAp An puAgAinc oppA, they put them to flight.

cause, motive. Cap bA puAig puic put ipceAó ? What urged you to go in ? pé pup bA puAig Pom put ipceAó,nbsp;whatever urged (induced) me to go in. Some say a puAignbsp;instead of bA puAig ; puAig may be for cpuig : see Diet.

¦RttAniTie, a little quantity; topquot;um [cAbAip pom] puAinne coipce, give me a few grains of oats ; ni pAib Ann a6 puAinnenbsp;péip, there was nothing there but a little cock of hay.

quot;RUPOg : p. ctoiCe, a fair-sized stone, pubéigin, a small stone. Hübóg geAppóAite, a fine, sturdy girl.

-ocr page 113-

99

NOUNS.

¦RtlC/ATl [uj^cAf], a shot: -oo óAit fé |i. teif, fired a shot at him ; ¦o’fuóAf, preceded by 1 is used adverbially and means “ of anbsp;sudden,” i.e., “ hke a shot”; rii i-npuCAp a $eit)cAt\ inbsp;¦ó’postA-m, one cannot learn it all at once.

Ktlt), sorrow, concern : üa AtiA-CAttijAt) i j\u‘o opm i ¦ocAot) bAf ¦00 riiAüAji, I am very sorry and grieved about your mother’snbsp;death.

¦RlSC/A, pi.—i, the stem of a branch, a stick for firing. Perhaps pü-ciri, pi. —i, is more common.

sAJaITI (sine) [Lat. sagena], a seine or large net drawn around a shoal of mackerel or sprats in a shallow place : if beAg anbsp;bfuib Aon c-fAgAin sprats acu Anufo, very few have got anbsp;sprat-seine here.

SAgAlUCeöHieAÓC, priesthood.

SAlUlDIléAS (sevquot;rass or sighquot;rass) wealth : nin Aon c-f AlUtofCAf AjAuifA, I have no riches ; feAf muf fAitibfif {sevquot;rish),nbsp;a man of great wealth.

SAlb-tlAC [fAt tiAt], blue-mould: f., fu-o a tiucfA-ó Af ao’ fut) A béAti ¦oiorhAoin, blue-mould is what comes on anythingnbsp;that is not in use ; fAit-uAitne, verdigris.

sA1nc, ƒ., g.—e, desire, avarice; nin mofAn fAInce acu óuige, they are not very anxious for it.

SAlteAC (suhquot;hoch), a vessel, a sacred vessel (the pixis): cAbAif AttiAó nA fAitigequot;, bring out the tea-things (“ tea-tackles ” innbsp;people’s English).

SAO^Ab {sayquot;ul), existence, this world : nin Aon feAmpin Af a’ fAo$At f óf, no “ champions ” (a kind of potato) are to benbsp;had yet (in existence) ; $eobAi-ó fé tAu-fAojAt teif Annbsp;5C0fAécquot;Aóc fon, he will live his natural span of years evennbsp;though he has that cough ; ni tAbAffAi-O An jAtAf fAn Aonnbsp;$ioffA-fAo$At ¦OÓ, that disease will not shorten his days ; tamp;nbsp;numufquot;cA fA fAogAb A1C1, she has too much of this world’snbsp;goods ; ’fé óf fAojAt é ! Yours is the life ! You are onnbsp;top of the world (said to a band of vigorous young men);nbsp;“ TIaC üncAó a’ fAojAt gAotuinne é ? ”—“ tlAf ti5i['t)] “Oianbsp;uAfb eA-O.” “ Isn’t Irish in great vogue ? ”—“ May God notnbsp;let it be otherwise,” i.e., God grant it may continue so.

-ocr page 114-

100

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

SA0'R5'5,1’0 [fADjAAiT)], relief : tA fAOfSAiT) infill Anoif Alge, feoCquot;Af All A1C A |iAiö fé ’tiA óürhnAi’öe noirhe (rh=v) feo,nbsp;in comparison with the place in which he lived up to this,nbsp;he has now a good deal of comfort; ah aic bu’ pAopjAiu ¦oom,nbsp;If Auu A fAjAiuu {ry''ing), I would go to the place convenientnbsp;for me ; ah aic bu pAofgAi-oi-óe, the place most convenient.nbsp;Por fAofóAiL : see Diet., under fAof—.

SAOtAR, work, labour : ca mé i [Af ?] fAOCAf, I am out of breath (but CA f. ofm is more usual).

SeA^AIt) (shaf'id), pi.—i, a heifer. .

SeATlquot;A0tiS, history, stories of old times, the telling of such ; bi mo feAHA-HiACAiji a’ feAHAóuf nom offA-fou, my grandmother was telling me about them. SeAHAóAi-óe, an historian.

SeAt1quot;CtHn (occasionally fAucum), satisfaction : -oé ah f. aCa cm A bAiHC TH'om 1 ¦DCAob é f-At) ? What satisfaction are younbsp;trying to get from me for saying it ? [-um is .a frequentnbsp;ending in slang words.—De H.] From fonucA-ó, pushing.

S6ATTI16AC[C], the Old Dispensation.

SeATlIJS [feAfbAf], bitterness of feeling : be f. AOubAifc fé é, he said it in sarcasm ; bi me fCAfbAfAC oe, I was angry withnbsp;him ; uuAif a beAt) fCAfCif A^tic Af ibuiHe, when (or if) younbsp;felt bitter (angry) towards a person. (See peAfb undernbsp;lt; mAbAifc).

Sé TO 6.5.11, panting, owing to weakness or over-exertion: tA féitieAu Aif, he is panting, or (if from sickness) there is annbsp;“ impression ” on him.

SeitllUeAll [feifbceAH], disgust: bi f. ofm, I was disgusted ;

¦DO CH1ff1quot;0if f. OfC.

S6Ö, a great number a “ fright ” : tA fé A5 imteAéc ’ha feó {hoe) ¦oeAf5 AH c-feAécAiH féo, he is turning out a perfect marvelnbsp;this week. (Applied to one very hard at work).

S^AIbp : tAiHig fgAitp feAftAHHA, there came a little shower or dash of rain.

S5.51T1T16, pi. fgAiHiii, skein. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;‘

SJAICf : Hi bioHH fé AHH AC fgAici, he remains there only for short intervals. PI. of fgACAm.

SgAltlÖg {scow-oogue) 2 ƒ., a lung ; tA f. téite cAbAftA, one of her lungs is gone.

-ocr page 115-

lOI

NOUNS.

S^AOUatI (sky-hawnquot;), a mirror.

S5-ARCAÓquot; {skur-thoch”), used in pi. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;by some as=

fgArhOgA, but others say that the word, whether used in sing, or |)Z.,=f5Aitvc, the diaphragm.

S^GAt) (shgow), sloping {Eng. askew) : cuip Ap fse^Aö é, put it on a slant; ni AtiA-psexiï) yé (said of a person running. Seenbsp;cpoc).

356Ah : story, circumstances of case : rii piof ’¦oé .dti f5éAt é, the explanation is not known ; cpi 5AÓ pséAt -ó’éAtAi’ pitjnbsp;PuAim, the long and the short of it is that you escaped from menbsp;(of one seeking friends in a crowded street).

SgClTII [pcirn] : ‘oume jati pjeim, ¦ouine CócpAt) ja’ Uao’ puu TieAiti-fuimeArhAit, a person without pg. (eagerness, energy,nbsp;go ”) is one who takes everything carelessly; nin Aonnbsp;pgeim opc cun nieipeA6''cAnA, you have got no energy innbsp;you to make your living. E.M.I. sgim.

{shkyquot;leh), a scourge, hence “ dread, great anxiety ’’j': nin bpeiC flop nA puAp Aige Ap a auaI te neApc pjeiriite Cunnbsp;meipeAócAnA, he cannot manage even to breathe (freely)nbsp;because of his intense anxiety to make a living ; tA pgeirht’nbsp;Aip Cun a’ cpAojAii, he is feverishly anxious about his worldlynbsp;prosperity. The diphthong in shky is ah-ee.

S^GOtuC (deep t), part between chin and throat: -oo CuipeAg An céAt) pé’n pjeótüó Alge. (Also pron. pgeótüg.) [geotöAC].

S5IAII, gen. pgme, pl. pgCAnA, knife : Pi pgeAnA ’ua püite, his eyes looked wild or terrified ; pi pé Ap pgeAnA CuiCi, he wasnbsp;ready to stab her (figuratively) ; ca nA péittini Ap pgeAnAnbsp;AnoCc, the stars are stabbing the darkness with poniardsnbsp;of light; pgeAnA-mupu [-mup’óüC, a mermaid, for niApuC],nbsp;razor-fish. SgeAnA in figurative sense is probably a form ofnbsp;pgeón, which is also used ; pi pgnin An PAip in a puite (ornbsp;pnó An PAip), the terror of death was in his eyes; (the n innbsp;An Pais is pronounced).

S5ltl,15-f)eAf:A15 [pceiUe-PeAtA] : ca pé Annpo ’nA p^giUig-PeAtAig, he is here as large as life. Also pgeitig PcaCa and pgiuttA PeAtA.

S5ltquot;me, a mocker, a giddy girl: ip uncAC a p. i, what a giggler she is ! Ra Pi a pgit'bpeACc, don’t giggle.

-ocr page 116-

102

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

•S511315 [rcöis or fciug], wind-pipe : tn' piMb Ann aó 'oeipeA'ó nA fpuige, he was in his last gasp (Ut. end of wind-pipe, remainsnbsp;of his breathing) ; ntiAip tMonn nA pAlttcpeAóA ó ¦OeA^' anbsp;’fS'^SAit fin ctirhftA möf peAftAnnA, the sighing of thenbsp;southern cliffs is a sure sign of rain (the noise of the seanbsp;against the cliffs sounds, at a distance, like laboured breath-; TBiiiiEil'e) applied contemptuously to one with anbsp;wheezing voice.

Sjt-ltnpiflf, something which confuses the eye-sight of the aged or sick.

S50UAIRÜ [fCAtpAifc], a loud burst of laughter : cinp pi f. 5Aife Aifci. For the loss of p, cf. tinAifc for unpAipc.

S5tlAÏ)A, a sudden grab ; tug pé pspAtiA pé, he made a sudden grab at it.

S5'R10Squot;A1U6, a tall, hardy, active man or woman.

SglltlSAbb [pspogAtt], neck of a bottle.

SgtlAiTie : tA p. miip t)ioï) Ann, there is a great number of them there (lit. a litter, but not used in contempt).

SfAlDUA (0=d), pi. piAOpAiJte, a fairy.

SI’Öe-TlItlÓ [pibe, a rush, pit, running] : tug pé pitie-piuC a ¦ó’iAppAóc opm, he made a sudden dash at me.

SlbéATl, jailor.

Slbftl, cherry : ¦oo tAp pé puAp óti’ ¦oeApg te pitin, he blushed as red as crimson.

SltlglRbfPlf (shing-ar-leenquot;-ee), fuchsias, pendant ornaments. (The p is often dropped). Probably from English “ jingler.”

SltltieAn, pi. -Ain (pr. shing-awnquot;) [peAn^An], ant : ni ti-Aon Com (chaumn) pinneAin ajaiïi mipe, mAp A-outtAipc An fteAnnbsp;A pAit) teitCAT) mei-ope innce, I am none of your wasp-waists,nbsp;as the woman said, who was as broad as a churn.

SIRUPACAS, a donation, what is given by the hand : Ca p. tAitiie mAit Alge Ann, he has got a good present in that; tA p. tAirhenbsp;mAit Ann, he has a ready hand for giving, lit. there is a goodnbsp;handreach in him. Sincüp, also, =donation, subscription.

STOR, weather (heard only a few times) : CA pi Ap a’ ocpA’ ja’ UAon pion a tiucpAt), she is on the strand in all weathers.

SfORtAC [piotpAC], ƒ. breed, race ; tA p. rhAit loncA, they are a good breed ; p. rhAit bAinne peA-O An 00 pAn, that cow is ofnbsp;a good milking breed; ¦opoC-pioptAig peAti iao, they are a

-ocr page 117-

103

NOUNS.

bad breed ; fiott'uijim (t silent), verb, increase : increase and multiply ; cé ttuAij a fiotptAij au pcAp pou ?nbsp;lYom whom was that man descended 1 Cé ftuAig a fiotptAignbsp;Au fgéAi, ? With whom did the story originate ?

S10Cquot;A'RAC[C], neighing (“ crying without tears ”—De H.) cueAngAit tiocpAt) 1 bpAipce nuAip beA* pé Ag got.

SbAIS-ltlAKgAt) (deep t) ; puAip pé Ap f. iatd, he got them at a dead bargain.

SbAtAU [pAtAtAp], E.M.I. soldthar,—what is gathered : a’ bpuAip pib mópAn éipg Apéip ?—StAtAp öeAg. Did you get muchnbsp;fish last night ?—small quantity. The word is also usednbsp;as a verb imperv. célgi' AmAó -] ptApAi'gi ¦óib tiéin, off withnbsp;you and gather for yourselves (said by a woman to her hens).

Sb1$e, pi. ptigce (shW'teh), ƒ. way : üa pé pA cptige ‘óom, it is in my way ; cog Ap a’ pctige -óom, get out of my way ; tA pé 1nbsp;mo ftige, it is in my way.

SblJe-SfOS, fern, a situation, means of livelihood.

St-lT1TlC-05, a slaty stone (not same as ptiuu, a slate). Ca au cpAot [ciupéAt] po tAu ne ptIuuc-ogA, this quarry is full ofnbsp;slaty stone. Also, pteAuucó-g.

SblOtTIA’OÖlll {shlim—), a smooth deceiver. For pti'omA-oóip, from ptiomAt), smoothing.

Sb1ü1“Oe, pi. piitmi [peitmine], a snail (with shell). English-speaking people around Dungarvan call it “ sheUidy.” DüpcAó-bApcAó, is a child’s name for same. A snail withoutnbsp;a house is called •opüó-ciu ; ¦opóó-clu, au beACAigequot;Aó céAUuAnbsp;Aó gAu Aou pbiogAu (shlegawnquot;) a beiü Aip, the xgt;. is the samenbsp;animal but has no shell.

S'LltlCAI’Oél'R, a false, plausible man, a malingerer, ¦ouiue béAt) a’ cueAOAoit gAu Ao’ puT) A bciC Aip, One who complainsnbsp;when nothing is the matter with him. Also ptiücAmAep.

SbltlCC [ptio6c], descendants, posterity: quot;oubAipc pé ua béAt) AOU c-ptiuóc Auu ¦oiob, he said that their race would dienbsp;out. Often as follows : ip Amquot;AttAó a tiuiu’ é, tA a pliuócnbsp;Aip, he is an awkward man, he wears or shows the results of it.

SbllAj, pi. ptuAigci, a host, a horde.

SIDACcTn, a little baton for killing large fish when hauled in.

StnéA'RÖI’O, pi. —i, a burning coal.

SmiOCAOIt gAipe [pmucgAit], a smile or grin. See Verbs, biogApuAoit, note.

-ocr page 118-

104

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

STTIóIaC (deep t), a thrush; ip ^e^tt te neAU pmotAige” é, it is like (i.e., as comfortable as) a thrush’s nest.

SIIAt), the end of a candle : öi a teitéit) piu ¦oéAtiA’ó puAp uippi, OAiupeA-ó fi a’ puAt» ¦oe’n pé, she was done up in such stylenbsp;as to take the shine out of the moon. (This word is usednbsp;in the people’s English for candle-end.) [Cug pé puAb Aip,nbsp;he snapped at him.—De H.]

StiAl'Ótn, pi. puAmquot;ArmA, ƒ., a knot: au c-puA1“0m (thon-imequot;)i p. jlAp, a black knot; p. tuibe, bow-knot.

SriA1Sl11, snuff. [From “sneezing.”—^De H.]

STIAS, polish, good appearance : ca pé a cteACquot;cAiTi [aj cuitteAó-CAifl] 50 teóp, Ip t)eA5 ¦OA puAp Aip UA Ap A CupAtu, he is earning a good deal, neither he nor his family has much to show fornbsp;it (lit. “ it is little of its lustre that he has,” the nom. to ipnbsp;is contained in the prep. pro. Aip, “what is on him”).

STlAtA’O, pi. pnAcAiTii, ƒ., a needle, hand of a clock : au c-puAtAU rhtip, AU c-puAcAT) beAg, the large hand, the small hand.nbsp;(The final u of sing, is sometimes pronounced slender.)

Snö, features and complexion : “oéAUAui Agtip ueAttpAA tA Ap aJaiA au Auiue.—fp ACAp A puó ACA Aip, i.e., tA puó AUA-AeApnbsp;Ap A AJAIA.

SObAb (subquot;ul), a lather of soap, suds : ip peApp a AéAupAA tiipge UA peAptAuuA pobAt UA AU piop-uipge, rain water yieldsnbsp;a better lather than spring-water ; ti'AtpóiAï pobAit, soapnbsp;bubbles. This word is piobAi in East Decies.

SOCquot;A1'ReACü [pocpAóc], steadiness, settled state : tA au Aluipip Ap p., the weather is settled (the p is not aspirated); Am pénbsp;Ap A bo5-p. é, he did it quite at his ease.

SOCAK [wealth, profit] : caIaiu ruAit óuu poCAip, good land for cream.

SOfSSêAb (poi=see), pi. poipgéAtcA, a sermon. (The common word peAUAruüiu, pi. peAUATutuuri, also used.)

SObAS, pi. pOlbpe, light.

SPA'D AO 1bquot; : p. 5Aoice, a wind coming in puffs. See Verbs, bioj^ApuAoit, note.

SpAllbinn [ppAipu, contest, distress] : ua cuip aou p. Aip, do not vex him (by introducing a disagreeable topic).

SpATlg, a fit (of anger); pé p. a buAit iaa te Aeipiuige, whatever cross fit seized on them recently.

-ocr page 119-

105

NOUNS.

SpélK, brightness, a nice dress : riAC bfeAg ati fpéif aCa aici ? Isn’t she dressed up in dazzhng style ? If bpeAg ati fpéipnbsp;ACA ’ge’u SfiAn lUTOut), the sun is very bright to-day ; ui'unbsp;Aou fpéif ’ge’u UAc [t] fou, there is no gloss on that colour,nbsp;a dull colour; niu aou fpéif ’ge’u ci’ fiu, there is no headroom and light in that house ; fpéifiüit, airy, roomy (of anbsp;house or place). See under Aep.

SpeiÜ6A11AÓ or toifgeAUAó, a patch of charred stems of furze and heather after the firing of a mountain.

SpfAC, iilconvenience, interference : uiof óuif éluue aou f. opm, no one annoyed me, interfered with me.

SplACiAlKl, spectacles.

SpbeAUCAS, dependence : jau f. 'oo êluue, independently of everyone ; uiu pé ’ua p. Auoip, he is not depending on himnbsp;now ; tA mé ueAvh-ppteAc teAC Auoip.

SptlAlnilTll, little sparks.

SptlfAC : 11ÏU AOU p. Auu, he has no spirit, pluck.

SptlltlC : g. pppeACA, energy, dash ; bi pé tiu -oo ppjpiuc, he was all dash ; bf pé AUA-pppeACAuiAit (or AUA-pppiocAuiAit),nbsp;very energetic ; uiu éluue cuu ua ¦OAoiue ¦00 pppeACAt),nbsp;there is no one to rouse up the people.

SptnutlATI [ppiouAu], gooseberry bush or fruit: biouu ua pppiOuAiu Aibi5 Af bluu ceAcc tAe ’te [péite] “DéAgtAiu,nbsp;gooseberries are ripe at the approach of St. Deglan’s Day.

SpUOtin, g. pppoiuue (springquot;eh), a kind of fork with more than two prongs, a “ sprong ” : buu pppoiuue, a fork worn down.nbsp;“ Graip ” is the correct English word.

SKAOC [ppAot] (srayquot;uch), E.M.I. ppéAt), a sneeze : óuip pé ppAO(l[t] Ap, he sneezed. Also ppAe.

SRAIC, the rates : peAp ppAit a bAitiugAt) (b=w), a rate collector.

SÜAD, stop, stoppage : ca au ctoj ’ua pcAn, the clock is stopped ;

bf pcAT) ’ua ÓA1UC, there was an impediment in his speech. SCA-D [pcAiu], E.M.I. staid, state : Ap pcA-t) a’ peACA ttiAipb,nbsp;in the state of mortal sin ; Ap pcA-'o ua ugpApcA, in the statenbsp;of grace (gpApcA plural is commonly used for the sing. SPAp).nbsp;Note that xt is slender.

-ocr page 120-

3o6

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

SÜAIC, a peg, a stake.

SC A in, tin.

SC.5ltl, rush, continuous movement: tAiui[5] mé t)’ aou fCAip AttiAiTi 50 ¦oci Au amp;\-c peo, I came on without stopping to thisnbsp;place.

SCeAtt, a dash of water or liquid : ti’pe^pp Auic ppACA uA pceAtt •oe’u uif5e fiti, a potato would do you more good than anbsp;dash of that water (of weak tea).

SCeAtl5.lt;Sn, stumbling esp. in speech ; pceApjAuAtc, stumbling (in speech) : ua bioA aoii p. opc ; ¦oo DAin p. quot;oo ; bAiueATiTinbsp;pceApgAU ¦oom irip ah óaitic.

SC1l-GApA, pi. pcp-eApAi' (pAi'=pwee), step : geó-mio puAp ha pcp-eApAi, we will go up the steps. (“ got-A-mi-o,” mApnbsp;AoeipcAp 1 mt)Aiie ha njAtt ih aic “ geo-ml'o ”).

SCItÓ, an interruption, a stoppage ; pcpo vo Cup Ap élHue, to stop one to talk to him; “ Pa CAtugAió opm jup CuipeAp

AOH pcpo OpC.” “ ni 5A AU1C.” “ Piop a’ péAÓAIHC a’

pAiP AOH cuAipim Ague Ap HA UAoipeAHHA.” “ I am sorry I stopped you.” “ It makes no matter.” “ I was seeingnbsp;whether you had any information about the (people’s) ages.”

SCtlAIC, ƒ., a little hill; a fit of sulks : Caihij aha-pcuaic Aip, he got very sulky ; t)AppA ha Scuac (place name). Adj. pcuACAC,nbsp;sulky.

SCtn’Oéntl, good sense, sobriety ; hih aoh p. ahh, he is not all steady ; peAp pcui’oéuptA, ceApe, a really sober man ; gtAc ¦00nbsp;p., Agup HA bi mAp piH, don’t behave in that way—calm yourself.

StlAtl, slumber; Ca ha puAH-co'otA’ö, he is fast asleep; ca

puAH Aip.

SlJIb, eye ; cuip Ap a ftiiP ¦oom é, cuip ih mit ¦oom é, remind me of it, draw my attention to it; cAitpi’ó mé a Cup Ap a ftiitnbsp;¦01't) .nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;.1 must remind you (of something). (But note

that, though fuit gives the pronunciation, the word is some form of luit from lut or eöt).

Stllin, p, puime (sim-eh) interest, value ; hi CuipeAHH piA'o aoh c-puim AHH, they take no interest in it; hih aoh piuc puimenbsp;AHH, it is of no value (of corn); hi pAgAi’ó pé Cun puime ¦óuic,nbsp;it win not turn out profitable for you.

S'Ö'L.AC [pügtAC], gravy.

-ocr page 121-

107

NOUNS.

SULC, happiness, pleasure, satisfaction; -puAip tné AnA-futc Ann, I found much pleasure in him (i.e., in his society); ni UeAt)nbsp;Aon c-i'uvc tCAc ’nA gcAinc, their conversation would afEordnbsp;you no pleasure ; ni pAift mopAn putc fA tamp; inmut), therenbsp;was not much satisfaction in this day (it was not an agreeablenbsp;day) ; ni pAiö Aon putc aca Ann, they took no pleasure in it.

CAUAKtiCAS [cóppAtfiACAf], excellence as the result of attention :

péAO a’ bAinne bpeAg tA AgAui, gAn Aon cAbAptiCAf 1 pnA cobAin, look at the good mük I have, without any specialnbsp;excellence in the- vessels.

UACA {thalcquot;ah), support: ni pAib Aon caca ’ge btin a’ cipeAn ¦00 CAbAipc Ap A -Oporn, he had no support to help him innbsp;lifting the basket on to his back ; -oéin caca -oo, help him innbsp;lifting.

CAI’ÖÜtieAtil, 'pl. cAlUlDpiAncA, dream. Hence verb cATOUpigim, to notice, appear ; tAcóbpigeAp An-puAp in-oé é,nbsp;I noticed (or felt) it very cold yesterday (bpAiteAp or puAipeApnbsp;will also do) ; niop tAi-óbpi’ pé pó-pA-oA ¦óórtipA, it did notnbsp;appear too long to me ; bim a’ cAi-óbpeArh Ap a’ bpiAn ponnbsp;pAn oiAóe, I dream of that pain at night {i.e,. the pain makesnbsp;itself felt even in sleep) ; ca pé niAp a béA-ó cA1t)ï)peArh -oomnbsp;go -ó’AipigeAp é, I have a kind of fancy that I heard it.

U/AIUÏ)© {tharquot; iv-eh), profit, advantage ; cAipbeAC, important; ni pAgAit) pé Cun CAipbe -óuic, it will not turn out to yournbsp;advantage ; CAipbigim {thar-iv-eequot; im), profit, gain: éipeAnnbsp;A CAipbig (harquot;-iv-ig) -oiob, it was he that profited by themnbsp;(by those people); ni mopAn a cAipbeoCAit) (har-iv-ohquot;-eh)nbsp;pé “óe, he wiU not profit much by it; ua beAt) An oipeAO cAipbenbsp;¦Ó0 p’n innce te b-Aoinne ? Would he not have as muchnbsp;profit from it (the barley) as anyone else ?

(fhah-heequot;), practice, familiarity (very common); Ap CAitige tAgAnn gA’ bAo’ put), practice makes perfect; tamp;nbsp;pé irmgte Ap mo tAicige, I have lost the practice of it; Canbsp;neAni-tAitige (nahquot; ha-hee) opm, I am out of practice (ofnbsp;language or of any action).

CA1üt10/Attl (thanquot;yuv) : bi AnA-tAitneArh aca ‘oo’n cé, they were very fond of tea ; ni pAib Aon cAitneArn AgAm ¦00 pnAnbsp;pAi-opeAóA pon, I had no liking for those prayers.

-ocr page 122-

io8

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

CAlAltl, g. cAtwn [cAtrhAn], masc. with adgs., when used without adjs. its gen. appears as fem. with article, tia CAtüu : cAtAttinbsp;¦oeAp5 ; cAtArii bpiofc (brisk), friable land, i.e., with lumpsnbsp;easily breaking; cAtAtfi in a trAfAC, wild or unproductive land ;nbsp;ni peAUAip mé pé teit cé teip CAtumd nA riAice peo, I donbsp;not know precisely (severally) to whom the fields (lands) innbsp;this place belong ; -DéAnpAit) pé au cAtAiti, it will do, it isnbsp;sufficient.

CAttISC [cApc], report, account : nin c. nA cuAipipc AgAm, I have neither tale nor tidings.

CAHAISCG, one who is second, a “ tanist.” Ca pé i ¦ocAnuipce ¦Oom, he is next after me.

CAOIT)©, tide : CAoiue pAftApcA, [pö-rhüpcA] spring tide ; cAoiue mAtiiip [mAtt-rhuip], neap tide ; tA An CAOiue a’ tionAt), thenbsp;tide is coming in ; tA An cAovoe a’ cpAóAinr [opAjóAinc], thenbsp;tide is going out; CA pé tAn mApA, or cAoiue tuite, it is highnbsp;water ; tA pé upA’ rtiApA, it is low water [mApA, gen. of mnip,nbsp;the sea] ; cpA’ rhAtüip, low water in neap-tide ; cpA pAöApcA,nbsp;low water in spring-tide ; tA pé cuite[A-ó], it is coming in ;nbsp;tA pu-o beA5 tuite (or topAó cuite) Aige, it is just beginningnbsp;to come in ; tA pé tAn mApA Aitfte (ahquot;heh), full tide but justnbsp;on the turn ; tA pé tpAij rhApA cuite, low water, but justnbsp;at the turn. Instead of the last two, we may say : tA pé a’nbsp;copnu a’ cpA, a’ copnti a’ CApAti.

CAK'D, g. cuipb (thir-iv), a buU. Compare bpAC g. bpuic (brit).

CAKKCAlb, gen. -cAtA, ƒ., deliverance : bi pé a’ •oéAtiA'ó nA cApptAtA eAcoppA, he was acting as peace-maker betweennbsp;them. One of the good old speakers always used ceApApAjAinnbsp;in this sense, see Diet.

CASCA-b, gen. -cAtA, ƒ., a testing, examining, experience : bi pé A5 c. nA mbuACAitti, he was examining the boys ; tA c.nbsp;AgAm oppA, I have had experience of them,

CAquot;CAririA, fits ; c. copAóquot;cAige, c. jAipe, fits of coughing, fits of laughter. [Also cAomAnnA—0’C.] This word is a formnbsp;of CApAnn, a cough, a bark (for p=b, cf. béin=péin).nbsp;’Opo’t’niquot;ni (for “opoó-CApAinnini), a series of small suffocatingnbsp;coughs heard from a child with the whooping-cough (cpiué)-

CeAgASC, instruction ; tug pé AnA-teAgApe cCirhAipte, he gave a very good instruction.

-ocr page 123-

109

NOUNS.

UfiAgUK, a fairly large quantity; uiuto a’ yAitc Aon céAgun éif5 ; nin Aon ceAguf^ y’tAóAifv fA CAtAiti fon, there are notnbsp;many weeds in the land ; ca ye a’ ceAóc AnA-téAjAtntA, T)ianbsp;A t)eAnnAóquot;A’ó, he is getting very stout, God bless him.

CeATIS-d (tang’’ah), g.r\,pl. coau'^acaor ceAnjACA, ƒ., alanguage : CA uA -peAóc ¦oceAngAóA ’5e, he knows the seven languagesnbsp;(i.e., all the principal languages) ; peAp ceAngAn, an interpreter

CGATIgATh.^V'Al’De (rh=v) [ceAgrfiAt-] : if otc a’ c. öuAit püm Ap mAinin, it was an unlucky valentine that met me thisnbsp;morning. UeAngAtfiAtAó, adj., more expressive than Eng.nbsp;“ fortunate ” : uaó c. a üuAit cü ipceAó óugAm Ajup mipenbsp;óun plop A Cup opc, how fortunately (how “coincidentally”)nbsp;you should come in, just as I was about to send for you.

CGAtlTICA, a prop, a support : Oiotj Oaca ’ua ceAnncA i cauua ’uA t,Airh eit’Aici, she used to carry a stick as a support (innbsp;one hand), and a can in the other hand; ceeóp (or pi. ceigi)

1 ‘oceATiiicA teip, go and help him (by holding the bag whilst he is getting his back under it) ; puAip pé AUA-ceAnncA uAit),nbsp;he got a lot of help from him ; puAip pé ceAUucA tuAipeACcAriAnbsp;tiAtn, he was helped by him to make his living ; 1 -oceAuncA,nbsp;puzzled, in a fix [lit. held tight as a prop between a wall andnbsp;the ground).

CeASbAIIAS, a receipt.

UGTOGAb {teWdhol) a title, claim, a heading ; uiu aou c. aijc ¦oon A1C, he has no title to the place ; belt) pé 1 nc. peipm a t)Aitcnbsp;[pAjAib], he will be entitled to get a farm. Also ciotiAb.

uél’ÓeAb [ceirheAb], a sign, trace ; pAoiteAp 50 OpeACA mé céróeAt éiginc tiioc, I thought I caught a glimpse of you.

CGObAlUe, fond of one’s comfort, unwilling to undergo hardship : tiaC ceótAit)e au ¦ouine é ? How fragile he is ! Ip uucaCnbsp;ceótAine a’ pópe t)uiu’ é, he is a remarkably soft kind ofnbsp;person. üeótAineAóc, coddling; ceótAineACc aca uaic.

CT, in such phrases : Ca ja’ uao’ pun Ap up ¦oci, everything is persecuting you, following you to do you an injury ; ti. npo’-gAtAp Ap A ci, she is being attacked by a serious disease. Uinbsp;is also used with Ap to denote “ on the point,” but observenbsp;that the c is aspirated ; ttiouAp Ap a ti ccaCc, they were justnbsp;about to come. (The reason of the aspiration is that literallynbsp;the sentence is, “ they were on the point of it, wz., coming.”)

-ocr page 124-

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

^ house; au ïgt;eAu-a$e, the house-keeper; beAu a’ cije, the mistress; a’ a’ ttlA-jiiAt) {vaw-reequot;adh), at Margaret’snbsp;house ; a’ ci’ p^utvAis, at Patrick’s house ; ci’u ófOA, thenbsp;public house ; b1 fé ifcig 1 ¦oc’ bófOA (or i ucis ópoA), henbsp;was at a public-house.

ÜIJöAS, management of a house ; uiu ao’ itiAit auu óuu ciJeAp A ¦öéAUA-ó, he is of no use in managing a house ; ua póf beAunbsp;5AU ci$eAf, do not marry a woman who can’t run a house ;nbsp;uiu Aou c. A1C1, she knows nothing about house-keeping.

CIOItlAinc, a drive ; if mtif a’ ciouiaiuc é, it is a long drive ; If Tuuf a’ c. b1 Alge, he was a good driver.

COÓC, pi.—UA or —^Ai, a tick for a bed. A word of the same spelling means the vice-like grip on the heart caused bynbsp;passionate weeping, so that tears are at an end: “ ’“Oe’unbsp;bfi AtA be ‘ code suit ’ ? ”nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ “Oo Cfoitie öeiü Corn p^ifsigte

Ó belt AS sot uA fuiStA Aou Jot A rieAUATu ” ; tAiuis coCc suit (or béicije) uiffi ; tA coCc im Cfoitie ó belt as sot.

COlb (thel), wiU; tAiuiJ fé tem toit ’f tern Aisue, it pleased my mind {lit., came with, agreed with my liking and my mind—nbsp;said of a piece of Irish) ; tAiuiJeAUAf Af toit a óéite é fiu anbsp;¦óéAUA-ó, they made an agreement to do it; tus fé [a] coitnbsp;béiu quot;oi, mAfSAt) A’f AOUAÓ A’f tAiti A Cuf ’uA pöcA, he gavenbsp;her her own way (as regards) fair and market and puttingnbsp;her hand in his pocket. (Better, CeAU aouaiJ ^5Uf mAfSAiti).

CÖICeATI, m. [-ooiSceAu], conflagration.

COftlAS, measuring; tuCc coriiAf ua tAtuAu, land-surveyors. Pronounced as if cAuiAf (ah-oo).

UOtlTl : tA couu mAit ’oa Aoif cAbAftA ’se, he has lived a good ^part of his life. Couu, g. ruiuue, a wave, is, fern.

COTIB-CAOSCACC, vomiting of bile : tAiuis c. Aif, uifteACAu

f OtAltl.

COTIA’O : uiu AOU c. ais© oft, he pays no attention to what you say ; ui tAbAffAiuif aou c. ofm, they would pay no attentionnbsp;to me, set no value on my words ; tA cofAt) a ftAiuce ’senbsp;¦OAoiue eite ¦] beAsAu cfACc uiffi, other people have thenbsp;benefit of her health (i.e., the labour by which she lost hernbsp;health) and there is little talk of her.

-ocr page 125-

lit

NOUNS.

CÖmieAÓ, gen. cópriAi, thunder, thunderstorm : m' -onoó-fioti 5» cóTvrieAC, no kind of weather is worse than a thunder-storm ;nbsp;TiA t)i a’ cA-pf Ainjc UA cópriAi lt;lu$Ainu, do not bring us a lightningnbsp;storm (by speaking of it); ui' pAin aoti ¦oeAttpAnh cópriAi Aip,nbsp;it had no appearance on thunder.

COUC : tiiti Aou cope Aim, there is no bulk, body, in it (of straw).

COSACquot;, g. copA[ig], beginning : pm é au c-aiu a ïu' copAóquot; ’ge puA teAöptA gAotAiuue ceAóc aiuaC, that was when the Irishnbsp;books began to appear. (A common expression often usednbsp;instead of the verb copuAigim) ; geA-ciu copA’, the front-boardnbsp;of a cart (^eA-cm neipe, the tail-board) ; epAuu copA’, thenbsp;fore-mast.

CtlAPOfTl, a parcel {Eng. trading). The pi., cpAinmi is often used of trappings generally.

CKAPOlUe, a tray. Also tuiAp which more usually means “ dish.’^

CTlATlipA, a Jew’s harp (not a trumpet) ; ui tAüAppAiuu c. jau ceAugA opc, I would not give a Jew’s harp without a tonguenbsp;for you. See cpoimpéAT).

CTIAÜ, time : m aiu ’p a ¦oepAó, in due time ; cpAtAriiAit, early ;; cpACAttiAtAóc, subs., ’a rnbêmu Auupo m aou cpAtAuiAtAóc^nbsp;if I come anyway early.

CUeit) {trev), tribe, class : tA c. TiAome ruAp pm auu, there are people of that class; ui -Oe tpeift ’ÓAUu-gApöAu iao, theynbsp;are not Dungarvan people.

CUf Alt, a trial successfully withstood, a feat, an examination :: uApt) rhup a’ cpiAit je’u bpeAp boóc é ? Was it not a greatnbsp;achievement for the poor man; b’otc a’ cpiAit uAtA é uApnbsp;Ü05 A u-OAobAiuc peitc teo, it was ill done of them not tonbsp;have brought enough felt; tAiuig cpiAit oppA pA ugAotAiuu,nbsp;they were examined in Irish.

CUOImpCAT) a trumpet. See cpAiupA.

CROipblTI {thripquot;leen) kind of fish, the tumbling-cod.

CTltlA[$], pity: bi mé a’ -oéAUA-ó epuA’ Puic, I was pitying you ; t^iuig epuA ’gAm -Dib, I fell to pitying you (a common form);nbsp;bi epuAg 1 mo dpoibe AgAm v6, there was pity for him in mynbsp;heart. Also cpuAg=the lean (of meat) ; méit [méAt], the fat.

CHUS or coips, a cause, reason. Used only as follows : uiop tAiui’ pé AUU epup ’p mipe gAu (a) belt uauu, he did not comenbsp;because I was not there.

-ocr page 126-

II2

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

[cnOtAn], anxious expectancy ; cpütATiAó, adj. : ti. ua beAtAigig A c. teif au mbiAt), the animals are looking forwardnbsp;to their meal. Note the exchange of cp for cu, and cf. thenbsp;variant of um llontAig under prep. um.

Ctlquot;A1Kltn, opinion (see under pé and fcpó), adj., t:uquot;AipimeA6, intelligent.

CUAIC, (/. cuAite, country (as opposed to town) : gAotAiun ua cuAiüe {thooquot;a-heh) a öï Aige, his Irish was country Irish,nbsp;not book Irish ; -oo jAft pé auiaó pA cuAit, he went off intonbsp;the country (pé’u cuAit rarely heard); tiipuit pé Ap (or lup)nbsp;Au cuAit UÓ 1 mUAite mop, does he live in the country or innbsp;a town ; vo CuAmAip AmAó Ap au cuaiC (not lup), we wentnbsp;out into the country.

CtlAÜA, laity (collectively).

CUACAIT!)©quot;, pi. .cuquot;ACAit)te, a layman.

CtllhhGAt), an increase, an addition: ui pAiti a tuitteA* mAp gcAtt Aip, he was done for, there was nothing further aboutnbsp;him ; ¦oéAupAi'ö a tuiiieAA ’gup a tuitteAA Aiquot;tipip oppA,nbsp;people in ever increasing numbers will imitate them.

CtilTI, bottom, end ; i ¦ocuiu a’ c-pétpéit, at the end of the church ; uiu ctiiu uA ceAuu Ap AU piopA pou, there is neither head nonbsp;.tail to that shop, no system ; pé tüiu a Piu pé é, he did itnbsp;underhand.

111111 (thin-eenquot;), a tumbling fish, a small porpoise. Probably from “ tunny.”

tIA’, a grave : pAu ua’, in the grave (so pronounced in all cases, never UA15).

HAITI, time : CÓ5 c’uaiu (or Aimpip), take'your time ; ui Gei’ pé ¦o’uAiu (or a’uaiu) AgAm é AéAUAt), I shall not have time tonbsp;do it.

HAITI, hour, time ; Aiu pé 50 mAit Ap peAg ua UtiAipe piu, it did very well for the time being.

HALaC, pi. uAtAige, a burden : i tiéiu a’p a tiApT)quot;-uAtAige, herself and all her baggage ; Apro-uAtAige, two panniers tied togethernbsp;with a rope which is thrown across a horse’s back [pAp-oog].

ÜC too, a cow’s udder ; tióA ua mbA.

hCU, g.—^A, bosom, chest; piAucA 1 mbéAt m’ uóca, pains in my bronchial tubes.

-ocr page 127-

IP


113

NOUNS.

IJIHSGAC, pi. üiTifeAóA, a foolish woman : nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;cu -péin Af

Anolf Cu’ IDAIt ’f quot;ÓféACA [féA-OfAlt)] CU, UUAIf tIA CÓCfA

cürhAift.’ üiTifi$e, extricate yourself now as best you can, since you would not take a fool’s advice (“ fool ” used in anbsp;self-depreciatory fashion, it really means “ one who has notnbsp;too great a conceit of his own wisdom ”) ; üiufiütACc, foolishness : A Cum Ü. riéiu bu’ CioucaC teif, his own foUy wasnbsp;answerable for it.

¦UIS56 C01Squot;U1C1T1 {kushquot;rik-in), holy-water; also uifge ati ’OornnAij : bpuit Aon bfAon t)’uif5eATi ’OorhriAig ifcij ajac ?nbsp;Have you any holy-water in the house ?; cugCAf “ uifgenbsp;beAnnuijte ” Af uifge ua CAfgA, Easter-water is caUednbsp;uifge b.

tl1Tl'UTlquot;CA or uutnuf'cA [lortiAfCAi-ó], too much ; tamp; uumufCA -be blAf a’ UéAftA Af A CuiT) 5^otAinu, there is too much ofnbsp;the Enghsh accent about his Irish.nbsp;tmthtlTl (ruvoorquot;), the greater part, or as adv. for the most part,nbsp;as a rule : tug tné ufrhüf a’ tAe itroé 1 fuA fxMttquot;cfeACAnbsp;(f=/w), I spent the greater part of yesterday on the chfis.nbsp;Céijim Af friArti ufrtiüf jaC aou tA, mostly every day I gonbsp;for a swim. E.M.I. umhór.

-ocr page 128-

NOUNS OF DEGREE AND KINDRED EXPRESSIONS.

In expressions like ‘oA TioirhTieACc (¦ó-inquot;eACc) i ati AöAinri, “ however deep the river is,” the abstract noun denotes excess,nbsp;and the preposition no, contained in nA, means “ notwithstanding ”nbsp;like the English “ for ” in “ for aU its violence, the storm didnbsp;little damage ” ; the a in nA is the neuter pronoun and thereforenbsp;aspirates ; it resembles “ it ” in the sentence “ it is a great depthnbsp;which is in the river,” anticipating an idea suggested in the followingnbsp;words.

In the last three examples of the list below, a, not nA, is used and means “ because of ” : öi motAt) mop Aip, a peAtiAf a -öin pénbsp;A cum oibpe, lit. he was highly praised because of the excellencenbsp;of it, viz., how he did his appointed work.”—See end of book,nbsp;“ A few notes on Grammar.”

AOIIFOGACC : bAiti5equot;At) pi téite, nA AoipneACc é a’ bAc’ utppi, let her take herself off now, high though her hat is.nbsp;AOSCACC : uA AopcACc é, old though he is.

DfieAJtAÓÜ : uA bpeAgtAóc a •ó’pé^'^Aun pou iDuic-pe, niu aou c-ptAiuce Ap puriArh [posuAtfi] Aige, well though he appearsnbsp;to you, his health is not all good.

CldineACC : quot;oA CmirieACc é au cpAóuüuA, tA pé puAp, calm as the evening is, it is cold.

DCISeACU ; biouu 5A’ bAo’ pun nA ¦óeip''eA(;c auu, everything there is very nice.

pATO : nA pAm [add) é au óAipne, ut itiAitcAp (tu=w) ua piACA, however long the credit, the debts are not forgiven ; ip beAgnbsp;AtA neAUCA A5AIUU ’p A ’aUO ACA AU ObAip ’ttep tAltlA A5AIUU,

considering the length of time we have been engaged at the work, very little have we done ; fAoiteAp 50 ¦ó’p^cpAtt pénbsp;5AU -oéAuA-ó é, ’ai-o gup tupuAi’ pé Atp, I thought he wouldnbsp;leave it undone, he was so long in setting about it.nbsp;5101Iquot;'RACü : ’a 5iopquot;pAéc ó éotu ó tic pou AmAó, recently thoughnbsp;that happened ; ’A gioppAéc n’A ééit’ iao, ’a ’aio ó-u-a éétt’nbsp;lAO, near as they are to one another, far as they are fromnbsp;one another.

htllgeACC : xgt;A tuiseAtc i, weak though she is.

lU

-ocr page 129-

115

NOUNS OF DEGREE, ETC.

¦peAtDAS : CAitpimit) rneAf '00 ’fb^inc vo A’f a nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;a puAit^eAtn-

é, we must show him respect, considering he was so kind to us.

miUGACc : A riiipeAóc a ¦ouOAipu pé a c-AippeAuu, owing to the rapidity with which he said Mass.

ATItlAltlATÓBACC {on-uv-eequot;-ocht), seldomness : “06 rhAit é -| A A. A oeipcAp é, what good is it (a prayer) considering thatnbsp;it is said so rarely.

Cu’ [óoiti], used with an adjective, is often substituted for the noun of degree : péAó óu’ glAp ’p aca pé, see how green it is ; butnbsp;better, péAó ati jluipeAóc aCa auu.

Tl’peA‘opAi5equot;A’OAp quot;06 pu-o é aó a ’P’0'0 {rudh) a’p ’a nibut) l,Ait)in é, they do not know what it is any more than if it werenbsp;Latin. (Sentence accent on ’pion.)—t1i béAn teAe-’pionnbsp;cpiobtoin’ opm riAó óAiteAp belt pA mbAite-m«p ’ge-u-A pé,nbsp;I should not have felt half so troubled only that I had to be innbsp;town at six. (Chief sentence accent on teAé [teAt], secondarynbsp;on bAite-itiiip and pé.) ’pion ceAiin cApAitb ne bopcA, a boxnbsp;as large as a horse’s head (words of comic song). See undernbsp;Expressions for Time and Reckoning.

Da pAin (or né mAp ip piA) a beitpA Ap a’ mbotAp peAn ip bulge A beitpA, the longer you remain on the road the weaker you get.—nbsp;Dé rtiAp ip mii puibAtpAin cu, peAn (or ’pé) ’p mti bein cu a’ ceAócnbsp;coptA, the more you walk the more tired you get.—Dé tuAp ipnbsp;1T1Ü neibpeoA’ cu, pé ip pAinbpe (sevquot;-reh) a bein cu, the more younbsp;work (oibpeóóAin), the richer you will be. Dé lUAp stands fornbsp;1 ncAob rriAp [or no péip mAp—McS.]. Better speakers say nAnbsp;riiéin A piubbA cu, ip eAn ip coptA bein cu.

Di UA pAinpeAóA Ap AibueACc (u silent) aici, her prayers were beautiful. E.M.I. AitteACc. cf. comp. Aittelt;0. Ir. Aitniu. Ipnbsp;üucAé a’ étoé te mém 1 pin. CuuAp no bog cu puAp 1 ? Thatnbsp;is an extremely large stone. How did you lift it up ?—Ca pocApnbsp;mup Ap a’ mbAiuue te (or ’ge) peAbAp ua cAtuAn acA ’gAm, therenbsp;is a great top on the milk because of the excellence of the landnbsp;which I have.—be-u-A cpoimeAéc Ca pi ’ua tuige, it (the corn)nbsp;is lodged because of its weight.—Üa popmAn Aip 1 ncAob a

-ocr page 130-

ii6

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

rhtllTiriiM'óeAóc (m=w) AtApA|\ teif a jcac, he is jealous because of their being friendly with the cat.—Üio-oAf a’ jeAfAu i -ocAotinbsp;otCAif UA mboitt'e, they were complaining about the bad statenbsp;of the roads.—ï)i a f^iop acu 50 rtiAit tiaC te cAiiA’oAf a ¦óiu pénbsp;é, they knew well that it was not through friendship he did it.—nbsp;’Alt) pin Ann 1 Is it so long ago ?—Tli pémip cu ¦ó’eipeAtc''Ainnbsp;’Ait)-pin OuAim, I cannot hear you at that distance from me.—¦nbsp;’Alt) If feo 50 t)ci An OfAttA, as far as from here to the waU. (Takenbsp;’Alt) If to mean “ as long as,” “as far as,” of time or distance.nbsp;’Alt) If may be said to be “ the distance which is,” and [Af] peo t)cinbsp;An üfAttA “ (from) this to the wall.” In the next example thenbsp;second ’p may be regarded as due to the habit of inserting thisnbsp;letter before 50, a reminiscence of the old word jup or possiblynbsp;for A5up.)—-’Alt) ’p peo ’p 50 t)ci An pcoip, as far as from herenbsp;to the store.—^pé pAit) pAojAit a üéAt) Ague, however long yournbsp;life might be.—’A pAitj a rhAippA, peAt) ’p nin a c1t)pA, the longernbsp;you live, the more you see.

-ocr page 131-

EXPRESSIONS FOR TIME AND RECKONING.

I. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The numbers two and four when not followed immediately

hy a noun, become ¦oo and nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;respectively.

II. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;When numbers are followed immediately by nouns whichnbsp;they qualify, the nouns aspirate their initial consonant after aou,nbsp;¦óA, and ÓÜ15 (but 0015 does not aspirate in 6015 ciuu, 0015 céAXgt;—nbsp;0015 eitiu and 0015 óéAT) being too difficult to say), and eclipsenbsp;after -peAóc, oóc, tiaoi (nay), Tieic. Cpi, ceitpe, pé, when followednbsp;by the singular, usually aspirate e.g. cpi (óeitpe, pé) rhi'te, threenbsp;(four, six) miles (or thousands) (note that mite is sing. ; its pi.nbsp;is mitci) ; cpi (óeiCpe, pé) *00106 *06^5, thirteen (fourteen, sixteen)nbsp;persons ;—^they do not aspirate the plural, e.g., cpi (óeitpe, pé)nbsp;cigte, three (four, six) houses. The nom. singular form is usednbsp;after *0^ piquot;te (pióe), cOati : piquot;te *00106, céA*o bó, -óA pséAt,nbsp;¦óA ótoó, 'OA P51A0. The other numbers require the plural afternbsp;them, except ‘oaóa’d (daWhudh), and cpi pitTO which are onlynbsp;forms of pite.

III. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The words tA, mi, btiAio, peAócAio', preceded immediately bynbsp;qualifying numerals are to be particularly noted. bA and mi are usednbsp;as the plural forms :—beip oa cpi tA ¦oéAOAó po, during the lastnbsp;three days ; pé trii a togAp aoo, I spent six months there ; btiAOAnbsp;and peAóquot;cAooA are the plural forms of btiAio and peAócAio ;nbsp;they aspirate the initial consonant only after *óA and ÓÓ15.nbsp;P1T1510, a penny, pioge, pence ; piogioi, penny coins (also, smallnbsp;sums of money, as in piogioi ao cige, money for householdnbsp;expenses) ; pAot, the coin or the sum of money ; cpi pAotAóA,nbsp;three sixpenny bits or (the sum) one-and-six.

IV. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Besides these well known forms there are others compoundednbsp;with the preposition *00. Thus instead of sapng “ eight weeks ”nbsp;we may say “ an eight of weeks,” or instead of “eight sheep ornbsp;mice,” we may say “ eight head of sheep or mice.” If this longnbsp;form be used, tA will have tAeteAUCA as its plural, mi will havenbsp;miouA, btiAin btiAncA, peAóCAiu peAócAriuAi : e.g., A peAóc uó anbsp;b-oóc *06 feAócAnriAi, seven or eight weeks ; peAóc uó oóc bciuunbsp;¦00 tuóA, seven or eight mice.

117

-ocr page 132-

ii8

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

V. For such a number as “ four thousand miles ” óeifCe rhi'te *oe rhi'lci is used, but óei|\te rhite mite wül do as well. “OéAgA,nbsp;•oéAgAiï) (ö=v) or -oéAgivACA means “ tens.”

(In counting, a tiAon, ^ -oo, a cfi, a ceAtAif, a ctiij, amp;c., are used. Note that the aspiration on the c of ceAtAip and cOig disappears. At games they say ceAuti AtfiAiTi, •óa óeAnn, cpI cinrinbsp;and so on. The aoo of Aon CeAun ArtiAin is usually dropped.)

Xgt;é rhéfo or An mtip, “ how many” wUl be followed by a noun in the singular.

The curious word ¦oitiin-cAi {dune-theequot;) or ¦ounnci, which means several, a fair number, is said to be a corruption of ¦oó-nü-cpi.nbsp;It requires aspiration after it, because, like the expressions referrednbsp;to in IV., it is followed by -oe or ¦oo understood : nin Aije aóc ¦o.nbsp;pocAit, he knows only a few words ; tugAf -o. OtiAncA Ann, I wasnbsp;there for some years.

1. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Üei’ó fé a’ ceACc i jceAnn beAgAii tACtCAncA, he will comenbsp;in a few days.

Sé tiuAipe co’otquot;ACA ('0 silent), six hours sleep.

“ “Oo itiApbAiJ (O silent) An cac cpi cinn ¦oe tuóA.” “ ttluipe [50 ¦oJcAjAi’ pé ptAn.” “The cat killed three mice.” “ A blessingnbsp;on her.” (Note that cac is always referred to as “ he.”)

CüpiA tA n« cpi, two or three days ; ctiptA is always followed by singular, pé éeAnn btiAUA nti •00, in a year or two.

bA éiginc ¦óe’n c-peAócAin peo CujAinn, some day next week.— An tA pé ¦óeipe, the other day.—CpAénünA An tAe pé Peipe, a fewnbsp;evenings ago.

Ónig btiAnA ¦oéAg ton a óéA^o feAécAin ¦óe riii nA peit’ ITIitit [triiCii] peo CugAinn (it will be) fifteen years the first week ofnbsp;September next. (Note that in all compound numerals like ÓÜ15nbsp;btiAnA quot;oeAs the emphasis is on the first, therefore on 61115 here ;nbsp;btiAUA and ¦oéAs are less emphatic.)

2. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;SeAócAin [peAócrhAin] ’p tA in^oé (iiTonib), yesterday (this day)nbsp;week, i.e., the day corresponding to yesterday (or to-day) of lastnbsp;week. (The ’p stands for the old word 5up, meaning “ up to.”)—nbsp;SeACcAm ’p 50 “OorhnA po óAiteAniAip, last Sunday week.—Ceiptenbsp;btiAnA ’p 50 t)eAtCAine peo CAitce (óAit cu has been heard severalnbsp;times), nil 6615 btiAiiA óun nA t)eAtCAine peo ónsAinn, four yearsnbsp;counting tip to last May, or five years counting to next.—COIcCiAp

-ocr page 133-

119

TIME AND RECKONING.

[coictigeAf] 6uii a’ ’OorhiiA -po CugAinn, a fortnight (counting up to) next Sunday.—SeAócAin Cuu a’ tA AuiAipeAC, a week countingnbsp;up to to-morrow. Some say óuu a’ tAe AmAipig.—Note that ’pnbsp;is used when reckoning up to a point of time which is past or upnbsp;to the present day, whilst Cmi is used when reckoning up to anynbsp;point in the future. But if we are reckoning from to-day e.g.nbsp;we use 6 : peAécAtti ó’tt tA utoiuD ciocpA’ cu Apfpc, you will comenbsp;again this day next week.

3. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;ITleg [mbeit)] nio öpójA 1 gcóip a^ac Cuii a’ tAe ’uiAipig ?nbsp;Shall you have my boots ready by to-morrow ?—DeiO pénbsp;5’imteAcc ÓUU A cSAitipiuri, he will be leaving on (by) Saturdaynbsp;(Saturday will be his last day here) ; beiO pé aj ceAóc óuu uanbsp;ITlAipce, he will be coming on Tuesday (not, “ for Tuesday ”) ;nbsp;An cpeAócrtiAin 1 uoia’ ua peAócniAine peo óujAinn, the weeknbsp;after next.

4. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Ca peAócAin ó’n Aome-peo éujAinn 1 n-A fAoipe, tA’t tlluipenbsp;Ttlijp pa’ ftpügriiAp (ï)p=v) pê eitgt;quot;ti-5Ai’o AippeAnn ¦ó’eipceAócnbsp;pé piAU peACA rhAipb, next Friday week will be a holyday, thenbsp;Feast of the Assumption, with the obligation of hearing Mass undernbsp;pain of mortal sin.

“OAp UA tfiAipeAé (tTi=w), on the following day (¦oAp=’oé Ap, ¦oé as in ¦oé tuAu). hA’p ua rii. also heard.

5. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;tA pAiu (fwad) coipcéim coitij Ap a’ tA inoiut), tA ’n éinnnbsp;An [no—? 0’C.] quot;oA tA oeAj c’péip ua llo’otAj, to-day, Twelfthnbsp;Day, is longer by a cock’s stride. (Twelfth Day is so called, butnbsp;often for shortness tA An óinn. Lit. the day of the end of thenbsp;twelve days after Christmas.)

6. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;tlAite SAfhnA 50 feit’ Dpijoe,

¦RAite Ipeit’ Dpijue 50 DeAtcAine,

¦RAite DeAtcAine 50 bü$nAp,

[¦RAite hnJnApA 50 SAtriAin].

SeAóc 'DéA5 Tie ötiAucA ’p pióe, thirty-seven years.

7. Dé An

c-Am AtA pe Anoip

what o’clock is it now ? Or

CAT) A ót05 é ? T)é An c-Am é ?—Dé An c-Am Ague é ? what time is it by your watch or clock ?

tA pé 1 n5iop'’pAóc pipe nüquot;mAnc Tio-n-A tioóc, it is eight o’clock all to twenty minutes. (llumAnc, when used with pite, perhapsnbsp;more commonly takes the pi.)

-ocr page 134-

130

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

“ t)puit fé CÜ15 pót' ? —“ 'Ca fé Aji buitti Cuige,” or tA0,5 f^fCAt) CMije, “ Is it five yet ? ”—“ It is on the strokenbsp;of it.”

Ca fé -oeiC n«quot;mAinci Con a -oeiC (or c’féif a ¦oeiC), it is ten minutes to ten (or after ten).—Note that no or Cun is used butnbsp;not fonti. [Have heard foirh of time past: W fé Ann Af mAimnnbsp;CeAtfAlUAt) f. A fé.—0’C.]

8. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;ÜA fé teA’ tiuAif c’f-éif a buitte, it is half past one. Note :nbsp;buitte is one o’clock, quot;óA buitte quot;óéAg is twelve o’clock. An cé (=c-Aon)nbsp;buitte néAg is eleven o’clock. The other hours are regular. Observenbsp;that “ A ” is inserted before all numbers which are not followednbsp;immediately by a noun : bi mé Ann ’5e n-A ceACAif [a Ctog], I gotnbsp;there at four o’clock. (We use as not Af : . ’je n-A -00, ’ge n-Anbsp;Cf1, etc.). In recent times, prcbably through outside influence,nbsp;some people say Af instead of aj. Some also substitute uAip fornbsp;buitte in “ eleven ” and “ twelve o’clock ” : éin [Aon] uAip ’éAjnbsp;[¦óéAs], -öi. UAif eéAj ; and, for “ one o’clock,” they say a b-éinnbsp;[b-Aon] A Ctog.)

CeA’fu Cun A cé buitte 'óéAS, a quarter to eleven.

pite ntiquot;mAinci Cun a tia buitte tiéAg, twenty to twelve.

Ca fé “é1ci-élc” {itequot;-ee-ite) ’fAn oince, it is aU hours, very late. (The expression may be a corruption of “ eighty-eight,”nbsp;whatever that might mean).

9. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Ca ua Ceifte fitm btiAin buAitce ’mAC aici, she has completednbsp;four score years.

If mAit a’ cAmAtt no bti'AncA ó n’fAj fé An U-inn, it is a good stretch of years since he left Ring.

Ca fé a’ -out in cfi btiAnA Af An i,ic, he is going on three years in the place.

Ca fé imigte AmaC Af nA Ceifte fitin, he has gone past eighty years, he is in the fifth score of his age.

quot;Oé An c-AOf AtA ’gut ? Ceifte btiAnA néAg. How old are you ? Fourteen.

10, The personal numerals are the same as those found in the ordinary books. 1Tlüfquot;-feifAf is used for “ seven persons ”—nbsp;fOACcAf also occasionally. With these numerals a plural nounnbsp;should stand in the genitive case, but, as already explainednbsp;(introduction to Nouns), the nominative plural often does duty

-ocr page 135-

I2I

TIME AND RECKONING.

instead. t).4fi and nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;gen. pi. of be^n andnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;are used after

beifxc, but not always after the other numbers, although good speakers prefer them.

11. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;to’iAt) fOTi A CtAfin in$i'on (in-eequot;un)—a ótAtiti rfiAC ? Arenbsp;those his daughters—^his sons ? (a Ciii-o ingionACA also heard).—nbsp;t)ei|\c ótAintie bi aici, she had two children.—OócAp cLAinne, anbsp;family of eight.—t)i oCcA-p [no] eupAtn Aip, he had a family ofnbsp;eight.—Hi pAib élnne ctAintie aici, she had no children.

Cpi-upAp mnA (or bAn), ceA'CA-fiAp jApföiti {or jApfUn), ctiijeAp 5eApquot;pAtAiU, peipquot;eAp peApAib (or peAp), riAonbAp {nayquot;noor)nbsp;ppAtincAC, three women, four boys, five girls, six men, nine Frenchmen.

ï)i cpiüpAp Ap pAt) Atin ¦oiob, there were three of them in all.

'CA tiA mi'tce ’5e ’n CpuinniujAP) pon itroiu, aóc nin a cpiüpAp AgAinn Ann, thousands are at that meeting to-day, but we three arenbsp;not there (Ap ¦ocpinpAp appears to be uncommon).

ï)i beipc bAn {wan) a 5coipquot;piocAn m-omb, two women were getting churched to-day.

12. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;élnne néAs {dayquot;ag), eleven persons—Pia -bnine néAgnbsp;{yayquot;ag) or •óA ’p ’éAg [nA peAp néAg], twelve persons—cpi numenbsp;¦öéAg, óeiüpe quot;ónine PiéAg, ói3’ nuine beAg (ón = óüi5), pé nuinenbsp;¦óéAg, thirteen, fourteen, fifteen, sixteen persons (the v of piéAsnbsp;is often aspirated after a noun ending in e as ¦omne, mite, but notnbsp;after a noun ending in a, as btiAUA. éinne 'DéAg is not an exceptionnbsp;to this rule ; it is not a noun but a pronoun, and originally endednbsp;in c, Aon-neAó); peAóc, occ, riAoi, each followed by nnuitienbsp;‘óéA5=seventeen, eighteen, nineteen persons.—pite ¦ouine, twentynbsp;persons ; ‘ouine ’p pite, twenty-one persons ; beipc ’p piee, mupquot;-peipeAp ’p pite, ueitui-bAp ['oeióneAbAp] ’p pite, émrie ueAs ’pnbsp;pite twenty-two, twenty-seven, thirty, thirty-one persons ; ‘OAtAU,nbsp;cpi pióio, and céAV are used like pite—Ceitpe céA-o -oeitiu-UApnbsp;’p -daCa-o, four hundred and fifty people.

For the personal numerals, 12 to 19, observe that you must not say beipc néAS, cpiupAp néAg .nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;. uAonbAp néAs. The older

speakers regarded this as quite wrong.

We cannot use ¦ouine in translating, e.g., “ fourteen men, fifteen women, sixteen boys, seventeen girls,” but must say óeitpe peApnbsp;¦oéAj, ÓÜ15 beAU 'oéAj, pé jAppun néAg, peAóc ngeAppCAite “béAg.

13. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Vé tTiéin mite Ap po ’’ocl An cSeAnA-Citt ? tA pé ééignbsp;tfiite. How many miles to S. C. ? Five.

-ocr page 136-

122

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

(Note that CÜ15 vhile is not a noun predicate, therefore cA can be used. It should be parsed as an adverb expressing distance.)nbsp;’tiep A no aY a cpi tfiite, between two and three miles.nbsp;tliTi Aori UA rhite Ann, it is not two miles at aU.

T1in fé cpi rhite, it is not three miles.

14. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;’Ó’Aipig mé peAóc Ti-uAip’ é, I heard it often and often.nbsp;(A common expression. Note that uAip takes uAipe as its plural,nbsp;unless in the long form with ne, when uAipeAncA is used.)

¦Qa üaBc or -pé 'Dó, twice ; cpt üaöc, cpi nuAipe, thrice ; óeipte ïgt;aOc, ceAcAip ‘o’uAipeAticA, four times.

5Aé pé noi-óée, every second night; 5AC pé tA, every second day (sac ’te tA is, perhaps, more frequently heard ; ’te is for eite,nbsp;“ every other day ”).

11tn tiüri jApöAii cpi liuAipe uiop piA ó ’ÓpotA’o-pott-UA-Ctoióe-gite ’p CAtA (=acA) CeAun IteitUic on CotAipce, Dungarvan is not three times as far from Killongford Bridge [the bridge by the holenbsp;of the white stone] as Helvick is from the College ; (a tpi pAio is anbsp;better construction than cpi n-uAipe niop piA).

quot;ÓA ’p’oo (ridh or rudh), twice as much or as many ; cpi ’p'o’O) thrice as much ; ceipte ’p’o’o. four times as much.

ÜAÖAppAt) pé AgAlt) Ap tflAOpA A OeAt) ’uA Cpi ttlélT), he WOuld face a dog three times his size.

15. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“OeiO bpuinc, pnnc, ten pounds, one pound ; peAéc pgitlinse,nbsp;seven shillings ; peACc bpinge 50 teit (leh), seven pence ha’penny ;nbsp;nAp CugAp óeiCpe pingini Puic ? Did I not give you four pennies ?nbsp;c«ip-cnn (or cipcmin), fourpence ; PA c., eightpence ; c’pOmn,nbsp;five shillings.

Du’ bpeAg a’ c-AipgeAO no oeió bpüinc a’p cpi piCio peoCAp belt 5An Ao’ pup, seventy pounds was a fine sum of money fornbsp;him (to get) as contrasted with his getting nothing.

bu’ [tuAó] ceAtAip ’p pAot pe téiue Aip, a shirt worth four and six on him. (Note, as in English, psiUitig is often omitted.)

Ip peAp A cpi óAoïpe iap pou, those are three nice sheep (see under cAoipe) ; oéc gclrin pe CAoipe ; peAtc jcirin pe tuA[5A],nbsp;seven axes (cuAg, g. cuAgA, ƒ.).

16. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Cap aCa Ap a’ c-ptAic pe piu AgAc ? or Cap aüA au c-ptAicnbsp;Ague Aip ? How much is a yard of that ? or. How much a yardnbsp;do you ask for it ?—Dé rhéip (or Ati mu) ptAic AtA Ouaic ? How

-ocr page 137-

123

TIME AND RECKONING.

many yards do you want ? t)eiC flACA. Ten yards.—An mij|\ (or ne mém) a’ ceAnn a tieAt) Aige o^iaa ? How much would henbsp;want for each ?

17. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;ConnA, céAT), ctoC, pnnc, AnnfA are used as measures ofnbsp;weight.

When preceded by a numeral, connA, ceAU and AtinfA remain unchanged, but ctoC and pnnc must take the plural (except ofnbsp;course, after -óa, pite, etc.) ; peAcc ¦oconuA, étng ceAU, pé AnnpA ;nbsp;pcAcc gctoCA ¦oéA5 ; uaoi bppinc •oeAg. If a numeral does notnbsp;precede, we must of course give connA, céAt) and AnnpA theirnbsp;plurals, W coniiAi mine Ann Agup ccauca guAit, Agtip AnA-Cumnbsp;AnnpAi cobAC 1 mAiUni pAipéip.

18. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;An óéAT) óCAnn ip óige, the first, counting from the youngest;

An cApA c., the second ;

An cpigiü c., the third ;

An ceApn c., the fourth ;

An CÜ151Ü c., the fifth ;

An péigm c., the sixth ;

An peAccii c., the seventh ;

An c-oócti c., the eighth ;

An nAO-jiU c., the ninth ;

An ¦oeiquot;-t« c., the tenth. “OeAcrhAA (dah-chooquot;), tithe.

An C-A0-51Ü ceAnn 'oéAS a’p pite, thirty-first.

If the ordinal numeral ends in a vowel, and is followed by a noun beginning with a vowel, some of the best of the older speakersnbsp;prefix n to the noun in all cases : An ca^a bomce, An cpigni bAbpAn,nbsp;etc. ; other good speakers, but of the younger generation, prefix nnbsp;after cApA, but not after the other ordinals.

19. ’’Oé An teiquot;teAT) (lehquot;hudh) aca pA peAmpA ? tleiC ¦ocpoigtenbsp;{dhreh.quot;heh) Ap teiteAu. What is the width of the room ? Tennbsp;feet wide.

’¦Oé An Aoipne tamp; pAn peAmpA ? CtUg cpoigce tiéAg Ap Aoipne. What is the height of the room ? Fifteen feet high.

’“Oé An pAm {add) aca pA peAmpA ? 'P'cb cpoig {thrig) Ap pAm (/od) or pAm. What is the length of the room ? Twenty feet long.

’¦Oé An ciujACc (tyuquot;ocht) aca pAn CtAp ? “OeiC n-oipUg [ópntAó] Ap ciujAóc. What is the thickness of the plank ? Ten inches thick.nbsp;Also cijeAcc.

-ocr page 138-

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

’¦Dé An 'ooitfineAóc (dhinquot;yocht) a 'oc61‘óeAnn An c-tiifge (or AtA fAn uifge) Anni'o 1 Sé cpoijte. What depth is the water here 1nbsp;Six feet.

If teiquot;te An fOAmpA -óe quot;OeiC ¦ocfoigte nA An Cifuin. The room is ten feet wider than the kitchen. Aoifoe, higher, fiA, longer,nbsp;cige {tee), thicker, are the eomparative adjs. which must be usednbsp;for the other dimensions. The construction is the same.

Note.—In a work on arithmetic by ScAn Ö Cuifffn, published some years ago, the older forms of the numbers such as peAfCA,nbsp;60, and nóóA, 90, are used ; and the speakers of his native district,nbsp;even those who do not read Irish, seem to have picked them upnbsp;without difficulty, and to recognise their convenience.

-ocr page 139-

PRONOUNS.

Personal: A|i pu^ii-o tiA tiAice AgAinn-Tie, about our place, our farm. (English speakers would expect before aic.)—t)A é finnbsp;a’ cAfA t)Aï)C Alge Tiuf ’uA Ooiune, that was the second time henbsp;was expecting it.^—Tlin Aon ¦oiogöAit (S6=v) Annfon, there isnbsp;no harm in that.—tli pAiti fo ua fun Aije, he had neither the onenbsp;nor the other.—pé ¦otnne Af tAini’ {or a ’ocAini’) An fSéAf fonnbsp;uAit) nin Aon ¦oeAttfArn Aip, from whomsoever that story comes,nbsp;it is no good.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;.

Interrogative: Cati eite cati a TSéAnfAt) fé ? What else would you expect him do ?¦—Cat) eite cnnAf a quot;OeAnfAt) fé é ? How else,nbsp;I ask you, would he do it ? But conuf(c) eite TiéAnfAt) fé é ?nbsp;would have quite a different meaning, viz., “ In what other waynbsp;might he do it? ” That is, we are simply looking for information; wenbsp;are not making a protest as we do in cat) eite conuf—‘Oe’pu'o énbsp;(pronounced rapidly as one word, accent on last syl.) [cat) é An put)nbsp;é] ; féAé ’ne puTgt; é An vpACnnnA ïieit 50 npeAj, see what it is tonbsp;have a fine evening.—Cé ’5e -ó’Aipig cti é ? From whom did younbsp;hear it? Cé ’cu or cia ’co {hjukquot;oo) means “ whether,” “which” ofnbsp;two, or of several.—“Oé An c-AptAó é fin ?—Cé ’cu ceAnn AtA cu a’nbsp;p-At) ?—xXn ccAnn if mii i-oift* [T)ioö] (or mti niot)) ApAon. Whatnbsp;ship is that ?—To which of them do you refer ?—The larger of thenbsp;two. Cé ’cu is here used like an adj. qualifying ceAnn.—Cé ’cu,nbsp;“ which ” and ceAnn, “ one.”—Cé ’cu ’cu (accent cé) An ceAnnnbsp;teAtAn ? which of them (the letters) is the broad one ? Sincenbsp;Cé ’cu means “ which ” of many, then the form cé ’cu’cu {kay''kuk-00) means “ which of them.”—Tli feAOAp cé ’cu pó-jAipi-o nünbsp;pó-teAüAip Cxi An coifcéim Aige, I do not know whether his stepnbsp;is too short or too long.—Cé ’cu tAirh téite öfuil pi a’ fgpi ? withnbsp;which of her hands is she writing ?—Cé ’cu T.4irh teif öfuit fé a’nbsp;fgpi ? with which of his hands is he writing ?—Cé ’cu -Oe f nA TiAomenbsp;If fCApp Cun nA jAotAinne ? which of the people is best at Irish ?nbsp;—Cé Aip AtA cu Ag cpACc ? Of whom are you speaking ?—wenbsp;do not say a Cpuit or 50 tifuit here : see Notes on Grammar at

The first 1 of mih represents an extension of mo in O.I.

125

-ocr page 140-

126

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

end of book. Por expressions • like “ I wanted to know what,, etc.,” see Verbs, ceAfcAigim.

Relative : fin é •ouöAifc fé, fin é Tiin fé, that is what he said,, that is what he did.

ÜA* é An fAjAjic tiA tfin a fAiO cion acu Aif é, he was the priest they liked best {or üa’ é An pAgAfc Oa 51 te teo).

SiteAf jufAü 1AT) An ¦ofeAtn bA rhife lAftAifc gAotuinne lO’Aifi’ mé fiArii 1AT), I thought they were the fastest speakers of Irish I evernbsp;heard.

Óin-é fAiD a’ sfAt) ’5e ¦00’n ^AotAinn, he it was who had a love for Irish.

t1mquot;Ai'o fiofAi'Oe {hee-reei') fAib tAit, there was a very large number of people over (in Dungarvan) ; umAin fiofAi’Oe ftyuitnbsp;¦oe ¦óAoïne Af a’ mAfjA’O, there is a very large number of peoplenbsp;at the market. {Lit., “what amount there is of people.”)

UmAi-o [lomA’o] is also heard as umA’o. The word can be used not only of a vast amount but also of any kind of marvel: urn Amnbsp;ifCA’O An cApAtt AtA AjAm ; umAm fiofAi’Oe Ua eA’0 An Ia in’oiunbsp;te peAftAinn, this was an amazingly wet day.

A fAib ’oe Of ACA, all the gold they had.

¦péAó A Ofuit ’oe téA’o Af, look at all the ropes that are out of it. {Lit., “ what there is of rope.”)

If bcAg A Ofuit Ann acu, there are few of them there. {Lit., “ what there is there of them.”)

Sin é A fAib ’oe rhAit ’Oo Ann, that is all the good it did him. {Lit., what there was of profit for him in it.”)

péAó Af A Ofuit Af A gcAffAig, look at all (the seabirds) that are on the rock.

Sin A Oftiil, ’oe CuncAf AgAm, that is all the information I have.

¦Oao {or ’oé) [fu’o é] Of uit fé a’ ’oéAUA’ó cüfAim ’oom, that is aU the trouble it is giving me.

¦féAó A Ofuit o’eicquot;ifeAóA loncA, look at all the bare patches that are amongst them (the potato stalks).

t)i A fAib Ann a’ gAife, all who were there laughed.

11i beA5 A bfuit ’óe óAlnc AjAinn jAn cufA Cuf 00 CeAnn eAoquot;AfAinn, there is talk enough between us without your strikingnbsp;in. {Lit., what we have of talk is not little.)

Sin Af óuifCAf oe Ceifc Aif, that is the only question I put him.

-ocr page 141-

127

PRONOUNS.

Ü4 An cnoc fAn Cu’ Spv te-n-A 0peACAi5equot;Af t'lAiri, that hill is as high as any I ever saw.

On Interrogatives and Relatives see end of hook, “A Few Notes on Grammar.”

péin ; this pronoun often appears as péineAó or péinij. Besides its ordinary meaning of “ self ” it also means “ even ” or “ evennbsp;though.” The p aspirated is sounded like ti, cf. the aspirated pnbsp;of ppeAgpA ; ip mu pu-o a ¦öéAupA’ó ¦oume ¦Oo tiémneAó, one wouldnbsp;do many things for oneself; mA’p boCc tiéin -ouinn, üAimi'tgt;nbsp;mACATicA, even though we are poor, we are honest; ¦óéAnpAt) ponnbsp;tiéin é, even that might cause it; ni pAib pé te cup ném, he wasnbsp;not destined even to be buried, péin is doubled when, e.g., a mothernbsp;is speaking in a petting way to a child : Ö, ca pi péni péin A5nbsp;ceAOc ! Here she comes, her own little self ! (also pétu pétneAó,nbsp;péin péinig, or even péin pémin). tTIé péin, péin a ‘óein é, I did itnbsp;without any help whatsoever.

5AC : 5AÓ, though denoting a single person or thing is followed commonly by a pronoun of reference in plural: ja’ Piao’ put) a Oupnbsp;’uA n-Atc péin, to put everything in its proper place {lit., in theirnbsp;proper place) ; tgt;i ja’ ii6lnne Ap a n-oitOAtt, every one was doingnbsp;his (their) best.

A : A, his, her, their, followed by a noun beginning with t make no change in the quality of that letter. Ambiguity is avoided bynbsp;inserting the ^ers. pro., a tcAbAp é pin, his book ; a t. 1' pm, hernbsp;book ; A t. 1AT) pon, their book. One speaker maintains that a,nbsp;her, is pronounced tiA.

PIAC-’OTieACA : ¦nAó-'opeAcquot;A [ncAéCAp acu], commonly used for “else,” e.g., bi UAipe oppA ptitfiAc nu riAO-opeACA poitfi {ry}nbsp;-n- A Céite, they were bashful of you, or else of one another.

niA CA ponn opc ceAóc, cAip nu nAO-npeACA cGIbip a bAite, if you want to come, come, otherwise go home.

eibC, t1lb6 : 'b’péiTup jup bpipeAt) óun peAptAnuA a AéAupAA pé ¦] bpéi-oip eite uaó ca-ó, perhaps it might change for rain, andnbsp;perhaps it might not; ccAnn eite nuAt), another new one ; Ianbsp;h-eite has a different meaning from tA eite : ConnAic mé au Panbsp;b-eite é, I saw him a few days ago ; niop tAini’ mé au Pa pAu aónbsp;An Pa eiPe, I did not come on that day but on the other day.

-ocr page 142-

138

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

CV15 fé tAtijAipe *06 ‘öot\n ¦00 nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;ati óéAt) ’OonitiAó A’f

uite. “ quot;Oo noóc yé a piACtA ttiA6[t] 50 ieói\,” a^v^a peATi-peAt\. He gave a boy a clout of his fist, the first Sunday and all. “ Henbsp;showed his teeth soon enough,” said an old man.

Cé 50 : Cé 5«i\ A1C -OeAf é, although it’s a pretty place. (Heard only a few times.)

-ocr page 143-

CONJUNCTIONS.

CONDITIONAL SENTENCES “ PROVIDED THAT, ”

“ ONLY FOR,” “ IF ONLY,” amp;c.

AC or IIAC : IliTi c« coTiAóquot;cAi5te aó ah éigiric póf, the preparations (washing, etc.) for waking you have hardly yet been finished (words of the angel to the soul in Purgatory who thoughtnbsp;that he had already been long ages there).—Ca piAn uaó beAj mAf anbsp;Oéite, they are almost the same.—-Hi ceAfc uaó “k” vo gtAoónbsp;Af “ c,” the letter “ o ” ought to be called nothing else but “ k.”

Ill pAiti) AÓ a’ pocAb Af A óeAUTi nuAip A 1M beipte Aip, the word was only out of his mouth when he was caught.—quot;Ou Dai pc pénbsp;SUH’A’e ceAtupAtt TiAorh Sau TIioctAip au ceA-mpAtt b’AopCA iunbsp;éipiun nAc Aou óeAun AriiAiu, he said that, with one exception,nbsp;the church of St. Nicholas was the oldest in Ireland.

Ip bpeAg bog A ‘óéiTi-cAH cAtuc aó ati cé beAA a cuilteACcAiu, it is very easy to talk, but matters are not quite so easy for one whonbsp;is a wage-earner. The use of aC in this and following examplenbsp;ought to be noted. 11i bAcpAimi {wokquot;ing) be {or niopD aou put)nbsp;tiom) -00111’ AopcA AÓ gApptin og, I should not mind an old person,nbsp;but matters are quite otherwise when it’s a young boy that’snbsp;concerned. Strong accent on og.

Hi péi-oip Aó -o’Gluue AriiAiu córiiAóc (rii nasal1) jau ceópA belt Alge, there can be only One whose power is unlimited.—ï)óp tóu

[bóu] PéAUAÓ a’ pAgAIUC AU C-fAOgAlb feo AÓ COpp UAOtUtA

{nafequot;heh) au CigeApuA Ap lompAp AgAib, may you carry with you the Body of the Lord as your last refection when leaving thisnbsp;world (conclusion of beggar’s prayer). Aó in this and next twonbsp;examples means “ namely.”—^Sé au Cuiriiue ip piA ’mo óeAuu aónbsp;é -ó’peipgiuc AopcA, I have seen him an old man from my earliestnbsp;recollection.—t)A é (bA-yay) au c-iiucAp bA rhii (rii=w) beótA aónbsp;pAgApc tDéApbA belt Ap AU otbóip [Abtóip], what surprised themnbsp;most was that an English-speaking priest should be at the altar.

1

The reader will remember that in words in which tii is described as nasal, the nasal colouring afiects the preceding portion of the word.

129

-ocr page 144-

130

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

tlin ^oti CACc-fiA Aó A öpiiit quot;oe ^fAticAig mAfö Alge, nothing is so surprising as all the rats he (the cat) has küled [lit., the numbernbsp;of rats he has killed is the only wonder—i.e., other wonders arenbsp;as nothing in comparison with it).—Tb pAift Aoti c-peC iiaC céipenbsp;te ¦oAoïpeAóc, young pigs were extremely dear.—Tlin ao’ •fui'onbsp;aC An c-ftAince, health is the only thing—i.e., other things are asnbsp;nothing in comparison with it.

bln A -Out Aip AÓ 50 -00 t)., he has only to go to B. ; nin mo ¦Out opm AÓ 50 'oci t)., I have only to go to B. (some would omitnbsp;Aip and opm) ; or ntn te “out AjAm aó 50 “oci b.

bln Ann aó nA cél^eAnn nA beAtAigig (beh-heequot;ig) ipceAó in “oopAf a’ tiAttA, (so badly kept is the house that) the animals hardlynbsp;stop from going in at the hall-door, bin Ann aó nA or, of past tense,nbsp;n1 -pAib Ann aó nAp, may be translated by “all but.” Lit., “There isnbsp;not in it—i.e., in the situation or circumstances, but that they donbsp;not go in at the hall-door”—i.e., they do everything else but gonbsp;in.—bi pAit) Ann aó nAp tfiüóu^ (m=vw) mé, 01 ’p-wo pon “OAoinenbsp;pA péipéAt, I was almost smothered there were so many people innbsp;the church.-—b1 pAib Ann aó nAp “O’pAipjeAg An c-AnAm AmAó ApAm,nbsp;I was almost crushed to death (the life was almost crushed out ofnbsp;me).

AC means, also, “ on condition that ” or “ but on condition that ”—i.e., if only ” : tejAg “oOib é aó jau a beit pó-“óiAnnbsp;Aip, he was given to them on condition that they would not benbsp;too hard on him.—b1[opt)] OaoJaP (ï)=vw) “oóiti cicim aó 50nbsp;mbeitjlp “oéAncA ’nA jceApc, there would be no danger of theirnbsp;(i.e., the corn-stacks’) falling, if only they were properly made.—nbsp;5eót)pAi“óe é “O’cipeAC'cAin aó gup rhAit teip.cpoc a óup Aip tiéin,nbsp;he could be heard, if only he wished to exert himseH.

50, Cub, b.4 (so that—not) : tA piA“o iompAi$te AmAó 50 b’é An nAipe ia’o, they have turned out (in such a way) that they arenbsp;a disgrace.—ÜAïiAip ’peAóquot;Ap nA cAittceAp é, take care that itnbsp;does not get lost.—bo óuipeA“ó pi a OApA Ap a piiite nA peicpeA“ónbsp;pi 1, she used to put her hands to her eyes so that she would notnbsp;see her.—Cun [50] gcuippeA^O pé eAgt’ oppA, in order to frightennbsp;them. (lonnAp 50 is not often heard.)—EiomAin (or comAin)nbsp;teAc a’ cApAtt 50 mbei'Oml’D pA bAite pé’n oi'óóe, drive on thenbsp;horse so that we may get home before the night. It will be observednbsp;that the above sentences, the last excepted, keep close to the

-ocr page 145-

131

CONJUNCTIONS.

English idiom. The foUowing rule may be of service, that “ would ” or “ might ” requires the conditional, and “ may ” the future.

TIA (that not, hut that) : If beAj uA feiceófA é, you could almost see it. Ifnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nAf 'ó’Aitiri (‘óahquot;-hin) mé tu, I almost

recognized you. The following rude analysis may be of use : that you could not see it is due to a little thing—that I did notnbsp;recognize you is due to a little thing, or cause. Other analysesnbsp;on similar lines are obvious.

Iliop -Ooi’ teAC nA fAib fé Ag lAfgAifCACc fiArii, you would never think but that he had always been fishing (“ that he hadnbsp;not always been fishing.” The form aC 50 or nA 50 is not sonbsp;common as this.)

tliof quot;óóig beAc nA beACfA1 fi An C15, you would imagine that she would throw down the house (“ you would not think thatnbsp;she would not,” i.e., “ you would think she would ”).

Hi 'óéAffAinn nAó gAifit) 'oüinn ctot {Icyuch) eile, I would not say but that we are near another shower (“ I would not say that,nbsp;we are not,” i.e., I would say that we are ”).

tli •óéAffAinn tiA 50 bftnb (or nA fuit) An ótoó fo Cu’ mrUfr ¦o’nncAf beif a’ gcboC tA teAf, I would not say but that this stonenbsp;is as great a marvel as the stone which is south (i.e., in Ardmore).

Tliof AOig teAC uaC ¦oombbAf (dhumquot;luss) ’5e TDAoine An $AotAinn,1 you would imagine that Irish was gall to some people.

After words expressing doubt and after mifoe, nA means “ but that.” Sometimes nA 50 is used ;—

Tli mifoe ¦Owe A f-At) nA 50 f^ib Uia bAotiAC [buiAeAd] woe, you may well say that God was pleased with you. tlin Aon “OAbcnbsp;nA teAtAnóó’ An bbAifc, there is no doubt but that the blightnbsp;would spread. (Ilin UAbc nAó fiof 5AÓ nit!) X)e’n mém fin, therenbsp;is no doubt but that each of all those statements is true.—P. Denn,nbsp;GAócfA An ï)Aif.)

Tli mifce ¦ÓUIC A f-A1 nA guf mAit a’ fAjAfc p’fóifce é, you may well say that he is a good parish priest.

11A (neither, nor) : “ CAtoin tincfAm cu AmAipeAó ? ”—Tli feAtiAf.”—“ Tli fcA-oAf nA mife.” “ When will you come tomorrow ? ”—“I don’t know.”—“Neither do I.”

1

This word is also pronounced gAelinn.

-ocr page 146-

132

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

Tlio-p nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Aon otc Ann wA ctnt) ¦oe, or niot^ ónmeAf otc

x\amp; ctiit) -oe otc Ann. I did not mean any harm by it, not the least.

TTIA, X)A, ¦rnATlA['n], amp;c. (Conditional Sentences).—^The general rules for conditional sentences are the same as those found in thenbsp;ordinary books, except that instead of the past subjunctive, whichnbsp;has the same form as the imperfect tense, with “oa (“if so andnbsp;so had happened ”), the conditional is used, and that the conditionalnbsp;with tuA is frequently heard. The following division of conditionalnbsp;sentences may be of help ;—

(1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Logical sentences, e.g., niA óAitt cu a’ fp’^Ati, CaiU cunbsp;ruApAfOAt TiA feAócriiAirie, “ if you lost your purse, you lost thenbsp;week’s wages.” Here we do not assert that the purse has beennbsp;lost; wé simply state the consequence of its being lost. Thisnbsp;form of sentence causes no difficulty. It is exactly the same asnbsp;in English. See last example under adjective péi-ó.

(2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Probable sentences (a) referring to the future ; ID a tuiceAtmnbsp;AttiAó 50 TigeoOAip mé aiiu, gtAoApAi-O mé i^ceAt, if I chancenbsp;to go there (as I probably shall), I will caU in ; mA Ciotin fé üu,nbsp;mApftóéAiA pé tu, if he sees you (as he well may), he will kill younbsp;(occasionally CiPpit) is used) ; mA’p hutd 50 ¦oc-ucpAiA fé,nbsp;beiPmit) fAfCA, if it turns out (as it may) that he will come, wenbsp;will be satisfied ; mA-pA 'oc-ucfAiA fé in Am, if peA-pfA quot;óó jAnnbsp;ceACc, if he is not going to come in time, it is better for him tonbsp;remain away. In sentences like mA tujAnn fib onüif tiupnbsp;n-AitpeAóA 1 'Düf mAitpeACA, beiA fAogAt fATiA AgAib, “if younbsp;honour your fathers and mothers, your lives shall be long,” wenbsp;are giving the exact words of the speaker. If we report his wordsnbsp;we say in English : “ he said that if they would honour their fathersnbsp;and mothers, their lives would be long. ” A similar change takesnbsp;place in Irish : (-oubAipc fé) mA tAtiAffAinif onóip -oA n-AitfeACA inbsp;•OA mAitpeAóA, 50 mbeAA fAo^At fA’OA acu. Note that mA, notnbsp;¦oA, is used. See p. 'Oenn under au CeAptuitiA'O b-AiCne.

The negative form of mA is mApA or mApAn, the n being inserted whenever possible, e.g., mApAn -ó’élptg pé (morquot;an yirequot; ishay),nbsp;not mApA. triApA, of course, eclipses, ’A •oc-ucfA’O xiuine pénbsp;Péin cAmAitt ¦o’eAcpA [acpa] opc, ‘óéAppA, “ jeóbAip, mApAii pwonbsp;50 ¦oc-ucfAi-ó cti A a’iappa’ Apifc,” if a person came to you fornbsp;the loan of anything useful, you would say, “ you will get it, unlessnbsp;you come asking for it a second time.”

-ocr page 147-

133

CONDITIONAL SENTENCES.

(6) Referring to the past: triA ¦óéAppAi’öe -pocxit tiA cAiüneóó’ teif, üAineAt) fénbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Ap néin, if (“ if ” in this class of sentence

means “ when ” or “ whenever ”) a word were said which did not please him (and probably such a word used be said), he shruggednbsp;his shoulders. In these sentences uiA with conditional is usednbsp;in the “ if ” clause ; some part of the indicative past is used innbsp;the other clause. ITIa •ó’péA-opA'ó (yathe'’och) pé, “ if he werenbsp;able,” is heard repeatedly. The conditional mood may here benbsp;regarded as equivalent to the indicative. Sentences in whichnbsp;this phrase occurs would, therefore, naturally belong to (2) [a).

(3) Sentences of pure supposition or condition contrary to fact : Da nuéAnpA mo cöttiAipte, ni OAinpeAP) pon ¦omc, if you had takennbsp;my advice (but, as a fact, you did not), that would not havenbsp;happened to you. The conditional is used in both clauses : uanbsp;n-oéAppAi-öe pocAt ua CAitneóó’ teip, ¦00 öAinpeA-ó pé pcAppAtvnbsp;Ap tiéin, if a word which did not please him were said (and I merelynbsp;suppose such to have been said), he would, etc. Note that ¦da,nbsp;the conditional particle, like ¦o’a before nouns of degree, is oftennbsp;reduced to ’a. If, in the sentence from p. Denn quoted (2) above,nbsp;we were to read, -oa ¦ocAöAppAi'oip onüip . . . . •oo OeAt) pAogAt pAUAnbsp;Acn, the meaning then would be : if they were to honour theirnbsp;fathers and mothers, their lives would be long, or would have beennbsp;long. In other words, the conditional clause is either a pure supposition or a statement contrary to fact. Only the context can tell usnbsp;which it is.—For vividness the indicative may be used in thenbsp;second clause ; xgt;S ¦ocicpeA'ó ati Ctoó AnuAp pA ptAopc opm, Oinbsp;me mApO, if the stone had fallen on my head, I was a dead man.nbsp;This usage, which deserves particular notice, is found also innbsp;Connaught.

The negative form of ¦oa is mApA or mApAti :—DéAnpAi'oip a ngriü 50 mAit, niApA mbei’oip A5 ot, they would do their work allnbsp;right, if they were not drinking. The long form -oa mUu’ pwo nAnbsp;is also used but must not be overworked ; it should be avoidednbsp;unless we mean, “if the.case were such that,” “if it could benbsp;managed so that.”

If the “ if ” clause consist of several members, the mA or ¦oA need not be repeated, 50 is inserted instead (jati with verbal noun,nbsp;if the clause be negative) ;—’A mbeA’O peAp boóc Ann -j jAn mopAnnbsp;pA pAojAt Alge 1 Annpon 50 mbeAti pwo beAg ceAóc puAp Aige ¦]nbsp;50 n-oibpeóó’ pé é béin 50 mAit te-n-A óui-o AttAip, ¦00’ [moó]

-ocr page 148-

134

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

1 'oéAnAó, -) 5An ao’ -put) te p-At) te Viéinne, a’ •oéAiiAt) a j-nó gAn Aon Cup ipceAC Alge Ap gnó ¦ouin’ eite, ni öpuigeAt) au peAp mACAucAnbsp;pon weipeACcAin ’ge ’n -opoC-peAp, niAp aca popmAT) Aige teipnbsp;l 1iin é AtA Ap gcAitteArfiAinc.

The following type of sentence is conditional merely in form : pé niAn mA ttionn pé Ann, it is hard if he will be there, i.e.,nbsp;he wiU hardly be there (Ca pé xiiAn nu belt) pé Ann, it is hard ornbsp;he will be there, i.e., it wül go hard if he is not there). Compare,nbsp;also, the following : CAbAip ’peAóAp mApA bpuit pé bpipce Ague,nbsp;take care lest you have got it broken.

triBITlGACquot; (=niApA nibeAt)) : TTIeipeACquot; means, “ were it not for,” “ only for,” “ but for the fact (that),” “ only it wasnbsp;(how).”—trieipeAC pon ni peAUAp cunAp mAp a DéAt) a’ pgéAt,nbsp;but for that I do not know how matters would have beerf. ITleipeACnbsp;gpApcA “Oe, beimipc cAIttce, only for the mercy of God we shouldnbsp;have been lost. tlleipeAC SeAn a belt Ann, biop mApb, only thatnbsp;John was there I should have been killed.

¦Deinip go niAit ineipeAC lAU a belt Ag ót {or meipeAC a li’CbAnn piAT)) ’nuTnupquot;cA, they would be aU right only that they drinknbsp;too much. meipeAC gu[pA]b é An “OoriinAC é or meipeAC mAp ip é,nbsp;only that it is Sunday. meipeAC gup’ -ó’é au T). é or mAp but) é,nbsp;only that it was Sunday. meipeAC mAp a pAiigAig go pAib T1i-ctAp Ann, only that it was how it happened that N. was here.nbsp;meipeAC mAp a tug pé An c-uaPaC teip, ¦oo CAitpinn é t)’pAgAincnbsp;mAp A pAib pé, only that it was how he carried the load, I shouldnbsp;have had to leave it where it was.—“ 11i peADAp bpuit ao’ pun quot;oanbsp;b^pp Alge ? ”—“ meipeAC mAp aCa, ni pAgAt) pé ’nA tpiobtóm,”

‘ I wonder if he makes anything by it ? ” “ Only that he does, he would not go to the trouble of it.”—meipeAC mAp a bi pé puAp ornbsp;meipeAC go pAib pé puAp, only that it was cold.

tii béAt) An mAnpA mAp pin, meipeAC mAp aca coinin Ann, the dog would not behave in that way, only that there is a rabbitnbsp;there.—meipeAC é peo (ah pAipéAp po) belt teApmuquot; (tie’nnbsp;peiccuiip), beAt) pé niop bpipce, only that this (paper) was on thenbsp;outside (of the picture) it would have been more broken, i.e., butnbsp;for this paper wrapping the picture, etc.

meipeAC can often be dispensed with by using uaC in the middle of the sentence in its stead, e.g., instead of saying meipeAC mAp anbsp;pAngAig gup -ö’é An ’OotnnAC é, tAbAppAi-óe go oci An péipéAt é,

-ocr page 149-

135

“ ONLY FOR,” ‘‘ IF ONLY,” amp;c.

we may say tAttaixyAnie 50 *00 ati -péipéAt é tiaC i^AtigAis gufv -ó’é ATI Xgt;. é, it (the corpse) would have been brought to the churchnbsp;only it chanced to be Sunday.

[“Oj/S ID'btl’Ö AltlbAlt) ’S ”00 (aw-mooV us-duh). Even though, even if : beipij pt^CA teiceAU ‘ouic péin pé p^jA cü a CootAP, amp;nbsp;inütAp PU1C 1 fteijMü te pjotAn Aicinti, cook a plate of porridge “ fornbsp;yourself ” before bed-time, even though you had no kindhng but anbsp;furze bush to do your cooking (pvnc péin has the force of “ out ofnbsp;kindness to yourself ”—“ Treat yourself to a plate of porridge,”nbsp;etc.). The ’p after AttitAiP occurs in Mid. Irish : see note 63 to

AptpAÓ AM Öip.

m Atl, m All Sitl.—^tliop óuipeAp niAp Ceipc Aip, I did not venture to ask him, did not put him such a question (triAp has a softeningnbsp;influence on the sentence).—lb CuippeAP pé [é] rriAp tpiobtöipnbsp;Alp [tiéin], he would not put himself to that inconvenience.—Sinbsp;AM cpAp 1 iMAp J^otAiMM, it is a great trouble, this Irish. (Thenbsp;people translate this, “ ’tis a great bother for Irish.”)

triAp pin, “ like that,” “ as that,” “ in that way.” It sometimes gives the sentence an apologetic colouring :—TIi'm aom peAptAiMMnbsp;IMAp piM AMM, lit., there is no rain there that way, i.e., there is nonbsp;rain to speak of ; ca ama-imacamca rtiAp pin, i.e., he is verynbsp;honest, if I might be allowed to say so.

Ajup rriAp fiM, “and so on.” (Do not insert pe after pin).— See IMAp as Adverb.

-ocr page 150-

VERBS.

(1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Cawaoi'o, motArriAoiT), rhoiAmAoi-p, motTrAniAoiT), rhot-pAtriAoir are found in the books, but become with us CA-miT),nbsp;motAitnft), and so on, the m of -mAoiX) and -mAoii' being madenbsp;slender in all verbs. Sometimes the short form in -Am of the 1stnbsp;person pi. is used: “ Üpuit pm i gcóip ? ”—“tAm-rie.” “Arenbsp;you ready?”—“We are”; “ “Oéimgi ’up iroióeAtt.”—“’OéAti-pAm.” “Do your best.” “We wiU.”

(2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The final p of the past tense 1st and 2nd pers. pi. is also madenbsp;slender. We say rhotAmAip (wulquot;-a-mwir), not itiotAmAp. Innbsp;fact, there is a tendency to make p slender in many other cases.nbsp;So, also, the p in mAp. The p of pAt) has been already noted.nbsp;There are probably two or more .sounds of p lying between p-slender,nbsp;as in Cl pirn, and p strongly triUed, as in bAppA.

(3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The final it) of the 3rd sing, future active, e.g., motpAi-0

is not pronounced when followed by a personal pronoun which is the subject of the verb, but is pronounced as -15 in all other cases:nbsp;“ All pAgAi’ fé AttAite ? ”nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ TlAjAig ” ; ciocpAi’ mé péin Ajup

C10CPA15 riA ¦DAoiue 50 téip.

The same rule holds for final -it), -15, or 15 of the 3rd sing, past tense active, unless the verb is a monosyllable ; (o) “ Ap óua’ pénbsp;Aim ? ”nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ 11iop ÓUA15.”nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ Ap ÓUA15 SeAn nó Clrine eite Atm ? ”

“ CtiA mé pém Aun At’ ui peAOAp cao mAp $eAtt Ap Scam ”; (6) “ Ap Daiu’ SeAii iiA pmjmi ? ”nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ Tliop öAitij—mé pém a

PaiUj 1AT) ” ; (c) “ Ap tAim’ cti AttAite m Am ? ” nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ Tliop tAim’

mé mAp tAitiig CIUÓ [ciot] a Paiii moitt ApAm.”—Monosyllabic verbs ending in true -15 or in the -15 into which -iA and -ig arenbsp;converted never omit the 5 : tuig mé, puig [puit)] cü, tuig [Uii$]nbsp;pé ;—note that ^1, éi eói, ói, iüi, and üi are monosyllables ; (wenbsp;do not say, e.g., tllA-i-pe but TTlA-pe, nor é-i-pe but é-pe, nornbsp;gtó-ipe but gtó-pe ;) hence we have épAig [ópAit)] pé mé, tAignbsp;[tAitiAig] cit é, iéig [téij] pé All teAüAp, A’peóig {yogue) pé, itnbsp;withered ; t)óig [t)óig] mé é ; tiüig pé he shouted ; öpüig pé, henbsp;crushed ; épüig [épüit)] pi Ati tó, she milked the cow. SgpiotAim,nbsp;I write, pronounced as if pspijim (shgreequot;im), has pspig (fornbsp;PSP'S) ill tile P^st tense (note short vowel in the monosyllable).

136

-ocr page 151-

137

VERBS.

The -1-0 of the 3rd sing, subjunctive becomes -15 when the verb stands last or when the verb is followed by a word, not the article,nbsp;beginning with a vowel: An cé AtA a’ gOitc [gAOAit] 50 gcAatijnbsp;(gaVig), may he who is winning lose (said by one entering a roomnbsp;where people are playing cards); nAp propAij Ap nniteAtt é,nbsp;may our best efforts not stop him (of the departure of an undesirable) ; UAp ¦o’lmig [imtiSin] UAinn At’ é, may no one leave usnbsp;except him ; but if the article follows the verb, the -5 is not heard,nbsp;as in 50 n-eipi [éipji-ó] An c-aP teAC, may good luck go with you ;nbsp;nor is it heard in the following example where it would be toonbsp;harsh : tTlóp ua ITImpe nAp Capa’ CugAinn Apipc iau, may neithernbsp;the powers of earth nor heaven send them back to us again;nbsp;literally, tPóp (more not moor) means any ordinary living woman.

The 0 of the past tenses pAiO (rev) and $aö {ghuv—v slender) disappears before a subject-pronoun: ni pAi’ mé, niop 50 pé.

(4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The p of the future and conditional active, except in thenbsp;2nd sing, conditional, is, of course, not pronounced. Voicednbsp;consonants, i.e., b, -o, 5, immediately before this suppressed pnbsp;become unvoiced, i.e., p. c, c. The learner is familiar with this,nbsp;but just to remind him of it cuicpeAU and such like spelhngs havenbsp;been inserted.

The final tgt; broad of 3rd sing, imperative and conditional is regularly pronounced as c broad.

(5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The ending -mip and -nip of the Ist and 3rd pi. imperfect andnbsp;conditional, often takes a c at the end, e.g., beimipc. Cf. Apipc.

(6) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;In the present passive the ending is usually -CAp, not -ceAp,nbsp;the c being broad no matter what precedes. So, also, in thenbsp;imperfect the c is broad : buAitcAoi, not buAitci.

(7) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The initial consonant of the imperfect, past tense, andnbsp;conditional of the passive is aspirated as in the active : tugcAoinbsp;AtiA-Cum péipini no, many presents used be given to him ; CuipeAgnbsp;AbAite é, he was sent home ; tAbAppAi’Oe cionticAC atiti é he wouldnbsp;be held guilty of it.

(8) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The final *0 of the past passive is pronounced as 5, and fornbsp;the convenience of the reader has been so written in the examples.

(9) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The p of the future and conditional passive is always pronounced, and is always broad, thus tuicpAine, not cuicpróe. Thus,nbsp;it wül be observed that in the Déise the tendency is to makenbsp;letters slender in the active and broad in the passive.

(10) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Verbs with an ó future in the active insert an p after the

-ocr page 152-

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

ö in fut. and condit. passive, thus: ApnOfAp not AnnoOtAp, AfoópAiPe not Af-oóCtAoï.

(11) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;In the 2nd pi. imperative the termination is either -151 ornbsp;-151' and not -it) ; thus, we say motquot;x5,i5i, “ let ye praise,” and notnbsp;motaip ; if it is a verb with an ó future the ending is -151', thusnbsp;éifc1quot;5i', “ sUence,” Apt)Aiquot;5i, “let ye raise.” But if the 2nd sing,nbsp;imperative is a monosyllable ending in -15 as CU15, teig, the 2nd. pi.nbsp;adds only -i ; cuigi, teigi.

(12) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Instead of the 1st pi. imperative the subjunctive is often

used, thus we say péaóquot;Aimi't), “ let us look ” ; to this we may join the subj. 1st sing. ; peicim é, let me see it; péaóaim apifc é, letnbsp;me look at it again.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;*

(13) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;A most important feature of the Déise verb in thenbsp;past tense, conditional and verbal noun is aspiration of the prefixnbsp;sign ¦DO when do and the verb form one word, thus D’éipis becomes

D’pau becomes 'ó’p^Oi D’p^Saitc becomes ¦o’pajaitc. Hence the people often regard this d aspirate as anbsp;part of the verbal root and insert it in the present and future,nbsp;•O’oitieanu is, e.g., very often heard for oipeauu, ui ¦ó’yAnpAi'ö pé,nbsp;“ he will not stay ” for ui pAupAi-O pé.—In the case of the verbalnbsp;noun, if aj alone precedes, there is no irregularity; aj éipceaCc,nbsp;aj paipe ; but if ag is compounded with the possessive pronounsnbsp;mo. Do, a fhis) .dp, up, we get e.g., Oi ac [ag do] D’faipe féiu, mindnbsp;yourself; 01' au pagapc ’a [ag a] D’éipceaóc, the priest was hearingnbsp;his confession ; öiomaip ’n-dp [ai^e u-dp] D’paipe péin, we werenbsp;minding ourselves ; 0151 ’u-tip D’paipe péiu, mind yourselves; onnbsp;the other hand, when the pronoun a means “ her ” or “ their ”nbsp;we say, e.g., of au pajapc ’a tiéipceaóc, the priest was hearing hernbsp;confession; of pf ’d paipe péiu (but some say d tiaipe), she wasnbsp;minding herself; ofoDap a Opaipe p'éin, they were mindingnbsp;themselves; of au pajapc d u-upceaóc, the priest was hearingnbsp;their confessions.

(14) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Plfop and udp before past tenses are sometimes reduced tonbsp;uf and ud, see under ip (3).

1S.

Some slight differences in the rules for the use of ip, as commonly stated, are noted as follows ;—

(1) In sentences like ip peipm-uip é, “he is a farmer/’ where the name of a class follows ip, we prefer to use the somewhat morenbsp;emphatic form, peipm-uip peaD é.

-ocr page 153-

139

VERBS.

(2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;In interrogative sentences like An é fin él “Is that it ? ”nbsp;where é or i follows An immediately, we often omit the An andnbsp;insert aO or ’to [aO] (Ato is known to the learner from the form juf Ato),nbsp;the sentence then reads : ’to é fin é ? So, toe, ’to é AtAif monbsp;óéite At A cu f-At) ? Do you speak of my father-in-law ? Thenbsp;AH is often omitted in other sentences ; peAf ó’n Aic feo tug vwcnbsp;é ? Was it a man from this place who gave it to you ? In suchnbsp;cases the tone of interrogation indicates the question.

(3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The form gup is often reduced to 50, sufAb to 50’to, and

gufto to 50’to’ ; 'OutoAifc fé 5’Af An aic fin Ab (or Afto, errquot;uv) Af no, he said that that was where he came from ; “ gAffiin AtAnbsp;A ueAnAt) ? ”nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ Ceifim [cpemim] 50’ tocAt) {bah) ’nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ Is it a hoy

who is doing it ? ” “I believe it is.” t)ii’ totois teAC 50 mOp a’ ónm Ato fui ah tocAtoAp, you would imagine that the book wasnbsp;worth a great deal; ip -0015 te peAp nA touite 50 to’é toéin peAp nAnbsp;célite, the man of madness thinks that he is the man of sense ;nbsp;to’péimp 50 b’é pin a’ c-fti5e ip peApp, perhaps that is the bestnbsp;way ; a’ p^Aip piAtii 1 b-An Cpap (La Trappe) ? lb pAtoAf ; neipnbsp;fiAU s’aic topers é. Were you ever in Melleray 1 No ; theynbsp;say it is a fine place.

(4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The past tense corresponding to peAt) is bptgt; eAt), which isnbsp;pronounced ton teA (like buh-yahquot;). The interrogative form whennbsp;the é or i opens the sentence is Ap’-O é or Ap’n 1, pronounced err-yaequot;nbsp;and err-yeequot; : Ap’tié au peAp pon a tu5 quot;ouic é ? Du-Ué {buh-yaequot;).nbsp;Was it that man who gave it to you ? Yes.

(5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;In the forms pm é, pm 1, amp;c., the p is aspirated; pin é é,nbsp;that is it; pu-o é é, that is it yonder ; pm é é, this is it near me ;nbsp;pm é An totiAin ip poApp póp ’5e ’n Ulnn, this is Ring’s best yearnbsp;(reference to money subscribed by different parishes). Innbsp;sentences like “ this is the coldest day I have noticed for the pastnbsp;fortnight,” pm é has not been heard, the sentence running: pé Annbsp;tA inmuO An tA ip puAipe a topAiteAp te c01ci5eAp.—In the following examples pm é calls attention to behaviour or action ; it doesnbsp;not change for gender or plural:—-the woman of the house said,nbsp;pm é mipe A5 cAinc tito topeip ’p teAü tiuAip a’ ótois Asup nApnbsp;piAppAi’ mé •ótü An pAtto CApe ua oepap opAito, there I am talkingnbsp;to you for over half an hour and never asked you if you werenbsp;hungry or thirsty; pm é pito-pe A5 seApAn Asup sau Aon CuppAinbsp;SeApAin A5A1O, there you are, complaining for no reason. D’pu'o énbsp;is used in reference to past.

-ocr page 154-

140

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

(6) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;In a number of cases it wül be found unnecessary to usenbsp;any form of the verb if, the predicate being simply placed beforenbsp;the subject: te^’ f^é^t é fin a Oi xvcu, that is an excuse of theirs ;nbsp;cij-tiiot A üeAü offA, é Deit Anufo nu gAii a Deit, they wouldnbsp;have to pay (his salary) just the same whether he was here ornbsp;not, Corn prefixed to a noun and meaning “ equal ” does not aspiratenbsp;the c ; Auiof ¦oó, he is from below {i.e., from between Ring andnbsp;Waterford); a 'dcuai5[-i'ó] ¦oó, he is from the north {i.e., from thenbsp;Clonmel side). In such sentences as the last two, the subject of thenbsp;verb is contained in the prepositional pronoun, ¦oó being equivalent to “ the place which belongs to him,” or something of thenbsp;kind.

(7) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The following examples of the use of if with adjective predicates should be carefully studied. In such sentences as if fOAffnbsp;tiom é and if peAff oom é, tiom means “in my opinion,” oomnbsp;means “ for me ” :—t)u’ fAof teif a óeAiiiiAi$ fé iao, he thoughtnbsp;he had bought them too cheap {lit. “ how he bought them wasnbsp;cheap in his opinion”) ; nlofO fiü téiCe off’ é, she did not thinknbsp;them worthy of it (her money) ; if pA-oA ¦Oom Aittie Aif, I havenbsp;known him for many a day ; n1 OejAj] timi {beVling) Aiioip ¦oe,nbsp;we have enough of it (stormy weather) now ; ui UeAg ¦omc pmnbsp;¦oe CüttiAftA uiffi, that is sufficient proof for you about her'.nbsp;Tiiof OeAg ¦DO CeAun AgAinu a Oeit Ann A’f jAn a Oeifc AjAinn,nbsp;it was enough for one of us to be there without having both ofnbsp;us there ; b’pADA tiom CAf’ Aif, I thought it too far to return (tonbsp;it) ; b’peAff é beit m'of cAoite, he (the horse) would be better ifnbsp;he were more slender ; if mAit ua btif (b=w) [nAfO riiof] dónbsp;1AD DO Diot, c’f-éif A bpuit De tfiobtóiD goice [jaöCa] cfiDnbsp;Alge, he would require to sell them at a good price after aU thenbsp;trouble he has gone through ; if beAj ofm An peAfCAinn, I don’tnbsp;mind the rain ; ni mti teif Beit fiAf lonA foif, teAf lonii tuAij,nbsp;it thinks no more of being west than east, south than north (of thenbsp;weather).

The following examples come from UomAf Ö ITIuifeADAiJ. His use of ni móiDe though correct is seldom heard : (1) “ Üa ua Banbsp;a’ péAóAinc 50 n-otc.”—“ tii mü De [móiDe] fin De, rhuifc, Canbsp;bAinne mAiC acu.” “ The cows look badly.”—“ Well, nevertheless,nbsp;they have good milk.” Instead of ni mOiDe fin De in this examplenbsp;we may say mA Ca péin or ni b-é fin nA puit. (2) “ An DUAip ipnbsp;peAff tA fé ’5e At te pAitc Af a Cuid Afuif.”—“ Tii mii De pin

-ocr page 155-

141

VERBS.

¦oe TiA ]:tia AfuAi^ rriAit ’ge B.” nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ A. can get the highest price

for his corn.”—“ Nevertheless B. has good corn also.” In this second sentence we may use rtiA ti. iréiTi {tamp;) or ni Ti-é fin. (3) TI1'nbsp;niu teif fin ne (or with ¦oe omitted) n4 ce^Cc coft^ tie, he wouldnbsp;be just as likely to get tired of it. Instead of ni mo teif fin ¦oenbsp;we could say ni ¦oóiti^oe fin ¦00.

T)üï)i\Ai5equot;lt;i^DAf {dhoo-reequot;adh-ar) “ ni móf n^ó m^it a fgéAt é,” they said “ it is almost as it should be ” (“ it is almost a goodnbsp;deed ”); o’feAff tiom 50 téigfinn, I wish I could read ; o’feiffinbsp;Horn go mbeA-ó fgfice [fgfioOtA] .Agxnm óüCa, mAf aCa fon beAgnbsp;go teof AgAm, I wish I had written to them, that is the least Inbsp;might do (“ I wish ” is commonly expressed in this way).

In dealing with such examples as ni beAg tinn, ni miif ¦oom, and others, it is better to commit a few specimens of each typenbsp;to memory. Analysis is not of much help. Regard ni bCAg asnbsp;meaning “ there is enough,” ni muf, “ there is need.”

(8) Additional examples of various kinds ;—Seo -Ouic ¦00 teAbAf, here is your book (handing it) ; bi fé fAi-óce guf ÓAiciticeAó é,nbsp;it was said that he was a Catholic ; ¦oé An f A$Af bwO eAiJ ia'd ?nbsp;What sort were they ?—teif bu’ CofAiriAit An fi ? Whom wasnbsp;the king like 1 An müf if fin é, or Ab fin é ? What is, or was, itnbsp;worth ?—Tli niAifquot;finn-fe Ann Af a’ mé™ Ab fin é, I would notnbsp;live there for all it may be worth ; fin é An aic Ab Af -oo, that isnbsp;where he comes from ; ni mofAn if fin é aó ¦oifeAó go n-oéAnfAi-ónbsp;fé teA’-fgéAt, it is not worth much, but it will just serve as annbsp;excuse; fé in’oiub 'OomnAC nA CAitce, this is chalk Sunday;nbsp;fCAf, ’Afb Ainm SéAmAf *00, itiAfAigequot;Ag te fptAnc, a man by thenbsp;name of James was kUled by lightning ; if é Anoif An c-Am ceAfc,nbsp;now is the right time ; bn’O é in-oé An c-Am ceAfc, yesterday wasnbsp;the right time (Anoif=A’ c-Am aca Anoif AgAinn, and inoé=Annbsp;tA inoé) ; mClg Afi fA^o An bAinne fin or mClg Af fA’o ifeA’O Annbsp;bAinne fin, that mük is aU whey ; mCTg Af f a-o bu’eA-O (buh-yahquot;)nbsp;An bAinne fin, that milk was all whey ; tA bfOAg bu’ ca-O Cuig’é,nbsp;it was a fine day for it (walking, fishing, amp;c.); ¦oA mbu'O é {muh-yaequot;)nbsp;SéAmAf A beA’O Ann, bi gA’ bAo’ fu’o ’ha óéAfc, if James had beennbsp;there, everything would have been (“ was ” for vividness) allnbsp;right; Cu’ mAiC ’f ’a mbu’ ’mu’ Af itiut An cfté [ftéib] a binn,nbsp;just as well as if it were out on the top of the mountain I usednbsp;to be (mu’ for AmuiJ carries the sent, acct.) ; ca mAl$ifCfi$equot;ACcnbsp;Af An cé If Aoifoe ’a mbu-O é An p^pA féin é, men of the highest

-ocr page 156-

142

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

rank, even the Pope himself, are subject to authority (one of the common ways of translating “ even ”) ; ri’peA-OAp cé Uia-o ia-o, Inbsp;wonder who they are ; ca juAtAt ati CAtAoipquot; feo belt ? Wherenbsp;does this chair usually stand ? CouaC t'ou Aip, 50 mbA {meh) T^eAppnbsp;AtriAipeAó é, an increase of luck to him, may he be better to-morrow ;nbsp;uApAb Aoip ’ai-o eite -bo, may he not live as long again (saidnbsp;humourously when one hears the age of a very old person.)

CA.

(1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Ca is pronounced tA unless when preceded by Ajup innbsp;sentences of comparison : tA a’ p-un ne pnA mnA auu ’p acA -benbsp;ptiA peApAib Ann, “ there are as many women there as men ”¦nbsp;(’f ACA is sometimes changed to ’p caCA, just as cunAp cA cu ?nbsp;how are you ? is always pronounced cunap caCA cu ?).

(2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Ilin is used for nit. The b of bpuit is often pronounced in

asking questions ; bpuit’p Ague ? nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ Do you know ? ” (the An

of course is dropped. An bpuit has not been heard). The 2nd sing, conditional beiteA very often becomes beitpA (the same is truenbsp;of the verb ¦oo-$eibini).

(3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;In expressing a wish, instead of the more frequent 50 pAibnbsp;we sometimes hear 50 mberb, just as 50 pAjAit) is heard as thenbsp;optative of -out. Both are futures in form.

(4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;We may suppose the verb cA understood before the preposition-pronouns in the two following examples :—Sin é An téAXgt;nbsp;uAip Alge, that is his first time ; ip beAj a [¦oe] ^AotAinn Aige,nbsp;his Irish is scant.

CA cannot be joined immediately with te to signify ownership. We cannot say, tA An Aic peo tiom, meaning “ this place is mine,’^nbsp;but must use ip (ip tiorn An Aic peo) ; if however te, denotingnbsp;ownership, is linked to a noun, cA can be used ; CA pAipce tiom-pAnbsp;pA pgoit pin, a child of mine is in that school (here tiorn-pA isnbsp;like an adjective qualifying pAipce, a child belonging to me).

The following are additional examples of different idioms with cA :—f)i pé ¦oe béAp acu, it was their practice ; “ An méi'o nA puitnbsp;¦oe biAtt in^Diub Ague, 50 mbei’ pé (or 50 pAib pé, go rehquot;shay)nbsp;AniAipeAC Ague.” “ niApA mbei^b néin, ni 5A ¦botn ¦out A biApfwbnbsp;opc pA.” “ ttluipe ¦oeACAip opc -j An ceAnn CAOt piop ¦oioc ! ”nbsp;“ What you lack in sense to-day may you have it to-morrow.”nbsp;“ And if I don’t, I need not look for it from you.” “ Confusion to

-ocr page 157-

14?

VERBS.

you, and may you lie outstretched with your two feet together ” (like a corpse—Ati ceAtin CAot, the narrow end, refers to the feet).

Ati. AIC1 yéin, ¦out, i^'ceAC 1 mbotAn boCc, ¦oeAtO, her lot is to go into a poor, miserable cabin ; öéAt) pé éu’ mAit tiom, au neAncógnbsp;Leip a’ gcAbAipce, I would just as soon have nettles as cabbagenbsp;(this is a strange construction, we should expect ni peApp tiom Annbsp;CAbAipce tiA An neAncog) ; ni üéAt) Aon c-putc L6ac Ann, younbsp;will find no pleasure in it; bi pé beAg 50 teop Ague a 5Cuixgt; béinnbsp;•00 niot teip nA pAjAipc, it was the least you might do to pay thenbsp;priests what was due to them ; An bA céAunA a biAg [biAb] a’nbsp;¦oéAn’ cApbuig ne ’ÖoCct'np AobAgAin, on the same day Doctornbsp;Egan was made bishop (this is the passive form of the verb, pAbAs.nbsp;is the dependent past, cAtAp or cApAp present absolute, puitcAp.nbsp;pres, dep., beibpAp future, beibpAibe condit.) ; bion a’p uaC é,nbsp;although it is not (the a’p may be omitted); blob gup beAn boécnbsp;mé, although I am a poor woman.

The verbs in the following list are quoted under the pres, indie.,, or under the verbal noun or participles, as was found more convenient ;—

ADATtl.dlb (rh=v.) [AurnAit], admit, confess : ni Cuj pé Aon AbArhAit Ann, he made no admission in regard to it; AbAttióx»nbsp;[AbttióóAb], I will admit (but sometimes A-OAtnAitpeAb).nbsp;’AJATRÜ : béAnpAi’ mé mo pAlnc a b’AjAipc Aip, I will wreaknbsp;my spite on him ; tA pé 1 scbrnnAibe ’5 ’AjAtpe Aip, he isnbsp;continually plaguing him and urging him on.

AlDémeACC (b=v) : cAm c’p-éip ceAéc tApnAip ó belt aj A., they have come back from their outing. Probably fromnbsp;*aibMar lt; aighéar lt; (disyllabic) aiéar ‘ air ’.

AllTISIUjAt) (ime-shooquot;), to hit by aiming at (often figurative) : Aimpij Anoip é, reason out the answer to it (said by one whonbsp;asks a hard question) ; ip otc An c-AimpiujAb aCa ajuc,.nbsp;you are weak in reasoning out an answer, you have a badnbsp;aim ; D’ölmpig (yime''shig), past tense (the verb is regardednbsp;as beginning with a slender vowel).

do

do-

D’Affn'Snil, fut. AipeóA-o, hear, perceive (b as explained above. Verb 13) ; b’AipebpA ’cu bA Cup cpi-n-A Céite [é ?], younbsp;might hear them discussing the matter; b’Aipi’ mé é bAnbsp;p-Ab, I heard him say it ; ’n’ AipigeAnn cii tcAc mé ?

you hear me speaking to you ? ; ’n’ AipigeAnn cti Aip

-ocr page 158-

144

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

you hear what he is saying ? (often sarcastic) ; ni ¦ó’Ai^eótA [AifeoCtA] ATI A1mfi|T Alge, üi' yé lt;5u’ ptéifiu^'A yon, he wouldnbsp;make you forget the flight of time he was so merry;nbsp;’n’Ai'pi5equot;Ann cu ao’ t'u’o üuaic ? Ay fteAitiuAig ao’ yun AuüAynbsp;tie’n uAtAó OuAic ? Do you miss anything ? Has anythingnbsp;slipped off your cart-load ?—Hi -o’AiyeocA Aon c-yAgAyc anbsp;nyuit ’OéAgtAii Aiy, you would not hear of any priest whosenbsp;name is Declan ; n’Aiyigequot;Ann cu An botAO Ca buAig ? Donbsp;you get the smell that’s from it ? The verbal noun isnbsp;AiyeACquot;cAinc, but when A is prefixed, it is made slender fornbsp;some reason or other, so that the word sounds likenbsp;'óeiyeAóquot;cAinc, cf. meiyeACcAin for mAiyeACCAin.

[^lyriiim], I reckon up (but not in literal sense) : ¦o’Aiyig yi toiyoe or tóiyyoe iatd go téiy, she counted them all innbsp;succession (past her, i.e., she mentioned in succession all thenbsp;people who had lived in a certain house). So, also, o’Aiyig yénbsp;cAiyiy . . . . ; Ou’ teóy ¦omc-ye An mém yin ¦oeAyuA’o ¦donbsp;‘óéAnA’ó, ni Aiyigim An yeAy eite, it was not surprising thatnbsp;you should make such a mistake, but the other man deservesnbsp;no consideration (the verb is often sounded Aiyigim in thisnbsp;sense).

AltlTlC, identifying: ni yAiö Aitinc yuit’ nA béiL Aiy, one could not recognise his eye or his mouth (of one with swollen face).nbsp;This word is pronounced tAInc {hyint) in the phrase b’yuiyiynbsp;A Aitinc Aiy, one can easily tell by him, otherwise as above,nbsp;but prefixes ¦ó. D’Amin {tgt;ahquot;hin) mé Ay a yuAim i Ay a guCnbsp;guy yeAy On cuaiC é [or guy On cuAit é), I knew by his accentnbsp;and voice that he had been (lived) in the country.

AbUUjAt), beg a blessing in return for : bi An bACAO Ag AtcugA-O UA 'oéiyce, the beggar was praying for blessings on the givernbsp;of the alms.

.dlTOAlJim, raise : iy ¦oiocAy i ¦ó’AyoAé, tA yi ’nA bCAyAiy, it is hard to raise it, it has become litter. See Verbal Nouns (11.)

DACAlbltn, bake (see under beiyigim) ; bocquot;AiyeAóc, making a cake, or bocAiye.

DACA11T1, hinder, mind, i.e., trouble about; usually with negative, except in verb. n. bACAinc or bACAtnAinc : ni bAcyAm {wok''ah)nbsp;yé te ccaOc m-oiub, he won’t trouble about coming to-daynbsp;(very common) ; quot;oe rhAit belt a’ bACAinc teiy ? What is thenbsp;good of minding him, paying heed to him ?

-ocr page 159-

145

VERBS.

bAt) [b^SiAAt)], drown : ti. fé b^nice 1 bpiAóA, he is up to his ears in debt; óuAit) rné aiti bAt) [um-vawquot;) Ann, I went flounderingnbsp;about there (of a muddy road or bog); cé acu ip rneApA beltnbsp;cpAi'óce no bAiTSce 1 which is worse, to be worried ornbsp;drowned ?

t)A1T1C {bwant), take from, cut, happen to, belong to (be), depend : bAin fé ¦oeiC nuniAinci ¦óiom ó’n mbeAppic 50 “oci ah aic peo,nbsp;it took me ten minutes to come from the barrack here ; bAinnbsp;pon Ainquot;At,tAC 50 teóp “ouic, that was an awkward occurrencenbsp;for you ; bAincAnn pon ‘o’péip mAp a beig An Airnpip, thatnbsp;depends on how the weather will turn out; ip xióiS tiomnbsp;gup a’ bAinc teötA tA An cApAtb pon, I suppose that horse isnbsp;theirs ; 111 bAinpimipc speim ApAC, we wouldn’t do you anynbsp;harm (wouldn’t eat you) ; peAócAin a bAin pé tn i A’pcStAun,nbsp;a week it took her to learn it; Ap bAin Aon gop-c-ugA-o -óó ?nbsp;Did he get hurt ? b’pe^pp An ceApc a bAinpeAt) pon ¦01 ob nAnbsp;éinne eibe bAin ieip, he could manage them better than anynbsp;of his relatives could.

iDASCAI^Ce, beaten (by the rain), perished.

DéARfATÓ, will bring ; béAppAit) (vay''ar-eh) pé teip é, it {i.e.gt; the clock) wiU make it up, wül regain the minutes it has lost;nbsp;bi pé a’ bpeiC teip 1 gcürhnAi-óe, he was improving, pullingnbsp;up all the time. Hi pAib Aon bpeit aca ’nA tiiAit) pon Aip ; Agnbsp;bpeit uAtA A bi pé gAó cipcéitn a tug pé, they had no chancenbsp;of overtaking him ; he was outstripping them at every step ;nbsp;tA An cbog a’ bpeit teip {or tA Art clog pó-rfieAp), cuip piApnbsp;é or cuip 1 uwa’ ¦oeipi'ó é {in,-eequot; a-der-ay), the clock is goingnbsp;fast, put it back ; (if the clock is slow, we say tA An ctognbsp;pigin, cuip tun cinn é).

mention, determine : nA cAbAip piop éinne pé telt, geói’ tu An pgéAt ti’innipinc (a nishquot;int, or a yinequot;shint)nbsp;gAn beApcugAt) Ap éinne i ni tiéAnpAit) cu Aon At-Apdn gonbsp;xieó, do not introduce anyone in particular, you can tell thenbsp;story without mentioning names, and you will cause nonbsp;mischief.

DélKl^ltn, prepare food or drink ; tA An bAinne beipigte ; tA A tum ’pAin beipigte, his good luck is assured (.1. An c-A-ónbsp;quot;00 belt teip) ; beipig cupAn cé •öuic béin a’p nA bi a cneAip-peAit, make yourself a cup of tea and stop grumbling (note the

-ocr page 160-

146

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

last two usages) ; t)ein-0quot;ó4ri as a kind of noun : m' quot;óóigeAtin fi Ao’ ibioc jviAit, Aö otA te tiAjAit) A cuiu t) 61 f - tl C4i 11, shenbsp;uses no coal but oil to do her cooking.

bfOJA’OAOlt [biotig, a start, a fright] E.M.I. beadhg : béAA -oo Ctioitie a’ b., your heart would be a-flutter (with nervousness).nbsp;The reference was to one who had a loan of a valuable booknbsp;and was afraid it might get injured whilst in his possession.nbsp;Note other words of similar ending, •Diti'DA|tnAoit, miAriApcAoit,nbsp;fliAotApcAoit. The ending -Aoit is in imitation of -gAit innbsp;•peAujAit.

bOJAIIIC, a softening : AineAUAit fó|tc éijinc bojAitic Arm, they made some kind of impression on him, made him relentnbsp;somewhat. This is one of the many verbs made fromnbsp;adjectives ; compare ni feAViAp a bptiuCpAir) fé ? I wondernbsp;if it will be wet ? “Oo AubpA-ó (b silent) ati eópriA, the barleynbsp;would get black, bpeAJtijAA, to get fine, jeAttAA, to getnbsp;bright, and so on.

'b'RA’OAOlbquot; [bpAUjAit], to trespass (of cattle).

t)TlA1tlTn, judge, observe, decide ; tuij fé ca-o a bi bfAitce ’in Ai5ne AjAin, he understood my plans ; ni bfAitim mé bémnbsp;fó-itiAit inAiu, I do not think myself very well to-day ; ifnbsp;AóC’ 50 bfiiit 'oum’ eigmc bfAice ’cu CeAiiA bém uo’n aic,nbsp;I suppose they have already fixed on someone for the place.

tmujAltn, press in on, crush : nin cac tia mAUfA a’ bfü’ uiffi, she has neither cat nor dog to interfere with her (in keepingnbsp;the house neat) ; Ca An foittig {rilV'ig) bftiijce, the churchyard is crowded.

iDIl'flüA’OAOlb (brooquot;ha-dheel) : CA fé a’ b. Af CcaCc ja’ bAon tA, he is on the point of (threatening to) come every day.nbsp;(This may be used for Af Ci'.) ÜA fé Ag b. Ctm ua feAftAnuA,nbsp;it’s threatening rain.

btlAltiltTI, conquer, win; CA buAitice Ague ofm, you have vanquished me, got the better of me ; CuATiAf go ¦oci Annbsp;¦otige aC niof buAg An quot;ouge teoCA, (buAg, past passive)nbsp;they went to law, but the law did not decide in their favour ;nbsp;the active voice is used in the following : -oo buAig An ¦otigenbsp;An c-uifge teif, the law decided the water (-right) in hisnbsp;favour; ¦oo buAig An ¦otige Aif, he lost his case ; bétAónbsp;[buAi^óf eA*ó] An CAC Af An mA’ofA fuA’ó, the cat can beat thenbsp;fox.

-ocr page 161-

147

VERBS.

¦bnAltllTlj beat, make (of a road) : cuiftexig bfuic tnófi cto6 mböü^t^ fon, bu^ite^is 50 m^it é, a great sheeting ofnbsp;stone was put on that road, it was well made ; tA bviAt-A-ónbsp;müp SAoite Antifon, the wind blows heavUy there (of annbsp;exposed house); buAit piAti 1 ti-a óoif, he got a sudden painnbsp;in his foot.

CAIbbini, I lose, spend, (in passive) to die ; bi fé -óA pünc cAlUce teif', he lost two pounds by it; bi t)A pane cAittce Aije, henbsp;had lost two pounds ; cA rné aj cAibteAtfiAinc 5AÓ Aon tA ónbsp;puAipeAf ê, it has been a constant expense to me since I gotnbsp;it (literally “ I am spending every day since I got it,” viz.—nbsp;a house in disrepair); Ap óAitt cu mópAn teip ? did you losenbsp;much by it ? ; iMo-ppA mipnis CAitteAun Ap -óutne, one failsnbsp;through lack of courage ; fin é óAitteAnti Ap An ngAotAinn,nbsp;that is what places Irish at a disadvantage ; •00 CAItt pé Apnbsp;A pócA béin teip, he defrayed the expenses of it out of hisnbsp;own purse ; ¦do CAitteAj teip a’ DCApc é, it perished of thirstnbsp;(reference is to an animal—some people strongly object to.nbsp;using this word of the death of a human being, preferringnbsp;puAip pé bAp or D’e«5 pé) ; óAitt mé é D’peipcinc, I missednbsp;seeing it, i.e., unluckily I did not see it; óAitt mé Dut 50nbsp;CopcA’ An tA pon, I was unlucky enough not to go to Corknbsp;that day (distinguish between éAitt mé and teip opm ; thenbsp;latter means “ I tried but failed,” and is used only when annbsp;effort has been made) ; óAittip opm, you did not do what Inbsp;expected of you, you disappointed me ; nA cAILt opm, donbsp;not disappoint me.

CAlteAt!) {caw-heh), winnowing (often heard as cAipe with very slender p) : meApin cAici, meApin tun cAiteAA, a winnowingnbsp;machine, a machine for winnowing.

CAIteATTI, throw, eat, etc. : fin é An cuAipim a tAiteADAp uippi, that is the opinion they formed about it {i.e. Irish) ; CAiteAiriAitnbsp;(ni=vw) rfiAiC, good diet. CAiCeAm as well as ite is used ofnbsp;human beings eating, and has often the sense of “ take ” innbsp;English ; ni Dpuijinn lApc do tAiteArh, I cannot take fish;nbsp;hence some half-English speakers say “ I can’t use it ” insteadnbsp;of “ I can’t eat it.” [Pin Aon tAiteAtn ’nA -OiAiii AjAm, Inbsp;have no longing for it. ÜA puD éijinc a cAiteArh Aip, something;nbsp;aüs him.—0’C.]

-ocr page 162-

148

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

CAT1tll-A15j fut. CAtinLodAt), verbal n. cAiintAó [conntuigim], assemble (of a crowd), gather (but not in the sense of bAiligim,nbsp;I pick up) ; “ O fé ciüiri lu-oiu cAp éif ua ti-oniCe Apéip.”—nbsp;“ Ca, Ate ip A5 CAuutAt uitc AtA pé tun péToeAt) riiop meApA.”nbsp;“It is calm to-day compared with last night.”—“Yes, hutnbsp;it is only gathering its rage for a worse storm.”

CASCOiKCACC, casting up, upbraiding about past occurrences : ’a mbéAP) ‘OAoine a’ c. te-n-A téite, if people were upbraidingnbsp;one another about the past.

CeAtJAIJim, wish, will: (only in such phrases as) ui teAuoiuri Ap Ao’ put) é belt Ap A pLAince, I would not wish for anythingnbsp;that he should be in delicate health ; cAicpimit) gottc te ceAt)-ugAt) *Oé, we must be satisfied with what God permits.

CeACgAb {kyangquot;ul), bind, adhere to : Ca a’ ceAugAt ne, it is sticking to it; céip gAti riiAit, ui CeAugAtóó’ pi t)e’nnbsp;pAipéAp, useless wax, it would not stick to the paper. CeAU-gAitce A5 has another meaning: oi au gAöAp ceAiigAilxenbsp;’ge’u dpAuu, the goat was tethered to the tree.

CCAIIflAIJCATITl piAXi a lubeApcA go rriAiC, they earn their profits hard, they are worthy people.

CGApAim, I conceive, invent: b’üncAó a’ peAp a óeAp é au CéAT) tA (or óuip AU déAT) ópAun Alp) ’twas a marvellousnbsp;man who first thought of it; ui ué piu au óéA-o bpéAg anbsp;CeApAtiAp, that is not the first lie they invented; ceAp nonbsp;piiAiueAp opc, take your time (lit. put quietness on you) ;nbsp;’a 5ceAppAi nu Aiiupip Ouije, if I took my time about it; uinbsp;CeAppAinip 1A-0 béiu óuige, they would not lay their mindsnbsp;down to it (the work). (Or, ut teAcpAinip a u-Iuciuu Aip.)nbsp;We do not use this verb as=I think ; we never say óeApApnbsp;go pAib pé Auu, but fiteAp.

Ceibltn, verb. n. ceitc, I conceal: ui, bi i óeitc opm Auoip, do not conceal it from me now.

Clinibü, rubbing, interfering with: ’ai-o [nAp] teip ua béAp aou óimitc Alge teip a’ SAoipe, imagining that he would not benbsp;interfering with, violating, the Sabbath.

Cttf’OAlJlin, cover : bi pé a ótü-OAé, he was covering it up ; ui pni ntnuu imteAét; go mbei’ pé ctunAigte, just as weUnbsp;for us to wait (in the church yard) until he is covered, i.e.,nbsp;until the last sod has been placed on his grave (hencenbsp;figuratively tA pé ctuoAigte may mean “he is utterly wornnbsp;out. done for, ” as if dead and buried).

-ocr page 163-

149

VERBS.

C116ASAi;^ini, cure, get cured.

C05 ATI, whisper : cogAp mé peo teAc, let me teU you this privately, or “ whisper,” or “ whisper me this,” as the English speakersnbsp;say, although the word does not convey an invitation tonbsp;the person addressed to whisper, but a request to him to allownbsp;the speaker to do so. (CogA-p mé appears to be the analyticnbsp;form of suhj. mood.)

[C015him], hidden : éirneAT) pi c. é, she kept it secret; TIAÓ coigitce CimeAnAoti cu gAé aoti pun ! How secretivenbsp;you are !

C01T1S1tlTlquot;lTTI (cun-shurquot;-im) “ tAinig A. Atiopori ”—“ c. grip tAiing.” “ then A. came ”—“ I’ll engage he did.” Fornbsp;5ompiupAim=5Aï)Aim-pe opm, I engage.

COISTlIJj verb. n. coipquot;piocAn, bless, church; coippig cij ném, bless yourself ; niop ¦ó’pAj pé ah bupn piAtti jAn é néin nonbsp;CoipptocATi, he never rose from table without blessing himself ;nbsp;uipge coippiocAiri, holy-water; no fti beipc üati {wan) anbsp;jcoippiocATi iTimuO, two women were churched to-day.

COTlRtllg, stir: riAp Peipim Ap éoppuige, lit. “ may I be unable to stir (if my words are false),” but in English the peoplenbsp;say, “ that I mightn’t stir ” ; coppuig opc, copp«iquot;5i ’pAift,nbsp;hurry on (2nd sing, and plu.).

COS11A1$quot;1tTI, cost. The fut. is copnóéAn, the same as fut. of vh. copAiTic, defend.

CTlAeb, announce (in church) : no ópAet ah pAgApc ó’n otcóip {or ottóip) é, the priest published it from the altar. CpAobp-jAoiteAn also used.

CtlOCATTTl [cpotAim], rouse up : ni mtip nuic cu Hém no CpoCAA piiAp, you would need to rouse yourself up ; cpoépAin pénbsp;puAp, it will clear up (of the weather—very common) ; ipnbsp;mil ópoépAinip no ó«in potA, ip mü üAiripinip nó n’Aipcpeó’nipnbsp;c’Aijne, they {i.e. profane words) would make your bloodnbsp;tingle more, would produce a greater effect on your mind.

CtTATl’OAl5quot;HTI, ƒ. cuApnóéAn, verb. n. cuApnAé or cuApnAijeAéc, search ; üi pé a’ cuApnAó ha gAotAmne 50 Hog a’p 50 cenbsp;(or 50 cpuAig), he was looking for Irish, sparing no pains.

CTT1111111, the verb. n. is cup, sometimes cuip: cuip no toit te coit X)è, tA pé éu’ mAit nuic pgéAt mAiü no néAHAn ne •ópo’-pgéAt,nbsp;make your will agree with God’s wiU, it is as well for you tonbsp;make a bad case a good one ; niop Cuip élnne m aoh AipgeAnnbsp;lAn, no one made any bid (worth accepting) for them ; niop

-ocr page 164-

150 nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

óui^ fé in Aon Ai^geAT) Af fütiArh [pognAtfi] é, he made no fair bid for it; if müf a’ cuf f'^f ¦*1' tiAoine jaii ah ceA^Afcnbsp;CfiofCAi-óe A Deit a rhCnneAt), it is a great loss to the peoplenbsp;that the Christian doctrine is not taught; ati biAt) a Cup cpioc,nbsp;to digest your food ; ip AtfitA Atamp;a’ cup pAoOAip (fweer),nbsp;the explanation (of the noise he is making) is that he is puttingnbsp;on edge ; tAit) AUA-CuptA teip ua TiAoïne (or Ap ha ¦OAoiue),nbsp;they are very free, friendly with the people ; topéinip jupnbsp;6uip pé Au piopA pou Cun Tiuin’ eiginc pé ctop, perhaps henbsp;rented that plot to someone ; xio CuipeAxiAp piopA Cuca, theynbsp;set up a shop ; CuippeA-ó pé compóp-o (AiteACc) opc tteit Agnbsp;élpceAóc teó, it would please (delight) you to listen to them ;nbsp;Cuip pi teAc teip, she erected a monument to him ; Cuip pénbsp;AippeAun téice, he got mass celebrated for her or celebratednbsp;mass for her ; Cuip pé Cun iaxi a PpojtAini, he set aboutnbsp;learning them (e.g., words, idioms) ; ip mime a CuipeAp a’nbsp;enue pon ¦oiom, many a time I did that hill; cup, tonbsp;attack, injure, ip puipip cup Cun a’ ¦ouin’ AopcA, it is easynbsp;to hurt an old person ; Gi AnA-Cup-A-öAite ’cu, they hadnbsp;high jinks ; Ca au cupAii a’ cup tAp a öAppA (or piiite), thenbsp;cup is overflowing ; no oi ha cpucAiti [aj] cup tAp a mbAppAnbsp;te ncApc ¦OAoine, the carts were overcrowded (“ flowing over ”)nbsp;owing to the great number of people ; pin é au cup AmaC aCanbsp;Aip, that is how it is expressed; ni Cuipix) te puipeAC pAnbsp;üAite, they do not make up their minds to remain at home ;nbsp;tA piG a’ néAnAt) 015e müp a Cup Ap mo CpoiGe, you arenbsp;making my heart feel quite young again ; CuipeAg coaCcai-peACc téite, she was sent on a message ; Cuip pé ah ci’ Cunnbsp;An riiAigipcip p5oite, aC ¦00 Gi éiteAiti (or ¦oiUnnpe) 1nbsp;ScurhnAige Aige Aip, he let the house to the teacher, but retained his right to it; cuipeAnn pé 5A’ gao’ pun -oe ’ua jAipe,nbsp;he says everything in a laughing way ; tamp; pi a’ cup lAppAinn (ornbsp;A5 lApnAit), she is ironing (clothes) ; cuip tcAC ! exert yourself !nbsp;(said e.g., to one about to perform an athletic feat) ; Ca uanbsp;cpAinni'ni {kring-yeequot;-nee) peo a’ cup teo péin, these tree-plants are exerting themselves—are thriving; Gi pé anbsp;•o’lAppAit) 1 Cup 0 'óiot An péip, ’aix) teAC nA GéAt» copcApnbsp;nA ¦otige AIC1, he was trying to prevent her from selling thenbsp;hay, so that, as you might think, she would not have moneynbsp;to pay legal expenses ; b’pe^PP é Cup quot;oa Coip, better to get

-ocr page 165-

151

VERBS.

rid of him, do away with him (said of a vicious dog). [Cuiti yé Ati jA-OAf .df, he set the dog at him ; td du bj^otAt A5nbsp;CMf tile heat is affecting him ; cuiy fodf -oe, renounce ;nbsp;cuit^ fudy te, tolerate ; cuifv ¦oioc, be off—0’C.] See prep. um.

CÜICIg, requite : if otc a óóicig fé téite é, he made her an ill-return for it; If otc a bi fé ¦oa éüicedtt) téite (same), tA a p’fugAxióifeAéc cüicijte Aije, his purgatory is over.nbsp;(‘ Quit.’—-oe ll.). [As cüicedrh a peACAi-öe, atoning for hisnbsp;sins.—0’C.]

CdthAO (tfi nasal), keeping: td mé at) ótirhA-o fó-fAtiA, lam detaining you too long (de óimeAt), also). Curiid'o df monbsp;ftise, get out of my way.

CÜriinteAIII [cortiAifedm], count: cOrhifis 'At), cüriiifeód'o, count them—I will; cédt) idfs, fé fiCi-o fd Cuttiifedrh, anbsp;hundred of fish, one hundred and twenty in the count;nbsp;cüriufedm a’ tde nroiub, on the day corresponding to this,nbsp;of which this is the anniversary ; cümifedrh a ’Oottindig a’nbsp;tde itToiiib, on the Sunday corresponding to this ; comdifeAtfinbsp;An tde inmu öiomAf Ann, on the same date as to-day, wenbsp;were there or btiAxiAin ’f comdifedm An tde inmu, last yearnbsp;on this day’s date ; pée btiAtiAin ’f coitiAifeAin An rhi feonbsp;cugdinn, twenty years ago next month. CorhAifeAiti, therefore,nbsp;as applied to a day means its date, i.e., the day’s number amongnbsp;the days of the month ; as applied to a month it means thenbsp;month’s number among the months of the year; supposenbsp;the words in the last example were spoken in April, thennbsp;the cotndifeArfi referred to would be the fifth. May beingnbsp;the fifth month of the year.

’OAt'LAItn, blind (often fig.) : belt) biAp a n-OAttAt) 1 mbtiAVnA te cünd [« nasal, consndm] “Oé, they will have food innbsp;abundance this year, please God.

¦OGAUtlAlJim, neAfbngdt) {dah-rah-wooquot;), swear, attest on oath.

TDélTlim, I do, impv. -oéin, past -óm, (but the old speakers often used fin or figne) ; the future, cond. and verbal n. have broadnbsp;•n ; •oéinedTin fcdmpd ¦oe ftid gédjA, the arms become stiff;nbsp;¦oéineAnii cnApAin •oe’n fail, the blood turns into clots ; ¦00nbsp;¦bin ATid-gAffün quot;oe, he turned out a very good boy; ninbsp;¦bédtif A‘0 f é t)A‘od teif, it won’t do him any harm; ca'd anbsp;•óéAnf Af ¦oen ngdffun fo ? what is this boy going to- be,nbsp;how will he make his living ?

-ocr page 166-

152

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

’Oeitlltn, say, say to or of (te) ; ca’o a -óéA^pA teif a’ tA AmAii\eA6 ? what would you say about (the weather) to-morrow ?

’OIUhC-Al^im ¦oo, renounce, xgt;. ¦oo’u peACA, I disclaim responsibility for the offence.

’Od’OAOlb, mé A5 ¦oti'oAoit gem co’OtAt), nodding to sleep.

'out, present cél’ÓeAun, fut. pA^At), impv. cêltip : bu’ ttiAit tiom cüricAf “00 ¦o’yAitc uaic cunAf 'oo óUAit) ¦ouic i ¦ocAot)nbsp;Au ArhpAiti, I should like to get a description from you of hownbsp;you fared with your song ; {zi. pi) pA pcpACAipeACc ’ato ’pnbsp;A pAjAit) téite (she is) struggling along, as far as she cannbsp;(as it will go with her) ; ui pAib ¦otit tiA ceAóc AgAm, I couldnbsp;not stir, backwards or forwards ; CAitpi-o mé ¦out AmAó (ornbsp;in Aipne) tAp au ngeACA, I must get over the gate (jóitcnbsp;Cap au ugeACA, pass by without going through) ; óuaiC) pénbsp;ne téim Cap au ujoaca, he leaped over the gate ; ¦out ne téimnbsp;Cap a’ ugeACA, to jump over the gate ; $eópA au pocAt anbsp;Cup Ap a’ •out pou, you might use the word in that constructionnbsp;(or application) ; fiu é au nut a 5i Aige Aip, that was his waynbsp;of putting (explaining) it; 01 a quot;Out 50 ¦oci au SeAUA-lhobAtnbsp;quot;Oe ’Oouiua’ po CAiCeAmAip, his journey was (he had to go)nbsp;to Old Parish last Sunday ; ca 001 eite Ap a’ pgéAt, therenbsp;is another version of the story ; ui -o’oippeAC) a’ pocAt Ap a’nbsp;¦out pou, the word would not suit in that version, application ;nbsp;Ca nut Aip piu, there is a way for expressing that; uaCnbsp;uAibpeAC (ï)=v) A ÓUA1’ pé m ! uaC i au öcau UApAt i ! Hownbsp;haughtily she took it ! What a lady she is ! Piu aou nutnbsp;Cuu cluu AgAm Ap a’ pgéAt, I cannot manage to tell the storynbsp;properly ; bein au riieips nioc, mA célOeAuu téiCe, you willnbsp;be free from loss (well off), if it (the crop) continues to developnbsp;as at present, if it succeeds ; Ca pé a’ nut 1 unAuAineAóc Ap aunbsp;ugAotAiuu, he is becoming more confident in his use of Irish.nbsp;The verb nut differs from jóitc. “Out is used of motionnbsp;towards a destination, góitc refers to the route one takes :nbsp;CA pA$Aim1n 1 To what place shall we go ? Ca ugeobAimin ?nbsp;Which way shall we take ? Cua’ mé 50 nci iDAite -dCA CtiAC.’'nbsp;“-Ap jAb (pronounced like go—o short) cu au ÓAppAig uónbsp;PoprtAipge ? ” “I went to Dublin.” “ Did you go bynbsp;Garrick or by Waterford ? ” ; uiop Cua’ pé CAp au uscaca,nbsp;i.e., he went as far as the gate and no farther, but uiop gAbnbsp;pé Cap au ugeACA means that he did not take the route léading

-ocr page 167-

153

VERBS.

past the gate. ‘Out also, is applied to motion in any figurative sense, Caa’ quot;out 1 [te] fé bti^riA cu\\tA, lit. he is going onnbsp;six years buried; a’ ¦out in Aor ’f a -out in otcAp, gettingnbsp;old and getting worse ; -oo euAit) fé Af pnAtfi, he had a swimnbsp;(or bathe) ; tAimt-o aj -out Af fnirh Ajuf beig pionn-fuAfAfnbsp;(fin-ooquot; ur-us) [fionn-puAipe] bfe.dg AgAinn, we are going fornbsp;a dip, it will be cool and refreshing (pionn-puAfAf, a pleasantnbsp;coolness).

éAJ'AOïne ; complaining, moaning as a sick man : txS fé ’5 ’éAjAoïne te piancA, he is moaning with pain ; A5 ite A’f A5nbsp;éAgAoïne, complaining but without loss of appetite. [Fromnbsp;adj. cAoin and neg. prefix, not from cAoineAt).—De H.]

[©JASCAIUC, springing into ear : Aon uAif AitiAin a 61onn An eofnA A5 eAfcAifc, CA fi ö OAojAt, once the barley forms intonbsp;ear, it is out of danger ; tA ah ncAncog eAfCAftA, the nettlenbsp;is in seed. Fut. eAfCAifeóóAT», but 5 is often prefixed to allnbsp;forms.

élTllg, rise ; élfij 50 no’ [moó] Af mAimn a inAifeAé—ÖlfeóAn, get up early to-morrow morning—I will; -ö’élfi ’ fé Cun jAoïüe;,nbsp;it became windy; tug peAf nfo’CAInc n’ peAf eite, Annponnbsp;¦ö’élfig a’ cpeitig [fCAtg] eAcquot;offA, one man insulted another,nbsp;then the ructions began ; n’élfi’ pé CugAtn, he attacked me ;nbsp;¦ó’élfigeAnAf Cun a Céae, they attacked, went for one another ;nbsp;Ca fé Ag élfige fuAf, it (the weather) is clearing up; ifnbsp;gAifin 0 quot;ó’élfi’ fé no pnA teini [teAnöAitie] 1 mtDAiie nAnbsp;ngAtl Ao’ ÜéAftA A teit Acu, it is only of late that the childrennbsp;of B. have come to know English that it happened to].

eiC1$l1Tl, fut. eiceóóAn, verb. n. eiceAó, refuse : tA füit AgAm nA neiceoCAin mé tu Afifc, I hope I shall not refuse younbsp;again. If the thing refused be expressed as well as the personnbsp;refused, the construction is : ni n’eiceóC’ fé éinne Aif, henbsp;would not refuse to give it to anybody. eiceACquot;, a refusal:nbsp;ni tug fé An c-eiceACquot; nom, he did not give me a refusal;nbsp;n’eici’ fé, he refused ; bu’ niocAif teif é n’eiceACquot;, he foundnbsp;it hard to refuse him.

or pAitc, getting; puljim {fwy”im), I get; puAipeAg (fooquot;ir-ug), was got; pAig (fweg) An té 1 gcóif (or uttArhnbsp;nom, get the tea ready for me ; b-puit pé féin AgAC ? havenbsp;you finished your preparation of it ? ; pAig (fweg) An bófn.

-ocr page 168-

154

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

lay the table ; tA fi Ag yAgAitc Ati ï)üihtgt;, she is laying the table ; curiAf amp; puAi^ cti An oitiCe A|\éi-p ?nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ How did you

pass the night ? ” ptiAip AUA-rfiAit é, he treated me very kindly; -oo jeiÜTjip An-otc i, she used to treat them verynbsp;unkindly ; öi cAtujAt) opm ua puAip mé ceAóc fAU Am a tiinbsp;beAfCAigte AjAm, I was sorry I did not succeed in coming atnbsp;the time I arranged ; nin Aon ’Ait [-pAgAit] Ague ceACc Annf o,nbsp;you have no chance of coming here ; nin Aon ’Ait Aije Aip,nbsp;he has no chance of it.

¦pAIReAÓAII, the occupation of watching (not followed by an object) ; tA fé a’ y. ó mAimn, he is on the watch since morning.nbsp;¦pAllAIlT), I stay, verb. n. is yuipeAóquot; not yAnAttiAinc : pAn AmAénbsp;OuAig, keep out from him.

¦piApUtllJlITI {fee-ar-eequot;ini), fut. yiAypoCAn {fee-ar-odequot;), verb. n.

yiAyyinge {fee-ar-eequot;), to ask a question.

¦piOSKtljAX) or pifeöyACc, inquiring.

¦pÖ^AIUC, ordering. An a’ CAinc teiy nA peAfiAib AtA fé ?—• Hi tieAA, aC a’ fógAifc Af nA beitiquot;5i5, Is he speaking to thenbsp;men ?—^No, he is calling to the animals (the horses ploughing).nbsp;T^O^bAinil^'IITI, learn. poStAim-oi’ mé a’ mém a ¦óféACfAi’nbsp;mé, I will learn all I can (in ¦ópéACfAi’ from péA-OAim, the secondnbsp;f was pronounced contrary to gen. rule).

'PÖIUIITI Af, help (fairly common in past A’foif fé and verb. n. foifinc [fóifitin] ; for other parts CAbAffAi’ fé cünAtn nonbsp;or some such expression is more usual).

¦pobAlU [fofAit], fut. f otAiffeAn ; verb. n. f otAifC, offer ; n’otAif fé mAfcAi5equot;ACc nom, he offered me a lift; niof ’tAfAUAfnbsp;nAnA tiuinn, they offered us nothing (at the fair); no ’tAfAgnbsp;All p’foifce no, thè parish was offered to him ; no nmeAjnbsp;An p’foifce no ’tAifc no (same).

quot;pobAX!) : moulting. Üa au CeAfc fotcA, the hen has finished moulting ; tA cofAó f oXa’ aca, they are beginning to moult.nbsp;¦ptieA^ATRÜ, answering, be responsible for: bi ’f AjAm gufnbsp;cu ÖÏ Cun ffeAjAifc no’n X)omnAC, I knew it was you whonbsp;were to be responsible for the Sunday (masses and religiousnbsp;services).

¦p'Re-t/dU'AX) [ffiotAtAn], serve, tend. Cé tA a’ f. An Aiffinn ? Who is serving the mass ? Ca fi a’ f. nA neAttAij, she isnbsp;feeding the poultry. CAitfAf An cAoine no ti’f. the tidenbsp;must be served (first syll. of n’f. pronounced like yer-rayquot;).

-ocr page 169-

155

VERBS.

¦pUAIt [iruAjAtt], p. p. p«Ait-ce, to sew. puAit tAp ¦opUIm, topsewing. puAit is not pronounced like buAit, boo-il ; (the second syllable has the sound of ‘ a ’ in ‘ that ’—fooquot;ahl).nbsp;Compare pronunciation of ¦oüau [•ouUau] dhoo-anquot;.

(lt;poiti5lt;potAi5), cover. Üa au po'’tApAó puttijte uaC beAg je’n ftpA1$ueAu {vween-yawn or vine-), the ruinnbsp;is almost covered with ivy ; ‘óm fé An c-ApüAp a ó’puitmjAó,nbsp;he covered up the corn ; cAipéipce puitijte {or c. •ouncA),nbsp;a covered-car.

JlOUKAim {ghirquot;im), shorten (only as follows) ; quot;oo jioppAg (or 00 jioppAiJeAj) Cun bAip 1, her death was hastened, shenbsp;died prematurely. The same or a similar word occurs in thenbsp;inscription over the late Mr. Foley in the graveyard at Ring,nbsp;50 u'oéAnAió quot;OiA cpócAipe Ap a AUAm.

¦5bACA11TI, receive, take ; $Lac pé cpuAg •ói, he pitied her.

5010, stealing : “ CA UpuAip cu An nmm ? ”—“ f joi’o.” “ Where did you get the turf ? ”—“ I stole it,” {lit. to steal it) ; tAnbsp;pé mAp A öéAó pé a’ 5oi‘o ua cAince, tA pAotAp Aip, henbsp;speaks as though he were stealing the language {i.e. bynbsp;mumbling words “ stealing the talk,” or talking surreptitiously.)

;50lbC [gAbAit], going (see under -out, end) striking, accepting, asking ; goitc auiaC mnce, to go out through it (the window) ;nbsp;5Ö1LC ipceAC ’p AUIAC cpiCe, to go in and out through it;nbsp;5Aöquot;5i puAp An c-4.p‘o pon op öCip gcoinne, go up the inclinenbsp;facing you ; bioóAp a’ joitc te Uacai Ap a Céite, they werenbsp;belabouring one another with sticks ; n’feAóAp émne caónbsp;AtA 5oice {gufeh) cpió AgAm, no one knows what I wentnbsp;through (puiUnjte may be used) ; nt geóïiAinn UeotA, Inbsp;would not accept them (said by a parish priest who refusednbsp;to have English-speaking missioners) ; cAitpimi-o jcac tenbsp;n-A ftpUIgmlT), nit AgAinn aCc éipceAcc, we must take whatnbsp;we get; and keep our mouths shut; cA goitc teip Annbsp;¦oeAcACquot; 50 niAit AgAui, I can stand smoke well; bpuit cunbsp;a’ joitc cpió An ii^eACA ? Are you going through the gateway ?—¦out will not do ; gAbAó pi in Aipoe Ap a’ opéimpe,nbsp;she used to mount the ladder ; tA mé a’ goitc a’ CApAitt, I amnbsp;harnessing the horse ; gAóAim pApoün ajac, I beg yournbsp;pardon (but note that, if you want to translate “ I beggednbsp;his pardon,” you must say; gAöAp pApoun tei;—- not Aige).

-ocr page 170-

156

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

5'R'5.'ÓAltn, love, like : nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;SfAig rné |\iAtfi ¦out te mucA (50

¦oei An /iorixió) namp; be^i^ó ct'ioetiAijCe, I never liked to go to the fair with pigs that were not fuUy fattened.

JttAS-dhA (graw-guleh) [jpAgAttAó], cackling like hens, chattering like a flock of sea-gulls.

gUeA’OAItn, scorch, make scorching hot; umu-i\''cA nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;ua

due, too much rousing up of the fire ; tA .ati Ceipc jfeACAijce [speA^otA] Ague, you have scorched the cloth ; u’Aij^ijip aunbsp;gpeA^OA^O cAitice tA ’cu ? Don’t you hear the noisy talknbsp;that is going on amongst them ?—(One of the best speakersnbsp;says that puA^ó-^óóijce should be used of cloth, speACAiJtenbsp;of a person; ¦oo ót\oiceAuu ¦oo üeA-ó j^veACAijce—¦oó$Atinbsp;beAA Ap Auiue ha ctogfA^o, “ it is your skin that getsnbsp;51ieACAigCe, it is a burn that does not blister”).

[5]Ü'RTlA'n, twisting rapidly ; ui pAib pé a’ ¦oeAUAA rnófAiti aó a’ 5ü]itiAu tlmpeAt a’ dje, he was not doing much exceptnbsp;fussing about the house {i.e. idly busy) ; 5Aoe[t] gupuAin, anbsp;whirl-wind.

¦0’lOtTI AKAt) (yumquot;ur-ah), rowing: bACAi ¦ó’iotriApA^ó, oars; tAiiii5quot;eA^OA|\ ifceAó A5 loniApA^ó, or ¦oe ioitiiia^ó, they rowednbsp;in, i.e., came in without sail; ca pé A5 loniApA^o teip ah mbAp,nbsp;he is struggling with death.

b.dlttlSe.dl.AHn (rh nasal), handle, examine by touch (often pron. jtAppeAtAim, the initial 5 coming from ¦o of past tensenbsp;prefix ¦oo) : gtAppeAtpAi^O au ¦ooCcuip ca^o a beA^O a’ cAiteArnnbsp;Aip, the doctor wiU examine (to see) what may be the matternbsp;with him. JtAppeAtAp ua puuquot;aua teApdg -j bio^oAp cipini,nbsp;I examined the sheaves which were within (the stook) andnbsp;they were dry.

bATtlCAS : CA Au beAub Ag tAfficAp, the child is creeping on all fours.

hATtl.^1h or tuAit, permit (Eng. “allow?”); ui tuAbpA^ö au UiAjpcAp ¦001b UA ¦OAoiue teA’puiu ¦oo ¦óéAUA^ó Cu’ cptlluunbsp;teoCA béiu, the Government would not allow them to makenbsp;outsiders as wise as themselves.

bAltl Alin (tfi nasal), fut. iAtiipAO, verb. n. tAuiAC, I shoot, handle ; tAitiAuu pé coiui'quot;uï ’p giopp-peróte {girquot;-eh-eh, sing. gipppiA^O,nbsp;gir-ayquot;) ja’ uaou tA, he shoots rabbits and hares every day ;nbsp;1 odiu [cóu] UA OAibCe (dhyquot;heh, g. of oaCaC) 00 tAirhiJ au

-ocr page 171-

157

VERBS.

CAC An pfAncAó, in the bottom of the vat the cat came to grips, handled, the rat; tug fé ceAt) tAice Vo, he gave himnbsp;permission to shoot, or a gun licence.

teAgVItT), cast down; ip mti teAcpAV pé An cpoiVe ’ge ¦ouine, it would afiect one’s heart more ^ puAip pé TieiC bpuincnbsp;LeAgAinc, he got a reduction of ten pounds (tug pé veiC bp.nbsp;Ap-OAC, or ApuAig, XI0, he gave him ten pounds increase).

l,6ATlA1in, follow, pursue; élpc, a CAXiApAtAige, mApAn cupA tA teAniiinc [teAnAriiAinc] plot btiAUA {or rnbtiAVAin) Ve,nbsp;hush, you chatter-box, how much you have got to say onnbsp;the subject! (said to one who pursues a topic against thenbsp;wish of his companions) ; vo teAUAXiAp Ve gup tfiApbAigeAXiApnbsp;(m=w, b silent) é, they continued at it till they killednbsp;it; teAn opt a c-pbige VipeAt, follow on the straight path ;nbsp;m' tcAnpAi’ pé pin viob, that (practice) will not continue (so)nbsp;with them.

leACAt), spreading, p. p. teAt-ce, spread ; ca mo pAVApc a’ tcACAV, my sight is getting confused; tA An pA$Ain ieA-ce,nbsp;the seine-riet is spread out (to dry); teA-ce means alsonbsp;“ exhausted,” tA me beA-ce ’ge’ n bpuAtc, I am perishednbsp;with cold. Akin to beAtAV is beAtAnugAV, from the adj.nbsp;bCAtAH, as noun or verb, a report, to report: CuaiV au b.nbsp;bpéAgAé AmAt, the lying report went forth. The past p.nbsp;is beAtAnuigte, or less frequently b6Aquot;tAncA ; bi An pgéAbnbsp;beAtAnuigte, the story had been circulated.

1,01$ ©At) [beAgAV], to melt, tA pé a’ bCIgeAV, it is thawing, beig mé be ctirhpACt quot;00 óAptAnAécA, melt me with thenbsp;fragrance of Thy charity ; beig {leg) nA bibeogA,, the leavesnbsp;(of book) melted away ; the past p. is beice.

LéimuiJ, leaping : m' v’oipeAnn pé Vuic belt a’ xiéAnAV n-umupquot;cA béimpig mA cA ao’ put) a’ bAinc beip a’ gcpotVe bag Ague,nbsp;it is not proper for you to do too much leaping, if you suffernbsp;from any heart affection.

béillim, I clear off, finish with : tA pé a’ béipiugAV nA bpiAóA, he is clearing off the debts (or, a’ beAgAint). See under preps.nbsp;Ap, § 22 and ÜAp § 7.

blgiril [beigim], allow, let: big xiom, let me be (very common) ; VO big pé A óopA beip, he let him go free, iigint tpixi isnbsp;used of a vessel containing a liquid ; tA An ciotAb a b. c.,nbsp;the kettle is leaking.

-ocr page 172-

158

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

LltjnAltn [teoTiAim], sprain : tA mo óoif tiüince, Tiin pé a Coif A tiüriA’ó, tiün fé A Coif, t.iüriA'ó a Coif Af An aic fin, mynbsp;foot is sprained—he got his foot sprained—he sprained hisnbsp;foot—his foot was sprained in a twinkling,nbsp;ho 111 At!), peeling, stripping : -oCAnfAt) cfAin é tomAt) (deep t)nbsp;50 mAit (verb formed from tom), a sow would keep the patchnbsp;of ground quite bare ; tomAifc, shearing ; fut. tomAfoCAit),nbsp;hO'Rquot;A5 [tofs], fut. tofigeoCA-o, search for ; Wof a’ tofg xgt;enbsp;ÜomAf, I was asking Thomas, inquiring of him.nbsp;htlAhquot;A11Tl, allow (see under tAtriAit) : niof tuAtquot;Af tiuic mCnbsp;ném tifeifginc, I did not allow you to see me ; m'of tug fénbsp;mo CeAfc Tiom—niof tug fé cat) a Ui tuAtquot;cA Aom, he didnbsp;not give me my due ; ni tuAtfAiAe Ao é AéAUAA, he wouldnbsp;not be allowed to do it.

ht1A1Ü1$quot;1in, make sooner, hasten : m' a tuAtugAA An öAif teAC é, not hastening your death (said when there is some referencenbsp;to what may happen at or after a person’s death),nbsp;htlljitn, lie, rest on ; ao tuig An ofiobtóiA Af a CfoiAe, thenbsp;trouble affected his heart; bi fé ’nA tuige Af a’ teA’cofAf,nbsp;he was leaning on the half-door ; A tuigpeAA fé-finquot; (.1. Annbsp;gAtAf fon) ceAfc CugAc, ni bpUIJpA meifeAC'cAin 1 ttfAAnbsp;teif, if that (disease) attacked you in good earnest, you couldnbsp;not live long owing to it; Aon aic a mbéAA An lOfóg [iss-ogue)nbsp;tuigce (IW'eh) öéAA fi niof meAfA nA AeiC gcinn Ae ffAncAig,nbsp;a weasel is worse than ten rats in any place where she fixesnbsp;her abode.

rtlA1lquot;AT1A‘0, reflecting, thinking (used instead of mACcuArh) : ni rhAfnoinn go Aeo go b’i fin i go bpeACA mé 1, I shouldnbsp;never have thought it was she until I saw her ; bionn Annbsp;fógAife a’ mAf’nA Af AfoC-gnAC [gnAt] 1 gcurhnAiAe 1 Annbsp;Auine mAcAncA 1 bfAA uAig, the rogue is always meditatingnbsp;some evil practice, but it is quite otherwise with the honestnbsp;man. See Diet. mAfbuA.

mA'RlDAlJini (b silent), kül, catch (of fish) : a’ mAfbugAA teitog, buf aAu [bf aaAu], cotAmüifi, “ killing ” plaice, salmon, hake ;nbsp;a’ mAfbugAA nA péifce, “ killing the worm,” used figurativelynbsp;of “ tilling the soil.”

TTieAC, wasting, failing [meAt, meAtAim] : if fuifif An tA ao itieAC, it is easy to pass the day : rheACpAA fon An tA ofc.

-ocr page 173-

^59

VERBS.

that would waste (take up) your day. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;jau rneAe, come

without disappointing ; tA An pAcpnn meAócA Ap pAT), the patron-feast has died out completely ; tA pé tneAó-cA [meAtcA]nbsp;Ap A óni-D éA-OAig, his clothes have become too large for himnbsp;(lit., declined, withered away out of .nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;.) ; tA An c-ApöAp

meAtcA .1. gup t)’ pAp pi An óéAT) «Aip Agnp Annpon teip pi Apipc, the corn has failed, i.e., it grew at first and thennbsp;withered.

TTieASAllTI, I esteem, judge, intend: ni OpUlginn é rhcAp, I cannot judge him ; rncAp mé p-At) Leip, aC niop bACAp (ö=w)nbsp;teip, I intended telling him, but did not mind (i.e., omitted)nbsp;doing so. “ “Oé rhéit) a Oi Ann ? ”—“ CuijeAp.”—“ CiiigeAp ? ”nbsp;“ SeipcAp, itieAp mé p-Ati.” “ How many were there ? ”—nbsp;“ Five.”—“ Five ? ”—“ Six, I meant to say.” (This is thenbsp;ordinary way of making a correction.)—The noun meAp,nbsp;besides its common meaning, is also used for “ valuation ” rnbsp;cipcöin pA pünc u’péip meApA, fourpence in the pound accordingnbsp;to valuation.

llléACARACc [? rnéAtpugAP), fattening] ; CAicpiP) c« öeiC a’ méACApACc teötA, ¦ouine pé teit nAó müp ¦ooit), you have tonbsp;coax them (to take food, of animals hard to rear), they requirenbsp;a special attendant (note that c is not aspirated).

miAlT'tPRCAOlb [méAnpA-ójAit], yawning.

initteAt), destroying, lit. and as follows ; tA pi 50 mAit aC tA A rhittcA’ó pin innce, she is good, but has a fault whichnbsp;nullifies that; ip mu [quot;oe] tfntteAA tA pi a’ AéAu’ oppA uanbsp;mAitcAp, she is doing more harm than good to them ; tAnbsp;An •opoCAimpip A5 mitteA'ö nA öpeApAiO ac^ A5 obAipnbsp;AgAinn, the bad weather is spoiling our workmen (too manynbsp;rest-spells).

¦Ó’Oltlltn, ¦ó’oippi’ö, oipiüinc : cAiCpiA 5a’ uélnne oipiüinc ¦oa bACAige Hém, everyone must accommodate himself to hisnbsp;own deficiencies.

pélRSeAlb : péippe^ilpinn tu mAp a péippcAitpinn cop, I would flog you as I would a top.

pbé [ptéi'óe], arguing : 'oé riiAit belt a’ pté teip ? What is the use of arguing with him ? Üa An ófnp ¦da pté, the casenbsp;is being argued ; t,3i An tinp ptéiAce, the case is settled. Fromnbsp;Eng. plea.

-ocr page 174-

i6o

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

pivAWS/dll, (prance) : öi' nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;a’ p. p-uc [i pit] tioitióe,

the ass was walking about noisily during the night. pil6At)ATlTlA*0, giving a series of leaps ; öi .An mA-opA a’nbsp;ppeAbApnAt) a’p a téirnpig, the dog was springing and leaping.

saying: bn’ itinp te p-At) é pA pApoipce, he was thought a lot of in the parish. Initial p is usually broad, but is slendernbsp;in pAt), because the pronoun a, “ its,” “ his,” so often precedesnbsp;it. The word ’pAn, for ApAn, “ bread,” often has the p slender.nbsp;HOinTl'llTl {ringquot;im), fut. poinnpeA-o (ringquot;adh). verb. n. pOnTtlcnbsp;(rynt), sometimes poinneAfi {ringquot;-eh) : ni DpUIjinn (bp=w)nbsp;lAt) A poinnc eAcoppA, I am not able to divide them betweennbsp;them ; poinnimiT) {ringquot;imeed) An peoit, CACoppA, let us dividenbsp;the meat between them ; -oéin é poinnc, divide it, make anbsp;division of it; óAit me cpi pomnc oo ¦óéAnA'ó ’óe, I had tonbsp;make three parts of it. Another word poinneACAn {ryingquot;nbsp;yoch-awn) means a number of small portions ; Ca pé in anbsp;poinneACAn ajac, i.e., you have given everyone a small bit.nbsp;•R-UC [pit] p-uCpAi-O, amp;e., run,occur to one’s mind: p-uCnA nniAij,nbsp;run after them; m'op p-tiC pé teip 50 pAib gnii Ague •oe, it didnbsp;not occur to him that you required him, had business of himnbsp;(in the genitive of verb, noun the C disappears) ; tug pé ceAOnbsp;poAtA •00’n ppnC, he let the stream flow (by removing dam);nbsp;btiAin peAtA, a leap-year ; piuC-pocAt, a slip of the tonguenbsp;(the p is not aspirated) ; tA pé a pmC Cun mo béit, it (thenbsp;word) is on the tip of my tongue.

R-UR [portiAp], E.M.I. poitiAp, puAtfiAp, digging.

SA15, pAitnm, past part. pAitce, shove, drive, stab : CAppAing ’p pAig Apipc, draw (your knife) and stab again (as the ghostnbsp;said). SaCaC [f^itpeA-ó] a teitémi pin tu, people like thosenbsp;would stab you.

S6AS, stand : bi' ja’ bAon pocAt ’nA feApAiti, every word stood out, clearly uttered ; nin Aon cpeApArii AmAC ceApe pAn .Aimpipnbsp;póp, the weather has got no staying power as yet, it is stillnbsp;very changeable ; peApAiJim, stand, stand by, last; ao’ punnbsp;A $eAtt pé, peApAi’ pé é, he stood by whatever he promised ;nbsp;¦oé An pAi*o A peApó’ pé ? How long will it last ? [As anbsp;noun peAp means a bench of sheaves or such like.—0’C.]

-ocr page 175-

i6i

VERBS.

S5A5Aim, strain ; tA fi [^5] nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;An üAinne, she is straining

the milk (Keating uses this word to mean “ examine critically”).

SgAhiAOTlACC, scolding.

SgABlIRAt!) (nn=rh nasal), a frightening, a fright ; fSAnutwA but) eAt) é, it was terrible ; tA au CApAbt pgAnupAigte A5UC,nbsp;you have terrified the horse.

S^AOlb, let go : f^Aoit tApquot;uc [tApc] au ciuC [ciot] tA fé buAt [tuAt] 50 teof, let the shower pass off, it is early enough.

SgBItilieAt) {shkahquot;ee-leh not shkehquot;~), lit. a scoirnging, hence terrifying, terror ; cuippeAt) pé pjOlPhteAt) ipceAt 1 gcpomenbsp;cboiCe, he would terrify the heart of a stone.

SgUeA’OA’O, to screech, but heard as follows : tA au c-op a’ pSpeA-oAt), the gold is flashing brightly.

SStllJltn, fut. pspigpeAt), fast t. pgpig, verb. n. pspi, fast far. pspigce (shkrifeh), write. (The final 5 in the fast t. and 2nbsp;sing. impv. is heard, but is süent in the other parts).

SJtl-Tl, cease, give up,unyoke: ni'op p5-ip pi ó’n obAip, she did not give up work. ÜA piAU pg-iptA ó’n obAip, they havenbsp;left off work ; pAn 50 p^uippit) nA peApAib, wait till the mennbsp;leave off.

SlUljAb, walk : ni pn'i t)uic belt Ag cimeAn ah CApAitt, piuOtoi’ mé, it is not worth while to keep the horse waiting, I willnbsp;walk (piubtpAT) equally common) ; CuipeAp au beicip Cunnbsp;ptubAii, I sent off the letter (Cun piubAit simply means “ off ”) ;nbsp;piubAiL An gtuAipceAn Ap pAipce, the motor ran over a child ;nbsp;piuftAit An poC Ap mo Coip, the wheel rolled over my foot.

SblUCCA’Ö, licking : CA An ptAcA pUuCcAigte 50 mAit ’je’n a mAnpA, the dog has licked the plate clean (pUobAt) is saidnbsp;of a cow licking the calf, i.e. licking what is not food).

St1d.t)AOlb : bi au mAupA a’ pnAbAoil ’p a’ npAnncAn Ap ja’ riAonquot;x)uine, the dog was snapping and growling at everyone.

S11.dli1, swimming, bathing : -out Ap pnAiti, to go for a swim or bathe ; pnAitnceoip (m nasal), fl. -i, a swimmer ; ni pAib Aonnbsp;pnArh Aige, he was not able to swim ; lomapcA -out Ap pnAtfi,nbsp;too much swimming (bathing) ; pnAig pé, he swam ;nbsp;pnAi[rn]ceóip mAit, a good swimmer ; X)poó-pnAi[iti]ceóip, anbsp;bad swimmer.

-ocr page 176-

102

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

SnoTXilin (sneem), imp. fnoit) [snig] past p. ftioit)ce (snit-eh), carve : ifceAó ó’ti ftMö CAinig na ctocA fnoitice, in fromnbsp;the mountain the dressed stones came ; öi fé a ftioi-óearfi inbsp;5CüttmAi-óe, he was being whittled away (was wearing awaynbsp;or pining) aU the time (with trouble or illness)—auiaó is sometimes put after pnoiPeAiti in this sense.

SpCAbbAt)), fall out, waste away ; üucaó a fpeAt pi te pcAcc-rhAiu, she has fallen away very much during the past week (of a sick person). Also used of goods falling in price, or ofnbsp;grain falling from the ear.

SpUIUCAt) or fppeACA-ó, to stimulate ; uf üeA-ó ao’ uiaic iouca, TUApA iToéAupAi-óe lAt) A pppiucAt), they would be useless,nbsp;unless they were roused up.

Sr!,Anquot;CAfltlA01t, snoring.

S'RA0Ü''AflCA01i, sneezing.

SCAttAltn, I stop : Opuit pé pcACAijte -oe’ii peAptAHiu ? Is the rain over 1

SCGAbbAP (deep i), lit. to splash, spurt ; OiotiAp ajv pceAttAA ’¦oOauat!) ua tioncA, they were all bustle making the nets ;nbsp;fin é An p. céAAuA a Olonn ja’ haou OtiAin oppA, that is thenbsp;same confusion (of work or talk) in which they find themselvesnbsp;every year.

SCOlt [fcoc], fut. pcoitpeAT), verb. n. pcoiteAA, pull, pluck; pcoit pé (sthishquot;ay) cop jAbAipce -j OuaiI pé pA CtuAip é,nbsp;he pulled a cabbage stalk, and hit him with it in the ear ;nbsp;pin cpAnn aca pcoigce (sthif'eh), that is a (potato) stalk thatnbsp;has been pulled.

SÜIxfOCAItn (sthreek), submit, capitulate ; ni pcpiocpAt) ceAiin Acti no’n (leAnn eite, one would-not yield to the other.

SUAÜA’Ó, hustle, shuffle : niopO ao’ put) te n-A teiCémi ah pAgApc hém no puAtA-ó, people like those would think nothing ofnbsp;hustling even a priest; aj puAtAA ua gcApcAi, shuffling thenbsp;cards ; A5 puAtAA mopcit, mixing mortar. See adj. puAiOce.

SUjAim, suck, imbibe, draw back : oi mé a’ ptigAt) piAp Ap JpAA cu imteACc Ap no óApAtt lAppAinn, I was drawing back (sonbsp;that you might not see me and be detained by talking withnbsp;me) in order to let you off on your cycle ; mn mé püóAincnbsp;piAp, I drew back ; t-A pé a’ piicAinc [perhaps a mistake for

-ocr page 177-

163

VERBS.

^noif, it (the weather) is drying up the ground, causing the moisture to evaporate. t)i:ua fé ciium ? Pin,nbsp;tA fé ftiigce, i.e., 5^11 Oeic i:LiuC ti^ ciium, aii irióft-FtfucAfidfnbsp;neic iniijte Af. Is it (the surface of the road) dry ? It isnbsp;not dry, it is damp. ÊAnAiJe füijce, clothes half-dry.

SUftjinu (t)=v) [i-iii-DiJitTi], arguing, persuading, ¦ argument: Ao’ fuit) UA peAUAif mé, ni Optlljinn fuiU-nCi teif, I cannotnbsp;argue in favour of anything which I do not know ; of fufOincnbsp;AgAm te •peAi\ ó éiAUA -] ¦ouöaihc mé tiom oéin 50 OpiAp|\óéAiuunbsp;{vee-ar-hoquot;ing) ne ¦óuiti’ 015100 a mbeA’ó y'Of Ai5e, I had annbsp;argument with a man a while ago, and I said to myself thatnbsp;I would ask some one who knew ; 01 fé a fuibiuc 50 Uaitoiinbsp;otim, 1 Oiof A ftifOinc ’tiA éoiune, tifoti óiiAUAf 6un cinu Aifi,nbsp;he was trying to persuade me with all his force, and I wasnbsp;arguing against him, I did not convince him.

ÜAÏ)1IA1P1 and CPg-dltn, I give ; Jmpert). 2 sj. is cA0Ap\, 2 plw. is cm5quot;f [cu5Aia] ; tu5A5 pé, he was blamed=cu5A5 mitteAUnbsp;Alp; “a’ téi5pA é fiu ?” “ÜAOAppAinu pé.” “Could you readnbsp;that ? ” “I could make an attempt at it ” (i.e., could makenbsp;an attack on it); 011151 pé iroeAp 50 b’é An “OorhnAó po óusAinnnbsp;An céAX) ’OomnAC ¦oe’n mf, take notice that next Sunday wül benbsp;the first Sunday of the month.—CAöAipc Ap: o’é pin a -ocusAnnnbsp;piAX) “ All cOInpiPéip ” Aip ? Is that the man they call thenbsp;counsellor?; Ilf 0pAi5inn a tAOAipc Aip ppeAé 50 ¦ociocpAinn, Inbsp;could not make him wait till I came ; 0115 pé opm peAéctfiAinnbsp;•00 óAiteArii Ann, he made me spend a week there ; pin é aunbsp;copAii A cu5Aix)fp oppA, that is the road they used to take; •00nbsp;CU5AP mo OotAp opm, I went my way.—CAbAipc te, in its literalnbsp;sense, is used, e.g., of a channel or culvert: nfop tu5 An tinncéipnbsp;An c-uip5e teip, the culvert did not “ bring the water withnbsp;it,” i.e., did not let the water through ; hence, figuratively :nbsp;nf OpUlgnfp An ceAn5A a tAOAipc teo, they can’t expressnbsp;themselves in the language (they are like a blocked channel—nbsp;note that “express” means literally “squeeze out”); nfnbsp;péixiip teo HA pocAii óeApcA a tAOAipc teo, they can’t bringnbsp;out (use) the correct words.Other uses : tus te cuipsmcnbsp;¦oom, he gave me to understand ;—tu5 An mipneAt opm, mynbsp;courage failed ; 0115 ha OAlnnc, the banks failed ; tu5 Annbsp;pfon, the wine gave out (“ they had no more wine ”).—¦

-ocr page 178-

164

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

tAïx^T'V^'ó fAn ttio ï)Ai', that would cause my death, be the death of me ;—Oi |'é cAöAftA ¦oo’u teAbA a^ peA’ fjAitiriinbsp;tuAit, he had been confined to bed for a good while ; if üticaónbsp;A tug fé ¦oou teAbA Af fAti be cArriAtt, it was extraordinarynbsp;how he took to his bed completely this while back ;—tugnbsp;fé -oori ciubAifc nA ¦ootciiifi, he consigned (wished) thenbsp;doctors to the mischief.

CAJAlin, fut. c-ucfAt), cond. t-ucfAinn, impv. 2 sing. cAf, 2 plu. CAg-i : If bulge a t-ucfA-O fé tugAui, I should find it easiernbsp;(to pronounce a word in a certain way) ; 01' eAgt’ Aif gonbsp;¦oc-ucfAt) fé (ah fu-o) tun trutLeAin tiO, he was afraid that itnbsp;would cause him blame (of result); -oa mbéinti aou cauiaUnbsp;uAig t-ucfAt) fé tun gof-c-ugAt) to, if I had been any distancenbsp;from him it would end in his getting hurt; ¦oo bi cAitneAriinbsp;(than quot;yuv) aca a’ ceAtc to, they were getting to like himnbsp;(aca may be placed after ceAtc) ; céAt) mite fAitce ftirfiACnbsp;Af tCAtc HA CAfCA, a cordial welcome home to you whennbsp;Easter comes ; “ ni |reA-OAf a bfuiLim a’ tiut tun cinn ? ”nbsp;“ A’ ceAtc lonAcquot; a beig [belt] gA’ b-Aon tA.” “ I wondernbsp;if I am improving.”—“ Your progress will be gradual andnbsp;constant; ” CAgAnn 1 fua futiAt otAinne f a nigequot;AtAn, woollensnbsp;get thicker in the wash.

CA5A1K1$quot;11T1, refer to ; fé-fun a tAgAifigquot;eAf At é feo, what I referred to was the following ; ni peAtiAf cau to a tAgAifeot’nbsp;fon, I do not know to what that could refer ; a’ cAgAifc to’nnbsp;'ootcuif AtA mé, I am referring to the doctor ; CAgAifigquot;eAnnnbsp;fé to go teóf nitce, it applies to many things, the word hasnbsp;many meanings.

CAfOtiHlJUTI, dream, think, feel; Af tAITjbfig cu (hirequot;athoo) é a’ cuf piAn ofc ? Did you feel it paining you ?

EAk, to yield milk ; if go tci n-A riiAtAif péin ¦00 fiot[ü] An niionAn go tcAtpAt fi Aif ; ni b-i An bo if Aoifte géim if Cfeifenbsp;CAt, it is not the cow with the loudest bellow that yields mostnbsp;mUk.

CAUbÖCAinC or c^ftot, hauling home the harvest.

CATHtAinSlSlfib or CAffAingim, verb. n. cAffAingc, draw, pull, often figuratively : tAffAing fé cufA AnuAf Cuige, he introduced your name (as he spoke) ; tA ah pott beAg a’ cAffAingcnbsp;nA gAoite, the little hole is admitting the air (of a vessel whichnbsp;should be air-tight).

-ocr page 179-

165

VERBS.

C.lt;SSC4,1l,, testing, examining : a’ cAfCAit tiA bpAifoi, examining the children.

C6A115ti1 A1$1tTI {tang-ee-quot;im), meet, usually followed by te, but A|v is also used especially of meeting with a group of people :nbsp;teAUsrhAij fé {hangquot;a-shay) tiompA Aipiö [ApCü] {arriv) inué,nbsp;he met me the day before yesterday ; teAugriiAijeAt) {hang-eequot;och) pé Ap ha uiApjAipi ja’ uao’ rtiAimu ’ge’n óé, he usednbsp;to meet the fishermen every morning at the quay.

C6ASÜAI5HTI : teAfCAij Ï1UA15 [uAip] T)é 6uip é ’f quot;oé óiAtt, é, he wanted to have a full explanation of its cause and object.nbsp;(Note that this verb corresponds in tbis usage to the English,nbsp;“ wanted to know ”) ; teApcAi^ ttuAite ¦o-é pun é ptAiteAnriA,nbsp;she wanted to know what were p. (like preceding) ; ceApcAijequot;-ATiu Au uap [nóp] céA’ouA belt AgAinn te tióptJujAt) au eApbeij,nbsp;the bishop’s rule requires the same practice of us {or tA opAinnnbsp;An nóp etc.).

verb. n. céijeAtn {tave), p. part, céigce {tayquot;teh), warm : tAiT) a’ céigeAtn An mpge, they are heating the water ; bpuitnbsp;pé céijce A5AIÖ, have you warmed it; “ ca ’it cu, a SeAin ?—•nbsp;“ ÜA mé Annpo Am téijeArh tiéin Aije’n cine.” “ Where arenbsp;you, John ? ”—“ Here, warming myself at the fire ; ” tea’nbsp;céigce, luke-warm (but mpce AttA-bog is the usual expressionnbsp;for luke-warm water); peoit At-céijce, re-heated meat;nbsp;ACA Ab peapp teAc cé ce AiC-céigce no cé Ait-céigce ce ?nbsp;which would you prefer, hot tea re-heated or hot re-heated tea?nbsp;tli téigpinn teip, I could not warm to him, take to him ; niopnbsp;téig mé piAtn teip, I never cared for him.

CCititn [ceiCim], flee : bi pé ceice (tefeh), he had fled, made good his escape ; no te[it] pé te n-A anam, he had to run for hisnbsp;life ; óAit pé ceiteat), he had to run off.

C-IOITIAItl-CÖlReACC : [ciomainc], swearing profanely : r\A bi a’ c. map pin, do not swear in that fashion. See adj. cuniAnca.

CloniltACAll [nn nasal, compare ann], see one a bit of the road, accompany, escort : ué an pAiu piap a óuai’ cu ’a ¦ocionntaCAn ?nbsp;How far west (from Helvick towards Sean-Chill) did younbsp;accompany them ?

C1C1IT1 [CUICItn], fall; üa pé cicigte (or c’péip cicim), it is fallen ; puAip pé cicim ipceaé ’na ptlicéip (p=wh) he managed tonbsp;get appointed coastguard ; tic pé teóta annpon, he workednbsp;(and suffered)'for them then; naé boéc an cap -oom beic

-ocr page 180-

i66

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

acim UD triAft AtA mé, isn’t it a sad case that I have to live like a slave for you; tin fé ifceAé Af élfit)equot;Aócnbsp;[otjfeAéc] HA iiAice, he fell in for the inheritance of the place ;nbsp;CA CAgtA mo éfoi’óe ofm, AffA fi, 50 ¦DCAüAffA’ó fé ¦oon ótnbsp;nó 50 ¦ocicpeA’ó fé 1 tTofoC-CuiteAécA, I am afraid of mynbsp;life, she said, lest he might take to drink or meet with badnbsp;company ; aii cé if fCAfp a nfwt ati jAoLAinn Aije, cicpeAt)nbsp;focAt titiAig, a (wrong) word may slip from him who knowsnbsp;Irish best (the common way of saying “ to make a mistakenbsp;in speech”); ticfeAt) a ’f-ut) [oipeAn] fon Aif^m Cuige Afnbsp;5a’ tiêlnne a pAgAt) Af bofo AftAó cogAit), so much wouldnbsp;fall to him for each one who joined a man-of-war. As noun :nbsp;•DO t')AiTi AUA-timm DO SeATi, John had a bad fall.

CÓÓAItn, V. n. CÓÓ or cócauic, root up ; üa cti a’ cóó pórhAc Af nóf TiA muice, you are rooting away as you go, like a pignbsp;(of careless digging) ; Dm fé aii pAifc 50 téif a tót Le-n-Anbsp;CAIncm, he rooted up the whole field with his snout.

CÓ5AIITI, take : ni cOcfAitm (oftener, DéAtifAmti) üncAf De rhUIncif a’ f)fóifce feo, I should not be surprised at thenbsp;people of this parish ; nuAif a öï fé a’ cOgAinc ha femOi (0nbsp;silent) fé-n-A fAirh, when he was confirming the children ; Dénbsp;Au c-ftige metfeA(5quot;cAnA a tócfAiD cti ofc ném ? Whatnbsp;form of livelihood will you select 1 What will you be 1 (ornbsp;CAD A DéAnfAf Dior ?) CÓ15 Af Ati cfUge Dorn or simplynbsp;CÓ15, step out of my way.

CO^AItn, select; um élnne coigce (thet-eh) [cogtA] ’jAinn fóf, we have not selected anyone so far ; ua cogAig (thow-ig) Annbsp;ceAim If mcAfA ’ca, do not select the worst of them ; toignbsp;(heg)iad, he selected them.

UOrriAIITI, fut. comfAD : dip, plunge something into liquid; imperv. is com : do DmeADAf é CoitiaD, they dipped it.

ÜOt1ACquot;A'Ó, laying out a dead bod;^ ; i fin a Dm é tonAé'AD, it was she who laid him out.

UHACAITIC, is used of a football (or bicycle tube) from which the air is escaping ; tA An tAnin a’ cfAóAinc, the bladder is gettingnbsp;deflated. See ACf and cAoiDe.

Ct1AltA1$im, earn, mark out, appoint : “ ciiAquot;fAi5 50 mAit duic tiém Anoif.”—“ CuAfóAD, mA DféADAim é.” “Earn a goodnbsp;wage for yourself now.”—“ Yes, if I can.” “ If OoCc, DeAtOnbsp;a’ pOfAD A Dm f1.”—“ Ó ’fe A é’nAC I'on uiffi ; fm é a tuAf

-ocr page 181-

167

VERBS.

fi tji riéin ; cé ï)i' a ConstiArh t)! ? ” nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ It was a wretched

marriage .she made.” “ Well, an increase of the same fortune may she have ; that is what she deserved ; who helped hernbsp;to it ? ” lliop tuAp mé a ttiAtAipc •00, I did not mark out asnbsp;his destiny anything different (from that which has befallennbsp;him), it was just as I expected; An cé tiiApAi5equot;Ann {ornbsp;tAlsueAiin) leAbA CpnAig quot;oo tiéin, tnigpiV pé Mippi. he whonbsp;earns a hard bed for himself will lie on it; tamp; mé a’ cuapaVnbsp;(or cAig’oeA'ó) tcAbA CpuAig ¦00m néin, I am earning a hardnbsp;future for myself. [Possibly two distinct verbs in cuA-pAijim,nbsp;one from ctiAp, “an omen,” the other from cuAfAfOAt.—De H.]

ütlAüdilt, poking, groping awkwardly; cuACAtAiTie, an awkward person.

Üt1151^1, understand. In verb. n. often as in following: bu’ óeApc ¦ouic cuifginc a belt Ague •00m, you ought to understandnbsp;my circumstances and make allowances for me, sympathisenbsp;with me ; ni pAib Aon cmpginc in ao’ Cop pAn njAotAinnnbsp;Atci, she knew nothing at all about Irish ; peAp a tincpeA*nbsp;CApn (.1. mopAn or aua-Cuit») Tie béin a’p nA cuicpeAt) éinnenbsp;eite -OATDA -óe, a man who would think a whole heap of himself,nbsp;and of whom no one else would think anything.

CtllhilTIl, earn. CtiitteAm=earnings, wages : ntn Aon ‘oeAttpA-ö Ap Aon peAp nA cu^Ann a tuitteAm n’A öeAn, the man whonbsp;does not give his wages to his wife is no good.

filli’AlUC [unpAipe] : tig Tio’n ApAt é béin a -ó’ünAipc, let the ass roll himself.

-ocr page 182-

NOTES ON VERBAL NOUNS.

(1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The verbal noun without the preposition te is often usednbsp;when in English we should expect the word “ by ” to precede :

CUtlAp A tlltl CU T\A -pOCAlt, flU A ¦o’-pOgtAim 1-lAT) quot;00 pgpiot) piOp.

How did you manage to learn those words ?—By writing them

down. CuUApCA [ciOUTlAp] tIUCpAITin 50 •OCl t). UA tig- 1-

heAtiüiric nioc fiof. How could I get to B. ?—Keep on as you are going, straight down.

(2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The verbal noun meaning “ to try ” is ¦o’iAppA’ó. Thisnbsp;will be often followed by another verbal noun thus : üi mé ¦o’iAfpA’önbsp;a’ goitti no rgt;Ainc Af An fgéAt. I was trying to take the harmnbsp;out of the story (conversation).

(3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Bein cti 1 5CAncut)Aipc (ü silent) no rfiAptitnjce (ö silent),nbsp;you will be in danger of getting killed.

(4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Canon O’Leary says that nA is passive, jA active, but it isnbsp;not easy to decide in the ’Oéipe, as ’a is most often used, or elsenbsp;nA or jA, which are indistinguishable ; still I have heard the fullnbsp;word nA in the active sense : see under Verbs, Aipigim and CÜ1C15,nbsp;and also in passive sense : see under Verbs, pié ; tA nA ppAcAi Anbsp;nnéAnAP mAp peo, the potatoes are forming just now ; tA uanbsp;bAin A mbA, the boats are sinking ; tA péApA nA nüitóe A njcAppApnbsp;Anoif, the hay-crops of the country-side are being cut now ; “ binbsp;pé A CAitteAriiAinc te 5Aipe.” Ap nu, ni ’n Aon (nee-^ane) nncApnbsp;pon.” “He was dying of laughter.” “But surely that was nonbsp;wonder.”

(5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Sin é Coinnig [congbinj;] é jAn ceAóc 50 nci ’n ceAmpAtt,nbsp;that is what prevented him from coming to the church ; bi ménbsp;cun 5An ceAóc, I was going not to come, I was thinking of stayingnbsp;away; jau will be used to represent a negative command;nbsp;¦DubAipc pé jAn 6lnne bAinc teip, he said let no one touch him—i.e.,nbsp;that no one was to touch him.

(6) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;CApAp Cnn a belt a’ mtiineAt) nA jAotAinne, they are goingnbsp;to teach Irish; bi pi Cun i popAP or Cun a belt A pópAp, she wasnbsp;to be married (Cun belt póptA not heard) ; tA An ctoj Cun a beltnbsp;A f ocApujAP, the bell is going to be put in order (to be at its setthng).

168

-ocr page 183-

169

VERBAL NOUNS.

(7) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The following sentences should be studied carefully:—

UioUAtv 1 nsAt) 1A-0 no jtAiiA-ó, they required to be cleaned (the iau refers to the subject of th ouAf, i.e., they were in need as regards them,nbsp;i.e., themselves, to be cleaned—less often we say, 1 njAt) a ngtAucA,nbsp;“ they were in need of their cleaning ”) ; ti. ua t)A a’ ceAóc a üAitenbsp;cun 1A-0 A ótuj [ó^u-óA-ö], the cows are coming home to be milkednbsp;(for them, i.e., themselves, to he milked ; Cun a jcuümce, for theirnbsp;milking has also been heard ; An mbeAt) btuine gAttónAig ajacnbsp;¦00 pAin, Cun é tteAft'A'ó ? (or Cun a UeAni^cA), might you havenbsp;a bit of soap for Pad, he wants to shave himself ? (It is chieflynbsp;in t)Ait.e nA n^Att that one hears these genitives, gtAucA, cpuit)ce,nbsp;beAfpcA ; they are really better than the other forms) ; bein Annbsp;eopuA in luit Af 1 CeAnjAi, the barley wül he fit for binding (fornbsp;it to hind,—capable of being bound).

(8) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;ÜA fé fA pceAtbAt) 1 ^curhnAi'óe, it is still pouring rain ;nbsp;CAtoin A belt) [or mbeit)] cu in Ap bpA^Ainc ? When will you benbsp;leaving us ? ï)i pé 1 scimeAT) AgAm, I had it a-keep ; cuip 1 scimeAUnbsp;é, put it a-keep. Cuip 1 jcu-o [coitia'o] é also heard.

(9) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Plop quot;ó’Aipig mé êinne ne m’ ftoinne-pe belt ’nA ÖApAiiAC,nbsp;I never heard of anyone of my surname as a Protestant (instead ofnbsp;saying 50 pAib éinne, etc.) ; ca AtAp opm c’peAp belt a’ ¦out 1nbsp;bpeAbAp, I am glad that your husband is getting better (insteadnbsp;of 50 bpuit, etc.).

(10) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;’0’Aipi5equot;Ap An ‘oopAp a ¦o’popsAitc, I heard the doornbsp;opening.—Pi peApp i A ¦óéAnA’ó (a comment on the remark thatnbsp;much rain had not fallen ; “ it at its producing is not better,”nbsp;“ it is just as well it is not raining”: the i refers to peAptAinn, thenbsp;A (masc.) to the act of pouring).

(11) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Ap’OAC is the verbal noun of Ap’oAig, and is transitive :nbsp;¦óm pé An mAtA a ó’Ap^oAC Ap a ópom, he lifted the bag on hisnbsp;back. When the object is not expressed Ap^ougAó is used ; biopnbsp;Ag ApóugAó teip, I was helping him at lifting. On the other hand,nbsp;the reverse is true of ceipmeAC and ceipm-ujAó ; we say ctiptA tAnbsp;ceipmig, a few days of drying, and ¦oéAnpAió An spiAn ah péAp 00nbsp;ceipm-ujAó, the sun will dry the hay. There are probably othernbsp;such cases which should be noted down.

(12) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;In giving descriptions where several actions are referred to,nbsp;the verbal noun is often loosely used instead of the finite verb.

-ocr page 184-

170

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

(13) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Note use of verbals in examples under tmu (Prepositions)nbsp;and in P. Denn’s tTIfrmijAt’) aii Aipi^mri (towards the end). Cf.nbsp;te, -00, 18.

(14) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Where Canon O’Leary and others would say, cat) ca

AgAc ¦DA -neAUAtti 1 nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ What are you doing ? ” we say cau aca

cu A ¦óéAtiA’ó ? The a is for ¦oo. So, too, in the example under éiteArh (see list of nouns). Canon 0’L. would say, pin feAU-éiteAttinbsp;ACA Alge UA 5tA0t)AC opm.

(15) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;On the use of the genitive of the verbal noun as an adjectivenbsp;with active meaning, see list of Adjectives under coptA.

(16) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;[On the principle stated below—see Adjectives (3)—anbsp;phrase following a verbal noun will be treated as a unit. Thus,nbsp;although the verbal noun is usually followed by the genitive,nbsp;the genitive does not appear (a) if the noun be joined to an adj., asnbsp;A5 cpeAftA* pAipc ÜOÓC (not pAipce), (b) if the noun be followednbsp;by a gen. of its own, as Ag néAtiA-ó cpuAó péip, (c) if precedednbsp;by 5AÓ Aori, as Ag jeAppAt) 5AÓ aou Jeug, (d) if connected withnbsp;another noun by a preposition, as geupugAt) pgiAu tiorn-pA,nbsp;“ sharpening a knife belonging to me.” So, too, in many othernbsp;cases. In fact, it may be stated as a general rule that the genitivenbsp;is used only when the noun stands alone after the verbal,nbsp;unconnected with any word except its own article.—0’C.]

-ocr page 185-

ADJECTIVES.

(1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;An adjective ending in a broad consonant adds a whennbsp;joined to a plural noun, as ua uuia ¦ouöa {dhoo), ua pAipceACA ornbsp;pAipceAtiriA mupA [mopA]. So, too, adjectives in -ArhAiU arenbsp;changed to -AtiitA, as ua pijce ptAtAniLA {fla-hoo”-lah). Adjectivesnbsp;ending in a slender consonant add e, as fi'uie ciuue {tingquot;eh).nbsp;Aitug, “ripe,” is unchanged. Rules observed by all.

(2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;If a substantive ends in a broad consonant as cop, “ a bush,”nbsp;and if the broad consonant is made slender in the nominativenbsp;plural, as cuip, the accompanying (attributive) adjective is aspirated,nbsp;as UA pitAiu PufiA, the black periwinkles ; (one would expectnbsp;T), not P, because of preceding n.) tlA cuip öeAgA, the littlenbsp;bushes ;—akin to these examples is ua peApAiU rhiipA, the tallnbsp;men. Rule observed by all.

(3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The tendency of Irish at present seems to be to regard allnbsp;phrases as indivisible, thus, while we say a’ pcauaP ua uoibpe,nbsp;we say on the other hand, a’ pSauaP obAip ruAit, the explanationnbsp;being that obAip ttiAit is regarded as one thing, as a phrase, and,nbsp;therefore, as having no inflections. Again, we often hear suchnbsp;sentences as lu Aipp Ap a’ pptéic or pptiuuc AtA au C15, aic a bpuitnbsp;bulge gA’ UAou gAoO A féicpCAp Aip, “ the house is on the barenbsp;mountain-top, a place that feels the stress of every wind thatnbsp;blows,” observe that gA00[t], not gAoite, is used, because gu’nbsp;11AOU gAoO A féicpeAp is regarded as one word. The same appliesnbsp;to the inflection of adjectives for singular and plural. Thus,nbsp;the great majority of people in Ring, and in other parts of thenbsp;Déipe, would say IM ceAuu au ücau boóc pé poC[c] au cpucAit,nbsp;“ the poor woman’s head was under the wheel of the cart,” bAppAnbsp;AU ótoó geAt, “ the top of the white stone,” cipeAiu ua vuua UoCca,nbsp;“ the poor women’s baskets.” In all these cases the adjective withnbsp;the following noun forms one unalterable whole, and is regardednbsp;as an adjective qualifying the noun that precedes. For somenbsp;reason or other a fair number of people (still a small minority)nbsp;insist on making the changes prescribed in the grammar whennbsp;the noun is of the 2nd declension, but in no other case, thus, wenbsp;may hear peipeAP ua pAipce bige, instead of -oeipeAt) au pAipc

171

-ocr page 186-

172

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

üeAg, from people who would not say ceAiiu au öóCAip üuij. Note that in ceAnti ah üócAip Ouig, when used at all, the n of buis isnbsp;aspirated because it follows a consonant which has been madenbsp;slender (see preceding section), and that bog has been changednbsp;to the genitive form buij, just as cop would be changed to cmp.nbsp;So, too, cApog AH pip boC-c will be said by the same people. Inbsp;must admit that the speakers who use the grammatical form arenbsp;certainly amongst the best in the district, the people who livenbsp;in upper SeAH-A-Ciib (These words were written thirty-six yearsnbsp;ago).

(4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The echpsis of the adjective in the genitive plural has notnbsp;been heard.

(5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Some adjectives are used in an active as well as a passivenbsp;sense. See under copcA in list of adjectives.

(6) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;A large number of verbs are formed from adjectives withnbsp;verbal nouns ending in -At), not -tijAt). See under verbs, bogAinc.

Ae-nquot;ACCl3lt, eerie, weird, lonely: Ca pé An-Ae-pAócibt belt teAc pém pA ci’ pm, it is very lonely for you to be by yourselfnbsp;in that house. Note p broad.

Alt315, ripe, of corn, amp;c. ; applied to the eyes, it denotes the fuU development without trace of decay, like flowers in full bloom :nbsp;HAÓ Aibig HA puite tA ’ge ’h teAHb ! What bright, intelligentnbsp;eyes the child has ! tA ja’ ao’ pwo aj AibiujAt) AHoip, everything is getting ripe now ; ti. AH-AibmjAt) pA hjaoc mmub,nbsp;the wind to-day has great ripening power.

A’ beASg [At-teApj, At intensive], very sluggish, indifferent : HAp bpAit cu 50 Via’ teApj a bi pé a’ CAbAipc ppeAgp’ opm ?nbsp;Did you not notice how listlessly he answered me ?nbsp;AblJItlGAC or At-meAC (deep i), droll. [eAtAtiHAt].

AtTIquot;pAbAC [AHiptAC], voracious : hi béAA ah cac Cu’ AHipAtAC CuH AH bAiHHe A HibéAt) pé ótcA Alge pOltt) peo, the cat wouldnbsp;not be so greedy at the milk if she had drunk some already.nbsp;(Note that cac is always referred to as masculine.)nbsp;Allll-SplATICA [? ppeAH, energy], headlong, precipitate, cruel:

Ö “OIA tIHH, HAC AHH-pplAHCA AtA CÜ Ap AH ApAlblH, mercy

on us, how cruel you are to the little donkey ; “ bi pé Ag góitc Ap AH ApAt.” “Ö bi, te AHHppiAHcAigequot;ACc.” “He wasnbsp;beating the ass.”—“ Oh indeed he was, most cruelly.”

-ocr page 187-

173

ADJECTIVES.

AUD, comp. .doii\’oe. Aif’oe is a noun derived from it: 01 ii.dCAl, cteicl -| 5a’ lixio’ fuT) A5 imteAcc iri AiiAue, hats, feathersnbsp;and everything were flying in the air (a scrimmage).

DAODaC [OuitjeAC], thankful, satisfied, pleased : cAüAppAi-ó mé t)u.dim é 50 OAoTiAc, beAUUAócAé, I wiU give it up with thanksnbsp;and blessings ; bei-ó T)m Oao^Oac ¦dioc, God will be pleased withnbsp;you. ITH-Oao-oac, unthankful, hence dissatisfied; tA ¦oAoinenbsp;mi-bAoVAc tie, mAp At^tm 1 gcofOAf map Ai5e, people arenbsp;dissatisfied with him, because he has put them to great expense ;nbsp;pé mi-bAo’óAóAf a ¦ó’imcij pé, he left in a discontented framenbsp;of mind.

DGADATÓe, sweet-toothed: tiAc b. ca cm, what a sweet tooth you have.

t)GA5,^ little, few ; see under ip (7) : ip beAj peAivoMine bpuit piop ACM é : very few old people know it; ip beAg eitenbsp;tAeteATicA CA ’gAm, I have only a few days longer ; ip beAgnbsp;^ [’be] $AotAiuri ACA Ai^e, he knows but little Irish.

t)e.^RRÜA, shaved, shaven, sharp-witted, captious : tA piAO pó-beApptA, they are too sharp ; beAppcóip, a captious person,nbsp;one too sharp with his tongue.

t)eAtquot;A15Üe, well nurtured, very healthy : pé aca 50 b., he certainly is very stout and well.

bGI-DAUAIIAC [biooAiiAC, tattling], gossipy ; ca iia CMriiAppAin AMA-bei-UApAUAC, the neighbours are very fond of gossip.nbsp;t)1oTiri piAT) Ag bei-OApAit 1 jcoriiuMine, A5 cop 5AÓ aoiinbsp;tiIA cp1 11-A Céite, they are for ever gossiping—discussingnbsp;everything.

1)1 nil, sweet, sweet-sounding, in good condition ; ca am ctog 50 biMM ’a mbéAt) AM ptAbpA tichgce teip, the clock is in goodnbsp;order if only the chain (with weights) were allowed to work.

t)-’bGAC, tidy, thrifty [bAiteAó] : bAitig é piM 50 b’teAC, gather that up tidily.

GODAtv, comp. boVAipe, deaf, verb. n. bo-óApMjAt) : -óm pé am piAM -DO botiApMgAC), it deadened the pain.

t)05, comp. bMige, soft, easy: m1 cm’ boj pOM a geobAt) pi 1 •ópogtAim, she could not learn it so easily as that; bo’ beigenbsp;(b=w) A cucpA-ó pé Cmca, they would find it easier ; ca cmnbsp;bog beAMM Ap A bpeApCAiMM AMoip, you are proof againstnbsp;the rain now (beAMii means “ heed ” ; lit., you are easy asnbsp;regards heed about the rain, but bog alone will do).

-ocr page 188-

174

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

b'R-Alü-'p'LlUC, wet every now and then. (The word is not bt\eAc-¦fimó).

¦bUeA^, vb. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;: •óin a’ fiicAócA bpedgttigA-ó A-p An

¦oo tiAin yé An nirti (or ah gonti) ai' a’ tiséi-fv, the show cleared up the weather, it took the bitterness from the air;nbsp;nAC bj^eAg nA\\ ‘ó’pói't'nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;T ¦oOInféip a -pAib mé Ann ?

Isn’t it a nice state of affairs that you did not help me, notwithstanding the danger that threatened me ? title 1Cquot; me AC, freckled (bi^eAc) : ajai-o b., a freckled face.nbsp;DUAtt-SeASfhAC (tti=w), steadfast, persevering.nbsp;tiUIjClseAÓ, soft-natured, good-minded [bog-pAfAó, complacent].nbsp;The ending -éifCAC intensifies ; cf. gAipbéifeAó : bi An céAt)nbsp;nuA g., the new rope was too rough, too stiff ; coipcéifeAó :nbsp;¦oume c., a proud or pompous person, one with too much coincnbsp;(bulk) in him, “ too big for his boots.”nbsp;t)tin-OS-C10Hl1quot;, upside down, wrong; tA bniiA An c-t'A5Ai|\cnbsp;bun-of-cionn teif a’ gcoiciAncAcc, the priest’s collar is wornnbsp;the opposite way to that of the people generally ; bun-of-cionnnbsp;A tAgAnn iiA cAlttOpiAncA, dreams are contrary; bi pn-onbsp;bun-of-cionn UA15, he wanted something to which he wasnbsp;not entitled.

ttmiTiACquot; [bpAUAó], thievish ; Ca pi AuA-b., she (i.e., the cow) is very fond of forbidden pastures, liup in btipuAC andnbsp;bup-OAn (a salmon) sounds like the -hour of labour when pronounced with a good brogue.nbsp;cAIiiCCAC, comp. cAltiage, talkative, chatty.

CA1Cquot;mil3lt, sensitive, particular (about food or anything) : nAt CAimnivnt An ¦onine é ! niop riióp ¦ótnc belt Ap ¦oeit ¦00,nbsp;what a particular person he is ! you’d want to be in perfectnbsp;trim for him (peii=lathe).

CAbmA or CAbtllA, very fine, magnificent : ca tia pob''pAtA 50 cAtniA, the flowers are splendid (pobpAC, a single flower;nbsp;Eng. posy) ; tA An bo 50 cAtniA, the cow is in excellent condition.nbsp;CATICA {konquot;tha), nice, pretty ; cAtnceoipi caiica, nice speakers ;nbsp;CAncACc ; ¦óéAnpAt) nA pobquot;fAtA aiia-caticaCc op coinnenbsp;¦oopAp a’ bAttA, those flowers would produce a very goodnbsp;effect in front of the hall door. Probably from Latin cognitusnbsp;through the French.

-ocr page 189-

175

ADJECTIVES.

C/AOC-SROIIAC (kay-ar-hoon”och), with sharp nasal sound : OtoTin ct05 A ceArnpuitt c., ni eioriti ati buAtAp birin, pxi’OA,nbsp;the church-bell has a nasal clang, the peal is not long andnbsp;sweet. Strictly speaking the word refers to the stoppage ofnbsp;nasal sound as heard from a man with a cold

CCAKC, comp, cipce, right : bu’ ¦da Cipce Dib ceAóc AtiuAf De’n CtAiDe {chlee) nut ifceAó fA féipéAt, it would be far morenbsp;proper (twice righter) for you to get oS the fence and go intonbsp;the church.

CeAquot;ÜAC, showery.

C60tAC or ceo-AC, foggy. CeóCbpAUAC (Cb = p), misty.

ClmV'SI-tAC, [the t is deep guttural], inquisitive: cufA tA c., niApA b’eAD, it is you that are inquisitive, is it not ? (lit., if itnbsp;isn’t). [Cirin-fiubtAó, .1. ceAmi Ap tuAp^AD, “ rubber-neck ”—nbsp;De H.]

CIOTItICAC, guilty, responsible : cufA ip cionncAó te é belt pA mbAite, you are responsible for his being at home ; neArti-ótonncAó (rh silent), innocent, of innocent disposition.

CIOCACquot;, left-handed, awkward ; C10CÓ5, left hand ; ceACAijequot;, awkwardness.

CI-pAllCA [ceApAticA]; niggardly, stingy.

CLlSC0, skilful, deft : bpuit cu ctipce Ap a’ ppeAt ? Are you skilful with the scythe ?

CL0quot;C01Tl [ctutriiAip], snug, comfortable; cLoquot;CoipeADAp, snugness, comfort; nin aou 6. inp au toc'fin, there is no warmth innbsp;cotton.

-CktlASAÓ, in compds., ppAD-óiuApAc, hard of hearing ; niAot-CtuApAc, dejected, discomfited, lit. with ears down.

('ÖDkquot;ACAC (D=t), sleepy.

COTRquot;U1CeAC (coppAiceAC or copAiceAt), full of obstacles, embaiTassing (of a path which is hard to traverse), or in generalnbsp;sense : tA tiA pocAit pin aiia-C., those words are very puzzling.

COi5AC, fiery (of temper) burning : neAncog óoigAC, the stinging nettle.

COmpÖquot;Tl’Ofilk, pleasant, satisfactory: bi AtAp opin, ah teicip tompópDüit A óuipip óujAin, I was pleased because of thenbsp;nice (pleasant) letter you sent me ; bi pé aua-ó., he was verynbsp;agreeable, very good company.

COirtCTlOtn (curquot;im—m slender), even, evenly balanced.

-ocr page 190-

176

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

COUUA, odd ; ca AifgeAO cot't'A Ann in a poóAif, there are odd shillings (pence) along with that sum ; coppA ’f nipeAC, oddnbsp;and even. E.M.I. corr.

COUCA, tired, tiring (the common word for “ tired ” ; cuifipeAC is rarer) : ca cm coptA AgAni, I have made you tired; tA cunbsp;copcA 'Oiom, you are tired of me ; nuAip a nei’ cu coptA tie’nnbsp;fAojAt, fui5 Ap ótoc, when you are tired of the world, sitnbsp;on a stone ; tA me copcA on oAtAó, I am weary of the load;nbsp;ip copcA A pun neit Ap no ópomquot;AnA, nuAip a UeipA pó-pAnA,nbsp;a stooping posture is fatiguing, if one remains in it too long;nbsp;obAip CopcA peAt) é mAp aCa cu 1 gcUrhnAine Ap no ópomquot;AnA,nbsp;it is a fatiguing kind of work, as you are all the time in anbsp;stooping posture. CoptA, in the passive sense, “ tired ” isnbsp;the past participle of the verb copAim, I tire ; in the activenbsp;sense “ tiring,” it is the genitive of the verbal noun cop ;nbsp;obAip coptA, lit., a work of tiring, a work that tires. Notenbsp;a similar active use of the adjectives noigce, imeApcA, miiccA,nbsp;opgAitce, pApCA, pctiinpigce.

COSquot;5'AUUA, torn (of a wound).

COSCAStili, costly, expensive.

COSnoCT;quot;A1$te, bare-foot.

CtlAt)quot;ATlCA, precocious.

CRfOIIA, aged, discreet; peAnA-cpiouA : nuAip bi pé p., when he had come to the use of reason.

CftOCCA, Apn, nipeAC. Ca ah ceAnn An-ópoócA Ap a’ C15, the roof is very high-pitched; ca ah ccahh AH-rhApb Aip, low-pitched.

C1IOSCA, cross, angry, forbidden ; ao’ pun aC a’ peAp cpopcA, anything but the cross man ; èa pé cpopcA é néAnAti, it 'isnbsp;forbidden to do it; cpopAim Apip cii (said when one withdrawsnbsp;a curse).

[cpon], brown, claret colour.

Ct11Uquot;ipC6AC, troublesome, mischievous: haó c. ah teAnb é? Also cuipipte. Cuipipteóip, a mischief-maker.

CtltTlA, indifferent ; haó cum a nuic ? Isn’t it all the same to you ? Surely it is no affair of yours ; bu’ óumA Piom nutnbsp;AHH, I did not care about going there (here it means somethingnbsp;more than “ it would be all the same in my opinion ”) ; “ puAipnbsp;pé AH prize ge’u péip ”—“ CumA ha ptIlgeAn (p=fw) pé é,

-ocr page 191-

177

ADJECTIVES.

A’f nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Aoti A1Ü AriiAin teif {or ó n-A aic péin) a öi rtiAf

DfeiCeArh Atn.” “ He got the prize at the peip ”— “ Nonsense ! why wouldn’t he, with a man from his ownnbsp;place as judge over him.” Ca’p cuniA -óme ? Why shouldnbsp;you bother about it ?

CUtIg [ctirhAns], comp, cvnnge, narrow, tight.

DAIIIgeAtl, firm, tight, fast (of colour) ; tA pé ón’ TDAingeAri ’p A tnbu’ t)«b é, it (writing in purple pencil) is as lastingnbsp;as ink ; bi Ati bopAp quot;o., the door could not be opened.

’OAbb, comp, ¦omtte, blind, sightless, ignorant : bu’ bAtt é piri Ap a’ mt)éAptA, that man was ignorant of Enghsh.

’O-ATlCtllb [p voiced, from -oeAttpAtri] ; ip bpcAg b. a’ peAp é, he is a fine respectable man, one who is 50 niAit itia Aignenbsp;A^np 1TIA cpoibe.

’06Abt), wretchedly poor : biobAp AiiA-beAtb An iiAip pin, they were miserably poor at that time ; bAoine beAtü (beAtbA).

'OCAI'IAC [béibeAnriAcJ E.M.I. béibeAnAó, late : ah bAbcA béAnAó, the last time, on the last occasion ; a’ pAbAip Ann 50 béAnAc ?nbsp;Were you there recently ?—Deipquot;ineAcc is the noun : a’nbsp;but 1 iibeipmeAcc, getting later ; te beipinibe, lately ; béAnAigenbsp;also heard : biobAp A5 cup An bocAip biob no 50 pAib Annbsp;béAnAige A5 ccaCc, they continued on their journey untilnbsp;it was getting late. Canon O’Leary distinguishes betweennbsp;beipineAC and béAtiAC, and says that the former means “ final,”nbsp;the last of a series. I cannot say that such a distinction isnbsp;observed.

¦OeilTllll : bin pé pgéAt bei1il1n be, he made a plausible story of it. ’OeitfineAó (rii silent), certain : nin pé b. AgAni, I amnbsp;not certain of it (this is thought better than nin rné beirhinnbsp;be). “Oeirnin-ujAb, affirm, declare as certain : bi pé a beinnn-ujAb bo’n bpcAp èite, he was assuring the other man thatnbsp;it was so ; bi pé 45 beirrnn-ujAb teip ah nibACA opni (a kindnbsp;of solemn assurance made by touching with a stick one’snbsp;own temples or those of the person addressed ; 45 bAgAipc Annbsp;bACA opni, threatening me with the stick or waving the sticknbsp;at me). t)i pé ’a beininiugAb te n-A bopn, protesting itsnbsp;certainty with gesture of striking fist on hand. This verbnbsp;is also used of explaining, as a teacher explains to a pupil.

M

11

-ocr page 192-

178

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

“Oé-111131IIEGAUCA [quot;oeAg], friendly, on good terms : cA i'M-o ’oé-itiUIncexiftA, they are good friends ; but with a negativenbsp;•oé-rhtlincif is more common, it is used as an adj. likenbsp;“ friends ” in “ he is not friends with me ” : ulnmlt) ¦oé-ttuiinaf,nbsp;we are out with one another. Note the pronunciation ofnbsp;¦oeAj- here ; with other words it is usually pronounced dyenbsp;e.g., X)eA%-X)eAr\=dye-van, but ¦oeAj-'óAotne has both dye-AAoiue and dah-Xgt;Aome.

T) IOC AIR {dyukquot;ir), comp. ¦oioc'Aitie (dyukquot;ir-eh), difficult. The noun is 'DeAcquot;Aifex3,óc : CAöAjipAf óun ¦oe^c^ut'eACc Atioifnbsp;é, he will be brought to book now, will get into difficulties.nbsp;’OeACAit' ot'c ! confusion to you.

t)0-CA1CCG, hardy ; ¦oAome ¦oo-óAitce, nAoïne ui, jOItti-'eAA ¦OAT)’ ofpA, hardy people, people whom nothing could hurt.

’OÓCAS’OAtilAlb, hopeful; fo-A., presumptuous.

’OÖiJCG (as past part, of oojAini), burnt: ¦o. ’ge’u ceine ; quot;o. ’5e ucAuucógA, burnt by the fire, stung by nettles ; as gen. ofnbsp;verbal noun, ¦ooJaA, burning, exasperating, saddening : fséAtnbsp;oóigce, saddening or bitter news. See under cofitA.

’oOIImiti {dhyin), comp, ¦ootrhue {dhing''eh), deep. The noun is ¦oontiueACc {dhingquot;yoclit) : fé peAAA (fa}iquot;}iah) a^i o., six fathomsnbsp;deep.

’OÖISCIORCAC, swart-visaged.

’OOGl’OG, most probable ; fiu é au rséAt if ooti'oe, that is the most likely story.

’OROC-CRGAÜÜ lb : féAóAuu fé AUA-Afoó-éfeAcfiit, he looks very wretched.

'OtIR, stubborn, of heavy manner either through ül-humour or dull-wits. Eng. dour (which should not be pronounced tonbsp;rhyme with ‘ flour ’ but with ‘ moor ’).

GARRAbOGAC (often pronounced fimeAe), erratic, eccentric, whimsical :nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Couuf a óoAAiUgif Aféif ? ” liluife, 50

lieAff Al ABAC, A lujeAu Ó.” “ How did you sleep last night ? ” “ Tossing and turning, my dear ” {or queerly, by fits andnbsp;starts) ; Atuue ’fii-oeAé (usually in good sense) a whimsicalnbsp;and funny man, a man with a .quaint sense of humour, anbsp;“ character.”

-ocr page 193-

179

ADJECTIVES.

élOeARAtCA, shaken, as one who has travelled in a car without springs.

eotgAISCAC, skilful: T)uine e., ¦omne a mbeAt) pof a 5110 Alge, one who knows his business. Also well-mannered andnbsp;perhaps from this meaning it sometimes signifies “ movingnbsp;noiselessly.”

pADA : ni pó-pAn’ ó 50’ [jAtt] fé AtriAó, it is not so long since he went out; b’pAT)A jup AbaJaiA pé aiiothi, it was late whennbsp;he went over (to town) ; b’ J’aaa 50 uAuüAipc cti tiom é,nbsp;you were long about mentioning it (to me) ; ip paaa iia peACAnbsp;iné i, it is a long time since I saw her, Lit. “ it is a long timenbsp;that I did not see her,” very common, the French expressionnbsp;is similar ; ip paaa Ao’ti tA pon a’ reAóc, that day is a longnbsp;time in coming. Paia, length : tA pé tImpeAt au paia {add)nbsp;óéAAiiA, it is about the same distance ; ca pé a pAiA piop teipnbsp;An Cl’ pin, it is as far down as that house ; tA cAquot;tU5AA opmnbsp;5up tninnij [congbing] mé ’aia peo tu (last three words likenbsp;one, accent on ’aia), I am sorry I kept you waiting so long ;nbsp;c«’ pAiA {coo-add) AtA An aa teAmpAitt buAite, the twonbsp;churches are equidistant from her.

pA1t)-CeAni1AC : tA pé An-pAiaquot;-CeAnnaC, he is very wise, far-seeing, “long-headed.”

PAIIISIII5, roomy, plentiful, generous : beAn pAipping, a big warm-hearted woman ; nin ua pgotAipi Cu’ pAipping ’p aonbsp;biAip p'aa’ Ó, tAiA SAiiAétiipeAó 50 teop Anoip, scholars arenbsp;not so numerous as they used be long ago, they are scarcenbsp;enough now. pAippni^iugAA, becoming plentiful; ip mAit a’nbsp;puA 1AA A A’pAippinsuigAA, it is well that they are becomingnbsp;plentiful.

pAOTOe.AC, piercing (copious ?) : ao pit pi ua AeópAi’Dequot;AóA 50 p. {or AO jot pi 50 p.) she wept bitterly.

[Ca pé Ag peAptAinn 50 p.—De H.].

p6=péiAip. An pé go mbeAA pé bnii’pcionnquot; AgAc 1 Is it possible that you may not have got it correctly ?

peib-flib, witty, poetical.

peiSquot;511ieAC, of pleasing appearance : ci’ p., ci’ acai óen péAéAinc Aip, a nice house to look at.

PFADIIACCA (feequot;an-och-tha), genuine ; pocAl p., a genuine word. B.M.1. piAAnAé.

-ocr page 194-

i8o

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

¦piOTIÜ-AK, {fin-ooquot;-ir) [pionti-fuAf], cool, bracing: tA bfCAg, p., a fine, fresh day. ]rionüAf\Af, n., coolness : ti. p.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Ague

Atitifo pé fgAit nA gepAnn, you have a nice cool place here under the shade of the trees. t)eit) p. bpeAg AgAib Auoipnbsp;(said to the people who were going for a swim), a nice “ cooler.”nbsp;pfOlt, as prefix, “ truly ” : ni ¦óéineAnn piAU é aó ptop-beAgAtinbsp;ACM, just a few of them do it. Heard once as noun : biounnbsp;piop a’p bpéAg pA pAipéAp, truth and falsehood are to benbsp;found in the newspaper.

pits, worth, as adv. even. ’A nibu’ -oia-o (muh-yeequot; adh) piü tiA bpAipci 1AX), in pAib Aon pocAt t)éAptA ’cti, even the childrennbsp;knew no English. T. F. 0’Rahilly has shown that piü =nbsp;“ worth ” and pin = “ even ” are from different roots.nbsp;pÓlRifonCA, firmly fixed through being packed tight ; ida tAnbsp;pé p. ’nA Cpoine, nin ao’ bAogAt Ap aii uaIaC, if it is firmlynbsp;set in the centre, the load is safe ; tA ati cApAtt póiptioncA,nbsp;the horse is full-bodied and strong, he is ceAnn, ceAgApcA.nbsp;pObEA, bald : cA pé potCA caoD ipng oe UA btiAin—CA, CA ptAicnbsp;Aip, he has got bald within the last two years—yes, therenbsp;is a bald patch on his head.nbsp;pO-OlfAOn, an odd drop (of rain).

gAlllfO, comp. gioppA, short, near, soon. “ Hi peAUAp a bpuit Aon ^AotAinn acu ? ”—“ Itluipe ip beAg aCA, te gAipin ónbsp;AtAi-o A góitc Til.” I wonder do they know any Irish ?—nbsp;Very little, they have been only a little while working at it.nbsp;Ip gioppA A béinn béin A p-A-ó nA i pin, I could say it morenbsp;quickly than she ; péAé gnp gAipin a bi ah c-aih Ag éAtujAt)nbsp;c’péip 5a’ riAo’ puT), see how quickly the time passed afternbsp;all; CA [a] pA-oApe jAipi-o VO, he is short-sighted ; CA [a] pA-óApcnbsp;1 OpAT) tiAig, he is long-sighted.

5AIIII, scarce ; cA An bo a’ ccaCc gAnn pA mbAinne, the cow’s milk is running short: gAnACtV'ipeAC [gAnn-ófnpeAó], scarce.nbsp;t)i nA ceipe 5., the young pigs were scarce.nbsp;jeAb, bright, white, often figuratively : “ tA geAt -oom ’p beicnbsp;pgAptA ieAC.”—“ t)ei’ pé geAt Ag gAó cum AgAinn, in Aicnbsp;é belt nub pOlrh peo ’gAin.” “ A bright day for me that Inbsp;am separated from you,”—“ It will be a bright day for bothnbsp;of us, instead of being black, as it has been for me till now.”nbsp;5eAt-gAipeAé ; tA pé g., he has a fine, hearty laugh.

-ocr page 195-

i8i

ADJECTIVES.

SêAtl, sharp, sour. géApAijitn, become sour, make cross. t)Ain ATI bAppA ¦oe’n mbAirine pé ngeApóig a’ c-UAócAp, skim thenbsp;milk or the cream will sour ; uA b1 a’ géApugAt) ua mAtTpAi,nbsp;do not make the dogs cross.

JhAII, clean. Often as follows ; puAipeArriAip 50 jtAu é, we caught it nicely (of a shower).nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(glinquot;yocht), cleanhness :

pi Au gtóip i Au gtoiueACc.

5iAS, grey, green (of plants), chUl. JiAipeAóc, {glishquot;ocht) (noun of degree), gtAipe {glishquot;eh), chillness : ti. au Aiuipipnbsp;Aj nta 1 ugtAipeACc, the weather is getting chiller ; tA gtAipenbsp;beAg Ag quot;out Ap AU cpAtuouA, the evenings are turning a bitnbsp;colder. E.M.I. gtoipe. See ppAmeAttiAit.

511 AÜAC, comp. guAtAige, customary : piu é au pAipéAp ip guAtAije biouu A^Atu, that is the paper which I get as a rule.

imeAUCA, tricky, resourceful: Ca au lopóg Au-itu-eApcA, the weasel is very tricky, supple. This word is the gen. of thenbsp;verbal noun tuiipc : see under copcA.

bA1t)TR, strong, firm : beip tAimp (or -oAiuseAu) Aip, catch it firmly.

LCAOAIE, long : tA coipcéiui t. Aige, he has a long stride ; tA AU bótAp pou AUA-teAbAip, that road is very long ; poipgéAtnbsp;teAbAip, a long sermon.

t6A’-'0AtTIquot;A11CA (see nouns, teAt) : Ca rue teA’--óAniquot;AucA ’ge’u ciubAipceoip piu (said by a woman who was exasperated bynbsp;a trespassing cow—teA’tiAiuAucA, because of a too free use ofnbsp;profane language). [The teAt is contemptuous.—De H.]nbsp;beADAKATlAC : tA t. a muggy, tedious day ; ciot t., a very longnbsp;shower.

beAU'lOSCAÓ [teAt-tiopcAC], dead and alive, careless, indifferent; b’fut) é (ftm é or pim é) tuippcAt) a c-auaui iouca, a’ ¦opeAiunbsp;t., that was the man who could rouse them up, the lazy set; ’anbsp;lubéAt) AipgeAt) pA uibAUc UAim 1 50 u-iApppAiuu Ap ¦omue ‘outnbsp;iu uppAi‘óequot;Aóc opui, Ai’o tioui [quot;OAp tiom] gup ¦ouiuenbsp;iutJ1uquot;teAptA ‘Ó0U1 é, 1 50 gcpompAt pé a’ ¦opAUCAU opui,nbsp;¦óéAppAiuu “IIaC teAtquot;iopcA0 a’ pópe -ouiue é? ” If I required anbsp;loan from the bank and were to ask one I thought a friend to go


-ocr page 196-

183

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

security for me, and if he began to talk in a growling fashion to me, I would say, “Isn’t he an inert, unsympathetic kind ofnbsp;man ? ” CA yé AtiA-teA’UofCAó Ap tiA punAi pin, he is verynbsp;careless about those matters.nbsp;heA’pl.GI'ÖceAtilAlh, half-foolish, silly.nbsp;t6AüA11, comp, teite, broad, wide.

hGOU, enough ; ‘0ijpAi5equot;A‘DAp 50 mbu’ teop no’n eAfboj An 5App«n, or 50 pAit) An gAppün 1 n luit a ¦oAOCAinc no’n eApboj,nbsp;they said that the boy was a match for the bishop.nbsp;tlAC, grey [tiAc] ; vb. tiAóA-ó : ip nncAC aca a tiAóA-ó, it isnbsp;astonishing how grey he is getting.nbsp;h10t)''A'RSAC, loose, untidy ; Ca An peot AnA-t., the sail is verynbsp;loose ; cAinc t., clumsy speech.nbsp;hlOthtA (leefquot;ha), polished (especially of speech).nbsp;hUAC [t«At], early, soon. The verb is tuACAigini, make earlynbsp;(the t is not pronounced C in verb) : tuAtóó’ pé 50 ¦oei Annbsp;AippeAun lAT), it (the church bell) would hurry them up tonbsp;Mass.

TTIAIIUA, shy, bashful; niAncAp, bashfulness : bi pé AnA-rtiAncA Ann béin, he was of a very shy character ; tAinig mAncApnbsp;tnppi, she got shy.

ITIAIII), pi. niApu [niApöA]. Compare pottArh, pi. pottn. So, too, all other adjectives of same ending. An c-peAécAin ipnbsp;rtiApbAige (b silent) te m’éuntine, the sultriest week as longnbsp;as I can recall (a superlative from a form mApbAó). Thenbsp;verb is mApbAigim (b silent throughout) : bi pé cionncAó innbsp;lAppAóc rhApbquot;Ai5te (ni=w), he was guilty of attemptednbsp;murder (mApöAigte is gen. of niApbujA-O).nbsp;tTiAIItDltlCItinCAC (b silent), low-spirited, heavy, listless.nbsp;triAOb-OGATlg • toe mAot-TieApg, a raw wound or sore.nbsp;tHAIC : •o’Aipig mé nA puit c’peAp (thar) Ap poguArii (fooquot;nuv) 1nbsp;ni mAic tiom é pm, aó ca puit te “Oia AjAm ua belt) ao’ put)nbsp;Aip, I heard that your husband is not well; I am very sorrynbsp;for that, and hope in God that it may be nothing serious ;nbsp;t'A pon t)o’ [t)ofc] 50 mAic, that is very early ; ca pé AopcA 50nbsp;mAit, he is very old (compare use of gtAn) ; b’peAppA (bar''ah)nbsp;t)tiic, it would be better for you ; ip peApp tgt;e n-Aoi .1. n-uignbsp;Ap An ngApptin po r\amp; Ap An ngAppbn eite, this is a better boynbsp;(deserves more consideration) than the other. [Have also

-ocr page 197-

183

ADJECTIVES.

heard this word nit), Aoitte, or whatever it is, in such phrases as tj’otc An nit) opc é, it was a sorry return to make you, anbsp;poor compliment.—0’C.—Possibly the word is oiVca-ó : seenbsp;Dict.~\ “ Ca pé a’ peAptAinn,” “ Tli peApp tiom a öeit,”nbsp;“It is raining,” “ I should prefer it otherwise.” “ 11innbsp;pé a’ peAptAinn.” “ 11i peApp iiom puT) aCa pé ”nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ It is

not raining.” “ I should prefer it thus.”

tneAU, comp, mipe, swift, quick.

mf-C1teACl3ll, [cpeAc, appearance], miserable, disconsolate. TIaC mi-0. A -opeAeAnn pé ?

1T1ÜCCA, suffocated, suffocating : in the former sense, it is past part, of mücAim ; in the latter, it is gen. of verbal noun mtiCA-o—nbsp;see under coptA. tnoccA ’5e ’n ceAp, stifled by the heat;nbsp;peAmpA mnccA, a stuffy room iJLit. suffocating).

mtllnceAUDA (rh=mw, t) silent), friendly: -ouine mAit m. Aom, a good friend of mine ; quot;outne mtip tn. t)om, a greatnbsp;friend of mine.

trnjU, great: éi ’p Aige ^np 'ópeAm müp ppp-ron’ lAt), he knew that they were a very superstitious set {lit. great of ghosts,nbsp;in reference to ghosts, i.e., believing in them) ; pcAp mtipnbsp;oibpe, a great man for work ; “ mbei* pé a’ peApCAitin ? ”nbsp;“tli mti-T)e [mofoe] 50 mbeip),” “will it rain? ” “probablynbsp;not.”

n.A’ÓnAC [mmneAé], spiteful, bitter; lit. poisonous.

neAltl-ITIAlteAC (nah”mo-hoch), uncivil, impudent.

omiffnAC {ir-oonquot;och) [oipeArtiriAc], suitable, obliging: pé ip oipnimi A p-Ap) riAc .nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;., the following is the more appropriate .nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;. ; peAp o., an obliging man.

ObC, bad, often as follows : ’a troéAppAirm ao’ put) at) éoitiue béiTiTi otc AgAC, you would regard me as an enemy if I said anything against you ; bi otc opm cuu au teirib (linquot;iv or lenquot;iv),nbsp;nuAip UA ptlljimi é Cup 50 t)ci au pgoit, I was annoyed withnbsp;the child as I could not get him to go to school; comp. meApA :nbsp;ip meApA tiom SeAu ua SéAmup, I prefer John to James—nbsp;lit. “I think John is in worse case than James,” i.e., Johnnbsp;is more to be pitied. (If you wish to say, “ I think James

-ocr page 198-

184

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

worse than John,” you must use a different form, e.g., if ¦ooig tioni guf iTie^fA SeAti no. Sé^jmuf.) [“ Ha -oAoine Afnbsp;rheAfA teo mé, if meAfA tiom iat), those who’d feel for mynbsp;troubles are those for whose troubles I’d feel.”—Better translatenbsp;in this way.—De H.]

ÖhgAISUIttlAll, noiseless, stealthy (applied to a bicycle coming unawares) : tA a teicéiT) fin au-o. Probably a derivativenbsp;from eotjAiseAC, polite—polite movements being noiseless.

OS5 Aibce (gen. of verbal noun ofjAitc—see under cofcA) affecting, touching the heartlit. opening (the heart) : oaó ofgAitcenbsp;tA ATI $Aoiuiiin ! how the Irish goes to the heart ! (said bynbsp;IiAtn ÉAi-óg after an Irish sermon). I have never heardnbsp;this word used to mean “ too plain-spoken ” “ too wantingnbsp;in reticence.”

pKAS, quick, fluent; tamp; An ^AotAinn én’ pfAf fon acu jaii aoii tóipin 111 Ao’ éof, their Irish is so fluent without any stammeringnbsp;whatsoever.

BCAtnAll, co»i^. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;or fOlltlfe, fat : nin fé niof f©1ff1jie ua

bfotj féif, he is no stouter than a blade of grass ; feAitifugAP, fattening; feiTheAt) (rydJi), fatness : a’ ¦out 1 feiffleA’o,nbsp;getting stout.

¦R©lCquot;1tl©AC, wrinkled [foc, a wrinkle, not heard].

TléVÖ (A=5), level, ready, finished: botAf fêio, a level road; o’AifiJeAf juf éAit fé fUAf fuit, óAit, tamp; fé féig, I heardnbsp;he spat up blood, if so, he is done for. It means “ ready ”nbsp;only in the sense that one has finished with the work whichnbsp;one has had in hand, and is, therefore, ready for somethingnbsp;else. The word looks to what is past. 1 gcoif and ni-Oitnbsp;look forward and mean “ ready for what is to be done next.”

¦RIUÓCA : tA fé AUA-fuiócA Af fAO, he is very much run down (from verb fit).

TlHAtl, reddish-brown, fox-colour ; niAVoifiri fUAii, the fox (often called “ fox-dog ” in the people’s English) ; pAipéAfnbsp;fuA’ó, brown-paper.

sATLiC©, part, of fAittim (not heard), pickled, salted.

-ocr page 199-

185

ADJECTIVES.

SAtri, pleasant, comfortable : tA pé 50 pAtri (said of one sleeping) ; tteicpii 50 fAtti xgt;A mbeAt) rriAtA Ap ¦00 óopA, a sack on yournbsp;feet (or legs) would make you comfortable ; fin é tA meipeAóquot;-CAin 50 pArh, that is a man who is living comfortably. SArhAnnbsp;(rh==v), a gentle sleep, a doze : fti pAtfiAn opm.

SASCA (as past part, of pApAim), contented, pleased ; (as gen. of verbal noun pApAtti, satisfying (by good behaviour) : cAitinnbsp;beAg pApcA, a well-mannered little girl; peAp pApcA, a well-mannered man ; teicip fApcA, a courteous letter. It may alsonbsp;mean “ satisfactory,” but I have not yet heard it in thisnbsp;sense.—See under coptA.

SGAII- (often adds a when followed by a cons, and aspirates, and sometimes inserts a c before a word beginning with anbsp;vowel) : peAUA-ttiAtAip (or niAcAip ópiouA), grand-mother;nbsp;peAu-AtAip (or ACAip cpioriA), grand-father; peAUA-c-iApjAipenbsp;or peAn-iAp5Aipe, old fisherman. Note the pronunciation ofnbsp;peAuquot;’ouine, peAri-'OAoiquot;ne, peAu-npAoiquot;, peAU-A-TipeAmquot;, peAnquot;nbsp;peACc, peAriquot;-A-pu‘o.

SgAltC©, thin, scattered : cA 11 a cpAinii p. ;—frayed : cA au

C-éAAAÓ p.

S5©1 Itlbbl^C© [pceirhtigim] ; tA pé p. óun oibpe, he is most eager about his work. The eitt- of the first syllable is pronouncednbsp;ah-eel, not eh-eel.

S^éllTOItilb ; Aic p.,, a wild, bleak place.

SgOlC-DêAiAC {sguf'ae-ul-och) : ¦omtie pg., ¦ouiue gAu pun, unable to keep a secret.

SiAII, sound, not broken, healthy ; bpuit An cpocA ptAn Ague ? Is your crock sound ? tteiTainiT) 50 téip Annpo a mAipeAC,nbsp;m’A’ te “OiA pinn ptAn ! [niA Ait te]. We shall be all here tomorrow, if it please God that we be well. StAnAigim, complete : niop ptAiiAi’ pé An btiAin Ann c’p-éip ’oó ’n p’póipcenbsp;peo ti’p^SAinc, he did not live a full year there after leavingnbsp;this parish.

STIAgAUtA, belt pó-téip Ajup pó-jéAp, snappy (of speech).

SO-bAfhAÓ (iti nasal) [tArfiAc, dexterous], handy (of things), convenient: PA ja’ Iiao’ pun p. acu, everything is ready tonbsp;their hand; -oeAp-tArhAC, handy (of persons), dexterous,nbsp;artistic.

ik


-ocr page 200-

i86

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

SpATOeATtlAlt, chilly, slovenly; nionn tia ctvACnti-ncAi atia-it- aii c-Atn fo ötiAin, the evenings are very chilly at this time ofnbsp;year ; (fpAineArfiAit denotes a milder cold than stAf, justnbsp;as in Etu). “chilly” is weaker than “chill”); obAip fpAi-¦oeArhAit, work ill-done, slovenly.

SpUIOSATltA [fppeAfAncA], mean, unmanly. A ppniofAti is a mean man interested chiefly in feeding himself.

SEAOItteAC : tA p., a muggy day.

SCKUtllSAC, impudent, cheeky.

SCtiinsi$Ü6 [pcóin-], heavy, obstinate, constipated: uaó p. a’ pópe T)tiin’ é ? Is he not a stubborn kind of man ? CAtArhnbsp;pcumpigte, CAlAtfi TiA puit Aon pujAi!) uipje Ann, unabsorbentnbsp;land (such as marl or yellow clay), land that does not let thenbsp;water through. In the sense of ‘ retaining p. is the gen. of thenbsp;verbal noun pcóinpmjA-ó ; see under coptA.

SUAlPce : péAóquot;Ann pé AnA-poAice, he looks very shaken ; p., pApAigce, worn and beaten out. See Verb pnAüAt).

SUAtlAC, silly: éinne a öionn Ag imCeACc puApAC ip gAipm rhAippi’ pé, he who is, getting silly will not live long.

CAÜAlI, stiff, independent: “ tog cu An teAöAp én’ cAóAit pin, óti’ niAit a’p ’a inbeitA AbAtc’ Ap i téigeAiti.” “ Ip beAgnbsp;m'op peApp AtAip-pe AbAtcA ua mipe Ap i téigeAiti.” “ Younbsp;accepted the book as independently as though you couldnbsp;read it.” “ You are able to read it very little better than I.”nbsp;(A boy taunting a girl for having taken one of the Irish booksnbsp;which were offered to the children at the open-air schoolnbsp;in 1905.)

CAIKlieAC {thar''iv-och, but the b is sometimes heard as/), comp. CAipbige, important, advantageous.

VA1quot;t6AC ; 1 mtléApiA ip cAitCAC iiom PAbAipc teip, I usually speak to him in English.

VAtlAT, thin : Ca pé go c. epuAg, lean and miserable.

Ce, comp, ceó, hot. üeó also used with plural nouns.

V6Atin, comp. ceAnnA, tight-stretched, stiff in manner. Verb ceAnnugAt) : tio CcAnn pé é pêin uo’n ngnü, he braced himselfnbsp;up for the task.

V6ASA1’0e, hot-tempered ; ceApAitieAéc, hot temper.

-ocr page 201-

187

ADJECTIVES.

dH1l, comp, cinne, sick, sore (of a cut or wound), also figuratively : t)l' fi CIIIII 50nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;'OiotCA AICI, If niAit a’ fgéAt flOffA

[uifeAfOA] öeiC nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;she was sick (uneasy, dissatisfied)

until she sold them, it serves her right that she is in want.

TITlim, dry : bo Cifini, bA ceiftne ; ca ua béAt)Aige Af ceifm-ugAt), the clothes are drying ; bi AUA-ceifmeAC Ann nvoiub, there was great drying to-day ; nA bpIUgeA* ah péAf ctipiA tAnbsp;ceiftmj, if the hay got a couple of days’ drying.

(tyuv), comp, ci, thick ; cn'icAiuc, thickening ; ca am bAinue a’ C1ÓÓAIMC, the milk is getting thick ; néin é cimcaimc, makenbsp;it thick.

CÖ^AhAC, sensitive, touchy, infectious : ca pé AMA-cógAtAó— ¦ouiue MA béAt) AOM Sóibc te b-ACfAMM Ai^e, he is very touchy—nbsp;he cannot stand opposition ; ^AtAf c., an infectious disease.

CÖSCAhAC, spick and span and proud of it (low stature is also implied) : mac copcAtAC a’ btuip’ é ? What a vain and dappernbsp;little chap he is ! [CoiceApcAtAC, in military array, proud.—nbsp;De H.]

CfilSSe, sooner : bu’ cuipge CüCa é piM ’ma am tjpeAMi po cAtt, he would be out to them (sailors in distress) sooner than thenbsp;people on the other side (of the harbour).

Ct1tnquot;A'nCA or C10rM''AMCA : ca am CljeAfMA CAtUAM CUMIAMCA JAM AOM btiAiM eite uo pgAoiteAt) teip ma coMtiMCAijte (ornbsp;cfüMCAigte) 5AM AM ciof xgt;o Piot, the landlord has sworn tonbsp;let no other year pass without compelling the tenants to paynbsp;the rent; tA pé cumiamca cuca am CCatd lAppACc eiie a cucpAt)nbsp;pé puAp teotA, cuippit) pé CAipn’ 1 lubeó Poib [cAifMse], henbsp;has sworn that the next time he catches them he will drivenbsp;a nail into the quick. See Verb cioniAiMceóipeAcc.

Utx, damp (not “new”—mua used in this sense). Üp-tiipeAóc, dampness : PpeopAp u. ma caPuam am c-AföAf, the dampnessnbsp;of the earth would rot the corn, ca pé -opeo ce teAMA (Ccama)nbsp;’5e, it has already rotted it.

Comparative Adjectives.—(1) It will be observed that the comparative usually stands first in the sentence. Do not saynbsp;¦OéAMpAlt) CU Miop peApp é MA Mllpe, but Ip peApp a ¦ÓéAMpAl’Ö cunbsp;é MA rnipe ; the reason for this is that the comparative is the

-ocr page 202-

188

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

emphatic word. Further examples ; ip mü t)e JAppCiiri p’pö'pce peo 11A t)e jeAppAtAiti, there are more boys than girls in this parish ;nbsp;ip m« gAu ciAtt tupA tug géitteAt) -óo, you had less sense to givenbsp;way to him, this is also expressed in the apparently contradictorynbsp;form of ip tugA gAU CiAtt cupA .1. ip tugA -oe ua ¦OAOine gAU óiAttnbsp;cupA, “ you are the lowest of all fools,” ip tugA ceitle {or ip tugAnbsp;¦oe óiAtt) cupA may also be used ; ip pcApp aCa ’p Aguc-pA ua AgAm-pA, you know better than I; ip mu ¦óe’11 eópuA ’ua tuige Ap a’nbsp;¦ocAtAiti ’ua quot;óe’u Coipce (Oo-pce), the barley is worse lodged thannbsp;the oats.

(2.) In the following construction, the word caiuc may be regarded as the accusative of reference, “ greatest as regards talk.” Itnbsp;is really an adverb qualifying mii, because it tells how the personnbsp;is greatest: ui peA’OAp cé ’cu ’cu bu’ rin'i (rii=w) cAluc, I do notnbsp;know which of them was the greater talker.

(3.) The construction ui cpoimTOe au toó au paóa has been sought for repeatedly without avail, but some get close to it with, uinbsp;cpoimi’oe “oou tod au PaCa. Forms like ui peAppoe au aic 1nbsp;mbempA, “ wherever you may be, it is not the better for it,”nbsp;and ui peAppne •óuic au c-AipgeAt), “ you are not the better ofnbsp;your money,” are common.

Double Compabatives.

In Irish, we use double coruparatives in such cases as the following ; Ip teite é ’ua mAp ip piA é, literally, “ it is broader than longer,” i.e., more hroad than long ; ip gioppA cupA ¦oou bpAitt ’ua map ipnbsp;gioppA mipe ¦oou bpAippge, you are nearer to the cliff than I amnbsp;to the sea ; a woman, telling how she had asked her husband fornbsp;a shilling and had got such a black look from him that she thoughtnbsp;it safer not to ask him again, said, to the amusement and admirationnbsp;of all to whom her words were reported: bA feipbe (Be=ee) a ftiit ’uanbsp;mAp bA géipe mo ppA^óAiuu, “ the bitterness of his look surpassednbsp;the sharpness of my need ” ; see Jaöa ua Coitte, p. 65, note 2.

-ocr page 203-

ADVERBS.

Place.—In English, people say “up there,” “down there,” “ over there,” and so on. In Irish the order is reversed, and wenbsp;say, ATinfon fuAf, Anupon fiop, Aurifou or Atirifü-o tAtt, Anuponbsp;ipceAC, and so on.

AuiaCquot;, Amuquot;[i5], ipceACquot; ifcigquot;. Auiac and ipceAó are used after verbs of motion expressed or implied, auiu and ifcig afternbsp;verbs of rest. For the distinction between ipcig, auiu, andnbsp;LeA’pcig, teA’fuiu’ see under latter words further down.nbsp;Ci'm TiA péittïui AtTiAó, I see that the stars have come out ;nbsp;Ui CAliAppAlUn Le pA-Ó ¦ÓO TIA TDéAUpAIUU auiaC pOCAl leif, Inbsp;would not give him the satisfaction of saying that I failednbsp;to keep faith with him ; ni pAiO pi op A^Am 50 pAiO pé ’uanbsp;pAjApc AtTiAó, I did not know that he was a priest out andnbsp;out; Li pé A p-At) auiaC, he was shouting it out [English idiom,nbsp;De H.] ; ia-o •00 CimeA-o auiaC, to keep them out (of peoplenbsp;trying to get in) ; ia-o no óimeAn ipcig (or ipceAé) to keepnbsp;them in (of people trying to get out) ; pAg (or tig) aitiaC aunbsp;pocAt pon, omit that word (f.e., of a word which has to benbsp;deleted) : “ Ap CuAin pi ipceAó opc ? ”nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ Til pAiU ahu iiaó

pAii.” “Did it (the rain) wet you through.” “Almost.” AmAó often means “ away ” or “ away oS ” : auiaC cimóeAttnbsp;“Ovni-gApbAu, away off around Dungarvan ; so, too, ipceACnbsp;means “ away in ” ;—both words, like piop and puAp, arenbsp;used when a wide or indefinite area is referred to : ’pé pu nnbsp;Aneip mnA au ttAiie peo auiaC gup gAipm a bein mé jau peAp,nbsp;what the women (from) all over this town are saying is thatnbsp;111 have a short wait for a husband (words of a comic song) ;nbsp;ip mo [lomtiA] pocAt ACti AmAó pA ptiAb uA biouu Auupo ipcoACnbsp;iu Aou óop, the people away out in the mountain district usenbsp;words which are not used at all in here (in the lowland district) ;nbsp;itcAp AU biAt) pou AmAc Ap AU Aic peo, that food is eatennbsp;outside this place (in other districts). Tliuó pé AmAó, henbsp;ran away ; piuó pé AmAó a’ Tiopup, he ran out of the house.nbsp;AmAó Ap A jcACAip Tio, he is from a city ; cA au téiue AmAcnbsp;o’u lApAuu Aip, he is a wearing a shirt just ironed ; pAu AmAó

189

-ocr page 204-

I go

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

x5,f foti, keep back (from there) ; filths ahmó Af fon, get up (out of that) ; ifceAt if aitiaó ie-ii-A iioóc, about eight (o’clock) ;nbsp;tA ófougAt) fAice (fwef'teh) Aige üeit Atmiquot; Af a Ouit) caIuau,nbsp;he has got a command to give up his farm; ca fé Amuquot; Aifnbsp;50 tjfuit AifgeAT) Alge, it has got out about him that he hasnbsp;money ; bi Am u’, get out (said by the housewife to a cat whichnbsp;she is turning out of doors). The adverb denotes the statenbsp;into which one is to place oneself. Compare following :—

In Aif-oe : bi in Aifoe Aif, sit up on him (get up on the horse);

fuig 111 Aifoe, sit up (on the car).

Ca, where or why : cA’it cu a’ quot;out Anoif ? Where are you going now ? If mAit a’ fgéAt. Ca fAib fé a’ bACAinc teif ? Itnbsp;is a good deed (serve him right). Why did he meddle withnbsp;it ? See under Adj. cumA. Note a short in ca.

CAquot;toin, when—followed by aspiration or eclipsis.

1 bfAT) ; bi fé 1 bfAt) fA tA nuAif a Caiiii’ fé, it was late in the day when he came. Sa Ia is sometimes omitted.nbsp;beA’fcig, “ on the inside ” : no bi beifc piteAf teA’-fcig quot;oe fiiAnbsp;nóiffe, there were two policemen inside the doors. We maynbsp;say of a person tA fé ifcig and tA fé teA’fcig. The formernbsp;means “ he is in,” i.e., at home and not away, the latter ‘‘ he isnbsp;inside,” i.e. inside the door e.g. or window, not outside.nbsp;Similarly teA’ fmti’ means ‘ on the outside of,’ and thenbsp;difference between tA fé Amu’ and tA fé teA’fmu’ is thatnbsp;the former means ‘ he is away ’ i.e. not at home, whilst thenbsp;latter conveys that ‘ he is outside ’ i.e. just outside the doornbsp;e.g. or window. beA’ fmu’ is often used figuratively (andnbsp;possibly also Ioa’ ’fcig), thus the feAf au cige might say to anbsp;neighbour’s child who was acting as though the house werenbsp;his own ; uin ceAt) Ag Ginne teA’ fmu’ é fin tio tiéAnAiti,nbsp;‘ no one belonging to the outside i.e. no outsider has permissionnbsp;to do that,’ ’ge tiAoine teAfmu -óAifi’ cu é, you heard thatnbsp;from outsiders. See last example, verb. tAirhfeAtAim, andnbsp;meifeAé (towards end).—Af a’ cAob if mu is also heard. Itnbsp;seems to convey more definitely than tcAf’ mu’ a clingingnbsp;to or forming part of the outside. Thus we say, -oo bi Aotnbsp;Af a’ cAob If mu’, ‘ there was white-wash on the outside,’nbsp;tCAf’ mu’ would also do.

beit-1-teic (lehquot;il-eh) Ca fiAO Af t. ¦oeigtce 0-11-A Céite, they are severed, divided from one another. [heAttAé, teittig].

-ocr page 205-

191

ADVERBS.

Soif, ó -óeAf, ó nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(hoo”ig), east, west, south, north. The

Irish when naming the cardinal points faced the east, hence foip means ‘ towards the front,’ piAp ‘ towards the rere,’nbsp;0 ‘óe.df, ‘ towards the right,’ ó ttwig, ‘ towards the left.’nbsp;There are no irregularities in the use of these words. Theynbsp;will be used exactly as they stand after verbs of going, becausenbsp;such verbs signify ‘ to go towards ’: cé ’cu f oip 110 fiAf AtAnbsp;cu a’ nut ? Towards which point are you going, eastnbsp;or west ? As a verb of coming signifies ‘ coming from,’ wenbsp;cannot use these forms, but must substitute Atioip {anirquot;),nbsp;ATiiAp, ineAfquot;, 1 -ocuAig (dhooquot;ig). Note that Irish speakersnbsp;use these words in speaking of coming and going much oftenernbsp;than an English speaker might expect. As in the case ofnbsp;auiaC, the idea of motion may be conveyed in many ways :

¦OeA-pS AlUAp 1f lOtlAUn ip gpiAll, UeApS AUOip If IOIIATIII If

fioc [De H.]. Here a verb of coming is obviously to be supplied after ¦oeAfg.—A special use of fiAp is to express insufficiencynbsp;of money, or want of ability ; IIaC jAipiT) fiAp ui au niévonbsp;fin 1 or uaC sAifiT) fiAp a pAgAit) AU tnéit) fin uippi ? Won’tnbsp;that go a very short way for her ? or wUl not that go a verynbsp;short way on her ? (uippi denotes the person on whom thenbsp;money is to be spent, gt;01 the person who is chiefly interestednbsp;in the expenditure of the money); tA poinnc S^oitnnne Aigenbsp;AÓC nin Aon ¦out fiAp Ann (Ann=i4 him), he knows somenbsp;Irish, but cannot go far in it (the same expression can benbsp;used of a man who cannot work to a finish) ;—fiAp is oftennbsp;used to mean ‘ over ’ ‘ finished ’; cAtAin a Oeit) An peif fi'Ap ?nbsp;When will the peif be over ?

Siof, downwards ; fuAf, upwards ; fiof (tiof), below ; fuAf (twAf), above ; Aniof, from below, moving from below towards thenbsp;speaker; AniiAf from above, moving from above towardsnbsp;the speaker. These are the ordinary meanings of the words.nbsp;The learner will easily detect the absurdity in the sentence,nbsp;¦o’lompuij fé bónA a CAfoige Aniof, where Aniof should benbsp;fUAf. The following examples may require attention:—nbsp;ÜA mo tpiAtt (or mo ótipfA) fiof Atinpo, my journey is downnbsp;this way (fiof used here because mo tpiAtt is the same asnbsp;“ I am going ”) ; teig fiof An cac fon (said to one holdingnbsp;a cat)—if we use cuip, we must say cuip AnuAf ati cac fon,nbsp;because ctnp fiof would mean “ put the cat on the fire, to

-ocr page 206-

IQ2

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

boil ”—see next example); cupA fiof tia p|\aca1, put down the potatoes, to boil; tA tia p. tiop AgAm, I have put downnbsp;the potatoes ; cog Atiiop (or simply CÓ5) tiA p., take themnbsp;off the fire ; since the potatoes are spoken of as the “ dinner,”nbsp;we hear, ceijpe AtnAó ’p bAin no ¦ómnéAp ’p ctiip pi op é, gonbsp;out and “ dig your dinner ” and put it on the fire ;—bi pénbsp;A5 cup quot;oe piop ’p Aiiiop pA peAiupA, he was pacing up andnbsp;down the room ;—n1 beró aou ceAóc puAp 50 neó acu, theynbsp;will never grow, get strong. We expect Auiop after ceAóc,nbsp;but ceACc here is used figuratively. So too in the following :nbsp;b’pémip so ¦DC-ucpA‘0 pé puAp Apipc, be cuma’ ’Oé, perhaps,nbsp;please God, he might rally again ; AmiAp, down from a highernbsp;position : bionAp 5A pmé AntiAp, they were running him down,nbsp;speaking ill of him [Eng. idiom] ; Ca pé AtióAp Anoip 50 ncinbsp;¦oeiC bptimc, it is down.to ten pounds now ; bi iia piutittisAnbsp;[pmtiueosA] ¦oiiTicA AuuAp opc, the windows were shut downnbsp;on you. (The window is conceived as coming down towardsnbsp;you),—pm CApAtb rnlbbceAé, éAitpeAp pé AtiüAp ne cii, rriApAnbsp;bpeuépA potfiAc hém, that is a dangerous horse, he wouldnbsp;throw you off, if you were not watchful. (Throw you downnbsp;from above).—When speaking of fields or houses, for instance,nbsp;we say that one is above or below the other, i.e. farther offnbsp;or nearer than the other. To express this, we say -oe [1 •ocAoib]nbsp;puAip {hooquot;ish) ne and ne pip (heesh) ne, but puAp and piopnbsp;may be substituted for these irregular forms : tA ppACAi pAnbsp;pAipc ¦oe fip ¦oe’n pAipc pm, there are potatoes in the fieldnbsp;further down than that one. Op ciorm or pé bun implynbsp;different elevations. The final p of puAp has been heardnbsp;slender also in the phrase, éipig puAip •dioiti, lean off me.—nbsp;Slop, puAp, poip, piAp, Ó CUA15, 0 -öeAp are used of large ornbsp;indefinite places ; e.gr., bi pé A5 peAptAinn piop Apéip Agupnbsp;ni pAib Aon bpAon puAp aca, it was raining in the low districtsnbsp;last night, and there wasn’t a drop up the mountain way.

Time.—Aipb-nvoé {arquot;win-ijaequot;), the day before yesterday; Aipb-AnupA {arquot;imn-urquot;hah) the year before last; Anupquot;ACAp, thenbsp;day after tomorrow and AinAnquot;ACAp, the second day after tomorrow—nbsp;see Dictionary under oipceAp, the meanings are not the same.nbsp;Anotcquot; means ‘ to-night,’ but if we wish to emphasize duration ofnbsp;time, we must use An oiPCe auoóc ‘ during the night to-night,’ so,nbsp;too, we must use au 01*006 Apéip, An bA iivoé, and so on. Thus,

-ocr page 207-

193

ADVERBS.

pATifAit) fé Anti All oiTióe An o Cc is more emphatic than pAnpAit) pé Ann AnoCc. An oi'óCe AnoCc is in this example an adverb ofnbsp;time, qualifying pAnpAi-ó, which of itself expresses duration. Itnbsp;is plain that such an adverb cannot qualify the verb ‘ to be,’ andnbsp;that we must use a prepositional phrase meaning ‘ during ’: binbsp;pé Ann 1 p-uC (in the course of, during) An tAe inoé. There is nonbsp;single word, like AnoCc or Apéip, meaning ‘ to-morrow night ’nbsp;and we must say ipcoiACe AniAipeAC {iss4heequot;-eh). So, too, wenbsp;say ipcoiACe ‘Óé DorhnA, on Sunday night. If we wish to say,nbsp;‘during to-morrow night’ we use oiACe instead of ipcoitiCe.nbsp;‘ This morning ’ is Ap niAiTgt;in inuiub, ‘ yesterday morning,’ Apnbsp;mAiuin inoé ; so, too, Ap mAinin AuiAipeAC, Ap niAioin Dé buAn.nbsp;In English we may use “ to-day,” etc., as nouns, e.g. ‘ to-day isnbsp;the warmest day we’ve had yet,’ so too in Irish we may say: in-oiubnbsp;An Pa ip ceo bi póp AgAinn; but, if the verb ip is expressed, we mustnbsp;say ‘the day to-day,’ pé An Pa inmub An Pa ip ceó a bpAiteAp póp.nbsp;Similarly, in English we say, ‘wiU you be ready for to-morrow?’nbsp;where ‘to-morrow’ is treated as a noun governed by ‘for,’ but innbsp;Irish we say ‘ Cun a’ pa AtnAipeAC,’ or, as some have it, ‘ Cun a’ Paonbsp;AuiAipig.’ This accounts for the phrase 1 p-uC An Pa6 inoé above.

Apipgt; or Api'pc, “again.” The following should be noted:— Ip pAo’ Apip 50 mbe’ pé ’ge’nnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;it wiU be a long time before

he goes to the peip again ; nin a CuiPPeA-ó ’gAm Pe p-Ab 50 quot;oci' An CéAT) bAbc Apipc, no more to say till the next time ; é Cpiquot;tipcnbsp;[cpiAüpAb] Cap n-Aip a’p Cap n-Aip Api'p, to sift it over and overnbsp;again.

Do’ [ooc], early. TÏI0C is understood, but rarely used. The compound moCóipi [moC-élp^e], “early rising,” is well known.nbsp;D’éipig cu pó-bo’ inmub, you got up too early to-day ; bionn pénbsp;A5 obAip ¦00’ béAUAC, he works early and late.

CeAUA, already, before : au Pa Coaua (hanquot;ah) a biobAp Ann, the last day they were there ; puAip cApn TiAoine bAp ó’n uAip a bipnbsp;Annpo CeAUA, a great number of people died since you were herenbsp;last (ó’n uAip seems preferred to the simple ó in such cases).

5o bpAC UA bpeiCe, for ever and ever, pó.PP : biob péAóAinc Ague 1 n-oiAig UA ngAinnA 50 póiPP, have an eye to the calves fornbsp;a while ; CAip ipceAC 50 póiPP, come in for a minute.

N

-ocr page 208-

194

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

¦RiAtfi, 1 scütfitiAi-óe, 50 •oeó, óofóóe.—HiAtfi means “ at all times or at any time in the past,” and, as explained below, maynbsp;occasionally refer to the past and present together, i.e., it maynbsp;be used with a verb in present perfect tense ; Annbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;a ni piAtti

Ap An ngAetinn, the hatred which there was at aU times for Irish; ni pAt)Af Ann piAiti, I was never there. 1 sctittinAine meansnbsp;continuously, without any break, and may be used of past, present,nbsp;or future : blonn fé 1 scütnnAi'óe a’ geApAn opm, he is constantlynbsp;complaining about me. From its meaning it will naturally gonbsp;with the frequentative forms, bionn, bi'ot), etc. 50 neó [i.e.nbsp;¦oeoi*, De H.] means “ to the end ” of time, and, with a negative,nbsp;is the common way of expressing “ never ” (of future time) : ninbsp;beig An ^AelAinn AgAm 50 neó, I shall never know Irish ; ninbsp;¦óéAiipAit) mé 50 neó Apifc é, I will never do it again, go neónbsp;can also, as is plain from its meaning, be used positively : ti. ornbsp;belt) fé 5An rhAit 50 neó, it is useless for evermore, i.e., it willnbsp;never be any use again ; bin é An quot;ouine jAn rhAit 50 neó, thatnbsp;is the kind of person who is never any good ; belt) fé bACAC 50nbsp;t)eó, he will be lame to the end. go bfAt is the same as 50 neó,nbsp;but is not so often used. Coit)ée is like 50 neó, and refers tonbsp;the future. We can say ni t)éAnfAit) mé éoit)te Afifc é, andnbsp;belt) fé bACAé éoit)óe, but 50 neó seems to be preferred by manynbsp;to Coit)óe. P. Denn, ©AócfA An I)Aif, has the words mAf riiAipnbsp;CM fiArh, t)o rriAiffA éoit)ée, “ as you ever lived, so would younbsp;always live,” which brings out neatly enough the distinctionnbsp;between the two words. Canon O’Leary says An rntlincif aca ’janbsp;tAbAifc fiAtb, but this use of fiArii is perfectly regular, since cAnbsp;means here, not “ are,” but “ have been,” the rule given abovenbsp;is not violated. Canon O’Leary, also, uses óoit)óe of the customarynbsp;present: ca fCAigini Ann nA bionn Af meifje óoiOée, where somenbsp;of us would put in ao’ éof or a éMijinc in its place or else the wordsnbsp;Aon Am.

KiAm A’f coit)ée as a phrase is often heard in stories. It means “ continuously,” “ without ceasing ” : bio-OAf A5 imteAéc fiAit»nbsp;A’f óoitiée, they kept going on without stopping. [Same as tnbsp;Scorhnui'óe].

¦RiAm is often used for emphasis ; An ééAn uAif fiArh a Cnoic mé é, no n’Aitin mé é, the very first moment I saw him I recognisednbsp;him ; tóg fé An fuip {an-ipquot;) tntA, no CAit ^a’ béinne fiAiii aca

-ocr page 209-

195

ADVERBS.

¦out 1 öpotAó 1 bpOItt ’f 1 bpóipfi, he drew the whip at them, every mortal man of them had to run a-hide in holes and corners (lit.nbsp;porches); ip pa-o’ ö pmrii ^ -OineAj ia-o, it is long, long ago thatnbsp;they were made ; ip ATinArh piArh ¦00 tieip mé Ap ppeAt tAp aounbsp;Apm (or inptip, pi.—i) eite, of all implements the scythe was thenbsp;one I used most rarely.

¦Roirh-pé (rev-rayquot;), beforehand: rii[op] rhOp -ouic beit poirh pé teip, you would need to be beforehand with it, allow yourselfnbsp;a good margin of time for it.

Mannek.—: tA a teitéi-o AmtA (m nasal), the like occurs ; 50 mbu’ hAitit’ -Ouic, the same to you (in wishes)nbsp;(this phrase sounds like gum-ah-hallquot;); béA’ö pon AititA, thatnbsp;could happen.

AtlOIS 50 nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;just now : ui jA-O Puic é ¦öéAUAp Atioip

50 bAipigte, you need not do it just at present:

CBAtrn'AH or ceAuriA, as an emphatic prefix to céA-ouA : p’Aipi’ mé Au pocAt ceAunAu-céA'ouA iti’oiub, I heard the very samenbsp;word to-day.

A CtlIgWD, at all (a very common word derived from Cuige, which is also used).

DAOTlAÏ)Ain or quot;DéAnAbAm (lt;¦0’ Aori-o$Am) : '0. a bi' pé teAC, he was not in earnest with you, “ a purpose.” The pronunciation would not be represented by -oAoriAm, as the sound ofnbsp;the vowel is not a-u but e-u.

'O’ÓbAITl 50 ¦ocpeippirib A-bAite 5AU é pAbAipc pé troeApA, I had almost reached home without noticing it.

AU 615me ; quot;O’lmtig au CApAtt Ap éigiuc Aip, ip mAit a pjAip fpjApAim, pjApAtfiAinc, sever] pé uAp mAipigequot;A5 é, the horsenbsp;went wild on him, he narrowly escaped being killed.

50 télU : mA tA AU c-plAiuce ’gAinn fin é a’ ttiAiO 50 téip, good health, if we have it, is our chief blessing.

TTIAU ; ip mAit mAp a tAptAig, it happened fortunately; fin é mAp A-oubAipe pé é, that is how he said it.

-ocr page 210-

PHRASES UNCLASSIFIED.

The division into sections is mainly for 'purposes of reference.

1. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;1. quot;Om ATiTifo ifce^C or bAit “Oé Atirifo ifceAó or bAit ö quot;Óianbsp;•dti A bpuit Atinpo ipcij. (Phrases used when entering a house).

Sé 'O0 beACA A öAite Ap teAóc ha CAfgA, you will be welcome home at Easter.

SeAfóé’ a’ OeAfc Aip ! (said of over-drawn tea).

UioruAp A|\ uA (or ip ua) peAóc pitci[b] (said of a great wetting).

'ZA mé coptA -| ui motCAp mo pAotAp.

Ip cumA é, Pi. pAot, pgittinj, six of one, half a dozen of another.

jAbAt) cupA (or 5Aib-pe) a’p é péin pA [gup ati] ¦o-Att.

An téAX) oTóèe tiAeAnu tia béin i, ah CApA b-oit)ée ónieAun UA béipg i', AU cpigiü b-oi'óCe óiOeAuu au pAogAt i'. (Au pé).

*00 tuig (hyuv) a’p ¦oo teAuu (hyoun) opm Auupou, ui pAib ’p AgAui CAU bu’ uiAit Aom A AéAiiA'ó, then there was no end ofnbsp;embarrassment, I did not know what I should do. [“ It thickenednbsp;and tightened on me.”—De H. “ quot;00 Auib used as well as tsonbsp;fciug.”—^McS.j

2. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;StAU a’ bAtt 1U AOpcpA [ptAU a’ bAtt lu éipccAp é] Agup gAénbsp;•oulue étoipeAuu é, safe be the place where it is told and all whonbsp;hear it (said by one who tells of death or fever).

StAu mo éorhAptA, said by one who points out the precise place on his own person where another has been wounded : “ May thenbsp;mark I make on myself not bring hurt to me,” or “ May the placenbsp;I mark be safe from a like happening.”

¦npAUAm Ap n’AUAm, Treasure my life as your own (said when imparting a secret that is not to be divulged).

5A’OAmACAmAp, for a wonder ! (said in a half-sarcastic way). This curious word is said to be Moorish and was probably introducednbsp;by Spanish sailors. (CouuACAp ua pocAit peo “ Gadeil matamas,nbsp;oh ! for a wonder ” i bpoctóip SpAiuuip -[ UeuptA a bi i peitb pA-opAignbsp;Hi tDAtAlg. Hi pUtAip UÓ Ip ApCA PAU A tAlUlg ‘ gA’OAmACAmAp ’nbsp;éugAiuu, mAp ip é AU bpig óeuouA aca teo, .i. “ au puT) ip auuauinbsp;ip lOUgAUCAt.”—L. Ö. TVHoAaCaiu.)

1 gceAt) •oo óuitteAócAiu, saving your presence.

1 gceA‘oquot;up ¦ouic-pe, (same meaning).

1 gceA’oquot;up ¦oo UiA Agup quot;oou CuitteAécA.

196

-ocr page 211-

197

PHRASES UNCLASSIFIED.

50 mAifit) cu •00 pófA'ó ! I congratulate you on your marriq.ge ! A way of congratulating a person on any change of hfe. Lit., maynbsp;you live to enjoy your marriage. 5° u-éipgit) no pófAt) teACnbsp;(more common), go triAipip ’5 50 gcAitip mn (said to a personnbsp;wearing new articles of clothing), go mAipi-ó pé a Ainm a’p anbsp;ftoinue ! May he hve to enjoy or use his name and surname (saidnbsp;when one learns the name of a little child). 11 Ap ttiAipit) cü nonbsp;gAot teif, may you not live to benefit by your kinship with himnbsp;(Said by A to B, when B has refused C a favour. It is an ironicalnbsp;way of saying that there is no relationship between B and C, andnbsp;that therefore C has no claim on B.)nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ riAp rhAipe cu c’ piActA ”—

te teATiï) A mtoeAt) copAó piACtA Aige, i.e., may your life be not the life of the first teeth, i.e. short.

TTlipe Auupo Agup piop AgAtn Aip (said by one already familiar with the narrative which is being told him ; or said sarcasticallynbsp;by a person who is mystified by a conversation to which he isnbsp;listening : “ Here I am and I know all about it ! ”). The Aip isnbsp;often omitted.

SneAtcA geAt pén’ pxitA aj ituCeAóc nuic 50 nci au mbAite rnup (said, when spoken seriously, by one who is reluctant to let anothernbsp;go away).

tl^p 6Aitti[n] t)iA opc ! May God’s help not fail you ! igt;A n-Att nóiD rriAp noectupi ! To the deuce with them. Suignbsp;plop AuupAu pA n. nuic.

Hut) é (buh-yaequot;) a’ pgiAu cpin a jcpoine teot’ é ! They thought it pierced them to the heart. [Note the sing. cpoiOe.]nbsp;3. ‘ quot;Oé AU teACAm Ca ’juc opm,’ AppA mipe, uuAip 01 aJai*nbsp;AU nil full ipceAó AIC1 louAui—lliop to5 pi AjAin AU ni, füit niomnbsp;’p-uó UA uAImpipe 50 téip. he a c Am = staring.

llUAip A ï)éAquot;Ó AU poCAt CéAnUA ’5e beipC 1U AOUpeACC, néAppAn nuiue ’cu, “ ui bpllljmin bip 1 mbtiAOuA.”

gteo opc A bAiupin AU peoit nioc, Agup puAig opc mAp no Of Ap tlAitue Agup Ap A buAóAat. May a scuffle befall you thatnbsp;wiU strip the flesh from you, and a rout overtake you, such asnbsp;befell Anthony and his boy.

tlAp tAJAIt) quot;OlA 5Aipin Ap m’AUAm !

Ip mitin nuic ceAéc. ’A mbeAn puipiu tuAépA AjAm, Cuippiuu pe n CopA é. Time for you to come. If I had a handful of rushesnbsp;I would strew them beneath your feet.

Dton pi Auu a’p Ap, she used to be there, off and on.

-ocr page 212-

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

CoÓAf Af A fAlA, belt) An fAOjAt fO ’nA t)1A15.

OCfAf Agtlf ci-CfAf OfC, AgUf t'U'O AJAC ‘o’iofA CÜ.

CïAó ofc !

^eifeAtficAó fi, a meitimineAC ! Out with her, the miser ! (Possibly a corruption of “ get out.”)

¦pA-o fAogAil, CugAc, long life to you : nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;5^11 tfiAifg ofc !

Not the least trouble to you ! (said to a singer at the end of a song),— CAf (or tAf) ptAn and cAf ptAn a üAite, cAf ftAn beó t)uic, wordsnbsp;of encouragement during a song.

4. TlAgAt) peAU-A-beAn te t)A Baca cfotpe tAifip pin, an old woman on two crutches might get over that (of a low fence).

CuippeAt) pi copA cfAinn pé óeAfcA. (A compliment to an ingenious housewife).

TlA -oeAn pAimp óApAitt ne, do not be long-winded (in telling a story).

Ca piAt) Ann 0 p-tió [pit] a’ ¦oiteAnn tAp a’ ¦oorhAn, since the flood.

üé A ntDiA a'p a nnuiiie é a’ c-iApc, the fish is God and man to them—all important to them.

A Til nA Cpuinne, ’n Aipi$ip cAt) ¦oeip pi ! King of the Sphere, do you hear what she says ?

Geit) piAV) AgAm Ap CumA nü Ap óteAp, by hook or crook. W. Kerry has Ap cbu in this phrase, where cü represents E.M.I. cottiA,nbsp;curhA, condition.

’A mbeiAnn'pc ’pAit) pm ó pnA gpApcA ! (Said of something which is very unhkely to occur).

T1l[op] n’lt nA CU1C An btiAin póp •) c-ucpAiA nA bubtA (b silent) Ap nA cpAinn Apip, time is not ended yet, my day of revenge willnbsp;come.

tii bpuAip mé A p-ub ’p pitpeAt) be bAppA (b=w) pe-iiA UA15.

quot;b’péibip so bc-ucpAinn ¦] bA b’péibip béAg nA c-ucpAinn.

riAp bACAi[b] Dia bo LeAp bum.

ÜA pé ceAnnAigte CAp bApp auiaC Aige, he has purchased the fee-simple of it.

CA mé tAp mo bAppA AgAC, what I owe you is beyond my means to pay, lit., you have got me beyond the highest point of my resources.

II. 1. Hi péibip ceAnjA buine a bpAipe, JeóbtA but ó-biteArhnAó Aé n? bpVI1$tA but Ó buine bpéASAé, you cannot watch another’snbsp;tongue, you may escape the thief, but not the liar.

-ocr page 213-

199

PHRASES UNCLASSIFIED.

If m.iMt Ati Aft’ é (or i) An eAgtA, fear works like a charm.

If eAgtAt An cé jof-ci-CAf, a burned child, etc.

Sé ccAtc a’ c-fCAgAit a ftAite Ague, ccAóc fATjA figiu (said to a person who comes home late. Rye is a slow crop).

CAjAun ¦Quine Af ja’ hAon CojAt).

If niAifs A OeAt) Af -oeifCAt) 50 neó, a woe for ever is the hindmost.

¦biot) cofAt coitte Aguf neife c«ffAi$ a^ac, be foremost in the wood and hindmost in the bog. (In the wood the bramblesnbsp;pushed aside by the leader strike the man at his heels ; in thenbsp;bog the leader may come to grief, and so warn his comrade ofnbsp;danger.)

tif fAiö Af •oetfCAt) fiAtn nA fAiö Af cofAt uAif éijinc.

flin éinne ceApAiJte ua ftnt mi-üAoóAf ’5e •o«inquot;ei5inc Aif, no one created with whom aU are satisfied.

heAUAnn An fuit An fCAtcrtiAt) stum, blood follows (manifests itself in) the seventh degree.

If mAif5 A -óéAnfAt) a f5AC[c] 'oe’n fAojAt, woe to him who would make his protection of this world ! tIA bi Ag -DéAnArhnbsp;At-nuAf Af Dia, a6 bfonn fUAf Af An ¦oCijeAfnA é, do not benbsp;offending God, but offer him up to the Lord (said to a mother whonbsp;was inconsolable for the death of her son).

If peAff focAt fA éüifc UA bonn fA fp’fAn, a word at court is better than a com in the purse.

If tincAC lAV) miofuitci Dé, marvellous are the works of God.

2. If niAifg A béAt) a’ cfACc Af a’ -oiAbAt, woe to him who makes it a practice to speak of the devil, lit. a woe is he who would benbsp;speaking of the devil.

Ca fé Af óumAfAige An c-fnie-SAoite, he is under the protection of the whirlwind. (A way of saying that a person or thing isnbsp;in great danger).

Kwdai If meAfA tOjAg if mu bfuit cAltibfe off a, worst rearing, greatest pride.

If mime A bi CAgtA Af tiuine Aguf nAf bAogAt ¦00.

SjéAt A ’nifinc Tio’n CApAtt i An CApAtt ’ua contAt).

.An fAjAi* fAf nA moóóifï AmAé Aif, niof rhifoe tgt;o contAt) 50 beA'oquot;offA, he who has the name of early rising may sleepnbsp;tUl noon. (The converse of “ give a dog a bad name.”)

Dfeit nA pin^ne 1 cAitteAitiAinc tiA fsitunge, penny wise, pound foolish.

-ocr page 214-

200

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

Ati CéAT) tA quot;óe rhi ha SArhiiA cui-pcAf ati ttoó piiAf fAti uifge, tA ’te pATatVAIJ CÓ5CAt^ Af i.

CofAó tAiijif 1 ‘oeifeA'ö tAj a üïoiin Af Ati éiteAó, a lie in the beginning is strong, but weak in the end.

Ca fé ótt’ AofCA teif a’ seed, as old as the hUls.

“OeAfttiA'o tiA mriA aje ’ge ’n óac, the cat has the benefit of the housewife’s mistake.

If feAff fUtt te 5tAf tiA féit teif ah tttf, hope in the living is better than hope in the dead. Suit te gtAf, i.e., te ¦ouiue a UeAt)nbsp;1 ii5Atgt;ATin, i.e., in captivity. The words were used originally ofnbsp;prisoners who escaped death but were transported over seas. Inbsp;have heard the free translation, “There is hope from the ocean,nbsp;there is none from the grave.”

ÜA’f ’5e 5a’ tiéiuTie CA tuigeAtin au ïifóg Aif Uéin, every one knows where his own shoe pinches.

3. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;SgéAt jAii ¦oAC[t] A’f A teAó jATi intifiTic, a colourless talenbsp;and only half told.

tlin A5A11111 AÓ bfeit nCt cAitteArhAinc, no choice but to win or lose.

liAf C«ifi[’ó] fé Ao’ piuc cAin-uic (cak-dooquot;ik) ofc, no óuin Ae t-ub-ifc riA btiAtiA teif, do not let it annoy you, let it take withnbsp;it the year’s troubles (be a sacrifice to fortune). [jAfbuAic,nbsp;confusion of mind (West Munster).—^McS.]

11Af ¦Omiig UAitin AÓ é. Af gctiin tie tiobAifc ha btiAUA teif.

If fuifif feAfAtfi Af ua[is] 'óuine triAifb, easy to hurt the defenceless.

IllH ’lOf [a flOf] A5 AOH niHHe ’ha beAtA CUHAf A CAlt Hlé H10

beAfCA ’ha ftfoóAif AÓ ’je “Dia ha gtóife, not one living soul can tell the life I had to lead in their company.

4. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Ca neifeAt) ha fomne {fwyquot;ing-yeh) CAitce ajahi, the lastnbsp;of my patience has disappeared.

A CeAtj fAibce iohac, ’a mbéAn fé a’ jAife teAC, a sting for you, though he might hold a smiling face to you.

CiUHnA HiAnfA Hij jAife Safahaij, the snarl of a dog or an Englishman’s-laugh, i.e., either is a warning of danger.

tli'H éiHHe beifte jah toCc, no man born is without fault.

C’féif jAó Hit), eincAf jAó beAfc, when the work is done, the deed is known ; when the case is cleared up, everyone’s behaviour,nbsp;whether good or evil, comes to light.

-ocr page 215-

201

PHRASES UNCLASSIFIED.

’O’ófvotiig pAtJivAij ATI óéAT) jAt) Tio óut^ Af, the first relief for the closest need.

Hi Af Aoti Coif ATiiAin A CA11115 pA-ofAij JO ti-éifiiiti, he did not trust to one thing alone ; besides his preaching, he had other meansnbsp;of influencing the people.

If mAifs ¦omc quot;OAo [i ticaoï)] rriAf a CaiC cu ah CimijeAt tiAf CAit cu An c-oftAC, as well be hanged for a sheep as for a lamb.nbsp;ÖftAC is the last bit of a candle, the “ inch ” in the socket.

III.—1. ‘ ‘ Ha biot) eA^tA ofc, ni ’ha ContAt) a beAt) fé Af An Atcóif. CitifeAt) fé b-fAn [biofAn] glAf. Do bioti fé tio béAfnbsp;Acu fuifeAó fA poiffe. Do rheAbfAig fé lAt). ^Ab fé ’gennbsp;[¦oe’n] mbACA offA. UiuCATiAf ifceAé feAf tuAite (see nm)nbsp;A5 ce[ióeA‘ö] te-n’ AnAm. Pi ftinj-Ain ceo acu.—peAf tha tuAitenbsp;appears to be rigid and can he said to women e.g., KiuóAigi tibnbsp;f.m.b.

“ StAn beo 50 bfAjfAiti fi finn ! ” (Said of the new moon.)

T fin Af tAob HA fifinne 1 mife Af tAob ha bféije, nAf tijif)1 50 gcuiffinn Aon éiceAó Af éinne Ati. fA CAtArii.

2. Da beAfc tia fAinc’ acu -] nirh a fuit’ acu ja’ bAo’ fun a Ci-Ofinif, they are covetous and they look with longing eyesnbsp;at other people’s property, flini a fuit’ = nirti 1 fintib, desirenbsp;in their eyes. PeAfc ua f Aince means “avarice.” PeAfc is oftennbsp;prefixed in this way to the name of a vice, the entire phrasenbsp;being used loosely, instead of the name of the vice. peAf beAfcnbsp;fAince, a miser. pAinis beAfc ua fAinc’ ofm, I became covetous ornbsp;envious of another’s good luck. DubfAnAf guf beAfc fAincenbsp;bi Aif, they said he was a slave to greed. Do óuif fi nirh a fOtnbsp;f A bACA nuA bi Ofm, she looked with covetous eyes at my new hat.nbsp;Tlitfi A fut, the desire of her eyes.

“ niiAb mic A fuit,” AffAig An c-AtAif teif An teAfrhAtAif. “ fCAb,” AffA fi, “ iccAt) fé A fuit.” An CéAT) ¦ouine ctoinnenbsp;A bi Ann, bi fé Af teA’ fiiit. The people explain this as follows :nbsp;A fuit, “ his eye,” or “ whatever his eye sees is a son’s desire,”nbsp;i.e., little boys are anxious to get a taste of any food they see preparing—bin Aon rheAf Af ha geAfquot;fACAiti boCcA, as was remarked.nbsp;The step-mother takes up the words literally, and, instead ofnbsp;gratifying the little boy, says “ if his eye is his desire let him eatnbsp;it.” Her punishment was that her first child had only one eye.

1

Dr. H. says that this part of the verb should not end in ix), but in e or A, e.g. Vise, CAgA.

-ocr page 216-

202

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

3. The following is part of a ghost story. The ghost had recited the same couplet (furiu) three times to many and had challengednbsp;them to give an answering couplet (a teAt-pdnri you) ; on theirnbsp;failure to do so, he killed them. Finally he met his match andnbsp;disappeared in a rage :—“ CtntijeAt (kingquot;yul) •] cuiusteóip (koying-lyorequot;) Auti, Agup ca ftpuit a’ te^’ pAtin poti ? ”nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ CiuteAnn a

OAiupAi’Oe um ÉAtfiAin Ajof CmppAi-Oe tuAp óeAtin Ap tij.”— “ CuiujeAt, etc. ? ”—“ tHuiteAuu a öeAp) ’¦oep “OA jreAuu Agup anbsp;OcaP a p5itquot;ice tAtt ’p AUtipquot;.”—“ CuingeAt, etc. 1 ”—“ ’Anbsp;uPéAupA c’Aitpi$e iti Atn, Hi Uei-pA rtiAp pAitiAitc Autipoii.”

“ Tliop óAp opm A1C 1 mbCAP pi ac Ap teAc ua bpiAti,” her place would not trouble me, even though she were on the stone of suffering,nbsp;i.e., in hell (Words of passionate hatred spoken by an old mannbsp;whom the death of his enemy had not appeased.)

Ctiip ptip 1 5citneA-o 50 ceAnn peAóc mbtiApUA Agup rtiApA bpuigip c« 5UÓ Pe cAiC «A1C Auupon é.

quot;Oe beAtA 5Pamp;PCA “Oé ! welcome be the will of God ! gpApcA may also mean God’s grace, God’s mercy, (beAtiuAóc ua ugp^pc tenbsp;li-AtiniAiriu UA uiApb), or God’s kindly Providence.

-ocr page 217-

PLANT NAMES.

The following list was given to me by tlOtiA Hi Cinnéitie, SeAti-

Citt, p’tióifce riA Tlintie. Words in square brackets are from Father

Hogan’s book. Names marked with an asterisk are not in his list:—•

An óoif 'OUÖ, Cornish maidenhair [maidenhair]. The xgt; of ¦ouft was nof aspirated.

*An ïnteój rfiAit, a St. John’s wort with red-berries.

An rhiofAó, eye bright [pansy, spurge, cAoimi'n, etc., eyebright].

An fAtfiA miouA, sorrel with small leaves, called “ sambo ” by English-speaking children (for pAitiAA Uó ?).

*An c-AifseAT) beo [AipjeA-o tuAópA] meadow-sweet.

*An c-Aif'geAU.An [geipöiteAó, etc.], agrimony.

*An c-inniOin rnüin, royal fern.

An c-fimeApós nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;wood-sorrel.

AtAip CAtniAn, yarrow, milfoil. (A cure for toothache).

*t)Ainne nA n-éAn, the milky juice found in the stem of many plants. Spurge is often called by this name, but incorrectly.nbsp;See tAfAp-tUn.

¦bit-oj-A-fpAfoe, dock-leaf, also called ctipog. The seed is called

lophAtt rhATlpA pUAt).

t)iotAp {byurar) water-cress.

t)oppAniiicAp, wormwood, mugwort (with strong perfume, used as an equivalent for insect-powder. The name is a form ofnbsp;the French vermout, i.e., absinthe, and English “ wormwood ”).

tfpiofgtAn, silverweed, a potentiUa.

PtApCog or bAptós, a long sash-like sea-weed, puckered along the edges.

*t)peArh-5opm or bpéAntA gopm (nt=tt) or cOltlnte coppA, the field scabious [coinnte coppA, blue-beUs]. Coinntenbsp;coppA is the hyacinth.

’•'PpiutAn, a kind of wild-rose, the Burnet rose or rosa sjpinosissima, the hips of which are black and edible.

t)puim-péAp, scutch grass.

t)uA6AtAn, ragweed (kind of large groundsel).

*CAiti'p itluipe, Chdonia coccifera, a sundew, chalice-shaped, with red spot at opening.

CAipéiT), a carrot.

203

-ocr page 218-

204

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

CAife^f\ö4n or CAifct'eAOAn, dandelion.

*Ce.4TinAi timGa, knapweed [chapati ¦duö, etc.]. Lit. “ black heads.” *CT\ü’n ppéACAin, the buttercup [UAititie bó bteAócAin, etc.].nbsp;(This was pronounced Coti a p. The pl. of cnó is cnAoï.)nbsp;Possibly, cnü=cnoO.

Com Au meAtt, the scentless mayweed [corn camomile].

CorriAU meAtt mitif, the scented mayweed. (These two are like large daisies).

*Coi'Aiuiu, carrigeen moss. The full name was cofAiuin ua

CAppAlge.

CpeArh UA muice yiAt), common hart’s tongue fern, scolopendrium vulgare.

CpuAó-pAopAig, broad-leaved plantain.

*Cpob “oeAns, herb-robert, wüd geranium [puitet jug, etc.]. Cucót [cucoit, etc.], burdock.

Cuitiu Itiuiiie, lady’s tresses, spiranthes autumnales. The Enghsh should be Our Lady’s tresses, but after the Reformation allnbsp;references to the Blessed Virgin in plant-names were cut out.nbsp;^CtJmpAipe, comphrey [tuf ua jcuAtfi, etc.]

quot;Oféimipe fhuipe [O. TTluipe], centaury.

*t)uAiuiu a’ c-peAuquot;AóAii' [’oubAu ccAuu-cofaC], sclf-heal.

TeAttpAu or LteAbpAu, cow-parsnip or hogweed; like the wild parsley, it is commonly but erroneously called hemlock. Itnbsp;is coarser and stronger than the wUd parsley. Have heardnbsp;a Scotsman call it “ forequot;run,” evidently the same word.nbsp;Fr. Hogan gives the word “ floorawn.”

*'PbAt)fiAoiquot;’oi, pellitory of the wall.

feAm, pl. peAmquot;AunA, a kind of seaweed with a number of ribbons growing out at the end of a long, rubber-like stem.

¦pcitteós, honeysuckle, woodbine.

TeóóA-DAu, common thistle.

*FeöóA’OAu piA-ó, Scotch thistle.

¦ptij, chickweed.

¦potquot;Anum, figwort.

^AbAifce or cAbAipce, cabbage.

jAfbtuf {gorquot;ah-luss), cleavers, robin-run-in-the-hedge. gionAp-iAm, fumitory.

JtAu-eAgtA, house-leek.

5fAuuLuf, groundsel.

lopbAtt (irrquot;a-bil) óuic, horsetail, equisetum palusire.

-ocr page 219-

205

PLANT NAMES.

*LifA1\-tïAn, spurge.

EiotiAn uAittie, water-moss.

*1..«cóipi'f piAiiAiii, liquorice.

t.u(iquot;ot, brooklime. “ 1.,u(iquot;ot- fA ¦015 a’p a’ coóAt fA CpoiPe,” the brooklime is in the dyke (*.e., beyond my reach), thoughnbsp;my hood-shaped heart (where the pain is) is ready for itsnbsp;healing power.

*l.uiö Au pAttfAopA, golden rod (wUd). Note that tuiü is to be pronounced tuig.

*buiB a’ cpeACA, the thyme-leaved speedwell, lit., the herb of the whooping-cough, ctiiu(i[c].

*l,ui0 UA öpeAfi goncA, heath-bedstraw.

*l,ui0 UA muc, scarlet pimpernel, “ the poor man’s weather glass.”

[pA-pcAipe puAp.]

*bui0 UA u-AOfAu, shepherd’s purse, a cure for puiclu óeicpe uAipe pieeAn, i.e., for a day’s illness, [puc AopAu, a fairy sickness.nbsp;A fit of unknown origin.—De H.]

’•’bui!) UA feAóc ugABAP, waU-rue fern, the herb of the seven needs. It contains a cure for seven different ailments. Fr. Hogannbsp;mentions tuiB ua peAóc ugAöA, ‘ herb of the seven smiths ’nbsp;but marks the name as doubtful,nbsp;tup UA piugue, pennywort. (The leaf is called b’t-og ua piugue).nbsp;tup niiip, foxglove, digitalis.

’•'tupAipe AU CouAig, a lichen, peltigera canina. (‘ C.AouAig ’ ?).

CuuaC is the ordinary word for moss.

’•’tupAipe AU piu-A, stone-crop. This name is given as heard. The spelling is obviously incorrect. [jApbCtoC, etc.] [t)iA-ónbsp;AU c-piouAit)].

ITIcacau, a parsnip.

THeACAu UA tot)A, wild celery.

niiuu'ieAp, spotted hemlock not so coarse as peAbpAu, and with blood-red splashes on the stems. flDitriieAp Diet.]

ITI10UAU Ttluipe, parsley-piert ( ? ).

tTlogupT), mugwort. (Not strongly-scented like the boppAuiticAp, and leaves more pointed).

‘’‘Ha ¦opeipéipiui, mük-wort, a pretty plant that bears a red, blue, or white flower (found amongst furze).

*pA’0-CAU or buiUeACAu, primrose or cowslip. péAcAu, Diet. *piApc, orchid (not heard from 11. 111 Ó.).

’'‘piuiACA cAppAiuge (tharquot;ing-eh), rest-harrow, ononis repens.

-ocr page 220-

2o6

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

or miftnin, corn-mint.

PfAifeAC'öui-óe, charlock, wUd-cabbage. PfiAifeAC' might be written pf-fCAó, i.e., with p as vowel.

*ppAcAi a’ Cu^tApAcati or Ct«quot;tAfC4CAin, i.e., ttjjAfCAn, pignut. (Note that ciJtApAóAti is the word for the little fairy callednbsp;leprachawn elsewhere. beAptwCAn means a giddy child.)nbsp;¦RiotATiAC Ttlcipe, the bracken. TlAittieAC Diet.nbsp;tlupATi, grass-like seaweed. bupAn also heard.

SAit-óuAó, the violet.

S^ifce a’ Ctioic, wild sage.

SaiC (sah) tAtttiAti [fcS-t.], strawberry.

An cSeAUiAp Ttluipe, mouse ear chickweed.

Siona ITItj, common cotton-grass. [Siotia uiOua].

StAftACAn or StincAn, laver, an edible seaweed.

StAiituf (n. nasal) or SnAptup, ribwort, “ soldiers.”

Sti[$]-ópAoï), raspberry.

Üocquot;Ap, in Medical MSS. spelled uocAp and ocAp, marsh-mallow. Fr. Hogan omits the t, but it, or rather an n sound, wasnbsp;distinctly heard. Apparently from English “ hocks ” “ hollyhock.”

*ÜocApcAequot;, red bartsia (eyebright with red flower).

(An) CpeArtiAp CpiAt), common speedwell. [Scauiap ópéj.

A good list of traditional quot;Oéipe plant-names will be found in Dr. Moloney’s book, Irish Ethno-Botany.

-ocr page 221-

A FEW NOTES ON GRAMMAR.

Nouns of degeeb. (1) What has been said on this subject must not be regarded as an explanation of the idiom, but simply asnbsp;a way of reconciling our mind to it. Some may prefer' to start-with such a sentence as jaC aou fuu uAnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;aca, and

venture to take quot;Di öpe^gtAcic as equivalent to “ of the finest,” the step from which to “no matter how fine ” would be easy ;nbsp;others, perhaps even more rashly, but with more considerationnbsp;for learners, might say that the -oA in these expressions can benbsp;regarded as having come from ip cuitia cAoé a.—Every languagenbsp;has peculiarities or idioms for which no real explanation ean benbsp;found.

(2) The genitive pAiOUpip in the clause, oa riiéiT) pAi-ööpip a Ui ACA, is more regular than the nominative pAiOUpeAf. So persistentnbsp;was one well known writer of Irish in denying the correctness ofnbsp;the genitive that I endeavoured to fall in with his view by suggestingnbsp;that fAitiUpip was a nom. pi.; this was not far-fetched, becausenbsp;fAiUttfeAf and other words like it sometimes take a plural, asnbsp;noted in the text (see Nouns, ¦otitAig) ; but I found from a studynbsp;of other examples (e.gr., ¦oA rhéit) moitte, UA rhéiu ¦oeitimp),nbsp;supplied by the best speakers, that the gen. ease would have tonbsp;be accepted as correct. There is no point in the objection that,nbsp;in the clause, uA rhéit) é a gcuit) pAitiUpip, the word é is not anbsp;genitive. Of eourse it is not, because we have here a relative-ipnbsp;understood: “for (all) the greatness which their wealth is:”nbsp;Cf. 5aöa TiA Coitte, p. 79.

A NOUN ASPIRATED WHEN PRECEDED IMMEDIATELY BY ANOTHER NOUN (with or without ADJECTIVE).—(1) When the second nounnbsp;denotes the owner or any similar idea, and may be represented innbsp;English by the possessive case, it is always aspirated: e.g., cTnbsp;SéAmuip, James’s house ; ueApUpAtAip 05 SeAin, John’s yoimgnbsp;brother; UAp DuiTie, beAtA tiuine eite, one man’s life is anothernbsp;man’s death; An óéAU gtAoti CoiteAC, the first cocks’-crow (ornbsp;first cock-crow—CoiteAó is gen. pi.) ; peAp jJlopctAipje, a man.nbsp;belonging to Waterford; ConncAe CopcAije, “ Cork’s County,”nbsp;County Cork.—Perhaps, beAn mic, mAtAip céite, where there is

207

-ocr page 222-

2o8

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

no aspiration, are exceptions to this rule. They may he regarded as like mAtAip ctAiuue which we would not think of translatingnbsp;by “ a family’s mother.”—When speaking of God we do not aspiratenbsp;the T) : e.g., tAirh “Oé, coit quot;Oé, etc. When speaking of churchesnbsp;dedicated to Saints, we may aspirate or not: e.g., UeAuipAttnbsp;pAnpAis or EeArnpAtt pA-opAis, but the former is more respectful,nbsp;the difference being like that between the English “ the Churchnbsp;of Patrick ” and “ Patrick’s Church ” ; when naming Saints’nbsp;feasts, we do not aspirate : e.g., tA [pei]te pAnpAig, St. Patrick’snbsp;feast-day ; tA ’tenbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;bAine, the feast-day of St. Brigid the

beloved. In Aimfip Cpi'ofc and Aimpip pAnpAig, aspiration is used, because the notion of respect is not emphasized; so too in plant-names : e.g., ¦opeimi^e ftluipe, cpuAC pAnpAij, and in the name ofnbsp;the little insect, the lady-bird (our Lady’s bird), UóiCiu Pia, whichnbsp;the people translate, “ God’s cow.”

(2) If the first noun is fern, sing., but not in the genitive case, and denotes a weight or measure (liquid or dry), the second nounnbsp;is aspirated : e.g., ctoC juAit, a stone of coal; cAi^c üAiuue, anbsp;quart of milk ; cAipc rfutie, a quart of meal (some speakers, regardednbsp;as incorrect, say CAipc pAlAinn instead of CAifc fAlAiuu). Thisnbsp;rule holds for any container or vessel: e.g., meAnAp (ƒ.) ütAtAije,nbsp;a churn of butter-mük ; nAüAó (ƒ.) OAitine, a vat of milk (peAuucA,nbsp;jAtüu and •oporhtAC are masc., and therefore do not aspirate) ;nbsp;•miAf (ƒ.) ptiACAi, a dish of potatoes. The rule holds also for indefinitenbsp;quantity, but not for a share or portion: e.g., tApAp (ƒ.) itiöpnbsp;ütAtAutiA, a large bunch of flowers ; veoó üAiuue, a drink of milknbsp;(but no one says ¦oeot té, a drink of tea—this t is never aspirated) ;nbsp;peirfiffe riiACtiAeti, abundance of mackerel; b-pó (ƒ.) itiAcpAeU, anbsp;shoal of mackerel; bpó tpiofCAip, a floating mass of sea-weed ;nbsp;Clot (ƒ.) bACAó, a swarm of beggars (cioc, a shower of rain is masc.) ;nbsp;fpeAtig tpucAiti, a long row or series of carts ; cpuAt riiouA, anbsp;rick of turf. Jau (a) óüip (ƒ.), denoting the opposite idea of scarcity,nbsp;always causes aspiration, but uipeApbAi-ó, fern, in Diet., usuallynbsp;rmsc. in our district, does not; e.g., jAUAdtiif bAiune, uipcApbAit)nbsp;bin, w. céibte.—If the fern, name of a weight or measure is in thenbsp;gen. case, we do not aspirate : thus we say, teaC cboiCe suAit,nbsp;leAó cAipce XjAnne.—Measures of length do not cause aspiration :nbsp;e.g., cpoig (ƒ.) téme, ptAic (ƒ.) cocuiu.—After the feminine wordsnbsp;cum and poiuuc, denoting a part or portion, there is no aspiration ;nbsp;but strange to say the masculine word piopA always aspirates :

-ocr page 223-

309

NOTES ON GRAMMAR.

e.g., pi'oi'A óö-p’OA, piofA ttuVOige ; the aspiration is not due to the final vowel in pi'ofA ; btttipe, another masc. word with a vowelnbsp;ending does not cause aspiration.

(3) If the first noun is fem. sing, and not in gen. case, the second noun will be aspirated, but only if it can be converted into annbsp;adjective in English qualifying the first noun : e.g., peon (ƒ.)nbsp;Cuirhiie, a memorial gift, plaque or stone ; obAip (ƒ.) CtoiCe, stonework, masonry ; gAot (ƒ.) juppuAiii, a whirlwind ;• cAop (ƒ.) teme,nbsp;a fire-ball; piog (ƒ.) jAtpe, pios jiut, piog buite, a laughing fit,nbsp;a weeping fit, a mad fit; au 00 CopA’, au bo “óeipi-ó, the firstnbsp;(leading) cow, the last (hindmost) cow (in a moving herd)—-if thenbsp;herd were at standstill, we would say au ceAU bo and au bO ,nbsp;¦óéibeAUAC or PeipeAuAt; pgiAu bACA (or uiAi-oe), a woodennbsp;knife ; beAu nupms, a courageous woman ; coiuueAt óoippicm,nbsp;a blest candle ; bpotg jpOApanie, a hand-made boot (here jpéApAi-óenbsp;does not mean “ belonging to ” but “ made by the shoe-maker ”) ;nbsp;bpOig beAg óeAiimujte, a little, ready-made boot; lAppAbcnbsp;rhApbuigte, a murderous assault; oibCe bpeAj CoutACA, a fine,

“ sleepy ” night; püa gtoiue, a glass-eye (without asp. it means a glassy eye, or a bubble such as one may see on the strand overnbsp;the spot where a cockle lies hidden); bo bAiuue, a cow during itsnbsp;milking season (without asp., it means a cow of good milking-breed—pioptAC uiAit bAiuue) ; pgiAu bCAppcA, a razor (but, ofnbsp;course, pApüp is the common word) ; a Caop RuaP uiApbtutjce uanbsp;bpcAp !*nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ O woman of the flaming hair, slayer of the men ! ”,

lit., “ man-killing Red Elame ” ; the words occur in one of the most passionate of our laments ; the husband of the womannbsp;addressed as a Caop RuAt), at the wake, had slain the keener’s ownnbsp;brother in a mad fit of jealousy, and was himself liable to benbsp;hanged.—If the second noun denotes an occupation in which mennbsp;may engage as well as women, there is no aspiration; e.g., bcAiinbsp;putiu, beAu cApuAtA, beAu ceAugAit (or ceAugAt’), a woman whonbsp;spins, cards (flax, etc.), binds (sheaves); beAu puibAit, a womannbsp;tramp; beAu cAoiuce (or cAoiuceACAiu), a woman threnodistnbsp;(composer or chanter of a lament). The reason is that it is the

* The text of this lament has not yet been recovered in its complete form. The tragic event which is its theme occurred about a century ago. In thenbsp;fragmentary versions which I have in my possession the initial letter ofnbsp;niApfmijie is not aspirated ; but ConiAp ue üiaI, a good authority, says thatnbsp;aspiration is preferable.

Q

-ocr page 224-

210

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

first word and not the second that gives the adjective ; we wish to say, that it was a woman who was at work, not a man ; “ anbsp;woman-spinner,” “ a woman-binder,” etc. For a similar reason,nbsp;we do not aspirate in OeAti coniA-pf^in, because we are distinguishingnbsp;between a woman-neighbour and a man-neighbour.—On the otheinbsp;hand, where an occupation is reserved to women, we aspirate,nbsp;as in ueAu cAt)pA [óAöAptA], a midwife.

If it is the first word that gives the adjective, then of course there will be no aspiration : in piibóg OpeAj seApficAite, “ a fine,nbsp;stm’dy, broad-shouldered girl,” the adjectives are derived fromnbsp;ptibög bfieAg.—You will find many instances in which there is nonbsp;possibility of mistake : e.g., tA TaeAtripA [¦oeAliiiA'ó] ^ApfCiin tAtmpnbsp;Aip, “ he looks like a strong lad ” ; here it is not possible to makenbsp;an adjective out of either noun.

A general exception to rule (3) is that there is no aspiration -when the second word denotes something meant for or suitable for another :nbsp;e.g., cvitAiC ’OorhuA’ (or 'OoffitiAig), a Sunday suit; fgiAu pócA,nbsp;a pocket-knife ; lAtt b-póige, a boot-lace ; bpoig caiUh, a bootnbsp;for girls’ wear (Canon O’Leary was, I think, the first to point outnbsp;the distinction between bpóij caiUti and bpoig cAiti'u ; the formernbsp;denotes ownership—see rule (1)—the latter, suitability). Outsidenbsp;this general exception to rule, there are cases for which I cannotnbsp;account ; e.g., cubAvo v'o’Oa, tsiaii coipe “ouibe.

As noted earlier in this book, p often resists aspiration ; no one would say neoc friouA or •oeAitipA [¦oeAttpA’Oj peA-ptAnuA. C also,nbsp;but less often, resists aspiration ; some may say, tA ¦oeAtripAnbsp;Cóipmge Ap tiA pcAniAitt, “ the clouds have a thundery appearance,”nbsp;but -oeAnipA cóipuige is much commoner. Many evade the aspirationnbsp;problem by inserting the article : ¦oeAriipA ha peAptAuriA, ¦oeAriipAnbsp;11A cóiptiige.

Peonouns. (1) The oblique relative, that is, the relative conceived as governed'by a preposition, is a or a u (the a eclipsing), or Apnbsp;(with past tense of verb) : ah CApAit a bpuit ah c-uaPac Aip ;

All '0111116 A 11-AipigeAlUl CU All CCAgOfC fOll tlAlt) ; All pCAp A pAl b C11 A5 lAbAipc teif ; aii -oopup Ap ctiip pé am gtAp Aip.—In Westnbsp;' Munster 50, 50-11, or gup is used in these cases, but is rarely heardnbsp;in any other part of Ireland.

(2) If the relative in English is governed in the objective case by a following verbal noun as in “ the thing which I was doing,”

-ocr page 225-

3II

NOTES ON GRAMMAR.

“ the cow which he was selling,” we translate : nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;tquot;-'quot;» a Di me

A ¦óéAnArh ; An Bo a Of fé a 'óiot. The a before the verbal noun is for -oo and always aspirates. The ’Oéife form is used also innbsp;Connaught and Ulster ; West Munster prefers ’5A •óéAnArii andnbsp;5A -oiot ; Doth forms are found in Keating.

(3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;When the interrogative relative is linked with a preposition,nbsp;it is followed by the absolute form of the verb. We do not say,nbsp;e.g., CIA teif a Bpuit (or 50 Bpini) c« A5 CAinc ? , but cia teip aCanbsp;cti A5 cAinc ? ; nor cAt) Aip a pAiB (or 50 pAiB) pé A5 cpAcc ? butnbsp;CAt) A1P A [no] Bf pe A5 CpACC ? So too C1A ¦ÓÓ ÜU5 CU é ? CIA UAlt)nbsp;A puAip cii é. The Ufeipe usage is apparently not quite unknownnbsp;in Connaught and can be regarded as a logical development ofnbsp;earlier forms : see iia mUtAC, p. 83, note 111.

Observe that the j)repositional pronoun is always masculine singular ; cia tei, cia teó, cia ¦ui, cia nóiO are never heard.

(4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The older speakers always used the masc. pronoun ]'é asnbsp;referring to the word Aomue ; a farmer, for instance, would saynbsp;to his women hay-makers : Aoitiue ajaiB 7ia ‘oéAiipAi-ó nionbsp;coriiAipte, pAjAp pé An pAipc. This is easily understood becausenbsp;Aoinne equals aoii iieAc or Aoii ¦ouine, and pé stands for aii ucacnbsp;poii or An pvuiie pni.

Capo is both masc. and fern. ; capi is special to West Munster.

Verbs. (1) The long form of 2nd pi. imperative as in ctupigi, piniAisk etc., is in use everywhere except in West Munster ; butnbsp;West Munster has the advantage of having retained the literarynbsp;form.

(2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Ip and ca—The reader, it is assumed, is familiar with thenbsp;distinction between these verbs. Ca has come to us from a rootnbsp;meaning “ to stand,” and in its use shows traces of its origin.nbsp;What is true of Irish is true also of Italian : the Italian stonbsp;corresponds to cAini, and sono to ip mé, and just as an Irish speakernbsp;must say cauu 50 hiaic instead of ip 50 niAit mé, so too an Italiannbsp;must say sto bene instead of smio bene. Not only Italian but alsonbsp;the other languages derived from Latin have more than onenbsp;verb “ to be,” but the difficulties so caused are perhaps not quitenbsp;so troublesome as those which confront the learner of Irish.

(3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Classification of Ip-sentences.—Teachers would be ^yellnbsp;advised not to emphasize more than (say) five types of ip-sentences :

-ocr page 226-

312

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

(a) H' ui Co-ftniAC ; {b) if triAiü aii ^i CotvniAC ; (c) ’f® CofMiiAc Ati •pi ; {d) ’-pé ’ointie ifnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;’fA quot;otitAij é ; (e) ’pé An 'ouirie a üi

Aiin TiA CowAp.—I have seen a lengthy list of ip-sentences— incomplete, by the way—and have heard that its use in class hadnbsp;the effect of destroying the pupils’ interest in the language.

(4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Teachers should be even more strongly recommended not

to trouble their own heads or the heads of their pupils with the question of the predicate in ip-sentences ; it wül suffice to saynbsp;that the word or phrase immediately following ip, is the emphaticnbsp;part of the sentence, and usually contains the information ornbsp;predicate ; very likely it will not be necessary to add that emphaticnbsp;pronouns like itupe or é peo, even though not containing thenbsp;information, are placed immediately after ip, as we see from thenbsp;examples, “ Cia ii-é cupA 1 ”nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ 1Tlipe pAgApc au pApotpce.”—

‘‘ ’ne An tA é peo ? ” nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ ’Sé peo An tA néAHAt nen mtgt;tiA’óAin.”

In writing some notes on this subject, it was not my intention to encourage anyone to waste class-time over this question. Thenbsp;notes occur in xtptpAc au 0ip, pp. 112-113 ; 5’te ha nit)tAC,nbsp;pp. 86, 87 ; 5a6a ua Coitte, pp. 74, 76, note 40.

(5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;It is a well-known rule that, if a proper noun or a noun withnbsp;the article follows ip, a personal pronoun must be inserted, as innbsp;the examples : bA é uiac SeAin é, he was John’s son ; ip é tA aunbsp;AOUA15 é,_ it is the fair-day. Such sentences are often put by usnbsp;in this way : uiac Scaiu 6a é é, tA au A0UA15 ip é é ; but we wouldnbsp;not say, Ua eAtgt; é or ip eat) é. Yet there is a case, apparentlynbsp;similar, in W'hich ba eat) é or 1)' ean é would be correct.

In Clio Coittea-O Cpaobaige, p. 4, you will find the sentence : AouAc 11A TTlApcA bA eA-ó é. Some scliolars objected that herenbsp;there were two errors, and that the sentence should run ; bA énbsp;aoiiaC All fhapcA é ; but the speaker whom I quoted was one ofnbsp;the cleverest women in the district; she was not alone in treatingnbsp;inapcA as a Jem. word (see Diet.), though most others in Ringnbsp;make it masc. ; and her use of ip was, in the context, quite correct.nbsp;In the preceding sentence, she said that she “ left for town withnbsp;two sheep.” The é in bA eati é refers to her journey ; “ It w'as (anbsp;journey undertaken) on the fair-day of March,” (AipceAp a tiineAt))nbsp;aouaC ua triApcA bA QAtgt; é ; AOUAÓ UA tllApcA is not the predicatenbsp;but a clause qualifying the verb in aipceap a tiiueAt); the predicatenbsp;is not definite, hence ba eat) é is correct. I have heard severalnbsp;other instances of this usage : a man, telling of an accident, said

-ocr page 227-

213

NOTES ON GRAMMAR.

Ofóóe 11A llo’otAj bA eATD é; the é did not refer to “the day,” but to the mishap :nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ the accident was one that occurred on

Christmas Eve.” I must admit however that I once thought that the critics were right; in fact I wrote a note in one of mynbsp;books saying that, when the speakers were questioned, they alterednbsp;bA eAt) é to bA é é. But the questioning was faulty, because, fornbsp;instance, in the first case quoted above, I said Cua’ 50 ¦ocinbsp;A11 mbAite luo-p tA ah AoiiAig. A iTOéAfpA Amifoti : “ aoiiac iianbsp;IllApcA bA cAt) é.” The answer of course was, Hi -oeAppAiiin—nbsp;cAicpinn “ bA é é ” A pAt). The insertion of tA aii aooaij in thenbsp;first sentence naturally made it the subject of the second.

There is another case in which the rule for ip appears to be broken. In common with West Munster, we say, ctAtin tia beipcenbsp;¦oeApOpAtApi bA eAt) lAT), they were brothers’ children. Here, thenbsp;article iia is not really definite ; it could conceivably be omittednbsp;without affecting the sense ; ctAnii iia beipce ¦oeApbpAtAp doesnbsp;not mean “ the children of the two brothers,” but, as in English,nbsp;“ brothers’ children.” The same, of course, applies to ctAiin iianbsp;beipce ¦oeipbpéAp.—If there is question of sister’s and brother’snbsp;children, we say ¦oviine on ¦oeipbpinp, ¦onine 011 ¦oeApbpAtAip. But,nbsp;if we do not know the sex of the parents through whom thenbsp;relationship comes, how are we to manage ? how are we to say,nbsp;first cousins in Irish 1 In Connaught they say cot ceAtAp, anbsp;good expression ; but our older speakers used one quite as good.nbsp;At) cApA stóm, the second generation. Sisters and brothers arenbsp;At) CeAu jttnn from the parent stock ; second cousins would benbsp;At) cpisit) 5tüin, and so on. Again, as in the case of ctAnn tiAnbsp;beipce oeApOpAtAp, we would say An capa 510111 bA eAt) iat).

Indefinite predicates do not require a prefixed personal pronoun ; we might expect, therefore, that 5AC Aoinne (inequot; yeh) would notnbsp;need the pronoun ; yet the pronoun is always inserted. We say,nbsp;e.g.. Ill lié 5AC Aoinne ’inneopAt) é pin 'ouic ; but, if we omit 5AC,nbsp;and u.se Aointie alone, we leave out the pronoun, as, e.g., ni Aoninenbsp;on Aic-peo bi Aim.

(6) Particular ip-sentences. There are two ip-sentences to which attention must be called; both are concerned with Christiannbsp;Doctrine.

{a) In his first edition of the Sunday Gospels Canon O’Leary wrote “ ’Sé peo nio Óopp ’’(Gospel of Palm Sunday) but, later,nbsp;altered this to “ ’Sé mo Copp é peo.” The reason for his having

-ocr page 228-

214

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

done so was (if I have been correctly informed) that he thought “ ’Sé T’eo mo Coup ” could mean that the Body of Christ is notnbsp;present in Heaven or anywhere else but in the particular Hostnbsp;which the priest holds in his hands ; in other words, he thoughtnbsp;it possible that ’pé peo might have the meaning “ this alone isnbsp;(My Body).” But such an interpretation is no more admissiblenbsp;for Irish than for English ; besides, we could argue similarlynbsp;against, “ ’Sé mo Copp é peo,” claiming that mo Copp mightnbsp;mean “ My Body alone,” that is, “ My Body without My Soul.”—nbsp;The traditional rendering of the form of Consecration as foundnbsp;in Passions and Homilies and Keating, “ ’Sé peo mo Copp,” shouldnbsp;not be departed from. The Irish, ’Sé mo Copp é peo” is as abnormalnbsp;as the English “ My Body is this.”

(Ö) Ip ’Dm Ati c-AtAip ; this sentence and the other two relating to the Blessed Trinity have come down to us from tradition, andnbsp;are retained in our religious books. But they do not conform tonbsp;modern Irish usage : in everyday spèech, we say, for instance,nbsp;’Sé “OiA ‘oo cpucAig An ¦ooriiAn, ’Sé pAnpiiig a öeAiinuig 6ipe, innbsp;accordance with the rule that a proper noun, denoting an individual,nbsp;must be separated from p’ by a personal pronoun.—The author ofnbsp;one of our books on grammar, in the effort to make 1p “Oia ahnbsp;c-AcAip fit in with modern Irish, takes quot;Oia as a common or generalnbsp;noun, and equates it with “a Divine Person.” I most sincerelynbsp;hope that this absurdity will not be repeated by others. “ quot;Oia ”nbsp;means “ the One and Only God, Omnipotent and Omniscient—Godnbsp;with all His Attributes.” If Dia meant “a Divine Person,” therenbsp;would be no sense in asking the question, Au Dia jaó pteAppAnbsp;DiaPa ? , for it would mean, “ Is each of the Divine Persons anbsp;Divine Person ? ”

(7) (t)o-) geoPAiiui, “ I could ” and iu üpuigiuu, “I could not,” are more frequent with us than -ó’péAt)pAiiin and ni -o’ péA-opAinu ;nbsp;ppAUAim originally meant “ I obtain ” ; see AptpAC au Oip,nbsp;p. 87.—For some réason or other, learners seem fond of usingnbsp;cutTiAp on all occasions, e.g., iua Peit) pé Ap mo cuiiiAp, ciocpAiP mé,nbsp;—ui pAiP pé Ap mo cmiiAp é pm no peAUArii, instead of ctocpAit) ménbsp;iiiA t)’ péA-opAró uié—ui “ó’ péA-opAiuu (or ui Dpiugmu or ui pAüApnbsp;luiieAuiAit or ui pAiU louAtu) é pm ¦oo ¦óéAUAui. The frequent usenbsp;of cutuAp seems to irritate our people ; one of them said to me,

“ t'A-oé All ‘ cuniAp ’ poll A liioiiu 111 A mOéAt ACA 1 5Comiun-óe ? ”

-ocr page 229-

215

NOTES ON GRAMMAR.

The books referred to above were published at the following dates : Apcpdó Ar\ 1910 ; gite 11A tnOlAc, 1912 ; 5^0^nbsp;Coate, 1915. Several other notes on grammar will be found innbsp;them ; in A. ah Ü., p. 103 there is a note on the use of tia, meaningnbsp;“ or,” and, in 5. ua C., p. 66 a note on the reluctance of Irish tonbsp;foUow the English use of prepositional phrases as adjectives :nbsp;we cannot translate literally, e.g., “ I have a letter with money innbsp;it from my son in America.” Perhaps these subjects have beennbsp;dealt with by others since 1 wrote.

As indieated already, there are a great many questions arising from grammar or usage which have no relation to the practicalnbsp;teaching of a language.

LOCAL DIFFERENCES.

PEONUNCiATioisr. The language spoken throughout the Déipe territory shows, in its pronunciation, a degree of uniformity whichnbsp;must seem surprising to those who are familiar with the greatnbsp;phonetic diversity which is found even within much narrowernbsp;areas in the country districts of France and Italy.

In the Parish of Ring, there is a slight difference between the speech of the fishermen of DA'te tia n^Alt and that of the farmingnbsp;class. The difference is mostly in enunciation and tone, the fishermennbsp;uttering their words with greater emphasis and less modulationnbsp;than the farmers. In the pronunciation of individual words, some ofnbsp;the pAite 11A ii5Ait speakers say, e.g., óAittcinn and 50 BpittceA-onbsp;instead of CAttttnin and 50 UpittceAt) which we hear from thenbsp;others and which would represent the normal Irish pronunciationnbsp;of óAiiipinn and 50 V)i:iiti:eA'D ; also broad t is deeper than thenbsp;broad t of the landsmen, the word tA, e.g., sounding like Ja ; a fewnbsp;other differences (special to individuals rather than characteristicnbsp;of the entire class) are also observed, such as cimtineAc (verbalnbsp;noun) and pn'icAite for ciiirhiieArii and pnicAipe. The name pAitenbsp;UA iiJjAtt itself and the divergence in pronunciation, together withnbsp;some other points of difference noted here and there in the text,nbsp;may perhaps give some support to a tradition that the fishermennbsp;are the descendants of people who came from afar, and now shownbsp;a few faint vestiges of what originally was a non-Déipe form ofnbsp;speech.

Outside Ring, the following variations, not always manifest in rapid proinrnciation occur :—AnnpAquot; for Aiinpo ; Aunpoiuquot;, adverb

-ocr page 230-

2i6

SEAN-CHAINT NA nDÉISE.

of place, for Awnx'oW ; iné, iniuö for itis-gé, ing-giuö (irnaé, itroiu); 1 tOA for 1 telt ; ingifquot; for Anoif ; in^iof for AniOf ; leACcA fornbsp;teAt-ce ; Ai^'eAt for AfAt ; t\eAtA for |\eite ; fAif for ^Af ; -pAónbsp;for |VAt. In buméAt, féipéAt, péAt, péA|\, the éA is sometimesnbsp;sounded as i'a.

Geammae. In the eastern part of the ’Oéipe territory :—-(I) The relative form of the verb survives to a certain extent; it is alwaysnbsp;used in the habitual present and the future of ca : e.g., au peApnbsp;A niof (Womi) A5 CA1UC tiom gAt Aori tA, An Ainipip a be-p (belt)—nbsp;be-p is pronounced vess) AgAinti i mbAipeAb ; these are relativenbsp;clauses, hut be-p (66ss) is also used absolutely as in be-p peAptAinnnbsp;AjAinn 5An rhoitt.—(2) A superfluous pronoun is placed after thenbsp;verbal noun in sentences such as, tA pé in Ann a néAnAb (é), “ he isnbsp;able to do it; and the pronoun is misplaced in sentences such as,nbsp;geobAt) pé A bpipeAt) é “ he could break it,” instead of geobAtinbsp;pé é bpipeAP), as would be heard in the other districts.—(3) CAnbsp;pAgpAp tib ? “ Whither are you going ? ” or “ Whither are younbsp;bent 1 ” is used as an alternative to, “ cA bpnii (or ca’ip) tip

¦ocpiAtt ? ”

A valuable collection of “Oéipe words and phrases was supplied to Dr. Dinneen by Father Michael McGrath which he took downnbsp;while curate in Kilrossanty (Comeragh) parish. They are indicatednbsp;in the Dictionary by “ Cm.” Father McGrath later becamenbsp;P.P. of Ring, and died in 1919. Many of his notes, not used bynbsp;Dr. Dinneen, are in my possession and may appear, I hope, innbsp;a future edition of this book.

-ocr page 231-

INDEX TO WORDS.

[Six lists of words, arranged in alphabetical order, have already been given in the body of the book, viz.. Prepositions, pp. 8-38 ;nbsp;Prepositional Phrases, pp. 39-48 ; Nouns, pp. 49-113; Verbs (andnbsp;Verbal Nouns), pp. 143-167 ; Adjectives, pp. 172-187 ; and Plant-names, pp. 203-206. These words are not repeated in the Index,nbsp;unless further illustrations of their use occur outside the alphabetical lists ; such words are denoted in the Index by an asterisk.nbsp;Words and expressions with which the ordinary student is likely tonbsp;be familiar are for the most part excluded from the Index.

The numbers in roman type refer to the pages, those in italic type to the lines. The sign § refers to the numbered paragraphs.]

A relative, linked to verbal noun by A [=-oo], 170, §14; 210, Pronounsnbsp;§2.

A ( = all that), A br«il, a pAib, 126. AbA);i, sing. 72, 5.

AbAlcA Ar, 9, 6 ; 186, 21.

AC [tiAc], 129 ; 130.

ACAttAC, 60, 23.

*AcrA, 132, 36.

•ACtiAuti, 145, 32; 187, 13.

A ncuAis, 140, 8 ; 191.

Aibib, 172, 23.

xgt;,iFreAnn, 31 §4 ; 42, 20 ; 154, 37 ;

182, 17.

All, 186, 29.

‘AiltieACc, 116, 29; 150, 11.

Aimftr, 20, 8; 40, 31; 72, 26; 144, 2.

A1T1-, neg. prefix, 61, 23.

*Ainm: -o’a., 23 §15. quot;OAitb a., 141, 27. Ainmms, 23 §13 ; 61, 26.

Aitfoe, 173, 2 ; 190, 9, 10.

‘Airisim, 9, 11 ; 31 §2 ; 130, 28. *Aipi5ini, 63, 8.

Aipiste, 9, 10.

AirceAp, 36, 33 ; 74, 10.

AifcpAijce, 45, 28.

Aicbe, 108, 21.

Ait-CAicce, 37 §8.

*Aitiiu:, 16 §24 ; 194, 38.

AicneAxibil, 52, 18.

*AicreACAr, 28 §2.

Aicfuje (repentance), 202, 10.

Aic;up, 112, 18.

AllA-bo5, 165, 22.

*Alc, 127, 19.

Alcóitt, 41, 12 ; 129, 28 ; 149, 28. *Am, 9 §2 ; 79, 31 ; 95, 10 ; 119 §7 ;nbsp;141, 28, 29.

*AmAC, 17, 33 ; 36, 7 ; 154, 12 ; 189. AtuAUAC, 103, 34; 145, 9.nbsp;AtUATIACAr, 192, 36.

AtblA, 31 §3 ; 42, 14 ; 160, S ; 196, 10-12.

AtbrAu, vh.. 52, 35.

Atb^iAtiAine, 62, 36.

Amtipj), 141, 37 ; 190.

Atnu Aiji, 190, 4.

AriAll, 3, 22.

AtiATn : (soul), 79, 23 ; nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;202, 19.

(life) 165, 29 ; 196, 25 ; 201, 13. (spirit) 181, 30.

AtTOeAf, 191, 11.


217

-ocr page 232-

3i8

INDEX TO WORDS

AtiiAH, 78, 30; 191, 11, 15.

Atii'or, 140, 7 ; 191, 30 ; 192, 3, 7. Atin aY Af, 197, 40.

. . . Anti nAC (with negative, = almost), 44, 28;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;130, 11-20;

189, 19.

AnnAtriAfoeACc, 115, 6.

Annfon : (there), 13, 8. (then), 153, 20; 159, 6.nbsp;AnnfpiAncAijeACC, 172, 37.

Anotf, 191, 10, 15.

Anonn, 179, 8.

AnuAf, 19, §5; nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;31 §5;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;62, 17;

96, 2 ; 133, 26 ; 164, 38 ; 191, 31, 39 ; 192, 12-18.

AnnpACAf, 192, 35.

*Aoip-oe, 86, 37 ; 123, 32. AoipneAcc, 114, 14.

Aol, 190, 36.

AOnAC nA rriApcA, 212 §5.

AOfCACC, 114, 16.

AfAti, 56, 2 ; 88, 19 ; nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;145, 37 ;

160, 8.

AphAf, 22, 3 ; 75, 12, 21.

Aphn [Aipih] inné, 165, 5 ; 192, 34. Aphn-AnupAfo, 192, 35.

Afo, n., 155, 25.

Ap-o Tnóp, 89, 30 ; 95, 32.

Apxgt;AC, 157, 7.

*Ap-OAi5, 24, 23 ; 46, 17 ; 61, 24 ; 169 §11.

AptA, 73, 37 ; 199, 1.

AcAip, 214 (b).

At-A-OAipc, 91, 12.

Ac-nuAnAT), 15 §21.

AC-ntiAp, 199, 20.

b, b’é, interrogative, 73, 19 ; 139, 4; 163, 22.

*bAbc, 122 §14 ; 125, 3 ; 177, 17. bACAC, 44, 6f. ; 194, 18.nbsp;bACAige, n., 159, 32.

•bACAim, 129, 15.

bAsAipc, 177, 34.

*bAile, b. nnccAip, 73, 19. t)Aile nA ngAll, 106, 14 ; 153, 25 ;nbsp;215.

bAilin : 73, 13 ; 9,8, 9 ; 105, 30;

136, 23. b. le, 114, 14 ; 148, 2. bAin piAp, 21 §5 ; 80, 32.nbsp;bAlt (place), 196 §2.nbsp;bAnnc, 163, 38 ; 181, 32.

*bApp: TtA b., 134, 27. CAp bApp AtnAC, 198, 32.

bAppA, 66, 15; 150, 20; 181, 2 ; 198, 34.

bAppAblAc, 54, 32. t)AppA nA ScuAC, 106, 22.nbsp;bApp-neiteAnAtp, 33, 3.nbsp;bACA cpoipe, 198, 10.

*beA5: 9 §1. beAg Ap, 140, 30. beAs 50 leop A5, 141, 10;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;143, 8.

beAg nA (almost), 131, 3, 4. nAC bsAg (almost), 129, 4; 155, 6.nbsp;ni beAg (enough), 140, 23. ninbsp;beA5 •DO, 140, 21. ni boA5 le,nbsp;140, 20.

beAgAn, 110, 35; 118, 16. t)eAlrAine, 118, 36.nbsp;beAnnACAn, 53, 26 ; 109, 4.nbsp;béAplA, 28, 15 ; 41, 11 ; 177, 11 ;

180, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;11 ; 186, 30.

beApc, beApcA : nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;148, 19 ;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;200,

28, 37. beApc tia pAince, 201, 19. béApcATn, 77, 30-33.

*beApcni5ce, 154, 6. béAf, X)e b., 142, 32; 201, 10.nbsp;beACAtjeAc, 13,nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;18;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;130,nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;11 ;

154, 18.

bet-tiApAil, 173, 25. béiceAn, 110, 17.

*beip: (catch), 49, 30; nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;129, 7 ;

181, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;18. b. Ap speAtnAnnA, 82,nbsp;33, 35.

*beipin, 65, 28 ; 96, 21. beo (quick), 187, 27.nbsp;be-p, rel. future of ca, be-p, future,nbsp;216 §1.

bpml, 165, 18 ; 175, 22 ; 186, 27. bion aY (although), 143, 14.nbsp;btop, rel. present of ca, 216 §1.nbsp;bltAin : 41, 35; 117-120. bltAtnnbsp;peACA, 160, 23.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;1 mbliAnnA, 41,

23 ; 72, 14 ; 151, 29 ; 197, 31. bocAipe, 144, 35.


-ocr page 233-

INDEX TO WORDS

bocAineACC, 144, 34. bo'DAHusA'o, 173, 33.

*bos, ad}., 55, 17 ; 65, 15 ; 129, 12 ; 164, 9.

bog, vb., 115, 31. bóiceAlAtje, 15 §20.nbsp;bóixi, 86, 34.nbsp;bóiÈin quot;ÓiA, 208, 14.nbsp;bolsAin, 25, 5.

*botin, 11 §4. (a coin), 199, 23. b^AnATi, 158, 35 ; 174, 24.nbsp;bpAgA, 35, 27, 32.

*b)ieA5 (liking), 22, 12. bfiéAgAC, 55, 34 ; 198, 3S.nbsp;biteAgcACc, 114, 17.nbsp;bpeAstn, 146, IS ; 174, 3.nbsp;btieir, 16, IS ; 36, 23, 26 ; 41, 23.nbsp;bjieit: 85, 36. (catching, winning),nbsp;199, 39 ; 200, IS.nbsp;btiio5tTiAi)n5iTn, 66, 14.nbsp;bnioi’C, 108, 3.nbsp;biof A^i, 94, 5.nbsp;binfCAT) (change), 127, 32.

*biiob, 184, 19.

bpoati fUAf, 199, 20.

*buAil; buAtl pé (meet), 51, 37. buAilce AmAC (completed), 120,nbsp;24. buAilce Ie, time, 15, 3S,nbsp;buAilce opm (near me), 15, 36.nbsp;buAlAT) (loud talk), 17, 7 ; (peal),nbsp;175, 2.

buAipeArh, 11, 10.

*bui'óeAC, 131, 26. buite, 10, 33 ; 139, 15.nbsp;baille, time, 120.

*ban ’p cioaa, 179, 33.

CA (why), 190, 11.

CA-oé, 211, 17.

CAtJApAlaise, 157, 8.

CAin-óic, 200, 20.

CAlllACC, 30, 9.

CAitiuileAcc, 18, 14.

*CA1U, 2, 32 ; 132, 10 ; 134, 4. ?cAiac: n., 15 §20 ; 22, 23 ; 23 §14 ;nbsp;45, 10; 93, 23 ; 182, 13. vb.,nbsp;67, 30.

CAipéipce, 155, 8.

*CAit: (give), 64, 18. (finished, past), 70,nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;37 ;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;118nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;§2;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;152,nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;20.

(necessity), 78, 12 f. ; 115, 15 ; 165, 29. (wear), 197, 4. c. puApnbsp;(vomit), 184, 24.

CAiceAtii ’tiA TUAió, 147, 37. CAireAiiiAil, 147, 32.

CAicticeAC, 71, 13 ; 141, 18. CAticAcc, 174, 35.

*CAoi, 22, 2 ; 30, 16.

CAOiaceACAn, 4, 32 ; 209, 34.

CAop rtuATS, 209, 24.

CApAtl lApAinn (bicycle), 78, 3 ;

162, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;35.

CApcém, 91, 39.

CApAcpe', 81, 20.

?cApii, 32, 5 ; 167, 18 ; 193, 32. CAfAiTn, 63, 19, 23 ; 137, 11 ; 140,nbsp;25.

*CAp : (case), 165, 40. (regret), 202,

11.

CAcoia, 169, 16 ; 190, 15 ; 191, 27. 50, 128, 5.nbsp;céAn lAfs, 151, 14.

*ceAn, c. peACA, 160, 22. ceAXixi quot;Oé (what God permits), 148,nbsp;13.

ceAnap, 196, 35, 36. céAXitiA, 87, 2; 197, 30.nbsp;ceAinc (auction), 12, 25, 26.nbsp;ceAt, 35, 19.

ceATiA, 146, 22; 193, 31, 33. *ceATi5Al. (marry), 72, 2.nbsp;ceAan : 93, 8. Ap ceAUti, 12 §5 ;nbsp;63, 8.

ceApc: n., 158, 12. ceApc a bAinc ne (manage), 145, 16.nbsp;ceACAije, 175, 19.nbsp;ceipc, 156, 7.nbsp;cérp, 130, 4 ; 180, 33.

CIATIA, Ó c., 68, 13. ciU, 2 §3.

cimcA-o, 92. 35-37 ; 169, 17 ; 202,. 15.

cme, 49, 18.

cinn, cun ctnn, 145, 29; 162, 25* p

163, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;13; 164, 18.nbsp;ciocpAp, 198, 2.


-ocr page 234-

INDEX TO WORDS

'^cionticAC, 20, 10; 29, 9; 113, 7; 137, 30.

ciof, pé c., 160, 9.

G10È (swarm), 208, 30.

*ciocApAiTin, 17, 5. ciOGÓs, 175, 19.nbsp;cipcin, 95, 21.nbsp;ojiceAcc Aistie, 94, 2.nbsp;ciuineACc, 114, 20.nbsp;clAi-óe : 31 §5 ; 175, 7. pi., 79, 20.nbsp;clAiriie, 90, 8.

•clAtm, 29, 7; nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;41, 13 ;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;89, 22;

121 §11.

clos: n., 119 §7; nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;120;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;145,

26-29. vb., 156, 13. clocoifteAt)Af, 175, 24.nbsp;clü-OAi' leAbcAti, 85, 33.nbsp;cneA'ogAil, 103, 6, 30.nbsp;cneAipreAil, 145, 38.

*CTieAp«, 60, 2. cogAiiic, 61, 14.nbsp;coicctjeAf, 21 §4; 27, 23.

Coinn, 3, 11.

*coiTitie, •odI ’tiA c. (to expect), 125, 3.

coinnig, 168 §5. coinfiléip, 163, 23.

•cóifi : 57, 11. cóip cofAticA, 34, 36. coipce, 75, 11 ; 188, 9.nbsp;coipnie, 74, 10.nbsp;coiciAncA, 67, 35.nbsp;coiciAncAcc, 14, 30; 174, 17.nbsp;colATnup, 22 §8 ; 168, 35.

*coi5Ac, 58, 23. collAti, 95, 28.nbsp;com, 102, 28.nbsp;coitiACc, 129, 19.nbsp;coriiAiji, 41, 29.nbsp;comAipce, 199, 29.

?comAipeAtti : 92, 16. (anniversary), 151, 16-28.

comAi|ile (direction), 11, 25, 27. comAppAtti, 47, 27 ; 66, 40 ; 210, 4.nbsp;coiTiApcA, 10, 1 ; 72, 26 ; 102, 4 ;nbsp;140, 22; 196, 21.

*corh5Ap, 33, 6. comsAttAC, 63, 26.nbsp;compójfo, 13 §10; 150, 11.

congnAm : a c., 167, 1. le c., 161, 30.

coticAbAipc, 168, 12. cop, 23 §16.

*coppA, 87, 23.

*copACCAC, 99, 29. cofAinc, 34, 36.nbsp;copAiiiAil., 141, 20.nbsp;copAtiilAcc, 92, 2.

*cor'OAr, 30 §9 ; 150, 37 ; 173, 8. cotu, 90, 30.nbsp;cpAö, 135, 16.

CpATbpCAlAC, 64, 15. cpAinnini, 150, 35.

*cpAnn : (shaft) c. tia ppetle, 72, 37, (mast) c. cofA’, 111, 11. (stalknbsp;of potato), 162, 26.nbsp;cpAobpcAoil, 149, 26.nbsp;cpei-oim, 139, 12.nbsp;cpeim, 91, 15.nbsp;cpiAcpAh, 193, 24.nbsp;cp-iléipeAC, 64, 31.

*cpi'oc, 20 §7. cpiocTiAiste, 156, 2.nbsp;cpócA, 185, 27.

cpoine : (centre), 69, 19 ; 180, 15. (heart), 146, 5 ; 157, 4 ; 166, 4 ;nbsp;177, 14. pi., 79, 21.nbsp;cpomAim, 181, 34.

*cpomAX)A, 176, 9, 11. cpofAim, 176, 29.nbsp;cpuinn, 74, 21 ; 156, 32.nbsp;cputtinij, 93, 14.nbsp;curoeApcA, 65, 31.nbsp;cuise : (for the purpose), 141, 33.nbsp;(at all), 195, 20.

cuileACCA [cuineACCA], 34, 9 ; 73, 33 ; 93, 22 ; 196 §2 ; 34 §3.nbsp;*cuimtie : c. ip ptA, 129, 25. lem c.,nbsp;182, 24.

cuipéAl, 103, 19. cuipipteoip, 176, 34.

*c«mA, 82, 28; 196, 9.

*cumAti5, 83, 14 ; 92, 25.

ctimpAcc, 157, 27.

*cun : to express futurity, 118 §1, 2 ; 119 §3, 4; 168 §6. to express


-ocr page 235-

23Ï

INDEX TO WORDS

purpose, 130, 35. cun 5AT1, 168 §5. cun ud, 34, 7 ; 85, 13.nbsp;CUpAU TOUUCCA, 65, 21.nbsp;cupld, 70, 26 ; 118, 22.

?cuii : cutt AmAC (boiling over), 61, 3. cull A bAile (noise), 87, 37.nbsp;cup pé (swelling), 84, 30. cupnbsp;ipceAC (interference), 15, 3 ; 71,nbsp;7; 134,2. cup 1 ncuigpinc, 11 §4.nbsp;cup cpi n-A ceile (discuss), 143,nbsp;36 ; 173, 25. cup Ap, 201, 1.nbsp;?cupAui, 40, 14-17 ; 93, 17 ; 121, 7 ;nbsp;126, 28.

cuppAiste, adj., 67, 31. cuppA (journey), 191, 36.

*cuppAi (reason), 139, 38. CUCApACAtl, 206, 4.

•OA (however), 114; 115.

¦DA (if), 133 §3.

¦ÓA, 5A, before verbal nouns, 168 §4. DA mbu'ó auiIai'ó ’p do, 135.

DA mbu'ó è, 36, 20 ; 141, 34, 40. DA mbUD puD riA, 133, 32.

DAbAC, 156, 38; 208, 22.

*daU : 14, 21 ; 30 §10. vb., 72, 39. DATiAiDeAcc, 14 §17 ; 152, 30.nbsp;DAOCAinc, 111, 28 ; 182, 8.

DAP [’aid], 32, 3 ; 148, 33 ; 150, 37 ; 181, 33.

[d]ap TIÜ, 168, 22.

DA pi'pib, 28, 2.

DAC, 105, 4 ; 200 §3.

DAÜAD, 117, 15.

Dé [i DCAOb mAp], 115, 21-28. DeACAip : adj., 68, 32. n., 142, 35 ;nbsp;178, 12.

¦quot;DeACAipeACc, 178, 10.

DeAcriiAD (tithe), 123 §18.

*DeA5-, 178, 6-8.

¦óeAjAió [cuaid], 179, 8.

¦OéAslAn, 105, 23 ; 144, 7. DeAllpAc, 69, 13.

DeAl.1.pAi5eAnn, 69, 15.

‘DéAUAim ; used as an auxiliary verb, 77, 16 ; 154, 29 ; 155, 7 ;nbsp;167, 30 ; 158, 1 ; 160, 13 ; 162,nbsp;12, 37;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;166,nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;31;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;173,nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;33.

DéAriAm Am AC (to fulfil), 189, 10 ; (to infer), 22, 29. DéAUAm puAp,nbsp;104, 3.

DeApgAD, 32, 40.

DeApmAD, 12, 32 ; 55, 20 ; 61, 10 ;

144, 17 ; 200, 6.

DeAp-lAiiiAc, 185, 37.

*DeAt:AC, 25, 4 ; 155, 34.

Dell, 174, 30.

Deiminiu, 177, 30-38.

*Déipc, 89, 17 ; 144, 30.

Deipe, 1 nDiAiD D., 42, 25. DeipineACC, 177, 19.

Deipinise, 104, 38 ; 177, 20. DeipeACC, 114, 22.

DeOpAIDBACA, 179, 30.

¦OiA : Some frequently-used ejaculations and pious expressions are to be found amongst the followingnbsp;references. 2 §2 ; 11, 4 ; 25 §7 ;nbsp;53, 24 ; 67, 21 ; 79, 24 ; 84, 26 ;nbsp;94, 12; 99, 35; 134, 15; 149,nbsp;38;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;151,nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;30;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;173, 6;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;182, 32;

185, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;29 ;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;192,nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;11 ; 196nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;§1 ;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;197,

38; nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;198,nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;31 ;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;199, 20;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;25;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;200,

28 ; nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;201,nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;18 ;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;202, 17,nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;18 ;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;208,

4; 214.

DiAti ; 18, 6 ; 130, 23. diau mi, 41, 15 ; 134, 6. DIATI T1Ó, 134, 7.

DiAp, 87, 21.

DiceAllAC, 70, 23.

DioiiiAom, 99, 19.

DipeAC (even), 176, 2.

DiteATiAp, 13 §9 (gen. Dicmip) ; 19, 5.

Diuinci, 118, 10.

*DoiTVineACC, 12 §7 ; 114, 1 ; 124, 1 ; 178, 21.

Doinpéip, 33. 34 ; 174, 6.

*DÓiÈiDe, ni D. DO, 141, 6. D-omAcpoióeAC, 71, 22.

DomAipce, 29 §7.

DomAU [cuiD móp], 74, 2 ; 90, 26. *DomblAp, 131, 22.

Dot, 182, 35 ; 193, 27.

DpAe, 73, 26.

DpAnncAU, 161, 31 ; 181, 34. DpeAm, 181, 30 ; 183, 18; 187, 19.


-ocr page 236-

S32

INDEX TO WORDS

•opeAmAis, 13 §12.

•ofeosAiD, 187, 32.

•otioc-sTiAC, 158, 30.

•oftomlAC, 208, 23.

•otionti [¦otimtin], 65, J3.

'0)iiac-cin, 103, 26.

¦OUAX), 13 §11.

-DuO : adj., 171, 2. n., 177, 8. •otibAlAil, 97, 28.

•outl, 20 §7.

*X)til : (application), 13 §14. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;-o.

cuige fin ¦oe, 19 §2. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;-o. ¦oe,

31 §5. A5 nwl in (approaching to), used of time, 120 §9 ; 153, 2.nbsp;¦out n-A céile (setting), 59, 21.nbsp;¦Dul. fiAH (capacity), 191, 24.nbsp;•Onn SATibAn, 13 §12; 111, 23.

eAcctiA, 130, 1.

ÓA-OAC, 37, 1 ; nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;159, 4;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;163, 5;

185, 20; 187, 5.

4a5, 147, 20.

éAlti, 101, 9 ; 180, 29'.

*étve, 94, 21, 24. éism : Afi é. (scarcely), 129, 1.nbsp;ttticeAcr: a;i é. (bolt), 195, 28.nbsp;fUAf, 45, 19, 20.nbsp;*éit'5e-f-U5e, 15, 18.nbsp;él pee ACC ; (listen), 22,nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;12. (be

silent), 155, 32.

*eiceAC, n., 153, 32. éicBAC, 200, 3 ; 201, 18.

pAbA;i, 55, 22. pA-btii, 74, 35.nbsp;yAO, 1 bp., 190, 18.nbsp;pA-DA be, 21 §4. pA-o' Ó, 179, 25 ;nbsp;195, 3.

pAi-o, 114, 24 ; 115,21; 116,6-16;

142, 6 ; 179, 14-20. pAigiéil, 75, 15.

pAilt, 43, 31; 102, 3; 113, 18. pAipe, 52, 5; 70, 25; 138 §13;nbsp;198, 37.

pAippige, 11, /; 55, 7. pAippinsiti, 179, 27.

*pAiprin5, 83, 15. pATiAC, 75, 33.

*peAbAp, 114, 10 ; 115, 1, 33 ; 169,

22.

peAbpiACA, 25, 4.

peAC), Ap p., 47, 3 ; 112, 31.

peAbA, 178, 21.

péA-OAitn, 113, 2 ; 133, 7 ; 154, 20 ; 166, 38; 214 §7.

peA-OAp, 15, 20; 23 §14; 66, 10; 115, 12.

peAp ’mA luAite, 38, 4 ; 201, 12. pÓApA (hay-crops), 73, 7 ; 168, 20.nbsp;peApp : b’peApp liom (I wish),nbsp;141, 9, 10. ni' peApp, 169 §10 ;nbsp;183, 4, 6.

peAppA, 132, 22; 182, 36. péroip : b’péimp eile, 74, 34 ; 127,nbsp;33. bA bpéi-oip •oéAg, 198, 30.nbsp;peibnAn, 21, 38 ; 155, 6.

*pei5t : nb., 76, 22. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;n., 57, 4.

péin (even), 127 ; 140, 37 ; 141, 3 ;

146, 22 ; 162, 31. peipoóg, 21, 33.nbsp;peotg, 136, 31.nbsp;piAbpAp, 29 §7 ; 31, 1.

*piAppnt5, 163, 9. pillim, 77, 15.nbsp;pi05Ap UA epoipe, 21 §1.nbsp;piolAp, 21, 38.nbsp;pion, 51, 3 ; 163, 39.

¦pionn, 3 §4.

pionn-pwApAp, 153, 5 ; 180, 2. piop a’p bpéAg, 180, 8.nbsp;piop-uip5e, 104, 23.nbsp;pin (worth), 139, 14;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;148, 37;

161, 22.

plACATilAll, 171, 4. pliucAb, 146, 14.nbsp;pojniAp, 11, 39.nbsp;pojnAtn, 160, 1 ; 182, 31.nbsp;poijneAiii, 79, 1.nbsp;póiU, 50 p., 193, 35-37.nbsp;pollAiii, 182, 22.

*popmA-o, 115, 36; 134. 3. popnióp, as adverb, 113, 20.nbsp;pocpAC, 9 §6 ; 156, 5.nbsp;poepAm, 87, 37.nbsp;ppAoc, 86, 19.

*pnA5Ail, 25, 36.


-ocr page 237-

223

INDEX TO WORDS

?pwAfo, Atgt; f., 25 §4.

til ït^tuijinn (I can not),

79, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;1 ; 90, 33 ; 93, 3 ; 147, 3S ;nbsp;158, 21 i 160, 10; 163, 7, 32 ;

183, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;32.

ptnsleAC, 54, 15.

Fuilmste, 155, 29.

F«itirieo5, 77, 25.

Ftnitfe, 62, 4.

62, 6.

ptifAiseAcc, 33, 11.

5A, before verbal nouns, 168 §4. *5AbAitTi :nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;5Abnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(catch),nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;66,nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;28,

SAbcA (caught), 14, 1. saO (went). 35, 35 ; ST, 3; 112, 9 ; 152, 32.nbsp;SAbAit (going), 33 §12 ; 35 §2.nbsp;5Aib-renbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(go),nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;196,nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;10.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;gAhAtl

(winning), 137, 3. saOca (won),

80, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;28. sAbcA cttfo (suffered), 140,

28. SAbAil AF (beat), 172, 36 ; 201, 11. 5AÏ)Ail.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;no,nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;19nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;§3 ;

59, 33 ; 180, 24. saBaiI le, 33, 16 ; 148, 12 ; 187, 13. gAbAilnbsp;CAit, 35, 14 ; 36 §3 ; 152, 13.

5AC Aon nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;6,nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;18

5An, 106, 17; 142, 35; 169 §7;

201, 1.

SAUAIttACAtTIAF, 196, 27. gAencAlAC, 22, 8 ; 32 §9.nbsp;SAeneAls, 17 §6 ; 42, 25 ; 43, 15,nbsp;29; 112, 7 ; 131, 23; 142, 23;nbsp;147, 14;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;149, 35;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;167, 17;

184, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;11, 15; 194, 5, 13.nbsp;SAipbétfeAC, 174, 12.

*5AiitfO, 5- Ó, 27, 25 ; 153, 25. SaIaiica, 92, 33.

SAlAti HA 5CAf, 58, 38.

SAtturiAC, 169, 8.

SAii, negative command, 168, 28 5AiiACÓif, 208, 32.

5Aot, 51, 1-5; 163, 19; 156, 17;

171, 20; 172, 24.

SAifOAfitiATn, 58, 22.

5éA5, 64, 25.

*5eAll te, 87, 33 ; 104, 1.

SOaUa-ó, 146, 16.

5eAiTi]iégt; 81, 3.

SéAFAisim, 170, 18 ; 181, 1. SéAit-ctiiFeAC, 81, 9.

SeA-ci'ri, 4 §7 ; 111, 10, 11.

Sétm (bellow), 164, 33.

5eiciéit, 81, 14.

geófiAiTiTi (I can), 130, 28 ; 162, 16 ; 173, 35.

SioIIat), 81, 19.

SiottliA-rAOSAl, 99, 31.

5iO)tttAcc, 30 §8 ; 36, 31 ; 114, 31 ; 119 §7.

*5'1'T'quot;V'A'ó, 156, 36.

SlAife, 181, 9.

SlAtfeACc, 115, 11 ; 181, 8.

SlAmAX), 81, 28.

*5lAmAitteACc, 13 §12.

sIaoóac, 35, 29 ; 60, 14 ; 129, 5. *5lAf : adj., 115, 10. n., 61, 9;nbsp;200, 8.

gléAr, 67, 14.

SleiceAtiAtiAC, 82, 4.

5leo, 197, 32.

SliHCtteACA, 58, 23. glottieACc, 181, 6.

SltiAirceAti, 161, 26.

Sléiti, 199, 16 ; 213, 25-28. *5tiAÈAC, 142, 3.

5010111 [ótiiiAise], 66, 3.

511Ó quot;06, 160, 19 ; 202, 16.

50 for 5iiFgt; 199 §3.

50 (so that), 73, 3 ; 130, 30 f. ; 164, 33.

50 (until), 89, 6 ; 114, 29 ; 158, 28 ; 179, 8, 9.

50 (and), 86, 11 ; 122, 24.

50, used to avoid repetition of toA or xgt;A, 133, 37 f.

SOitl, 178, 13.

5011T1, 168, 10 ; 174, 4.

50I, 110, 15, 17 ; 179, 31. SÓl-A-mï-o (we will go), 106, 13.nbsp;50-p-cti, 44, 26 ; 145, 15 ; 164. 13nbsp;199, 2.

*5tiA’ó, Ati 5., 68, 6 ; 97, 22. 5}iA-DiTiAti, 82, 24.

5pAf, sFApcA, 105, 35; 198, 24;

202, 17, 18.

StieAf, 91, 25.


-ocr page 238-

224

INDEX TO WORDS

*5«eitn, 77, 8; 146, 13.

565*11, 95, 25.

5111-0, 20 §7.

*5unóe, 25, 10.

5UC, 144, 28.

lApiiAcc, -ó’i. (towards), 33, 8; 47, 31; 53, 6; 102, 21.nbsp;lAppA-D : -o’l., 83, 31;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;160, 37;

168 §2. Ap 1., 10 §2. pé 1., 25 §7. lApACc, 44, 22.nbsp;itn, 35, 1 ; 83, 4.nbsp;tmeAp5, 15. 34.nbsp;impnioriiAC, 84, 9.nbsp;imtis, 137, 7 ; 200, 24.

111-01U, 10, 35; 87, 12, 13.

11150*11 : 121 §11. I. peó, 89, 20. *incinTi, 31, 39 ; 148, 28.nbsp;lomA-o, 126.

loniApCAi-ó, 99, 32; 113, 14; 161, 35.

lonicAp : (behave), 14, 11. (carry), 129, 22.

lom-oA [’mo], 82, 23 ; 189, 28. lompó-ó (turn), 14 §18; 22 §10;nbsp;130 30.

lOTIAtlTl, 191, 15.

lOiisAucAC, 29 §3 ; 43, 15 ; 79, 13 ; 83, 25.

*I0T15A11CAP : nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;129,nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;27;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;131,nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;20.

1. -oo -DéAriAni [-do ÉÓ5AITIC] -oe, 166, 18.

iori5tiAtp, 43, 1-6.

10T111AP 50, 130, 36. torÓ5, 158, 23 ; 181, 15.nbsp;ip, 138-142; 211-214.nbsp;ipoeAC, 55, 37 ; 162, 2 ; 189.nbsp;ipcoAC a’p AmAC le (about), 190, 2.nbsp;ipms, 91, 1 ; 113, 10; 189.

U: 32,14; 117, III, IV; 119,23; 139, 32. Ia An cinti, 119, 23.nbsp;An Ia h-eile, 127,nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;35. An

Ia pé -óeipe, 118, 25. An Ia céA-onA (the same day), 143, 10.nbsp;An Ia cBAnA (the last day that),nbsp;193, 31. An Ia in-oin. An Ia in-oé,nbsp;69, 6; 119, 7; 192, 40; 193,

16-20. 5AC Aon Ia, 146, 28 ; 147, 9.

lAeceAnncA pAoipe, 71, 25-30; 84, 3, 4 ; 105, '23 ; 208, 10.nbsp;lA5, 90, 22; 157, 31.nbsp;tAi-oin, 115, 13.

Urn, 9 §6; 71, 4 ; 114, 26. lAnsAipe, 128, 1.nbsp;lAp, 102, 23.

te ; (opinion), 129, 16, 27 ; 140 §7 ; 143, 4, 7 ; 153, 34 ; 162, 30;nbsp;32 §6. past time, 139, 32 ; 162, 7.nbsp;leAC ’mA leAC, 38, 3.nbsp;leACAm, 197, 27.

Ioa’ coAnn, 16, 15.

leAC-cpeAp5Aipc, 88, 21.

¦LeAtiiAn, 87, 19.

leAnb, 163, 25 ; 166, 20 ; 183, 31. Vca’ p5éAl, 140, 3 ; 141, 25.nbsp;leA’pmn, 134, 33 ; 156, 32 ; 190.nbsp;leA’pcis, 166, 27 ; 190.nbsp;leAC-pAnn, 202, 3.nbsp;leAtAnÓ5, 93, 27.nbsp;léisCAiii, 9 §1 ; 141, 9.

’*lei5im [1151m] : I15 AmAC, 76, 20. V15 Ap, 16 §24. U5 -DO, 167, 25.nbsp;I15 leip, 173, 29. 115 CAP, 96, 8.nbsp;léisceoipcAcc, 93, 38.nbsp;letgeAp, vb., 68, 6 ; 81, 12.nbsp;léim, 35, 17 ; 36 §3 ; 162, 15.nbsp;teic : pé leic 25, §4 ; 108, 5 ; 145,nbsp;30 ; 159, 20 ; leic-i-leit, 190, 39.nbsp;’'’leiééi-o, 23, 2 ; 55, 34. leicéi-oï, 160,nbsp;29 ; 162, 30.

’*leop ; (not surprising), 144, 17. 50 leop, used as a noun, 72, 38;nbsp;104, 12; 164, 27.nbsp;llACA-Ó, 182, 10.nbsp;liAcpói-o, 15 §22 ; 104, 24.nbsp;lincéip, 163, 29.nbsp;liobAp, 85, 15.nbsp;liobApnA, 11, 13 ; 66, 25.

Ii5, 13 §12.

1.0CA-Ó, vb., 88, 5. loccn, 88, 12.nbsp;lóipin, 184, 16.nbsp;loip5eAnAC, 105, 8.nbsp;tón, 129, 20.


-ocr page 239-

235

INDEX TO WORDS

•lops, 29, 26 ; 79, 17. loc, 182, SO.

‘ItiAir, 161, 1.

luAite, ’rriA t., 38, 4.

•luACAisttn, 182, 15.

l.«bAC, 88, 31.

*lui5e Afi, 200, 14.

*lui5eACAn, 61, 9. luigeAcc, 114, 35.

iTiA, 132, 133.

TnA’f t\UT3 50, 132, 20.

tTiAi-oip le, 88, 1.

iriAis’oeATi glOpmAti, 12, 12.

tTTAt^fciinieACc, 141, 39.

niAitt, 16, 33; nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;82, 15;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;84, 33;

141, 22 ; 194, 23 ; 197, 1-12. mAttieACCAiti, 60, 27 ; 101, 19 ; 134,nbsp;3 ; 158, 21 ; 166, 22; 185, 3.nbsp;mAifttiil, 90, 15.

*mAit, n., 194, Ï6, 17.

*mATicA, 29 §6.

TnAncAf, 182, 20. tnAol-clnAfAC, 176, 27.

TtiAp, 136, 195. mA^i A iiAib, 134, 25.nbsp;niA)iA mbeATi [meineAc], 134.nbsp;mA^A (if not), 132 ; 133 ; 134 ;nbsp;167, S.

•niAtib (low-pitched), 176, 26.

*mAiibAi5im, 182, 26.

*meAbAiii, 41, 10. nieAbtiAtsim, 67, 18; 92, i ; 201,nbsp;11.

meAccAtn, 46, 21. meA-óAim, 92, 8.nbsp;meA-OAti, 102, 29; 208, 21.nbsp;meAtfiTi, 67, 4; 147, 29.nbsp;inéAp Ap eolAf, 76, 4.nbsp;tneApACAlAC, 92, 19.nbsp;meAp (valuation), 159, 17.nbsp;tueAfA, 183, 34.

méfO, 27 §2 ; 31, 36 ; 116, 28, 31 ; 118, 8; 121 §13; 122 §16; 131,nbsp;29 ; 142, 32 ; 144, 17 ; 154, 20.nbsp;meins, 27, 22 ; 141, 31.nbsp;meintp, 91, 7.

•meilimi'rieAC, 198, 4.

meips, 162, 28. méit. 111, 36.

*jneon, 36, 22.

*mi, 117, III.

mi tiA t^eit’ tnicit, 118, 27. miAf, 111, 15.nbsp;mi-bAOX)AC, 173, 7.nbsp;mi-bAOX)ACAf, 24 §3;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;173,nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;10;

199, 14.

mi-poisueAC, 79, 2.

‘mile, 117, II; 118, V ; 121 §13. *miUeAii, 9 §6 ; 71, 32 ; 163, 17 ;nbsp;164, 11.nbsp;miHce, 78, I.nbsp;mitlceAC, 192, IS.nbsp;miti potp, 60, 3.nbsp;miotitiA, 39, 27.

mip-oe, 01 mip-oe no, 131, 26, 32 ;

199, 36. mtptón, 47, 12.nbsp;mipocAC, 15, 2.

mocóipï [moc-éipse], 193, 28 ; 199, 36.

mó : ip mó ne, 169, 26 ; 188, 1, 8. tit mó le, 140, 31.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;01 móine,

(nevertheless), 140, 34, 38; (just as likely), 141, 3. 01 móine 50nbsp;(not probable), 183, 22. ao mónbsp;[lom-ÖA] (how many), 122 §16.nbsp;*móp : ni mop no, 29, 1 ; 140, 27;nbsp;149, 28; 174, 28.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;01' móp le,

28, 26. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;01 móp OAC (almost),

141, 7. AO móp (how much), 118, 8 ; 123, 1 ; 141, 21.nbsp;móp, 137, 11.nbsp;motocipineACC, 116, 1.nbsp;moipe, 83, 36; 119, 16; 137, 11 ^nbsp;204, 16, 20; 206, 33 ; 206, 7.nbsp;mol’, 56, 10; 141, 37.nbsp;mop (wall), 61, 38nbsp;mopnoAc, 101, 29.

OA, 66, 19 ; 130, 131.

OAiiiAin, 97, 25.

oAomcA, 129, 21.

oeAccAp ACA [oAcnpeACA], 127.

oeAnu, 93, 33.

oeAtii-oi, 22, 26.


-ocr page 240-

226

INDEX TO WORDS

TieAtii-fpleAC, 105, 15. tieAiVi-ftiimiuil, 101, 13.

*tieAtic : 40, 2. (excess), 46 ; 150, 22. Tieo-DA|i, 94, 9.

rii-ó or n-A0i [? oi-óeAÓ], 13, 9 ; 182, 37.

TiijeACAn, 10 §2 ; 86, 2 ; 164, 21. ntm, 174, 4; 201, 19.nbsp;mn, 22, 19 ; etc.nbsp;nioclAi’, Saii, 129, 9.

Tiór : nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;165, 14. Af. nór, 73, 2;

166, 15.

ó ¦óeAf, 102, 3.

oibligAi-o, 44, 18; 67, 6; 119, 17. oibttisim, 75, 28 ; 115, 25 ; 133, 40.nbsp;óige, 150, 26.

oi^lieAcc, 166, 2. otlitn, 76, 25.

oitieA-o, 29 §4 ; 36 §7 ; 115, 12-18 ; 122, 19 ;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;130,nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;17 ;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;142nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;§1 ;

198, 29.

oiimn, 13 §14; 152, 22; 157, 30. *olc, 132, 1 ; 148, 4.nbsp;olcAf, 116, 3; 153, 3.

0001)1, 132, 24. ótiUc, 123, 36; 201, 7.nbsp;of-OAf, 42, 7.nbsp;ó foin, 34, 11; 72, 24.

PA, 15, 32; 67, 1. pA-o)iAt5, 200, 2; 201, 1, 3; 208,nbsp;6, 11, 13; 214, 18.nbsp;pAi-oi)! : 42, 17 ; 83, 20 ; 107, 38 ;nbsp;115, 29. PAOOI)! CApAill, 58,nbsp;21; 198, 14.nbsp;pAi)tc, 80, 9 ; 171, 2, 3.nbsp;pA)ioóo, 155, 38.

•pA)ióipceACA, 30, 8. pAr)ión [Ia )iéite], 15 §21 ; 159, 2.nbsp;peAoopó)!, 81, 26.nbsp;piACA, 46, 8.

*piAoót)ieACc, 17, 1.

*pi05in, 117, 23; 122 §15; 199, 39. plAOlAf-AC, 91, 1.nbsp;pléifió)iA, 144, 2.nbsp;ptuc, 56, 25.

pobfAe, 11, 13; 31 §4; 34, 35;

85, 5 ; 174, 31, 35.

P)iAinoeAC, adj., 96, 17. póincin, 40, 6.nbsp;puoc, 122 §15; 123 §17.nbsp;pii)i5Aoói)ieACc, 44, 15 ; 151, 7.

)iAÖA)ic, 54, 6 ; 157, 17 ; 180, 29, 30.

)iAioeAC, 178, 31.

)iAoóce, 141, 18.

)iAioi5, 134, 22, 39.

)iAit:e, 119, 28.

)iAo [)iAniAoo], 15, 34 ; 26, 36 ; 71, 37.

)iAol, 117, 25.

)ie, 5AC )ie, 122, 11.

)ié (moon), 80, 14 ; 104, 4 ; 196, 12. )ieATn)ió, 184, 19.

)iéióeAno, 65, 1.

*)iéi5 (slow), 31 §2.

)ieiti5, 44, 17 ; 146, 26. fienneAO, 184, 20.

)ieini)ire, 208, 28.

roAiTi, 15, 32, 127, 1 ; 131, 9 ; 193 ; 194.

)iil, 93, 36.

nioo, 12, 1 ; 13, 29 ; 28, 14 ; etc. )iio5, 209, 9.

*)iii; ; (course), 89, 32 ; 197 §3. )Oc )'UA)' (grow), 94, 18.

)iotoneACAo, 160, 15. fot, 26, 9 ; 161, 27.

HUAo-óóigte, 156, 11.

)iuo : AOn )iuo, 129, 15. oa nibuó )ioo, 133, 32. ioa’p )iuo, 132, 20.nbsp;oiA)iAo )ioo, 132, 36.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;)'é )Uio,

164, 23. bA é )iuo é, 95, 22.

’rgt; r* [=f50 r ao] (up to), 27, 14; 118 §2.

)'A5Ar, 86, 27 ; 141, 19. fAibe, 15, 36 ; 25, 20.nbsp;pAill, 53, 13.

*)'Ainr:, 201, 19.

PaIaca)!, vb., 103, 12. fAtiiAilc, 29, 3 ; 202, 10.

SAtiiAio, 200, 1 ; 202, 7.


-ocr page 241-

227

INDEX TO WORDS

fAtiiAn, 185, 4.

’’‘t'AOsAl (worldly prosperity), 101, 21. rAocApó,. 94, 1.nbsp;fApAtgce, 186, 17.nbsp;pAp, 199, 36.nbsp;pApATn, 71, 8.

SApAtiAC, 12 §6 ; 169, 19 ; 200, 34. peo and Sé .... é peo, 213nbsp;§6 (a).

pcACAiti, 88, 33. peAccmAiti, 117; 118; 119.nbsp;peAlg, 153, 21.nbsp;peAtiA-cpioTiA, 176, 23.nbsp;peAtiAcup, lib., 100, 12.nbsp;péAnAÓ, 62, 13.

SeAii-ÓtU, 121 §13 ; 172, 9. peAngAn, 96, 6.nbsp;peAtitiióin, 104, 32.

SeAO-pobAl, 75, 33; 152, 19. peApb ;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;90, 36. peipbe, 71, 23 ;

188, 29.

peApbApAC, 100, 20.

peAppA-ó, 133, 2. peAp, n., 160, 37.nbsp;peApAiti AttiAC (staying power), 161,nbsp;16.

peAptiiAC, 79, 10. péibiAlcA, 66, 5.nbsp;péiT», 55, 11 ; 148, 4.

*peó, 70, 40-, 130, 4. peocAp (contrasted with), 74, 10;nbsp;100, 2; 122, 28.

peompA, 48, 2; 123 §19; 183, 14. P5A1I, 180, 3.nbsp;pSAilpini, 89, 26.nbsp;pgAipitn, 92, 31.

P5Aip : 180, 35. ip niAic a pjAtp, 195, 28.

PSAOit, 36 §3 ; nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;52, 38;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;82, 31 ;

88, 9 ; 187, 23.

P5At, 30, 1Ó ; 78, 25 ; 199, 18. pseAc, 20 §7.nbsp;pséipo, 64, 11.nbsp;pgtlice (shelling), 202, 9.nbsp;pgitipeAcc, 101, 38.

P5iÓ5Atl, 102, 4.

P51ÓT1, 101, 31. pslAÏnn-óe, 23, 4.

psoil, 11. 16-21 ; 33, 36 ; 95, 19. pgoitc Ap, 98, 9.

PSotAipeAcc, 13 §10. pgocAti, 135, 6.

*p5piobAitn, 136, 33. P5pi'o5nótpeAcc, 31, 6 ; 93, 38.nbsp;piAp :nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;165, 34 ;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;191. ¦oal piAp

(ability), 191, 24, pAS piAp, 63, 23. 5Aipro p)Ap, 191, 18,nbsp;piAp, 191, 26.nbsp;pfo é, 9 §6.

pit, 109, 27; nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;114, 28;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;126, 7;

148, 30. pitleA-ó, 62, i.nbsp;pita, 196, 7.

pin é, 84, 35; 139 §5 ; 163,26.

piot bliAtiA, 157, 9.

pi'otpa, 103, 1.

piopAi-óeACC, 31 §2 ; 83, 8.

ptoppAC, 19, 6.

pi'op, 191.

ptAbpA, 173, 29.

plAince : 9 §4 ; 19 §5 ; 26 §12 ; 110,34; 114,73; 130,6; 195,nbsp;31. Ap A p., 148, 11.

*ptAn, 196 §2 ; 201, 16. plAnAijirn (complete), 185, 30.nbsp;pi AC, 122 §16.nbsp;pleAtbnAij, 144, 4.nbsp;pliAb, 93, 9 ; 141, 37 ; 189, 28.nbsp;*pli5e, 18, 15.nbsp;plin5-Ain, 201, 13.nbsp;pUobA-D, 161, 29.nbsp;pliojATi, 103, 27.nbsp;pliomAT), 103, 22.nbsp;plomne, 23 §13; 169,19.nbsp;pmAl, 75, 22.nbsp;ptiAiTnceoip, 161, 34, 37.nbsp;pneACCA, 197, 19.

*pn0i5ce, 21 §5. pó nA pan, 125, 5.nbsp;pooAp, 32 §8 ; 68, 23.nbsp;poip : 49, 26 ; 191. poip, 93, 7.nbsp;potapniAp, 94, 23.nbsp;pon [pé pin], 36 §6 ; 68, 33 ; 69, 8 ;nbsp;114, 17, 31.


-ocr page 242-

228

INDEX TO WORDS

fon. All A f-. (on his guard), 52, 6. rópc, 37, 20 ; 146, 11; 181, 35;nbsp;186, 11.

T’PA'o-cl.uAfAC, 175, 27. fpAfAf, 29 §4.

?rpéip, 50, 33 ; 174, 4. ppéitiivul, 105, 6.nbsp;pplAuc, 141, 27.nbsp;ppléic, 171, 19.nbsp;pplinc, 171, 19.nbsp;fpoccA, 12 §8.

‘pptieACA-ó, 105, 20.

PPUCACAttlAll, 105, 19. pppiofATi, 186, 6.

‘ppnonn, 20 §6.

‘rpAit, 46, 34 ; 74, 35. ppeAtig (series), 208, 31.nbsp;rpeAt, 14 §17; 29, 20; 64, 5.nbsp;f'poii', see cpetp.nbsp;ppuc, 160, 22.nbsp;fCACAi', 37, 3.

*rcA-o, 13, 4. pcAinpA, 151, 35.

*rceAllA-ó, 29 §5 ; 169, 15. fcopAim, 70, 29 ; 137, 5.nbsp;pcpAbAilif, 57, 36.nbsp;pcpACAipeACc, 29 §5; 152, 9.nbsp;pcpAtinpéAp, 52, 17.

fcuACAC, 106, 22.

*pctifoéAp, 10 §1 ; 95, 10. ¦pcui-oéAptA, 10 §1 ; 106, 25.nbsp;puAimtieAp, 44, 14 ; 148, 25.nbsp;ruAp, 17, 38 ; 115, 31 ; 191.nbsp;ru-o é, 139 §5; 181, 30.nbsp;puim ; f. in, 29 §4; 32, 6. p. -oo,nbsp;23, 5.

pul, 24, 18 *pvilAC, 37, 22.

*piilc, 143, 7.

CA : 142. passive forms, 143, 12-14.

idioms with, 142, 143. CAi-DbpeArh, n., 17 §4; 174, 19.nbsp;cAiöbpis, 17 §4 ; 107, 16.nbsp;cAiübpe, 199, 32.

CAig-oim, 167, 7.

CAtpbeAC, 107, 23.

CAipbijim, 107, 25.

CAipnse, 187, 27.

CAipbeAn, 21 §1 ; 115, 1.

*t;Aitt5e, 28 §2 ; 59, 26.

CAicil, 18 §8 ; 30 §9. caU, 187, 19.

CAmAll : (time), 34, 11 ; 120, 26 ; 164, 4. (loan), 132, 36. (distance),nbsp;34, 76; 164, 72.nbsp;cAob ipci5 Tie, time, 180, 18.nbsp;CAplA, 195, 33.

*CAppAiTi5 : 160, 27. c. Ap, 113, 7. *ceACC ; COACC pé (take up), 52, 37.nbsp;c. puAp (improve), 133, 39 ; 192,nbsp;8, 11. c. puAp le (catch), 187, 27.nbsp;céASApcA, 109, 3.nbsp;ceAnsAtiiAlAC, 109, 10.nbsp;ceAunAX), 186, 35 ; 196, 13.nbsp;céApmA, 70, 37.nbsp;tcAp, 131, 20; 140, 32.nbsp;cCApAineACc, 186, 37.

ceApApASAin, 108, 28.

'quot;ceineAl, 2, 35.

ceip, 62, 72 ; 147, 23 ; 169, 6. ceolAfoe, 109, 29.

C15 UA rnutncipe, 76, 33.

*cinn, 25, 7 ; 171, 5 ; 201, 73. cipimivi, 169 §11 ; 187, 6, 8.nbsp;citibAipc, 200 §3.nbsp;cinbAipceoip, 181, 24.nbsp;ciuCAinc, 187, 9.

C1115ACC, 123 §19. cln, 65, 8.nbsp;coCAp, 198, 7.nbsp;cocpAp, 45, 37.

CÓ5, c. cnn, 19 §2 ; 34 §3.

*coi5, 14, 5.

*coil, 20 §8 ; 98, 77 ; 149, 37. coip, 93, 7.nbsp;cóip, 16, 5.nbsp;cotpcéipeAC, 174, 14.nbsp;coips. 111, 37.

?conACCAijce, 129, 7. connA, 123 §17.nbsp;conuncAijce (tenants), 187, 23.nbsp;cpACC, 110, 35.

CpACAITlAll, 111, 19.

cpAcnónA, 2, 27 ; 118, 25 ; 186, 7.


-ocr page 243-

229

INDEX TO WORDS

cpeifim (reach) [fpotfim], 45, 27 ;

195, 26.

83, 33.

ciuaII, 191, 36 ; 216, 19. cptofAil, 93, 15.nbsp;cpmc, 108, 37 ; 205, 10.nbsp;ciioix), 23 §16.nbsp;ciioijte, 4, 28 ; 123 §19.nbsp;cjiotmeACc, 115, 35.nbsp;c^iuAs, adj., 186, 32.nbsp;c^itiCAl, 150, 21 ; 171, 26.nbsp;ctlt;üi5 (cause), 98, 33.

C)1«tATIAC, 112, 1. cuAj, 122, 34.nbsp;cuAipimeAC, 112, 5.nbsp;cuAtiers. 79, 17.

CUA^IAfOAl, 132, 11.

cuACAlAfoe, 167, 12.

cuile : n., 46, 5. vb., 108, 19.

uuilteACCATi, 104, 11; 129, 12.

cuilleAth, n., 167, 22.

cvursitic, 11 §4; 23 §17; 163, 36 ;

167, 15, 17. cui-p-uun, 122 §15.

‘cutctm : u. AmAC, 17, 4; 114, 37 ;

132, 16. c., n., 166, 13. cupAr, 41, 2.

UAibiteAC, 152, 25.

UA11U 47, 3 ; 122 §14.

«S^OAl^Af, 15, 7. ujTJAflAfAC, 14 §16.

Mile, for emphasis, 31 §3 ; 128. uiniipeACA, 117-124.nbsp;iiiji, 200, 8.

uipeAfhA, 26 §9 ; 66, 24 ; 96, 31 ;

187, 3 ; 208, 34.

«ipleACAU, 110, 30.

195, 5.

utlAui, 153, 37. utup, 43, 1-6.nbsp;unpA, 123 §17.nbsp;u pc All, 85, 22.

UpCAp [pUCAp], 99. uplAp, 48, 4.nbsp;uppAfoeAcc, 181, 33.nbsp;üp-éipeAcc, 187, 30.


-ocr page 244-

INDEX TO POINTS OF GRAMMAR.

Adjectives,

with an active and a passive sense, 176, under corca ;nbsp;comparative, 187 ; double comparatives, 188 ;

numeral, 117-124; ordinal, 123 §18; personal numeral, 120nbsp;§10, 11, 12 ;nbsp;plural, 171 §1, 2.nbsp;com with adj. as substitute fornbsp;noun of degree, 115.

Adverbs,

Direction, 191, 192; manner, 195 ; place, 189-192 ; time,nbsp;192-195.

Conjunctions,

AC or t)AC, 129, 130; x)a, 132-135; 50, 130; tiia, 132-134; mAp, 136 ; mApA, niApAti, 132-134 ; TiA, 130-132 ; ra (rac ornbsp;Ac), introducing a phrase ornbsp;word, 129,nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;21-27 ; imther

examples, 12, 37 ; 25 §6 ; 71, 2.

Nouns,

dative for nominative, 49; nominative for dative, 49. special forms for plural, 49, 73,nbsp;under -ouca, 75, under eopRA.nbsp;nouns masculine in nominativenbsp;and feminine in genitive, 49,nbsp;17, 18, 108 under CAtAiri.nbsp;singular when plural is used innbsp;English, 20, 12; 56, 11 ; 97,nbsp;under péiteAC, 197, 25 ; 78, 19.nbsp;nouns of degree, 114-116; 207.nbsp;nouns aspirated when followingnbsp;another noun, 207-210.

Prepositions,

general rules 8, for special rules see each preposition.

Pronouns,

non-agreement in gender with corresponding nouns, 49.nbsp;plural pronoun with 5AC, 127.nbsp;masculine singular pronoun fornbsp;a number of persons, 211 §3 §4.nbsp;A is the relative pronoun, 210,nbsp;Pronouns (1).

A relative : how to translate into Irish such sentences as, “ thenbsp;cow which ho was selling,” 210,nbsp;Pronouns (2); 170 §14.nbsp;interrogative relative used with anbsp;preposition is followed by absolute form of the verb, 211 §3.

Verbs,

Conditional sentences, 132-135.

¦Ó before verbs, 138 §13. double negative with a positivenbsp;meaning, 131.

future tense for optative, 64, 22 ;

142 §3 ; 201, 16.

^eobAiRR, Ri' bpRi5iRR, 214 §7. indicative for conditional, 133,nbsp;26 ; 134, 16 ; 141, 35.nbsp;inflexions, 136-138.nbsp;ip, 138-142 ; 211-214.nbsp;relative form surviving in easternnbsp;portion of the quot;Oéipe, 216.nbsp;subjunctive for imperative, 138nbsp;§12.

CA, 142, 143. verbal nouns, 168-170.nbsp;Indivisible (or unchanging) phrtise,nbsp;170 §16; 171 §3.


230

-ocr page 245-

INDEX TO POINTS OF PRONUNCIATION.

amp;, 50 note to ACpAinri.

accent, word accent, sentence accent, 5 11.

broad consonant followed by slender consonant; 89, under tUAC ;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;91,

under mAtitiéAlAc; HI, under cóptieAC.

¦Ó prefixed to verbs, 138 §13.

dentals, c and -o, 2 §2.

diphthongs. At, el, 2 §3; aw, eii, 3 §4.

English, refined pronunciation of, at variance with Irish mode ofnbsp;utterance, 7 II.

hyphen, use of to indicate broad and slender consonants, 4 §7.

I broad, 5 §8, 215, 26. It is of the same class as the broad sound ofnbsp;“ 1 ” in final syllables, used innbsp;both the received and popularnbsp;form of pronunciation in Englandnbsp;in words such as “ silk,” “ milk ”.nbsp;A similar sound is also to benbsp;found in the Northern Slavonicnbsp;languages.

labial sounds, 1 §1 (1).

local differences, 215.

monosyllables written with two vowels, 136 §3, 4 §7.

nasalisation in the ‘Oéipe and in West Munster, 3 §6.

0,0, 3 §5.

p, p-vowel, 77 under ptltctACA ; 136 §2 ;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;160 under p-AÜ, 174

under bupuAC.

è = c broad, 2 §2.

verb terminations, 136, 137, 138, 211 Verbs (1).


ALEX. THOM amp; CO., LTD., PRINTERS, DUBLIN.

-ocr page 246- -ocr page 247- -ocr page 248-

ftVl !


-ocr page 249- -ocr page 250-